#'% 






O V 






4> 












0© 













% 

^ 






















%# 



GRAMMAR 



OF THE 






Latin Language: 

Jut % Mst ai Spools nn& Cfllleps. 

WITH EXEKCISES AND VOCABULARIES. 

y/ BY 

WM. BINGHAM, A.M., 

Author of "Bingham's Latin Reader," "Bingham's Caesar," 
and "Bingham's English Grammar." 

REVISED AND IN GREAT PART REWRITTEN 
BY 

W. GORDON McCABE, A.M., 

Head Master of the University School, Petersburg Va. 





8 &FWASWT** 

PHILADELPHIA:' 

E. H. BUTLER & CO 



<h 



^>, 



1 



Copyright, 1884, 
BY E. H. BUTLER & CO. 




CAXTON PRESS OF SHERMAN & CO. 



PREFACE TO THE NEW EDITION. 



The final test of a school grammar is the test of the class-room. 

Tried by this test, Bingham's Latin Grammar, despite defects in 
matters of detail, has for nearly twenty years enjoyed a wide popular- 
ity in the Preparatory Schools and in many Colleges throughout the 
country. 

Its author, Prof. William Bingham, was a man of clear head, a 
scholar without parade of learning, and, as a teacher, possessed of 
notable skill in imparting knowledge. 

His experience of many years as head of a great school, his enthu- 
siastic devotion to his work as a teacher of Latin, and especially his 
intimate knowledge of the needs of younger boys, admirably fitted 
him for the task which he set himself — the preparation of " a prac- 
tical first book in Latin, simple enough for beginners and yet full 
enough for more advanced students." 

Guided by this practical experience in the class-room, he shaped 
his book on lines so simple and easy of comprehension as have en- 
sured its popularity in spite of many palpable deficiencies. Had 
Professor Bingham lived, there can be no question that long before 
this the book would have been thoroughly revised and brought up 
more nearly to the requirements of modern scholarship. The twenty 
years that have elapsed since he gave the first edition to the public 
have been marked by extraordinary activity in the field of classical 
philology. Much that was regarded as assured when he wrote has 
been rejected by a more scientific study of Latin, and much that was 
then clouded with doubt is now settled upon a sure basis. 

The task that would have been to him a labor of love has finally 
been confided to me by his representatives, and I have honestly tried 
to carry out the work, as nearly as has been possible, in accordance 
with the methods that originally guided him. 

I have carefully avoided lumbering up the pages with a mass of 
philological matter out of place in a practical drill-book of limited 
scope, steadily keeping in view, in the many changes found necessary, 
the aim of presenting the results of recent study in the simplest pos- 
sible language. 

A word as to some of these changes : 

As will be seen, I have adopted at the outset the " Roman Pronun- 
ciation " as resting on the surest historical basis, and have endeavored 
to illustrate by English equivalents, as nearly as may be, what the 
best scholars regard as the true Roman sound of the letters. 



4 PREFACE. 

The whole of the Etymology has been carefully revised and, to a 
very considerable extent, augmented. In this work I have kept con- 
stantly at my elbow the last edition of Neue's Formenlehre, a book, 
to which, in common with all Latin students, I am under the very 
greatest obligations. 

The Syntax has been recast and almost entirely rewritten, still 
preserving in the main the lines laid down by the author of the orig- 
inal work. Availing myself freely of the discretion allowed me, I 
have added new chapters dealing with syntactical constructions not 
contained in previous editions of the grammar, and, by carefully re- 
writing the old discussions, I have endeavored to embody in the same 
compass the results reached by a more rigorous scholarship. To 
teachers familiar with the old Grammar, this will be especially no- 
ticeable in the treatment of Case relations, of Causal, Conditional, 
Temporal, Relative, Interrogative, and Iterative Sentences, Oratio 
Obliqua, etc. 

In the Appendices much matter has been discarded as of no prac- 
tical moment. The remaining matter has been simply revised, save 
that I have added a brief discussion (Appendix IV.) of the Personal 
endings of the Verb. 

I have, of course, in my work made free use of the best Latin 
Grammars — German, English, and American. To all I owe some- 
thing, directly or indirectly, but I do not know that my obligations 
to any one of them are such as demand more than this general 
acknowledgment. Doubtless my presentation of more than one syn- 
tactical point has been unconsciously influenced by the admirable 
Grammar of my old master, Dr. B. L. Gilderseeeve, a book which 
I have steadily used with my own higher classes for the past sixteen 
years. Certainly, I owe much to his personal teaching, for which I 
can never be sufficiently grateful. 

Of other grammars I might also mention the excellent school 
grammar of Eeeendt, as revised (23d ed.) by Dr. Moritz Seyf- 
fert, and, for many apt examples, the Ausfilhrliche Grammatik of 
Kuhner and the larger work of Prof. Eoby. 

That mistakes of quantity should occur in a Grammar which un- 
dertakes to mark both long and short syllables, is wellnigh inevit- 
able, and, although I have exercised the greatest vigilance in read- 
ing the proofs, I cannot expect it to be otherwise in this case. I 
will, therefore, take it as a substantial favor if my brother school- 
masters throughout the country will advise me promptly of such 
errors as they may from time to time discover. 

W. GOEDON McCABE. 
University School, 

Petersburg, Virginia, July 9, 1884. 



CONTENTS. 



ETYMOLOGY. 



PAGE 

Letters 9 

Diphthongs 10 

Pronunciation 11 

Syllables 12 

Explanation of Marks 12 

Quantity, Accent 12 

Division of Words 13 

Nouns 13 

Gender 14 

General Rules 14 

Number 15 

Case 15 

Person 16 

Inflection 16 

First Declension , 17 

Second Declension 27 

Stems in -ero 30 ' 

Dative Case 32 

Ablative Case 33 

Third Declension 35 

Class 1 37 

Class II 40 

Class III 44 

Class IV 46 

Class V 48 

Masculine Forms 48 

Neuter Forms 50 

Class VI 52 

Masculine Forms 52 

Feminine Forms 54 

Neuter Forms 56 

L* 



PAGE 

Irregular Nouns, Third Decl.. 58 

Summary of Rules of Gender- 61 

Masculines 61 

Feminines 61 

Neuters ... 62 

Peculiar Case-Endings 63 

Fourth Declension 67 

Fifth Declension 71 

Variable Nouns 73 

Heterogeneous Nouns 73 

Heteroclites 74 

Defective Nouns 75 

Adjectives 79 

Adjectives of First and Second 

Declension 79 

Adjectives of Third Declension 84 

Numeral Adjectives 83 

Cardinals 91 

Ordinals, Distributives, and 

Adverbs 92 

Comparison of Adjectives 97 

Formation of Comparative 

and Superlative ....... 99 

Irregular Comparison *. 102 

Defective Comparison 105 

Pronouns 110 

Substantive Personal Pronouns 110 
Adjective Personal, or Posses- 
sive, Pronouns 113 

Demonstrative Pronouns 116 

Is, Idem 120 

Hie, Istl y lilt 122 

5 



6 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

Intensive Pronoun 123 

Relative Pronouns 126 

Interrogatives 130 

Indefinites.. 133 

Correlatives 136 

Verbs 20, 139 

Moods 21,140 

Tenses 21, 64, 140 

Voices 142 

Persons and Numbers 143 

The Indefinite Verb 143 

Conjugation 144 

Conjugation of Esse 146 

First Conjugation 22, 148 

Second Conjugation 76, 156 

Third Conjugation 106, 161 

Fourth Conjugation 107, 166 

Table of Endings 172 

Verbs in -id of the Third Conju- 
gation 174 

The Passive Construction 176 

Deponent Verbs 177 



PAGE 

Irregular Verbs 181 

Defective Verbs 191 

Impersonal Verbs 194 

Endings of. 194 

Particles 196 

Adverbs 196 

Comparison of Adverbs 200 

Prepositions 201 

Prepositions in Composition.. 203 

Conjunctions 205 

Copulative 205 

Disjunctive 206 

Adversative 207 

Corroborative 208 

Causal 209 

Conclusive 210 

Final 210 

Conditional 210 

Concessive 210 

Temporal 210 

Comparative 210 

Interjections 211 



SYNTAX. 



Subject and Predicate 212 

Agreement 213 

Apposition 214 



Adjectives. 
Relatives.. 



216 

218 

Nominative Case 220 

Genitive Case 221 

Genitive of Quality 222 

Genitive of Property 222 

Partitive Genitive 222 

Objective Genitive and Adjec- 
tives and Verbs 224 

Genitive of Crime 227 

Genitive of Price 227 

Dative Case 232 

Dative of Indirect Object 232 

Dative with Transitive Verbs... 233 
1 ative with Intransitive Verbs.. 233 
Dative with Compound Verbs... 234 
Dative with Adjectives 234 



Dative of Advantage or Disad- 
vantage 235 

Dative of Possessor 236 

Dativus Ethicus 236 

Dative of Purpose or End 237 

Dative of the Agent 237 

Accusative Case 240 

Direct Object 241 

Accusative, Double 241 

Accusative, Second 242 

Accusative of Time and Space.. 243 
Accusative of Place Whither.... 243 

Accusative of Limitation 244 

Accusative in Exclamations 244 

Vocative Case 247 

Ablative Case 248 

Ablative of Separation 248 

Ablative of Origin 249 

Ablative of Limitation 249 

Ablative of Comparison 250 

Ablative of Difference 251 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

Ablative of Cause 253 

Ablative of Agent 254 

Ablative of Means or Instru- 
ment 255 

Ablative with utdr, etc 255 

Ablative with dpus and usus.. 255 
Ablative with Verbs of Fill- 
ing, etc 255 

Ablative of Price 256 

Ablative of Manner 256 

Ablative of Quality...... 257 

Ablative of Place Where 258 

Ablative of Time When 259 

Ablative Absolute 260 

Names of Places 261-265 

The Passive Construction 270 

The Indefinite Verb 270 

Infinitive 270 

Subject Infinitive 270 

Complementary Infinitive 271 

Historical Infinitive 272 



PAGE 

Gerund and Gerundive 273 

Supine 276 

Propositions, Syntax of 280 

The Moods 281 

Tenses 283 

Sequence of Tenses 283 

Participial Propositions 284 

Ablative Absolute 285 

Infinitive Propositions 288 

Causal Propositions 295 

Final and Consecutive Propo- 
sitions 298 

Conditional Propositions 307 

Concessive Propositions 313 

Comparative Propositions 316 

Temporal Propositions 318 

Relative Propositions 326 

Interrogative Propositions 332 

Oratio Obliqua 338 



APPENDICES. 



I.— Greek Nouns of the First 

Declension 345 

II.— Greek Nouns of the Second 

Declension. 345 

III.— Greek Nouns of the Third 

Declension 346 

IV.— Person al Endings 346 

V. — Peculiarities of Tense 

Formation 349 

Tenses formed on the Present- 
Stem 349 

Tenses formed on the Perfect- 
Stem 350 

Compound Verbs 350 

VI. The Various Formations of 
the Perfect and Supine 

Stems 350 

First Conjugation 350 

Second Conjugation 351 



Third Conjugation 354 

Inceptive Verbs 355 

Deponent Verbs, Third Conju- 
gation 356 

Fourth Conjugation 357 

Deponent Verbs, Fourth Conju- 
gation 358 

VII.— Roman Mode of Reckon- 
ing Time 358 

VIII.— Prosody 359 

Quantity 360 

Increments 362 

Singular Increments 363 

Plural Increments 364 

Increment of Verbs 364 

Penults 365 

Antepenults 367 

Final Syllables 367 

Monosyllables 367 

Polysyllables 368 



8 



CONTENTS. 



PAGE 

Versification. 370 

Metre and Verses 371 

Figures of Prosody 372 

Khythm 373 

Dactylic Metre 373 

Anapaestic Metre 375 

Iambic Metre 376 

Trochaic Metre 377 

Choriambic Metre 378 

Ionic Metre 379 



PAGE 

Compound Metres 380 

Stanzas 381 

Horatian Metres 381 

Metrical Key to the Odes of 
Horace 382 

IX.— Figures 384 

Figures of Etymology 384 

Figures of Syntax 384 

X.— Models of Analysis 386 



Latin-English. 



vocabulaeies. 

, 391 | English-Latin. 



417 



LATIN GRAMMAR. 



§1. Latin Grammar is the science of the Latin 
language. It treats of the words of the language, and 
of the laws by which they are combined into sentences ; 
of the quantity of syllables and the laws of metre. 

It is divided into Etymology, Syntax, and Prosody. 

ETYMOLOGY. 

§2. Etymology treats — -1. Of the letters which make 
up words, and their pronunciation. 2. Of the changes 
which words undergo. 3. Of their derivation. 

LETTERS. 

§ 3. A letter is a mark used to represent a sound of 
the human voice. 

In the Latin alphabet there are twenty-five letters. 
They are A, a ; B, b ; C, c ; D, d ; E, e ; F, f ; G, g ; 
H,h; I,i(J,j); K,k; L, 1 ; M, m • N,n;0,o- P,p; 
Q, q; R, r; S, s : T, t; U, u (Y, v); X, x; Y, y ; Z, z. 

Remark. — I and J were originally the same letter; so also were 
U and V. K is used only before a, and chiefly in abbreviations. 
Y and Z are used only in words derived from the Greek, and 
were added after Cicero's time. H is a breathing, and does not 
affect the quantity of the vowel before it. The Romans used 
only the capital letters. 

9 



10 DIPHTHONGS, CONSONANTS. 

§ 4. Letters are divided into Vowels and Consonants. 
The Vowels are 

a, e, i 9 o, u, y. 

§ 5. Diphthongs. 

A Diphthong is a combination of two Vowels, which 
practically become one in sound. The Diphthongs are 
ae, au, ei, eu, oe, and ui. 

Ai, oi, and ou occur as Diphthongs in early Latin. 

§6. Consonants. 
According to the organ of speech used in uttering 
them, Consonants are divided into : 

Labials (lip-letters), p, b, ph, f, m, v. 
Linguals (tongue-letters), t, d, th, I, n, r, s. 
Palatals (palate-letters), c, k, qu, g, ch, h. 

The Linguals are often called Dentals (teeth-letters), 
and the Palatals called Gutturals (throat-letters). 

Consonants are further divided, according to the mode 
of uttering them, into Liquids and Mutes. 

The Liquids are Z, m, n, r. 
Of these m and n are nasals. 
S is a sibilant. 

The Mutes are : 

P-mutes, p, b, ph, f (labials). 

T-mutes, t, d, th (linguals). 

K-mutes, k, c, qu, g, ch (palatals). 

We further distinguish three orders of Mutes : 

Smooth (or Thin), p, t, k, c, qu. 

Middle, b, d, g. 

Rough, ph, f, th, ch. 



PRONUNCIATION. 1 1 

The Kough Mutes were not used in old Latin, and occur al- 
most entirely in Greek words. 

The Double Consonants are x = cs [gs, gus, hs) and z = dz. 



§7. Pronunciation. 

1. Vowels. 

a = a in father. a = a in partook, 

e = e in whey. £ = e in met. 

I == i in machine. i = i in sit. 

6=o in lone. o = o in not. 

u = oo in boot. ii = u in ptdl. 

y = German ii in Muller (nearly our Miller). 

2. Diphthongs. 

ae and oe = a in made. 

au = ow in power. 

ei ==■ nearly ei in feint (but with stress on latter vowel). 

eu = eu in feud. 

ui = Eng. we, or French oui. 

3. Consonants. The Consonants are pronounced as in 
English, except : 

B before s or t = p ; e. g. urbs, pronounced urps. 

C always == k, as in keen. 

Ch in Latin words = k (never as in English charter) ; in 
Greek words — k + h (i. e. a rough breathing immediately 
after an ordinary k). 

G always hard, as in give. 

J = y in year. 

N followed by c, g, qu, and x has sound of ng in anger. 

Qu = <p*, as in queen; before u, qu = e (e. g. quum =s 
cw?n). 

R always trilled, as in /erry. 

S always sharp, as in hiss; not the z sound, as in his. 



12 SYLLABLES, EXPLANATION OF MAEKS. 

T always sharp ; e. g. natio, pronounced nah-ti-b, not nay- 
shi-o. 

X always sharp, as in axe. 
V like Eng. W, as in wine. 

Final M was sometimes not sounded, or perhaps pronounced 
but indistinctly. 

§8. Syllables. 

There are no silent Vowels in Latin ; but every word 
has as many syllables as it has Vowels or Diphthongs ; 
as, md-re*. 

A word of one syllable is called a monosyllable; a 
word of two syllables, a dissyllable; a word of more 
than two, a polysyllable. 

The last syllable of a word is called the ultimate ; the 
next to the last, the penult ; the third from the last, the 
antepenult. 

EXPLANATION OF MARKS. 

1 9. The marks of punctuation are the comma (,), used to mark 
the shortest pause; the semicolon (;), used to mark a pause twice 
as long as the comma ; the colon (:), used to mark a pause three 
times as long as the comma; the period (.), used to mark the 
longest pause; the interrogation point (?), which shows that a 
question is asked; and the exclamation point (!), used to mark 
expressions of surprise, grief, etc. 

The marks of quantity are ( " ) to indicate a long vowel ; ( w ) 
to indicate a short vowel; and (— ) to indicate. 4hat a vowel is 
sometimes long and sometimes short. 

The diaeresis (" ) shows that the vowel over which it is placed 
does not form a diphthong with the vowel before it ; as, aer. 

A contracted syllable is simply marked long ( " ) ; as, qnls for 
quibus. 

QUANTITY, ACCENT. 

§ 10. Rule 1. — All Diphthongs, and all Vowels de- 
rived from Diphthongs, are long. 



NOUNS. 13 

Rule 2. — A Vowel before another Vowel is short ; as, 
d%-us, l$-o. 

Rule 3. — A Vowel before two Consonants or a double 
Consonant is long by position ; as, o in propter ; a in 
axis. 

Rule If,. — Dissyllables are accented on the penult ; as, 
rf£'us. 

Rule 5. — Polysyllables are accented — 

(a) on the penult, if the penult is long ; as, lg-6'nis ; 

(b) on the antepenult, if the penult is short or com- 
mon ; as, ddm'i-niis. 

DIVISION OF WORDS. 

§ 11. I„ Words are divided according to their forma- 
tion into — 

1. Primitive ; i. e. not derived from other words; as, 
man, king. 

2. Derivative ; i.e. derived from other words; as, 
manly, kingdom. 

3. Simple ; i. e. not made up of other words ; as, man. 

4. Compound ; i. e. made up of other words; as, man- 
kind. 

II. Words are divided according to their meaning into 
eight classes, called parts of speech : viz. the Noun, Ad- 
jective, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Preposition, Conjunction, 
Interjection. 

Rem. — The last four are generally mutilated forms of the Noun. 

NOUNS. 
§ 12. 1. A Noun is the name of a person or thing; as, 
man, city. 



14 GENDER. 

2. A Common Noun is the name of any one of a class 
of persons or things ; as, man, city. 

3. A Proper Noun is the name of an individual person 
or thing ; as, Caesar, Rome. 

4. An Abstract Noun is the name of a quality, action, 
being, or mode of action or being ; as, goodness, running, 
sickness. 

5. A Material Noun is the name of a substance or ma- 
terial ; as, gold, iron, water. 

6. A Collective Noun is a common noun which in the 
singular denotes more than one; as, multitude, 

GENDER, NUMBER, CASE, PERSON. 

§13. 1. To Nouns belong gender, number, case, and 
person. 

Gender. 

2. Gender means kind, or class. As used by gram- 
marians, it means the kind or class of a Noun with 
reference to the sex of the thing which the Noun 
denotes. 

3. Natural gender is determined by sex ; thus, the 
names of males are naturally masculine. 

4. Grammatical gender is determined, not by sex, but 
by Declension and termination; thus, mensd, a table, is 
feminine (though it is the name of a thing without life), 
because it is of the First Declension. 



5. General Rules of Gender. 
Rule 1. — Names of male beings, and of most rivers, 
winds, months, mountains, and nations, are masculine. 



NUMBER, CASE. 15 

Rule %. — Names of female beings, cities, countries, isl- 
ands, trees, plants, ships, and gems are feminine. 

Rule 3. — Nouns which are neither masculine nor fem- 
inine are neuter. 

Rule J±. — Some Nouns are either masculine or feminine. 
These, if they are names of living beings, are said to be 
of common gender ; if of things without life, of doubtful 
gender. 

Number. 

§ 14. Number is the variation of form which shows 
whether one thing is meant, or more than one. 

The Singidar number is the form which denotes one 
thing ; as, stell-d, a star ; the Plural is the form which 
denotes more than one; as, stell-ae, stars. 

Case. 

§ 15. Case is the variation of form which shows the 
relation of the Noun to other words. 

Latin Nouns have six Cases, viz. : 

(a) The Nominative, which answers the question who? 
or what? and gives the simple name of the thing spoken of. 

(6) The Genitive, which marks those relations expressed 
in English by of, or the Possessive Case ; as, umbra, the 
shade (of what?), silvae, of the forest. 

(c) The Dative, which denotes that to or for which, or 
with reference to which, anything is, or is done. 

(d) The Accusative, which is the Object of a Transitive 
Verb, or of certain Prepositions. 

(e) The Vocative, which is used when a person is ad- 
dressed. 

(/) The Ablative, which marks those relations expressed 
in English by from, with, in, by. 



16 PERSON. 

Person. 

§ 16. Person means the character which a Noun or a 
Pronoun has, according as it represents the speaker, the 
person spoken to, or the person or thing spoken of. 

A Noun or a Pronoun representing the speaker is of 
the first person; as, I, Darius, make a decree. Here "J" 
and "Darius " are of the first person. ' 

A Noun or a Pronoun representing the person spoken 
to is of the second person; as, Do you hear me, Robert? 
Here " you " and "Robert " are of the second person. 

Remark. — Things without life are sometimes addressed, and 
are then said to be personified, or treated as persons. 

A Noun or a Pronoun representing the person or thing 
spoken of is of the third person ; as, John runs ; water 
freezes. Here "John" and "water" are of the third 
person. 

INFLECTION. 

§ 17. The changes which words undergo to express 
their different relations are called inflection. 

The inflection of Nouns is called Declension ; that of 
verbs, Conjugation. 

There are five Declensions in Latin, distinguished by 
the endings of the Genitive Singular, or by the final letter 
(called the characteristic) of the stem. 

We thus distinguish : 

1st Decl., Gen. Sing, -ae; characteristic a (A Declension). 
2d " , " " -I; " 6 (O Declension). 

3d " , " " -Ts ; " i (or a Consonant) 

I and Consonant Declension. 
4th " , " " -us(uls); " u (U Declension). 

5th " , " " -el; " e (E Declension). 



FIRST DECLENSION. 17 

THE FIRST (A) DECLENSION. 

§ 18. Latin Nouns which have -ae in the Genitive Sin- 
gular (stem-characteristic d) are of the First Declension. 
The terminations are : 



Nom. 


Singular. 

a 


Plural. 

ae 


Gen. 


ae 


arum 


Dat. 


ae 


Is 


Ace. 


am 


as 


Voc. 


M 

a 


ae 


Abl. 


a 


Is 



Taking mensa, which means a table (stem mensa-), by 
changing the final letter of the stem into the above endings, 
we have : 

PAKADIGM. 

Singular. 

Nom. mensa, a table, 
Gen. mensa e, of a table. 
Dat. mensae, to or for a table. 
Ace. mensam, a table. 
Voc. mensa, table! 
Abl. mensa, with, from, in, by 
a table. 

Remark 1. — The Latin language has no Article: therefore 
mensa may be rendered a table, or the table, according to the 
connection. 

Remark 2. — An old Genitive in at sometimes occurs in poetry. 

Remark 3. — The Noun familid has fdmilias in the Genitive Sin- 
gular after pater, mater, films, and filid; as, paterfamilias, the 
father of a family. 

Remark Jf. — A contracted Genitive Plural in -urn is found 
chiefly in patronymics {Aeneddum for Aenedddrum) ; in com- 
pounds of -cold, signifying dwelling [caelicolUm for caelicoldrum). 
2* 



Plural. 


mensae, 


tables. 


mensarum 


, of tables. 


mensis, 


to or for tables. 


mensas, 


tables. 


mensae, 


tables ! 


mensis, 


with, from,, in, 




by tables. 



18 



NOUNS, 



and in compounds of -gend, signifying descent ( Grdjugenum for 
Grdjugendrum) ; and in the Greek words amphora, a jar, and 
drachma, a coin. 

Remark 5. — Ded, a goddess, equd, a mare, filid, a daughter, 
and muld, a she-mule, have sometimes -dbiis in the Dative and 
Ablative Plural. 

So arnbo and duo have in Fern. Dat. and Abl., ambdbics and 
dudbus. 

Remark 6. — The Locative case Sing, ends in -ae, Plural, -Is : 
Romae, at Rome; Athenls, at Athens. 

Rule of Gender. — Latin Nouns of the First Declension 
are feminine. 



Exc. 1. Names of male beings, rivers, and mountains are mas- 
culine by the general rule ($ 13) ; but a few names of rivers and 
mountains are feminine. 

Exc. 2. Hadrid, the Adriatic Sea, is masculine ; ddmd, a fallow 
deer, and talpd, a mole, are common. 

For Greek nouns of the First Declension, see Appen- 
dix I. 

EXEECISE I. 

§ 19. Like mensd decline the following Nouns, and 
commit to memory their meanings: 



aquila, 


eagle. 


Spistola, 


letter. 


aqua, 


water. 


nauta,* 


sailor. 


c61umba, 


dove. 


insula, 


island. 


c6rona, 


crown. 


luna, 


moon. 


ara, 


altar. 


m&dicina, 


medicine. 


agricftla.,* 


farmer. 


poeta, 


poet. 


ala, 


wing. 


regina, 


queen. 


ancilla, 


maid-servant. 


ftga, 


flight. 


injuria, 


injury. 


pluma, 


feather. 


Belga, 


a Belgian. 


filia, 


daughter. 



* See 1 18, Exc. 1. 



FIRST DECLENSION. 19 

Translate into English. 

Columbae. Coronarum. Aris. Regie am. FiliaMs. 
Injuriis. Belgariim. Fuga. Alls. Ancillae. Ancillis. 
Injuriarum. Columbis. 

Translate into Latin. 

Of water. For the farmer. Of the maid-servants. To 
the farmers. By wings. Of feathers. To sailors. The 
letter. By the letters. In the island. Of islands. Of 
the moon. 

EXEKCISE II. 

§ 20. Rule of Syntax. — A Noun in the Genitive limits 

the meaning of another Noun denoting a different thing. 

Thus, pluma means a feather, any feather ; but when the Genitive 
columbae is added, the application of pluma is limited or confined to 
the dove : columbae pluma means a dove's feather, and no other sort. 
Observe that the feather and the dove are different things. 

Ride of Position. — The emphatic word, whether limit- 
ing or limited, stands first. Thus, fill '.it reginae, the daugh- 
ter (not the son) of the queen; reginae filia, the queen's 
(not the king's) daughter. 

Translate into English. 

Columbae pluma. Columbarum plumae. Columbae alls. 
Filia agricolae. Agricolae filia. Agricolartim filiabus. 
Eeginarum coronae. Coronae regmarum. Nautae epis- 
tola. Injuria poetae. Insula Belgarum. Fuga ancillae. 
Ancillarum fuga. 

Translate into Latin. 
(Emphatic words are in italics.) 
In the island of the Belgians. For the altars of the 
Belgians. A sailor's letter. The queen's letter. By the 



20 SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. 

flight of the farmer. The flight of the farmer's doves. 
The injury of the queen's maid-servants. O daughters of 
the queen's maid-servants ! The water of the island. 

EXERCISE III. 
Subject and Predicate. Partial Conjugation of Verbs. 

§ 21. I. A Proposition is a thought expressed in words; 
as, snow melts. 

A Simple Sentence consists of a single Proposition ; a 
Compound Sentence consists of several Propositions com- 
bined. 

1. Every Proposition consists of — 

(a) A Predicate; i. e. that which is declared. 

(b) A Subject ; i. e. that of which the declaration is 
made. 

In the Proposition "snow melts" the Predicate is "melts" because 
li melts" is what is declared or asserted about "snow;" the Subject is 
11 snow" because it is the thing about which the declaration is made. 
What melts ? Snow. 

2. The Predicate consists of a Verb alone (as melts in 
the above example), or the Verb to be with a Noun, Ad- 
jective, or Participle ; as, snow is cold. 

3. The Subject consists of a Noun, or some word or 
phrase used as a Noun, and may be known by asking 
the question who? or what? with the Predicate; as, 
John runs. ( Who runs ? John.) To play is pleasant. 
(Wliat is pleasant? To play.) 

4. The Subject and Predicate may stand alone, or each 
may have other words limiting its meaning; as, boys run ; 
some boys run fast. 

II. A Verb is a word which declares or affirms some- 
thing. 



VEEBS. 21 

1. Verbs have — 

(a) Moods, or different forms which express different 
kinds of affirmation. 

(b) Tenses, or different forms to show the time when 
the thing declared takes place, and whether the action is 
complete or incomplete. 

(c) Voices, or different forms which show whether the 
Subject acts (as, John strikes) or is acted upon (as, John is 
struck). 

(d) Persons and Numbers, or different forms which 
correspond to the person and number of the Subject. 

2. These various forms are distinguished from one 
another by certain endings ; and the adding of these 
endings to the stem is called Conjugation. 

III. 1. The Infinitive expresses the action of the Verb 
simply, without limiting it to any Subject ; as, ama-re', to 
love. 

2. The Indicative mood declares a thing as a fact, or 
asks a question; as, dmdt, he loves; dmat-nef does he love? 

TENSES. 

IV. 1. The Present tense expresses incomplete action 
in present time : as, timo, I love, I am loving. 

2. The Imperfect tense expresses incomplete action in 
past time : as, cimdb&m, I was loving. 

3. The Future tense expresses incomplete action in 
future time : as, dmabo, I will love, I will be loving. 

CONJUGATIONS. 

V. There are, strictly speaking, but two Conjugations 
in Latin, distinguished according to the final letter (called 
the characteristic) of the Present-stem : 



22 ACTIVE ENDINGS. 

I. The Vowel Conjugation (stem ending in -a, -e, and -i). 

II. The Consonant Conjugation (stem ending in a Con- 
sonant or -u). 

Rem. — As u is a Semi-Consonant ( = v), Verbs having the cha- 
racteristic -u follow the Consonant Conjugation. 

But for convenience we divide Verbs into four Conju- 
gations, distinguished by this final letter of the Present- 
stem (or characteristic). 

Rule 1. — To find the Present-stem, strike off the 
ending -r£ of the Present Infinitive Active: as, ama-rZ ; 
Present-stem, amd-. 

Rule *2. — Verbs having the stem-vowel a (long) before 
-r& of the Infinitive belong to the First Conjugation ; as, 
ama-r%. 

ACTIVE ENDINGS. 

1. There are six Personal endings belonging to every 
tense of the Finite Verb, three for the Singular and three 
for the Plural. These endings represent the Personal Pro- 
nouns. 

2. The Personal endings for the tenses of the Active 
Voice are: 

-m (5), representing I. 

-s " thou. 

-t, " he. 

-mus, " we. 

-tis, ye. 

-nt, " they. 

Remark. — The variations for the Perfect Indie. Act. will be 
considered further on. 

3. The Tense-endings are sometimes simply these Per- 
sonal endings; sometimes they are made up of certain 
suffixes together with the Personal endings. 



VERBS. 



23 



4. The Tense-endings for the Present, Imperfect, and 
Future tenses of the Indicative Active of the First Con- 
jugation are as follows : 





Present. 


Imperfect 


Future. 


Sing. 


1st Person, -6, 


-ba-m, 


-b-8, 




2d " -s, 


-ba-s, 


-bi-s, 


I 


3d " -t, 


-ba-t, 


-bi-t, 


Plur. 


1st Person, -mite, 


-ba-mus, 


-bi-mus 




2d " -tis, 


-ba-tfs, 


-bi-tis, 




3d " -nt. 


-ba-nt. 


-bu-nt. 



By adding these terminations to the stem amd- (observ- 
ing that the stem-vowel a is absorbed by o in the 1st 
person of the Present, and shortened before -t in the 3d 
person), we have : 

PAETIAL PARADIGM. 
Infinitive Present, ama-re, to love. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
Present. 
Sing, am-6, I love, or am loving, 

ama-s, thou loved, or art loving, 

ama-t, he loves, or is loving, 

Plur. ama-mtis, we love, or are loving, 

ama-tts, ye or you love, or are loving, 

ama-nt, they love, or are loving. 

Imperfect. 

Sing, ama-ba-m, I ivas loving, 

ama-ba-s, thou wast loving, 

ama-ba-t, he was loving, * 

Plur. ama-ba-m us, we were loving, 

ama-ba-tis, ye or you were loving, 

ama-ba-nt, they were loving. 



24 



VERBS, 



Future. 



Sing, ama-b-d, 
ama-bi-s, 
ama-bi-t, 
ama-bi-mus, 
ama-bi-t is, 
ama-bu-nt, 



Plur. 



I shall love, 
thou wilt love, 
he will love, 
we shall love, 
ye or you will love, 
they will love. 

(The principal parts of a Verb are the Indicative 
Present, the Infinitive Present, the Indicative Present- 
Perfect, and the Supine. These will be given in the 
vocabularies, thus : 

&m-8, ama-rg, amav-i, amat-um, to love!) 

Form the Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative of 



v61-o, 


v6 la-re, 


v61av-i, 


v6lat-um, 


to fly. 


salt-6, 


salta-r8, 


saltav-i, 


saltat-um, 


to dance. 


cant-o, 


canta-rS, 


cantav-i, 


cantat-um, 


to sing. 


delect-5, 


delecta-r8, 


delectav-i, 


delectat-um, 


to delight. 


par-o, 


para-rS, 


parav-i, 


parat-um, 


to prepare 


laud-O, 


lauda-rS, 


laudav-i, 


laudat-um, 


to praise. 


v5c-6, 


v6ca-r§, 


v5cav-i, 


v5cat-um, 


to call. 


occiip-o, 


occupa-rS, 


occupav-i, 


occupat-uin, 


to seize. 


arm-6, 


arma-re, 


armav-i, 


armat-um, 


to arm. 


aedlfic-O, 


aedifica-rS, 


aedificav-i, 


aediflcat-um, 


to build. 



EXEKCISE IV. 
§ 22. 1. A Transitive Verb is one which requires an 
Object to complete the sense ; as, poetd reglnam laudat, 
the poet praises the queen. 

2. An Intransitive Verb is one which does not require 
an Object to qpmplete the sense ; as, aquila voltit, the eagle 
flies. 

3. Rule of Syntax. — The Subject of a Finite Verb is 
in the Nominative. 



ANALYSIS. 25 

4. Rule of Syntax. — The Direct Object of a Transitive 
Verb is put in the Accusative. (Reginam, above, is the 
Direct Object of lauddt; i. e. the person to whom the 
praising is directed.) 

5. Rule of Syntax. — The Verb agrees with its Subject 
in number and person. 

6. Rule of Position. — The Subject usually stands at the 
beginning of the sentence. 

7. Rule of Position. — The Direct Object precedes the 
Verb. 

8. To analyze a sentence is to separate it into its parts 
and show their r&ation to each other. 

9. To analyze or parse a word is to tell its properties, 
and its relation to other words. 



ANALYSIS OF THE SENTENCE. 

Poeta reginam laudat. 

{Suggestions to the Learner. — We look first for the Predicate, which must be a 
Verb (see $21, 2) ; and we find laudd-t, which we see by the ending -/, added di- 
rectly to the stem (stem-vowel shortened), is indicative-present active, third per- 
son singular, of lauddre, to praise. We now look for the Subject, which, as we 
have learned, must be a Noun in the Nominative (§21, 3; and Rule 3, above); 
and we find by the ending -a that poeta is in the Nominative. Hence, we translate 
poeta laudat, the poet praises. Regmam, as the ending -am shows, must be in the 
Accusative Singular ; so we take it as the Direct Object of lauddt, and translate 
the sentence, " The poet praises the queen") 

This is a simple sentence, because it consists of but one Proposition. 

The Predicate is laudat, because it is that which is declared or as- 
serted about the poet. 

The §ubject is poeta, because it is that of which the praising is 
declared. (Who praises? The poet.) 

The Predicate is limited by reginam, the Direct Object (i. e. the per- 
son upon whom the praising is directly exerted). 

ANALYSIS OF THE WORDS. 
Poeta is a common Noun, masculine, First Declension (here decline 
it), found in the Nominative Singular, Subject of laudat. Rule, The 
3 



26 FIRST DECLENSION. 

Subject of a Finite Verb is in the Nominative. (Here let the teacher ask, 
" Why called a Noun ? Why a common Noun ? Why masculine ? 
Why of the First Declension? Why accented on the penult?" etc.) 

Regindm is a common Noun, feminine, First Declension (here de- 
cline it), found in the Accusative Singular, Direct Object of laudat. 
Rule, The Direct Object of a Transitive Verb is put in the Accusative. 

Laudat is a Verb, transitive, First Conjugation, laud-o, laudd-re, 
lauddv-%, lauddt-um, found in the indicative-present active, third per- 
son Singular (here inflect the tense), agreeing with poetd as its Sub- 
ject. Rule, The Verb agrees with its Subject in number and person. 
(Here let the teacher ask, "Why called a Verb? Why transitive? 
Why of First Conjugation? Why indicative ?" etc.) 

Translate into English 
Agricola poetam amat. Aquila volabat. Ancillae medi- 
cinam parabunt. Belgae aras aedif ieabant. Nautae insulam 
occupabunt. Corona reginam delectabit. Agricola f Iliam 
vocabat. 

Translate into Latin. 

The maid-servants are preparing the table. The queen 
was calling the farmer's daughter. The poets will praise 
the queen. The sailor's daughter will sing. The farmers 
are building an altar. The moon delights the poet. We 
love the queen. T^Mi^were calling the maid-servants. 

EXERCISE V. 
§ 23. Vocabulary. 

umbra, -ae, shadow. puella, -ae, girl. 

terra, -ae, earth. copiae, -arum, forces. 

incola, -ae, inhabitant. (copia, in the Singular, means abun- 

insidiae, -arum r ambush, dance; in the Plural, forces.) 

(used only in Plural), { snares, obscur-o, -a-re, -av-I, -at-iim, to obscure. 

1. Tlie Subject, as well as the Predicate, may have 
words limiting its meaning. 



•SECOND DECLENSION. 27 

2. The Pronouns I, thou, we, you, are not usually ex- 
pressed in Latin, as the endings of the Verb show the 
person and number. 

3. The words my, thy, his, their, etc., are not expressed 
in Latin, when the relation is obvious. Thus, The queen 
loves her daughter, Regina f Ili&ni &mat. 

Translate into English. 

(In analysis of sentences, give the Predicate with its liraiters, then 
the Subject with its limiters.) 

Ancilla reginae agricolae f Iliam vocabit. Terrae umbra 
lunam obscurat. Fuga nautariim incolas insulae delectat. 
Copiae Belgarum instilam occupabant. Nautae puellas 
vocant. Plumae columbariim reginae ancillas delectabunt. 

Translate into Latin. 

The flight of the queen delights the Belgians. Farmers 
love (their) daughters. The sailor loves the queen's maid- 
servant. The farmer's daughter will prepare the queen's 
table. A dove's feather delights the sailor's daughter; a 
crown delights the queen's daughter. An eagle's feather 
delights the queen's maid-servant; a crown delights the 
queen's daughter. 

THE SECOND (o) DECLENSION. 

§ 24. Latin Nouns whose Genitive Singular ending is 
-i (stem-characteristic d) are of the Second Declension. 

Those which have -um in the Nominative are neuter; 
the rest are masculine. 

Note. — The stem ends in -5 ; to this, weakened into -it, we add s to 
form the Nominative for masc. Nouns ; m, for neuter Nouns. 



28 



SECOND DECLENSION. 







ENDINGS. 








Masculine. 




Neuter. 






Sing. 


Plur. 




Sing. 


Plur. 


Nom. 


US 


I 


Nom. 


urn 


a 


Gen. 


I 


orum 


Gen. 


I 


orum 


Dat. 





IS 


Dat. ' 


5 


IS 


Ace. 


tim 


OS 


Ace. 


urn 


a 


Voc. 


e 


1 


Voc. 


tim 


a 


Abl. 


5 


Is 


Abl. 


5 


Is 



Taking the Nouns dSmXnus, master (stem ddmind-), and 
regnum, kingdom (stem regnd-), by changing the final letter 
of the stem into the above endings, we have : 





PAKADIGMS. 






Singular. 




Plural. 


Nom. 


dominus, a master. 


dominl, 


masters. 


Gen. 


dominl, of a master. 


domino rum, of masters. 


Dat. 


d5mino, to or for a 


dominis, 


to or for mas- 




master. 




ters. 


Ace. 


dominum, a master. 


dominos, 


masters. 


Voc. 


domine, master! 


dominl, 


masters! 


Abl. 


domino, with, etc., a 


dominis, 


with, etc., mas- 




master. 




ters. 




Singular. 




Plural. 


Nom. 


regnum, a kingdom. 


regna, 


kingdoms. 


Gen. 


regnl, of a kingdom. 


regno rum 


of kingdoms. 


Dat. 


regno, to or for a 


regnls, 


to or for king- 




kingdom. 




doms. 


Ace. 


regnum, a kingdom. 


regna, 


kingdoms. 


Voc. 


regnum, kingdom! 


regna, 


kingdoms! 


Abl. 


regno, with, etc., a 


regnls, 


with, etc., king 




kingdom. 




doms. 



SECOND DECLENSION. 29 

Remark 1. — Names of trees, plants, gems, etc. are feminine by 
the general rule.* Alviis, belly ; carbastis, linen; cSlus (some- 
times m.), distaff; htimus, ground; and vannus, fan, are fern.; 
so, many words of Greek origin, like atftmus, atom; para- 
graphs, paragraph, etc. Plinthus, brick, is masc. and fern. 

Virus, poison, and p&lagus, sea, are neuter. Vulgus, common 
people, is neuter — rarely masculine. 

Remark 2. — In Proper Names in -ius, with filiiis, son, and 
genius, guardian spirit, the Vocative ending -g is absorbed ; as, 
Tullius, Voc. Tulll. But Adjectives and National Names in -ius 
retain £ in the Vocative ; as, Helvetius, Helvetic 1 . 

Remark 3. — Metis has ml in the Vocative — rarely mens. Beits, 
a god, has deus in the Vocative, and in the Plural Nominative 
and Vocative del, dil, or di; Genitive deorum or deum; Dative 
and Ablative dels, dils, dls; Accusative deos. 

Remark If,. — The ending -drum of the Genitive Plural is some- 
times contracted into -um, chiefly in words denoting measure and 
money [modium, talentum, etc.) in combination with Numerals; 
and often in poetry of other words. Deum is common in poet- 
ry and prose ; virum in poetry, but in prose only in compounds 
(duumvlrum). We also find llbh'um and Ubtrbrum indifferently, 
and fabrum in such phrases as praefectus fabrum. The Genitive 
Singular -il is often contracted into -I; as, ingtnl for ingtnil. 

Remark 5. — Neuter Nouns of all Declensions have the Nomina- 
tive, Accusative, and Vocative alike ; and these cases in the Plu- 
ral end always in -a. 

Remark 6. — The Locative case Sing, ends in -I; Plur. -Is; C6r- 
inthi, at Corinth; Delphis, at Delphi. 

EXEKCISE VI. 

§ 25. Vocabulary. 

, w „ „ _ (master (of a family). Gallus, -T, a Gaul. 
dominus, -l, ] v J J Jn . ' ' 

i lord. auxiliuin, -I, aid. 

serviis, -l, slave. ._ _. w _ (ambassador, _^ 

legatus, -l, \ — —^ 

nuntms, -l, messenger. ( lieutenant. 

* But acanthus, amiantus, cactus, calamus, cotirms, and paliurus 
are masc. 

3 * 



30 SECOND DECLENSION. 

Tullius, -l, Tully. viciis, -I, village. 

Crassus, -I, Crassus. hortus, -I, garden. 

captiviis, -i, captive. lupus, -1, wolf. 

Helvetius, -I, a Helvetian. Germanus, -I, a German. 

re-voc-o, -a-re, -av-i, at-um, to call back, recall, (re- means back.) 
con-voc-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to call together, (con- means together.) 
rog-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to entreat, ask for. 
uliil-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to howl. 

nec-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to murder, to kill (usually by poison, hunger, 
etc., sometimes with a weapon). 

Translate into English. 

Lupi tilulant. Dominus servos amat. Keginae filios 
amant. Crassus nuntios Gallorum convocabit. Tullius 
agricolae hortum occupabat. Crassus vlcos Helvetiorum 
occupabit. Galll Germanorum legatos necabunt, Ger- 
manl captivos necant. Helvetil legatos revocant. Belgae 
insularum incolas necabant. Tullius servum vocat. 

Translate into Latin. 

Tully's slaves love (their) master. The master calls 
together (his) slaves. The slaves of Crassus will call the 
queen's maid-servants. The inhabitants of the island' are 
killing the captives. We will call together the sons of 
Crassus. Tully's son loves the sailor's daughter. The 
ambassadors of the Helvetians praise the queen. He will 
call together the farmer's sons. The messengers ask-for aid. 
The Belgians will ask-for aid. 

Stems in -r6 and -8rd. 

§ 26. The Nouns of this Declension, whose Nominative 
ends in -ftr, have dropped the usual endings -us of the 
Nominative and £ of the Vocative ; as, g$n$r (Nom. and 
Vocative), not generus, ghi&r%. Most of them drop in 



SECOND DECLENSION. 31 

the oblique cases the £ inserted before r in the Nomina- 
tive and Vocative ; as, ag&r, Genitive agri, not ag$r-i. 

Note. — This g is merely euphonic. When it belongs to the stem 
it is retained. The stem of these Nouns ends in {e)ro-, but the stem- 
vowel is dropped, together with s, the sign of the masc. Nom. 





PARADIGMS. 








Singular. Plural. 




Singular. 


Plural. 




(A son-in-law.) 




(A field.) 


N. 


gener, generi. 


N. 


ager, 


Egri. 


G. 


generi, generorum. 


G. 


Egri, 


Egrorum 


D. 


ggngro, generis. 


D. 


agro, 


agrls. 


Ac. 


generum, generos. 


Ac. 


agrum, 


Egros. 


V. 


gener, generi. 


V. 


ager, 


agri. 


Ab. 


genero, generis. 


Ab. 


agro, 


Egris. 



Remark 1. — The following Nouns retain t [which belongs to the 
stem) in all the cases: adulter, adulterer ; gener, son-in-law ; Liber, 
Bacchus; liberi, children; puer, boy ; socer, father-in-law ; vesper, 
evening ; and compounds in -fer and -ger; also, the National 
Names Iber and Celtiber. 

Remark 2. — Vir, man, has Geu. Sing. virl y etc. ; so, its com- 
pounds. 

For Greek Nouns of the Second Declension, see Ap- 
pendix II. 

EXERCISE VII. 
§ 27. Vocabulary. 

puer, -I, boy. liberi, -oruui, children. 

vir, -I, man, equiis, -I, horse. 

socer, -eri, father-in-law. bellum, -I, roar. 

gener, -eri, son-in-law. folium, -I, leaf. 

magister, -trl, master (of a school). ovuuo, -I, egg. 

ager, -grl, field. aper, -prl, wild boar. 

infren-o, -fi-re, -av-i, -at-um, to bridle. 
lairi-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to tear in pieces. 



32 SECOND DECLENSION. 

Translate into English. 

Agricola equiim f Iliae infrenat. Apr! gengrum reginae 
laniabunt. Folia silvae ancillam reginae delectant. Magis- 
ter pueros convocabat. Pueri magistrum amant. Tullii 
filia socerum amabit. German! Gallorum agros occupa- 
bant. Columbaruni ova liberos delectant. Viri equos 
infrenabunt. Belliim Germanos delectat. Socer generum 
amat. Servtis domini equiiin infrenat. Nauta liberos amat. 

Translate into Latin. 

The poet's children love the queen. Crassus praises the 
fields of the Helvetians. The Germans love war. The 
wolves will tear in pieces the farmer's children. Wild 
boars love the shade of the forest. The master will call 
back the boys. Tully's horse loves his master. The farm- 
er's slaves are bridling the horses. 

EXEKCISE VIII. 
The Dative Case. 

§ 28. 1. The Dative expresses that to or for which, or 
with reference to which, anything is, or is done. 

2. Rule of Syntax. — The Indirect Object of a Verb is 
put in the Dative ; as, servtis domino mediclndm parat, the 
servant prepares medicine for his master. 

Remark. — The Indirect Object of a Verb is the thing toward 
which its action tends without necessarily reaching it. Thus, in 
the above example, the action expressed by parat is exerted di- 
rectly upon the medicine — mediclndm, — and the point to which 
it tends is the master — domino, — though it does not necessarily 
reach that point, since it is not implied that the master receives 
or uses the medicine prepared for him. 

3. Rule of Position. — The Indirect Object precedes the 
Direct. 



SECOND DECLENSION. 33 

Vocabulary, 

liber, -bri, booh. agims, -I, lamb. 

via, -ae, icay. haedus, -1, kid. 

taurus, -l, bull. filius, -I, son. 

monstr-o, -a- re, -av-i, -at-uin, to show. 
mact-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to sacrifice. 

d-§, da-re, ded-i, dat-iim, to give. (The only Verb of the First Conjugation 
having a (short) in the Infinitive Present. The 1st pers. siny. pres. 
indie, passive, ddr 9 does not occur). 

s 

Translate into English. 

Magister puero libriim dat. Puella Crasso viam mon- 
strabat. Agricola diis arani aedificabit. Galli diis tauros 
mactant. Servi reginae haedum parant. Liipi agnos lani- 
abunt. Agricolae f Ilius puellae oviini dat. Galli Germanis 
insidias parabunt. Crassiis copiis Galloriim insidias parat. 
Regma agricolae equum dat. Galli nautis instil am mon- 
strant. Reginae ancilla Gallis Gernianorum insidias mon- 
strat. 

Translate into Latin. 

The queen's father-in-law will give (to) the poet a field. 
The queen of the Helvetians is preparing snares for Tully's 
forces. The inhabitants of the island were sacrificing a 
lamb to the gods. The master is preparing a book for the 
boys. The slaves are preparing a way for their master. 
The master gives (to) his slave a kid. The slave gives (to) 
the farmer's son a dove's egg. 

EXEKCISE IX. 

The Ablative Case. 

§29. 1. Rule of Syntax. — The Ablative expresses the 

Cause, Manner, Means, or Instrument; as, 

Caecus avdritid, Blinded by avarice (Cause). 

Hoc modo fecit, He did it in this manner (Manner). 

Aqiiila, alls volat, The eagle flies with his wings (Means). 



34 SECOND DECLENSION. 

Captivtim gladio occidit, He kills the captive with a sword (In- 
strument). 

2. Rule of Syntax. — The Ablative (usually with the 
Preposition Tn) expresses the Place Where. 

3. Rule of Position. — Expressions of Cause, Time, and 
Place usually precede the Direct Object ; those of Man- 
ner y Means, and Instrument are placed after it; and all 
precede the Predicate. 

Remark. — A Preposition with its case is called an adjunct. 

Vocabulary. 

in (Preposition with Abl.), in. venenum, -I, poison. 

terra, -ae, the earth, ground. glaclius, -I, sioord. 

tuba, -ae, trumpet. Marcus, -I, Marcus. 

signum, -I, signal, sign. culter, -tri, knife. 

ar-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to plough. 
vex-o, -a-re, -a-vi, -at-um, to annoy, to trouble. 
vuJner-o, -a-re, -a-vi, -at-um, to wound. 
ambul-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to loalk. 

Translate into English and Analyze. 

Marci films Gallis signum tuba dat. (The Predicate is 
here limited by Gallis, the Indirect Object; signum, the Direct 
Object; and tuba, the Ablative of the Instrument.) Agricola 
terrain equis arat. Captiviis Tulliiim cultro vulnerabit. 
Poeta in silvis ambulat. Marcus Helvetios injuriis vexa- 
bat. Nauta reginae genertim gladio necabit. German! 
captivos gladiis necant. Aquilae alls volant. Regina 
filio regniim dat. Ancilla reginae Crassum veneno neca- 
bit. Umbram silvae amamiis. Dominus servos tuba con- 
vocat. Reginae socer f Ilium Tullii injuriis vexat. 

Translate into Latin. 

The farmer's sons will plough the fields with horses. The 
girls are dancing in the forest. The poet was walking in 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



35 



the garden. The slaves of Tully are preparing snares for 
the ambassadors of the Helvetians in the forest. The 
inhabitants of the islands will kill the ambassadors with 
their swords. The Germans were annoying the Gauls 
with injuries. Doves fly with their wings. The farmer 
will give the sailor's daughter a lamb. Wolves are howl- 
ing in the forest. 



THE THIRD (i AND CONSONANT) DECLENSION. 

§ 30. Nouns whose Genitive Singular ending is -is 
(stem-characteristic I or a Consonant) are of the Third 
Declension. 





CASE-ENDINGS. 




Masc. 


and Fern. 




Neuter. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural 


N. s 


es 


-(§) 


a (la) 


G. is 


um (ium) 


IS 


um (ium) 


D. i 


Tbus 


i 


ibus 


Ace. em (Km) es 


-(6) 


a (la) 


V. s 


es 


-(«) 


a (la) 


Ab. e (I) 


■bus 


6(0 


Tbds 



Remark 1. — Many masculine and feminine Nouns have no 
ending in the Nominative, but present the simple stem ; as, 
honor. The regular ending of the Accusative Singular is -em; 
that of the Ablative, -e; of the Genitive Plural, -um. 

Remark 2. — But few neuter Nouns have a Nominative-ending, 
most of them presenting the stem alone in the Nominative. 

Remark 3. — An old Accusative-ending, -Is or -els, is found with 
stems that take -ium in the Genitive Plural ; as, valtis or val- 
Ills. 

Remark Jf. — The Locative case Sing, ends in -i, sometimes in 
-I; Plural, ibus; Sulmoni (or -e, at Sulmo ; Gadibiis, at Gades 
(Cadiz). 



36 third declension. 

Noun-classes of the Third Declension. 
Nouns of the Third Declension are divided into Six 
Classes, according to the formation of the Nominative 
Singular: three classes having the Nominative-ending 
s; one, the Nominative-ending -8; and two having no 
Nominative-ending at all, but presenting the simple stem. 

J$§^ The stem really ends either in I or a Consonant, but in the follow- 
ing division into classes, which has been found to be practically the 
simplest for young pupils, that part of the Noun which remains after 
striking off the Genitive ending is everywhere called the stem. 

Class I. — Nouns which add the Nominative-ending 
s to the stem without any vowel change; as, urb-s. 
(Feminine.) 

Class II. — Nouns which add the Nominative-ending 
s to the stem with a connecting vowel e or i; as, stem 
rup-, Nominative rup-e-s, rupes; stem vail-, Nominative 
vall-is, valtis. (Feminine.) 

Class III. — Nouns which change the stem-vowel $ 
into &, and add -s; as, stem milit-, Nominative miM-s (t 
dropped before s), mile's. (Masculine.) 

Class IV. — Nouns which have the Nominative-end- 
ing -&; as, mar-%. (Neuter.) 

Class V. — Nouns which have no Nominative-endine:, 
but present the unchanged stem ; as, hdnor, consul, calcar. 
(Masculine and Neuter.) 

Class VL — Nouns which have no Nominative-end- 
ing, but present the stem changed in the Nominative; 
as, stem virgin-, Nominative virgo. (Masculine, Fem- 
inine, and Neuter.) 

Rule of Euphony. — A c sound with -s makes x; as, 
legs, lex; are-s, arx. A t sound before s is dropped j, 
as, fonts, fons. 



THIRD DECLENSION 



37 



CLASS I. 
§31. Nouns which add the Nominative-ending -s to 
the stem without any vowel change. 

PARADIGMS. 







Singular. 








City. 


Law. 


Praise. 


Art. 


Citadel. 


Nom. 


Urbs, 


Lex (legs), 


Laus (lauds), 


Ars (arts), 


Arx (arcs), 


Gen. 


nrbis, 


legis, 


laudis, 


artis, 


arc is, 


Dat, 


urbi, 


legi, 


laudi, 


arti, 


arci, 


Ace. 


urbem, 


legem, 


laudem, 


artem, 


arcem, 


Voc. 


urbs, 


lex, 


laus, 


ars, 


arx, 


Abl. 


urbe. 


lege. 


laude. 


arte. 


arce. 


Plural, 


Nom. 


urbes, 


leges, 


laudes, 


artes, 


arces, 


Gen. 


urbium, 


legum, 


laudum, 


artium, 


arcium, 


Dat. 


urbibus, 


legibus, 


laudibus, 


artibus, 


arcibus, 


Ace. and Voc. 


urbes, 


leges, 


laudes, 


artes, 


arces, 


Abl. 


urbibus. 


legibus. 


laudibus. 


artibus. 


arcibus. 



Rule 1. — Stems ending in two Consonants, with elds, 
lis, fraus, vis, faux (Nom. obs.), nix, compes, strix, have 
-rum in the Genitive Plural. _- 

Rule 2. — Stems of more than one syllable in -nt and 
-rt (adding -s), with Names of Nations in -as (originally 
Adjectives), have -ium and sometimes -urn in the Genitive 
Plural; as, cliens, clientium or clientum; Arpinas, Arpl- 
ndtiinn; so also the Plurals, Penates, OpMmdtes. 

Remark 1. — Other Nouns in -as, with fornax, amdpalus, some- 
times have -ium. Quiris and Samnls have almost always -ium. 

Remark 2. — Pars, part, and lens, lentil, have sometimes -im in 
the Accusative ; and the same, with sors, lot, and Mdens, trident, 
have -e or -I in the Ablative. Requie~s, rest, has requietem and 
requiem in the Accusative. Partim is usually an Adverb. 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns which add the Nominative- 
ending -s to the stem without any vowel change, are 
feminine; except — • 



38 THIRD DECLENSION. 

Masculines. 

1. Dens, tooth, and its compounds ; fons, fountain ; pons, 
bridge ; mons, mountain ; cliens, client ; torrens, torrent ; rudens, 
rope (rarely feminine) ; and compounds of as, an as (ending in 
-ans or -ens; e.g., sextans = \ of an as, triens = \ of an as) and of 
uncia (ending in -unx, denoting the twelfth parts of an as ; e. g., 
deunx = ^ as); pdrie~s, wall; pes, foot; lapis, stone. 

2. Grex, flock; Greek Nouns in -ax, -ix, -yx, -ps, and -as (Gen. 
-antis) ; with cdlix, cup; fornix, arch; produx, twig; sentix, brier; 
trddux, vine-branch ; and /races, dregs of oil. 

Masculine or Feminine. 

Many Nouns denoting living beings, with scrobs, ditch ; stirps, 
trunk of a tree; calx, heel; calx, lime; smd frons, forehead (rarely 
masculine). 

EXERCISE X. 
§32. 1. The Ablative is used with Prepositions which 
imply rest in a place ; as, m urb% lidbttdt, he lives in the 
city ; or motion from a place ; as, ex urb% Zquitat, he rides 
out of the city. 

2. The Accusative (the whither case) is used with Prep- 
ositions implying motion to a place ; as, in urb&m vtirilt, 
he comes into the city ; a d regem vZriit. he comes to the 
king. 

3. Caution. — To, when it implies motion, must be 
translated by &d with the Accusative. 

4. Rule of Position. — A Preposition with its case pre- 
cedes the Predicate. 

Vocabulary. 

in (with Ace), into; dens, dent-is, tooth. 

(with Abl.), in. pes, ped-is, foot. 

ad (Prep, with Ace), to, towards. calx, calc-is, heel. 

e, out of (Prep, with Abl., used only rex, reg-is, king. 

with words beginning with a Con- plebs, pleb-is, the common people. 

sonant). grex, greg-it^, Jiock. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 39 

ex, out of (Prep, with Abl., used be- ferrum, -i, iron, the sword. 

fore Vowels and Consonants). cliens, client-is, client. 

riidens, riident-is, rope. lapis, lapid-is, a stone. 

antenna, -ae, sail-yard. malus, -I, mast. 

piliim, -l, javelin. libertas, libertat-is, liberty. 

Gallia, -ae, Gaul, nobilitas, nobilitat-is, nobility. 

Germania, -ae, Germany. Orgetorix, Orgetorig-is, Orgetorix. 

eqult-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-uin, to ride on horseback. 

hiem-o, -a-re, -av-i, at-iim, to winter, spend the winter. 

serv-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to preserve, protect. 

viol-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to dishonor, violate, break {a law, etc.). 

habit-o, -a-re, -av-i, at-iim, to dwell, live. 

mand-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to intrust. 

destin-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to fasten. 

a or ab, from, by (Prep, with Abl., a being used only before Consonants, 
ab before Vowels and Consonants). 

Translate into English. 

OrgStorix leges Helvetioriim violabat. Plebs libertat^m 
ferro servabit. Nautae antennas ad malos rudentibiis desti- 
nant. Puer calcem servi lapide vulnerat. Crasstis ex urbg 
ad victim ^quitat. Copiae Germanorum in Gallia hiemabunt. 
Galli in Gallia habitant. Eex nobilitati urbem mandat. 
Crassi filius clientes ex agris in urbem convocat. Lupi 
dentibus agnos laniant. Galli Crassum pills necabunt. Ger- 
man! Gallos bellis vexant. 

Translate into Latin. 

The boys are riding from the village to the city. The 
farmer's sons live in the forest. The doves will fly out of 
the fields into the forest. The king was calling together the 
common people out of the village into the city. The king 
will give the kingdom to his son. Crassus will break the 
laws of Gaul. The king's son will preserve the liberty of 
the common people. The boys are wounding the king's 
messengers with stones. The inhabitants of Germany will 



40 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



winter in the island of the Belgians. Horses walk with 
(their) feet. A flock of doves is flying out of the forest. 
The sailor will fasten the yard to the mast with ropes. The 
king was slaying the nobility with the sword. 

CLASS II. 
§ 33. Nouns which add the Nominative-ending -s to 
the stem with a connecting vowel (e or i); as, riip-e-s, 
vall-i-s. 

PARADIGMS. 
Singular, 



Norn. 


rupes, a rock. 


vallis, a valley, 


Gen. 


rupis, 


vallis, 


Dat. 


rupi, 


valll, 


Ace. 


rupem, 


vallSm, 


Voc. 


rupes, 


vallts, 


Abl. 


rupe; 


valle ; 




Ph 


ral. 


Nora. 


rupes, 


valles, 


Gen. 


rupium, 


vallium, 


Dat. 


rupibus, 


valltbtis, 


Ace. 


rupes, 


valles, 


Voc. 


rupes, 


valles, 


Abl. 


rupTbus. 


vallibus. 



Rem, 1. — The following nouns have -im in the Accusative : 

i. Greek Nouns in -is (gen. -is; e. g., cannabis, hemp, sinapis, 
mustard, etc.) and names of Rivers and Places, The Greek Nouns, 
specially names of Persons, have sometimes -in also in Accus. 
Of names of rivers, Scaldis has -em and -im, and Litis has -im, 
seldom -em, late -in. 

ii. So, -im in the Accusative — 

(a) Exclusively in : 

Burls, plough-tail. Mephitis, foul air. 

Cueumis (Gen. -is), cucumber. Ravis, hoarseness. 



THIED DECLENSION. 41 

Sitis, thirst. Vis, strength. 

Tussis, cough, 

(b) Usually in : 

Febris, fever. Securis, axe. 

Puppis, the poop. Turris, tower. 

Restis, rope. + 

(c) Sometimes in : 

Claris, key. Praesaepis, stall. 

Messis, harvest. Sementis, sowing. 

Navis, ship. Strigilis, scraper (for the flesh). 

Pelvis, basin. 

(Also in Adverbs in -Urn (Accus. of Nouns in -Us) ; as, partim, 
partly; and in amussim ; e. g., ad amussim, according to a rule or 
level, accurately.) 

Bern. 2. — Nouns which have -im in the Accusative exclusively, 
together with names of Months in -tr and -Is, have -I in the 
Ablative ; e. g., vis, vl, Aprllis, Apr ill. 

Exc. Baetls, cannabis, and sindpls have -e or -I. 

Rem. 3. — Nouns which have -em or -Im in the Accusative 
have -e or -I in the Ablative ; e. g., turris, turre, or turrl. But 
resits has -e only in classic Latin. 

Bern. 4. — The following have -em in the Accusative, but -e or 
-I in the Ablative : 



Amnis, 


Canalis, 


Convallis, < 


Ignis, 


Sodalis, 


Anguis, , 


Civis, 


Corbis, 


Orbis, 


Sordes, 


Avis, 


ClassTs, 


Finis, 


Ovis, 


Unguis, 


Bills, 


7 Collis, • 


Fustis, 


Postis, 


Vectis. 



Of these, anguis, collis, convallis, corbis, postis, and vectis rarely 
have -I; cdndlls, sordes, rarely -e. Fames, hunger, Ims fame and 
fame in the Abl. 

Rem. 5. — Nouns of this class (adding -s with the connecting 
vowel e or i) have -ium in the Genitive Plural. 

Exc. Canis, dog, juvenis, young man, f 6ris, door, mugilis, mul- 
let, proles, offspring, strues, heap, panis, bread, have -um; so, gen- 
erally, sedes, seat, strigilis, scraper (for the flesh), vates, prophet, 
vftlucris, bird ; sometimes also apis, bee, caedes, slaughter, clades 
(rarely), disaster, mensis, month, siib51es, offspring. 
4* 



42 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



Rule of Gender. — Nouns of the Second Class are fem- 
inine. 

Exc. 1. Pdlumb&s, vate~s, vepres (once fern.) are masculine or 
feminine. 

Exc. 2. The following in -Is are masculine or feminine : 

Artmis, river. Cams, dog. " Funis, rope. 

Anguis, snake. Clunis, haunch. Scrobis, ditch. 

Callis, path. Corbls, basket. Tigris, tiger. 

Canalis, pipe. Finis, end. Torquis, chain. 

Of these amnis, canalis, finis, funis, scrobis, and torquis are 
regularly masculine — rarely feminine. Tigris is masculine in 
prose, feminine in poetry. 

Fines, boundaries, is masculine, except once in Varro. 

Exc. 3. The following are masculine: — in -€s, antes (Plur.), 
Manes (Plur.), gausapes, gerres, and tudes: — in -is, 



Axis, axle. 
Burls, plough-tail. 
Cassis, net. 
Caulis, stalk. 
Collis, hill. 
Crinis, hair. 
Ensis, sword. 
Fascis, bundle. 



Postis, J/OSt. 
Sentls, brier. 
Sodalis, companion. 
Torris, fire-brand. 
Unguis, nail. 
Vectis, lever. 
Vermis, worm. 



Follis, bellows. 
Fustis, club. 
Ignis, fire. 
Mensis, month. 
Miigilis, mullet. 
Orbis, circle. 
Panis, bread. 
Piscis, fish. 

Aqualis, a wash-basin (properly an Adjective), is masculine and 
feminine. 

EXERCISE XL 

§34. 1. Conjunctions connect words which are in the 
sarnie construction ; as, Caesar %t Brutus, Caesar and Bru- 
tus ; glddils pilisqu&y with swords and javelins. 

Et connects things which are separate and distinct, and of equal 
importance; que (always written at the end of a word) connects one 
thing closely to another as an appendage, the two making one com- 
plete idea. Thus, the u swords and javelins" above constitute together 
offensive armor. Atque generally introduces something of greater im- 
portance. 

2. If the Subject consists of more than one thing, the 
Verb must be Plural. Hence — 



THIRD DECLENSION. 43 

Ride of Syntax. — A Collective Noun may have a 
Plural Verb; as, plebs clamant, the people shout. 

Vocabulary. 

ignis, -is, fire. pars, part-is, part. 

vallis, -is, valley. pax, pac-is, peace. 

Athenae, -arum, Athens. hostis, -is, enemy ($ 13, R. 4). 

ciim, with,, in company with (Prep. civis, -is, citizen (§13, R. 4). 

with Ablative). avis, -is, bird. 

in (Prep, with Abl.), on, in; (with ovis, -is, sheep. 

Ace), upon, into. classis, -is, fleet. 

per (Prep, with Ace), through. collis, -is, hill. 

Graecia, -ae, Greece. littera, -ae, letter {of the alphabet). 

Cecrops, Cecrop-is, Cecrops. amicitia, -ae, friendship. 

Cadmus, -I, Cadmus. sitis, -is, thirst. 



port-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to carry. 
im-port-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to carry in, import. 
formid-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to dread. 
vigil-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to watch. 
festin-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to hasten. 
confirm-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to establish. 
vast-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to lay waste. 
nidif ic-o, -a-re, -a-vi, -at-iim, to build a nest. 
lev-o, -a-re, -av-i, -iit-um, to relieve. 

Translate into English. 

Cadmus in Graeciam litteras importat. Aves in silvis 
nidificant. Aqua sitim levat. Fons in valle poetam delec- 
tat. Helvetii agros Germanorum ferro ignique vastabunt. 
Galli cum Germanis pacem et amicitiam confirm ant. Crassus 
ex agro in urbem festinat. Plebs in urbe nobilitatem necat. 
Crassus copias gladiis pilisque armabat. Gives Cecropi claves 
urbis dant. Lupi oves et haedos laniant. Crassus in colle tur- 
rim aedif icat. Galli naves et copias Germanorum formidant. 
Crassus partem plebis cultris lapidibusque armabit. Colum- 
bae per silvam volant. Cecrops Athenas aedif icabit. Canes 
et lupi oves laniant. Rex et regina in horto ambulant. Gives 
in urbe vigilant. 



44 



THIED DECLENSION. 



Translate into Latin. 

Crassus will lay waste the fields of the Belgians with fire 
and sword (ferrd ignique). The nobility dread the fleet of 
Tullius. The nobility will preserve the liberty of the cit- 
izens with the sword. The maid-servant is preparing a 
mullet for her master. The queen will walk in the garden 
with her daughters. The farmer's sons will carry sheep 
and kids to the city. The nobility will arm their slaves 
with stones and knives. The farmer's son will show (to) 
the ambassadors of the Belgians the way through the forest. 
Tullius will take possession of the hill. Medicine will relieve 
fevers. 

CLASS III. 
§35. Nouns which change the stem-vowel % into % } 



and add -s. 














PAKADIGMS. 




Miles (milet-s), soldier. 


Princeps (princep-s), chief. 






Singular. 






Nom. 


miles, 






Nom. 


princeps, 


Gen. 


militTs, 






Gen. 


principTs, 


Dat. 


militT, 






Dat. 


principT, 


Ace. 


militem, 






Ace. 


principSm, 


Voc. 


miles, 






Voc. 


princeps, 


Abl. 


milite ; 






Abl. 


principS ; 






Plural. 






Nom. 


milite s, 






Nom. 


principes, 


Gen. 


miiitum, 






Gen. 


prin cip urn, 


Dat. 


mllitibus. 






Dat. 


principTbus, 


Ace. 


milites, 






Ace. 


principes, 


Voc. 


milites, 






Voc. 


principes, 


Abl. 


militibus. 






Abl. 


principTbus. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 45 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns which change the stem-vowel 
\ into £, and add -s, are masculine. 

Exc. 1. Feminine merges, sheaf; car ex, sedge; J *orf ex, shears; 
forpex (corrupted from forfex), fire-tongs; Ilex, holm-oak; pae- 
lex, concubine ; vltex, the chaste-tree. 

Exc. 2. Masculine or feminine, ddeps, grease; forceps, pincers; 
imbrex, tile ; obex, bolt, and, in the poets, cortex, bark ; and silex, 
a flint-stone. 

EXEECISE XII. 

§ 36. 1. A Noun limiting another, and denoting the 
same thing, is said to be in Apposition with it. 

2. Rule of Syntax. — Nouns in Apposition agree in 
case; as, Jugurtha rex y Jugurtha the king. 

Remark. — A Noun in Apposition with two or more Nouns is 
put in the Plural ; as, Jugurtha U BoccMs, regis, Jugurtha and 
Bocchus, kings. 

Vocabulary. 

virtus, virtut-is, valor. hospes, hospit-is, guest. 

a, or ab, from (Prep, with Abl.). obses, obsid-is, hostage. 

proelium, -I, battle. eques, equit-is, horseman. 

Niimidia, -ae, Numidia. pedes, pedit-is, footman. 

rmmerus, -I, number. horreiim, -I, granary. 
veles, velit-is, a light-armed soldier, merges, mergit-is, sheaf. 

a skirmisher. comes, comit-is, companion. 

Daviis, -I, Davus. caespes, caesj)it-is, turf. 

Balbiis, -I, Balbus. trames, tramit-is, by-path. 
Jugurtha, -ae, Jugurtha. 

sec-o, sec-a-re, secu-T, sect-um (fut. part, secaturus), to cut. 

postul-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to demand. 

viol-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to maltreat, violate. 

duplic-5, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to double. 

r€dintegr-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to renew. 

explor-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to explore, search out. 

crem-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to burn. 

proflig-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to dash to pieces, to rout. 

fug-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to put to flight, to rout. 



46 THIRD DECLENSION. 

Translate into English. 

Milites gladiis caespitem sgcabant. Agricola m horreum 
mergites portabit. Tullius a Germanis obsides postulat. 
Jugurtha, rex Numidiae, Crasso obsides dat. Daviis St 
Balbus, servi agricolae, domini llberos amant. Orgetorix, 
princeps Helvetiorum, ab Aeduis obsides postulabit. Hel- 
vetia Orggtorigem igni cremabunt. Equites et pgdites 
proelium redintSgrabunt. Poeta virtut&n Jugurthae, regis 
Numidiae, laudat. Copiae Crassi equites pgditesqug hostium 
profligabant. Velites Tullii tramites per silvam explorant. 
Comites Orggtorigis, principis Helvetiorum, agros Gallorum 
ferro ignlqug vastant. Jugurtha numerum obsidum duplicat. 

Translate into Latin. 

The farmer is walking with his sons, Davus and Balbus, 
in the forest. The Gauls dread the ships of Crassus. Davus, 
the king's slave, will show (to) the boys the way through the 
forest. Part of the skirmishers will occupy the hill. The 
Germans will maltreat their guests. Tully will give the 
signal to the king's horsemen with the trumpet. The horse- 
men are bridling their horses. 

CLASS IV. 
§37. Nouns which add -£%to the stem to form the 
Nominative. 

Singular. Plural. 

Nom., Ace, and Voc. marg, the sea. maria, 

Gen. mans, maritim, 

Dat. and Abl. marl ; maribus. 

Remark. — Nouns of this class have -l in the Ablative Singu- 
lar, -id in the Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Plural, and 
-ium in the Genitive Plural. But mare often has -2 in the Abl. 
in the poets. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 47 

Exc. Names of Towns in -£ have -2 in the Ablative. Bete, a 
net, has almost always -g in Ablative, rarely -i even in the poets. 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns which have the Nominative- 
ending -g are neuter. 

EXERCISE XIII. 

Vocabulary. 

terra marique, by sea and land. rete, ret-is, net. 

celeritas, celeritat-Is, swiftness. , navale, naval-is, dock-yard. 

crudelitas, crudelitat-is, cruelty. sedile, sedll-is, seat. 

Marcus, -l, Marcus. monlle, monil-is, necklace. 

Lucius, -I, Lucius. Romanus, -I, Roman. 

Cassius, -I, Cassius. Carthaginiensis, -is, Carthaginian. 

Syphax, Syphacis, Syphax. dux, due-is. leader. 

cubile, cubil-is, couch. Marius, -I, Marius. 

oppldum, -I, town. Cams, -I, Caius. 

dormito, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to fall asleep. 
expugno, -a-re, -a-vi, -at-um, to storm. 

Translate into English. 

Reginae f ilia in cubili dormitabit. Deils cervis et cani- 
biis celeritatem dat. Marcus et Lucius, agricolae filii (§ 36 ? 
Remark), agros equis arabunt. Cassius in navalibiis naves 
aedificat. Dux Caio aurum dat. Syphax, dux Carthagi- 
niensium, Romanis insidias parabat. Galli crudelitatem 
Germanorum formidant. Marius, dux Romanorum, oppida 
Jxigurthae expugnabit. Lucius, Romanorum dux, terra 
marique copias hostium fugabit. Regina f iliabus monilia 
dabit. Servi in silva domino sedile parant. Davus apris 
retia parabit. 

Translate into Latin. 
Syphax, the leader of the Carthaginians, will build ships 
in the dock-yards. The forces of the Gauls will storm the 
city. Jugurtha, king of Numidia, will rout the forces of 
the Romans by sea and by land. Lucius and Balbus, slaves 
of Marius, will prepare seats for their master. The queen's 



48 



THIRD DECLENSION, 



daughter gives (to) the poet a necklace. Marius will lay 
waste the fields of Numidia with fire and sword. The foot- 
soldiers are bridling the horses of the horsemen. Orgetorix 
dreads the cruelty of the Helvetians. 

CLASS y. 
§ 38. Nouns which have no Nominative-ending, but 
present the unchanged stem in the Nominative. 



Masculine Forms. 



Honor, honor (masc). 



Singular. 
N. honor, 
G. honoris, 
D. honor!, 



Plural. 
honores, 
htinordm, 
honoribiis, 



Ace. honorem, honores, 
V. honor, honores, 

Abl. honorS; honoribus. 



Pater, father (masc). 



Singular. 
pat£r, 
patris, 
patrl, 
patrem, 
pat£r, 
patrS ; 



Plural, 

pttres, 

patrum, 

patrTbus, 

patres, 

patres, 

patribus. 



Remark 1. — Nouns in -ter and -her drop e in the oblique cases : 
(imbir, imbris; pater, patris), except letter, lateris, a brick. 

Remark 2. — Imber and vesper have -e or -l in the Ablative {ves- 
per!, adv.) ; mpugil, pervlgil, vigil, and the like, properly adjec- 
tives, the Abl. Sing., when it occurs, ends in -i; imber, linter, 
venter, uter, have -iicm in the Genitive Plural ; and re~n (used 
only in Plur.) has -urn or -ium. 

Remark 3. — Some names of towns, when denoting the Place 
where, have -l in the Ablative: as, Anxuri. (See $30, R. 4.) 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns which present the unchanged 
stem in the Nominative (except stems in -&I y -ar, and -iir) 
are masculine. 

Exc. 1. (-or.) Arty>r, tree, is feminine. Ador, spelt, aequor, sea, 
and marm5r, marble, are neuter. Masculines in -or have 6 long 
in the oblique cases ; neuters have 6 short : as, honoris, marmoris. 



THIRD DECLESIOJST. 49 

Exc. 2. (-ER.) Linter, boat, is feminine (very rarely mascu- 
line). Cadaver, corpse; spinther (only Nom. and Accus.), clasp 
or bracelet; tub&r, swelling ; uber, udder; ver, spring ; verber 
(rarely used in Sing.), lash; and names of trees and plants in 
-er, are neuter. But laver (only Nom. and Accus.) and tuber, 
names of trees, are feminine, and slser is. neut. in Sing, and 
masculine in the Plural. 

Exc. 3. Allec, allec-is, brine, and vas, vas-is, vessel, are neuter. 

EXEECISE XIV. 
Vocabulary. 

Caesar, Caesaris, Caesar. linter, lintr-is, boat. 

iinperator, -or-is, commander. iinber, iinbr-is, rain. 

consul, consul-is, consul. conjux, conjug-is, husband or wife, 

anser, anser-is, goose. Sagittarius, -1, archer. 

frater, fratr-is, brother. funditor, -or-is, slinger. 

mater, matr-is, mother. pastor, -or-is, shepherd. 

soror, soror-is, sister. venatdr, -or-is, hunter. 

hiberna, -orum, winter quarters. mercator, -or-is, merchant. 

in hiberna collocare, to put into win- telum, -i, dart, 
ter quarters. 

colloc-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to place, put together. 

defens-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to defend. 



Translate into English. 

Plebs libertatem ferro servabit. Imperator £quites 
p£ditesque convocabat. Caesar ab urb& in Galliam festi- 
nabat. Agricola conjugem liberosqug amat. Pastor gregem 
a lupo defensabit. Crassus consul in navalibus naves £t 
lintres aedif icat. Agricolae ansgres in ' horto habitant. 
Milites impgratorem a gladiis telisqug hostium defensabunt. 
Caesar copias in hiberna collocat. Venator in silva apris 
retia parat. Caesar cum sagittariis funditoribusquS ad 
montgni festinat. Kex mercatores convocat. Balbus, 
Lucii gSner, fratres soror esqug amat.; Imbres agricolas 
delectant. 
5 



50 



THIED DECLENSION. 



Translate into Latin. 

The horsemen will rout the archers and slingers of the 
enemy. The shepherds are sacrificing bulls and sheep to 
the gods. The geese are flying into the forest. The sis- 
ters of Orgetorix are dancing in the garden. The brother 
of Lucius was defending his mother and sisters with (his) 
sword. The common people intrust their liberty to the 
consul. The hunter will show (to) the shepherd a by- 
path through the forest. Caesar will hasten from the 
wdnter-quarters into the city. The slingers are wounding 
the horsemen of the enemy with stones. 

Neuter Forms. 

§ 39. Nouns which present the unchanged stem in -a£, 
-&r, -tir. 



Animal, an animal (neuter), 





Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


N. 


animal, 


animal i a, 


calcar, 


calcaria, 


G. 


animalis, 


animali um, 


calcaris, 


calcarium, 


D. 


animali, 


animali bus, 


calcarl, 


calcanbus, 


Ace 


animal, 


animal i a, 


calcar, 


calcaria, 


V. 


animal, 


animalia, 


calcar, 


calcaria, 


Abl. 


animali ; 


animalibus. 


calcarl ; 


calcarTbus. 



Calcar, a spur (neuter). 



Note. — Nouns in -e, -al, ~ar, were originally Adjectives, the adjec- 
tive-ending of those in -al and ~tir having been dropped. Thus, 
amm-a, breath ; neuter Adjective anim-aU {animal), a thing having 
breath, an animal ; calc-s (calx), the heel ; calc-arZ (calc-ar), a thing 
pertaining to the heel, a spur. 

Remark 1.— Nouns ending in -dl and -dr have -I in the Abla- 
tive Singular, -Mm in the Genitive Plural, and -id in the Nom- 
inative, Accusative, and Vocative Plural. 

Remark 2. — Baccdr, jubdr, nectar, and sal have -<t in the Abla- 
tive Singular ; and fur and lar have -urn or -ium in the Genitive 
Plural. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 51 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns which present in the Nomina- 
tive the unchanged stem in -al, -ar, -ur, are neuter. 

Exc. Sal, salt, is masculine or neuter in the Singular, and 
always masculine in the Plural. Fur, thief, furfur, bran, salar, 
trout, turtiir, dove, vultur, vulture, are masculine. 

EXERCISE XV. 
§ 40. Vocabulary. 

jumentum, -I, work-horse, beast of furfur, furfur-is, bran. 

burden. stimulus, -I, goad. 

jubar, jubar-is, sunshine. tempestas, tempestat-is, tempest. 

vultur, vultur-is, vulture. templum de marmore, a temple of 

templum, -1, temple. marble. 

marmor, marmor-is, marble. de (Prep, with Abl.), from, of. 

dic-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to dedicate. 

concit-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to urge on, stir up, arouse. 

rapt-5, -a-re, -av-i, -at-urn, to snatch away, carry off. 

Translate into English. 

Crassus diis templum de marmorg dicabit. Vultiires 
agnos et haedos raptant. Jiibar nautas delectat. Agri- 
cola jumenta stimiilo concitat. Cecrops, rex Graeciae, 
equtim calcaribus concitat. Regina in insula aram de 
marmore aedificat. Agricolae jumentis furfur^m dant. 
Velites Caesaris hostiiim sagittarios funditoresque fuga- 
bunt. Tempestates maris hostium classgm profligabunt. 

Translate into Latin. 

The boys love the master. Caesar will lay waste the 
fields of the Gauls with fire and sword. Tully will rout 
the forces of the enemy by sea and land. Tully 's foot- 
soldiers occupy the hill. Farmers plough their fields with 
work-horses. Eagles and vultures build nests in the rocks. 
Caesar's skirmishers will search out the by-paths through 
the forests. Jugurtha, king of Numidia, was storming his 



52 



THIRD DECLENSION, 



brother's towns. Sailors dread tempests. Horsemen urge 
on their horses with spurs. 

CLASS VI. 
§41. Nouns which have no Nominative-ending, but 
present the stem changed in the Nominative. 

I. — Masculine Forms of Class VI. 



-n of stem dropped. 


-er changed into -is. 


-r changed into -s 


Sermo, speech (m.). 


Pulvis, dust (m.). 


Flos, flower (m.) 


Singular. 


Singular. 


Singular. 


N. sermo 1 , 


pulvis, 


flos, 


G. sermon is, 


pulveris, 


floris, 


D. sermoni, 


pulv£rT, 


flori, 


Ace. sermonem, 


pulverSm, 


florem, 


V. sermo, 


pulvis, 


flos, 


Abl. sermong; 


pulverS ; 


flore ; 


Plural. 


Plural. 


Plural. 


N. sermones, 


pulveres, 


flores, 


G. sermon iim, 


pulverum, 


florum, 


D. sermon ib us, 


pulveribus, 


floribus, 


Ace. sermones, 


pulveres, 


flores, 


V. sermones, 


pulveres, 


flores, 


Abl. sermontbus. 


pulveribus. 


floribus. 



Remark 1. — Two Nouns, sanguis, sangmn-is, blood, and pollis, 
pollin-is, fine flour, change -n of the stem into -s. 

Remark 2. — Some Nouns of the fifth class, whose stems end in 
-dr, have an old form of the Nominative in -6s; as, honos, arbos, 
for honor, arbor. Oucumis (-eris } masc.) is also of Class II.; §33, 
Rem. 1, ii. (a). 

Remark 8. — Mas, mar -Is, and glis, glir-is, have -ium in the Gen- 
itive Plural; and mus, mur-is, has generally -ium; rus, rur-is, has 
-I or -I in the Ablative Singular. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 53 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns which drop -n of the stem in 

the Nominative are masculine. 

Exc. Abstracts in -io (mostly formed by adding -iu to the 
Supine-stem of Verbs) are feminine. Bubo occurs but once as 
a feminine. 

Mule of Gender. — Nouns which change -er of the stem 
into -is, -r into -s, or -n into -s, are masculine. 

Exc. 1. Aes, cries, galllcrus, jus, pus, rus, tits, and os (no Gen. 
PI.), mouth, are neuter. Tellies is feminine. 

Exc. 2. Cinis is masculine or (very rarely) feminine in the 
Singular ; cme'res, ashes of the dead, is always masculine. Pul- 
vis, dust, is very rarely feminine. 

EXEECISE XVI. 
Vocabulary. 

mos, mor-is, manner, custom. Varro, -on-is, Varro. 

centurio, -on-is, centurion. oratio, -on-is, speech, oration. 

leo, -on-is, lion. Cicero, -on-is, Cicero. 

mons, mont-is (g 31, Exc. 1), orator, -or-is, orator. 

mountain. more regis, after the manner of a king. 

latro, -on-is, robber. apud, among, with (Prep, with Ace). 

pirata, -ae, pirate. apud Helvetios, among the Helvetians. 

Cato, -on-is, Cato. apiid Catonem, at the house of Cato, with 

rebellio, on-is, rebellion. Cato. 

triicid-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to slay. 

cen-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to sup. 

rebellionem concitare, to excite, raise a rebellion. 

Note. — Rebellw and oratw, being abstracts in -w, are feminine ; but 
centurw is the name of a male being, and is, therefore, masculine. 

Translate into English. 

Caesar, morS regis, obsides ab Helvetiis postulat. Cen- 
tiiriS turres (§33, Remark 1, ii. (&)) aedificat. Varro 
consul in silvis more latronis habitat. Orgetorix apiid 
Helvetios rebellionem concitabit. Cicero 1 orator plebem 
oratione delectat. Oratio Catonis nobilitatem delectat. 
Pars nobilitatis apud regem cenant. Leones in montibus 
5* 



/ 



54 THIRD DECLENSION. 

£t silvis habitant. Latrones in silva filium reginae trii- 
cidabant. Rex latrones piratasqug trucidabit. Regis f Iliae 
apud agric51am cenant. Nobilitas rgbellionem apud plebem 
formidat. Cecrops nobilitatem concitat. Nautae piratas 
formidant. 

Translate into Latin. 

The conversation (sermo) of the poet delights the queen. 
A lion will tear in pieces the children of Cadmus. The 
daughter of Cecrops gives flowers to her father-in-law. The 
common people are breaking the laws of the city. Marcus, 
the brother of Marius, was building a tower upon a hill. 
Crassus will sup at the house of Cicero. Caesar dreads a 
rebellion among the Gauls. Caesar demands hostages of 
(from) the Germans. The Gauls, after the manner of the 
Germans, burn pirates with fire. Kings slay robbers and 
pirates. Part of the nobility dread Cato. The poet loves 
Cato's daughter. 

II. — Feminine Forms of Class VI. 
§ 42. Nouns which change -in of the stem into -8 to 
form the Nominative. 

VirgS, a virgin (feminine ; stem virgin-). 
Singular. Plural. 

Nom. virgo, virgines, 

Gen. virgin is, virginum, 

Dat. virgin!, virginibus, 

Ace. virginem, virgines, 

Voc. virgo, virgines, 

Abl. virgin 8 ; virginibus. 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns which change -in of the stem 
into -o are feminine. 

Exc. Ordo, cardu, and turbo are masculine. Nemo, horrid, and 
margu are masculine or feminine. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 55 

Remark. — Cdro, flesh, has carnis, etc., contracted for c&rirtis, 
and has -ium in the Genitive Plural. 

EXERCISE XVII. 

§ 43. Rule of Position. — Adverbs usually stand imme- 
diately before the words they limit. 

Rule of Position. — A Genitive limiting the Object of 
a Preposition usually stands between the Preposition and 
its case ; as, In Caesdrts horto. 

Rule of Syntax. — Adverbs limit Verbs, Adjectives, and 

other Adverbs. 

Vocabulary. 

multitude, -in -is, multitude. immortalitas, -at-Is, immortality. 

turbo, turbln-is, whirlwind. non (Adverb), not. 

origo, origin- is, origin. de (Prep, with Abl.), concerning. 

ordo, ordin-is, rank. periculum, -I, danger. 

consuetudo, -In-is, custom, habit. animus, -I, soul, mind. 

magnitudo, -in-is, greatness. ex consuetudine, according to custom. 

disput-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to discuss, debate, dispute. 

turb-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to confuse, disorder. 

per-turb-6, -a-re, av-i, -at-urn, to throw into great confusion, to confound. 

Translate into English. 

Oratio Caesaris multitudinem delectat. Equites Crassi 
multitudinem hostium fugabunt. Cat§ de animi origin^ cum 
Ciceroni disputat. Magnitude perieuli consilium perturbat. 
Equites cdpias hostium turbabunt. Rex ex consuetudine in 
Crassi horto ambulabat. Cicero de animi immortalitate dis- 
putabat. Pedites or dines non servabant. Nautae piratas et 
turbines formidant. Rex captivos non ngcabit. Lucius ex 
agricolae agro in victim festinat. Consul multitudinem hos- 
tium non formidat. Velites in Helvetioriim agris proelium 
redint§grabunt. 

Translate into Latin. 

The Gauls sacrifice virgins to the gods. The poet, accord- 
ing to custom, was walking in Tully's field. The king of the 



56 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



Belgians is sacrificing bulls and sheep in the queen's gar- 
den. The Gauls do not debate concerning the origin of the 
soul. The Helvetians will not burn Orgetorix with fire. 
Caesar will not arm the skirmishers with javelins. Caesar 
rides into the city after the manner of a king. Tully, ac- 
cording to custom, demands hostages from the Belgians. 
The soldiers will confuse the ranks of the enemy. Caesar 
does not dread the whirlwind. 



III. — Neuter Forms of Class VI. 

§44. Nouns which form the Nominative by changing 

-in of the stem into -%n, -dr into -ur, -er or -dr into -us, 

or which change the stem otherwise than as stated under 

masculine and feminine forms of Class VI. 

Note. — Tims, caput, capit-is, forms the Nominative by changing it 
into -ut; cor, cord-%s; far, farr-is; fll, fell-is; lac, lact-is ; m&l, mMl-is; 



OS, OSS-IS 


/ and as, 'ass-is, dro 


p the last letter 01 tri 


Le stem. 




PAEADIGMS. 




Carmen, verse. 


Opus, ivork. 


Caput, head. 




Singular. 


Singular. 


Singular. 


N. 


carmen, 


opus, 


caput, 


G. 


car mints, 


operis, 


capitis, 


D. 


carminl, 


operl, 


capiti, 


Ace. 


carmen, 


opus, 


caput, 


V. 


carmen, 


opus, 


caput, 


Abl. 


carmine ; 


6per8 ; 


capita ; 




Plural. 


Plural. 


Plural. 


K 


carmina, 


opera, 


capita, 


G. 


car milium, 


dperum, 


capitum, 


D. 


car minibus, 


operibus, 


capitlbus, 


Ace. 


carmina, 


opera, 


capita, 


V. 


carmina, 


opera, 


capita, 


Abl. 


carmintbus. 


open bus. 


capitibus. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 57 

Remark. — Occtput has -I in the Ablative Singular; and mU 
has -&, rarely -I. Os, bone, has ossium in the Genitive Plural, 
and as has dssium. 

Os, oris, the mouth (2 41, Exc. 1), has no Gen. Plural. 

Rule of Gender. — Nouns which change -in into -en, y 
-&r into -ur, -$r or -dr into -us, etc., are neuter. 

Exc. As, ass-is, pound; lepus, lepor-is, hare; osctn, oscinis, 
divining-bird (sometimes fern.); and pecten, pe'ctin-is, comb, to- 
gether with such personal designations as flamen, priest, tubic&n, 
trumpeter, etc., are masculine. 

EXERCISE XVIII. 
Vocabulary. 

robur, robor-is, strength. munus, muner-is, gift. 

corpus, corpor-is, body. lepus, lepor-is, hare. 

jus, jiir-is, justice, law (generally foedus, foeder-Is, treaty. 

unwritten law, as opposed to lex, onus, oner-is, burden. 

written law). flumen, flumm-is, river. 

mus, nmr-is, mouse. trana-re, to swim across. 

porta-re, to carry. Tiberis, -is, the Tiber (£ 33, Bern. l,i.). 

natura, -ae, nature. nemus, nemoris, grove. 
tarda-re, to hinder. 



Translate into English. 

Dominiis robur servi laudat. Regina ancillis munera 
dabit. Belgae foedus non violabunt. Lepores et mures in 
agris habitant. Servi reginae in oppidiim onera portant. 
Carmina poetae imperatorem delectant. Crassiis Tiberim 
tranabit. Robur corporis multitudinem delectat. Robiir 
animi Catonem delectat. Equites flumen tranant. Cicero 
de jure legibusque dispiitat. Poeta Caesari carmina dica- 
bit. Magnitude operis consulem non tardabit. Puellae in 
Caesaris nemore saltant. CicerO de animi et corporis natura 
dispiitat. 



58 



THIRD DECLENSION, 



Translate into Latin. 

The poet was walking with the king in Caesar's garden. 
The boys and girls are dancing in Tully's grove. The sol- 
diers of Orgetorix will swim across the river. Whirlwinds 
will dash in pieces the fleet of the enemy. The commander 
praises the valor of his soldiers. The consul is building 
ships and boats in the dockyards of Gaul. The enemy 
violates the treaty. The nature of the work hinders the 
forces of the enemy. Davus and Balbus, Tully's slaves ; 
will carry burdens into the city. 

§45. IRREGULAR NOUNS OF THE THIRD 
DECLENSION. 



Juppiter, Jupiter. 


Vis (fern.), strength. 






Singular. Plural. 


Nom. 


Juppiter, 


vis, vires 


Gen. 


Jovis, 


vis (rare) vlriiim, 


Dat. 


Jovi, 


vi (rare) viribus, 


Ace. 


Jovem, 


vim, vires, 


Voc. 


Juppiter, 


— vires, 


Abl. 


Jove. 


vi ; viribus. 




Iter, a joi 


irney (neuter). 




Singular. 


Plural. 


Nom. 


iter, 


itinera, 


Gen. 


itineris, 


itinerum, 


Dat. 


itineri, 


itineribus, 


Ace. 


iter, 


itinera, 


Voc. 


iter, 


itinera, 


Abl. 


itinerg ; 


itineribus. 




Jus jurandil 


m, oath (neuter). 




Singular. 


Plural. 


Nom. 


jus jurandum, 


jura jiiranda, 


Gen. 


iuris iurandi. 





THIRD DECLENSION. 



59 



Singular. 
Dat. juri jiirando, 
Ace. jus jurandum, 
Voc. jus jurandum, 
Abl. jurS jiirando ; 



Plural. 



jurS jiiranda, 
jura jiiranda. 



Materfamilias, mother of a family. 
Singular. 
Nom. materfamilias, 
Gen. matrisfamilias, 
Dat. matrif amilias, 
Ace. matremf amilias, 
Voc. materfamilias, 
Abl. matref amilias. 

Plural. 
N. matresf amilias or -familiarum, etc. 

In the same manner decline paterfamilias. See § 18, Re- 
mark 3. 



Supellex, furniture (fern.). 


Jeciir, liver (neuter). 


Norn. 


supellex, 


Nom. jeciir, 


Gen. 


supellectilTs, 


Gen. jecinons or jecorTs, 


Dat. 


supellectilT, 


Dat. jecinorl or jgeori, 


Ace. 


supellectilem, 


Ace. j^cur, 


Voc. 


supellex, 


Voc. jeciir, 


Abl. 


siipellectilg or -I. 


Abl. jecinorl or jecorg, etc 



Bos, an ox or cow (masculine or feminine). 

Nom. bos, boves, 

Gen. bovis, boum, 

Dat. bovi, bobiis or bubus, 

Ace. bovem, boves, 

Voc. bos, boves, 

Abl. bove ; bobus or bubus. 



60 THIRD DECLENSION. 

EXEECISE XIX. 
Vocabulary. 

comedo, -on-is, glutton. tenta-re, to attempt. 

provincia, -ae, province. per vim, by force. 

auriim, -I, gold. decora-re, to adorn. 

argentum, -i, silver. vora-re, to devour, gulp down. 
cibus, -I, food. 

Translate into English. 

Helvetii jur& jurando foediis confirmant. Paterfamilias 
servos tuba convocat. Imperator Jovi oves taurosque mac- 
tat. Jugurtha, rex Numidiae, Jovi templum de marmore' 
dicabit. Helvetii iter per provinciam per vim tentabant. 
Jecinora ans£rum comedones delectant. Leones in colas 
insiilae vorabunt. Comedo cibiim more canis vorat. Galli 
templa deorum auro £t argento dScorant. Materfamilias 
ancillis cibiim dat. Agricola genero supellectilem dabit. 
Agricola Egros bubiis arat. 

Translate into Latin. 

The king will not violate his oath. Farmers plough their 
fields with horses and oxen. Gluttons love the liver of the 
goose. The queen of the Belgians will sacrifice a flock of 
sheep to Jupiter. Dumnorix, the chief of the Aeduans, will 
attempt a journey through the province by force. The Gauls 
will bring sheep and oxen to (ad) Caesar. The mother of 
the family will give food to her children. Farmers urge on 
their oxen with the goad. Bobbers dread the power (vis) 
of kings. The soldiers of Marius were cutting turf with 
their swords. The merchants will import swords into the 
villages of the Helvetians. 



THIKD DECLENSION. 61 

§46. SUMMARY OF THE EULES OF GEN- 
DER, AND PECULIAR ENDINGS. 

I. — Masculines. 

1. Nouns which change the stem-vowel (i into e) and 

add -s; as, miles (stem mllit-), princeps (stem princip-). 

Class III. 

Exc. Merges, cdrex, for/ex, and forpex, Ilex, paelex, and vitex, 
are feminine ; ddeps, forceps, imbrex, obex, and, in the poets, cor- 
tex and silex, are masculine or feminine. 

2. Nouns which present the stem unchanged in the 
Nominative ; as, honor , consul, ansZr. Class V. 

Exc. 1. Unchanged stems in -dl, -dr y -iir, with dolor, aequor, 
marmor, neuter. 

Exc. 2. Arbor and linter, feminine. Cadaver, spinther, tuber, 
uhtr, ver, verblr, with names of trees and plants in -gr, are neu- 
ter. But Idver and tuMr (names of trees) are feminine; and 
sis^r is neut. in the Sing, and masculine in the Plural. Allec 
and vds, vasts, are neuter. 

3. Nouns which drop -n of the stem in the Nomina- 
tive, without adding -s; as, sermU, sermonis. Class VI. 

Exc. Abstracts in -id, all feminine. Bubo occurs once as fem- 
inine ( Verg. Aen. iv, 462). 

4. Nouns which change -£r of the stem into -is, -r 

into -s, -n into -s; as, pulvis, pulver-is; flos, flor-is. 

Class VI. 

Exc. Aes, crus, jus, pus, rus, tus, os (or-is) r neuter ; tellus, fem- 
inine. Cinis, masculine or (very rarely) feminine in Singular, 
always masculine in Plural ; pulvis, masculine, rarely feminine. 

II. — Femlntnes. 
1. Nouns which add -s to the stem without vowel 
change; as, urbs, lex {leg-s) 7 ars (art-s\ arx (arcs). 
Class I. 



62 THIRD DECLENSION. 

Exc. 1. Masculine, dens and its compounds, fons, pons, mons. 
cliens, torrens, rudens (rarely feminine), and compounds of as 
and undo 1 , paries, pes, lapis, grex, Greek nouns in ax, ix, yx, ps, 
and as (-antis), with cdlix, fornix, produx, sentix, tradux, and 
/races. 

Exc. 2. Masculine or feminine, many Nouns denoting living 
beings, with scrobs, stirps, calx; frons, forehead (rarely masc.) 

2. Nouns which insert a vowel (e or i) before adding 
-s; as, vall-i-s, rup-e-s. Class II. 

Exc. 1. Masculine and feminine, pdlumbes, vates, vepres, amnis, 
anguis, callis, cdnalis, cams, clunis, corbis, finis (always masculine 
in Plural), funis, scrobis, tigris, torguis, and dqualis. 

Exc. 2. Masculine, Manes, antes (Plur.), gausdpes, gerres, and 
tildes; axis, buris, caulis, cassis, collis, crinis, ensis, fastis, follis, 
fustis, ignis, mensis, mugilis, orbis, pdnis, pistis, postis, sentis, s6- 
dalis, torris, unguis, vectis, vermis. 

3. Nouns which change -tn into into -o; as ; virgd, vir- 

gin-fe. Class VI. 

Exc. Ordo, cardo, turbu, masculine. Nemo, homo, margu, 
masculine or feminine. 

III. — Neuters. 

1. Nouns which add -£ to the stem ; as, 7nar£, mar-is. 

2. Nouns which present the unchanged stem in -&l, 
-tir, -ur; as, ariimal, animal-is; calccir, calcdr-ts; fulgur, 
julgur-\s. Class V. 

Exc. Sal, masculine or neuter in the Singular, always mas- 
culine in the Plural. Masculine, fur, furfur, sdldr, turtur, 
vultur. 

3. Nouns changing -in into -%n; -dr into -Ur; -$r, -6r 
into -us, etc. Class VI. 

Exc. Masculine, as, lepus, oscen (rarely fern.), pecten, and per- 
sonal designations like flamhi, etc. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 63 

N. B. — Many Nouns, on account of their meaning, 
vary from these rules. See §13, Rules. 

IV. — Peculiar Case-endings. 
Accusative Singular; regular ending -em. 

Class I. — Pars and lens have -Im or -im. Requie~s has requi- 
etlm and rbqui&m. 

Class II. — Greek Nouns in -is (Gen. -is, as cannabis, sinapis), 
and names of Places and Rivers in -is have -im, sometimes -in. 
Scaldis has -em and -im; lAris has -im, -in, -Im. Burls, cucumis, 
mZphltis, ravis, sitis, tussis, vis, have -im. So, dmussim. 

Febris, puppis, restis, slcuris, and turris have -im, and some- 
times -"em. 

Clavis, messis, navis, pelvis, praesaepis, se~mentis, strigilis, have 
-Im, sometimes -im. 

Ablative Singular; regular ending -g. 

CLASS I. — Pars, lens, sors, tridens, have -% or -I. 

Class II. — Nouns which have -im in the Accusative exclu- 
sively, with names of Months in -er and -is, have -I in the Abla- 
tive. But BaeUs, cannabis, sindpis, have -& or -i. 

Nouns which have -Im or -im in the Accusative have -2 or -I 
in the Ablative. But restis has -& only in classic Latin. 

The following have -e or -*.■ amnis, anguis, avis, bilis, canalis, 
elms, classis, collis, convallis, corbis, finis, fustis, ignis, orbis, ovis, 
postis, soddlis, sordes, unguis, vectis. Fames has -e and -e. 

Class IV. — Nouns of this class have -I in the Ablative ; but 
names of Towns have -I, and retl has -e or -i (rarely -I). In the 
poets mart often has -e in Abl. 

Class V. — Imblr and vesper, have -e" or -I. Pugil, vigil, and 
the like (properly Adjs.), have -I when the Abl. occurs. 

Nouns in -dl and -dr have -i; but baccdr, jubdr, nectar, and 
sal have -&. 

Class VI. — Occiput has -%, and me 1 1 and rus have -g or -I. 
Names of towns denoting the Place Where have sometimes -I; 
as, Carthdginl, Anxurl (Locatives). These are probably original 
Datives. 



64 THIRD DECLENSION. 

Genitive Plural; regular ending -urn. 

Class I. — Stems ending in two Consonants, with dbs, Us, fraus } 
vis, faux, nix, compes, strix, have -iicm. 

Stems of more than one syllable in -nt and -rt, with National 
Names in as, have -ium, and sometimes -urn. Other Nouns in -as, 
with fornax and pdlus, have -urn, sometimes -ium. Quirts and 
Samnis have almost always -ium. 

Class II. — Nouns of this class have -ium; but cams, juvenis, 
forts, mugilis, proles, strues, pants, have -um; also, generally, 
sides, strtgtlts, vates, vdlucrts; sometimes apis, caedes, clades, men- 
sis, and suboles. 

Class IV. — Nouns of this class have -ium. 

Class Y. — Imb&r, linter, venter, uter, have -ium; ren, fur, and 
lar have -um or -ium. 

Neuters in -al and -ar have -ium. 

Class VI. — Mas, gits, as, and os, bone, have -ium; mus has 
-um or (generally) -ium. Card has carnium. 

Accusative Plural; regular endings, masc, -es; neuter, -a. 

Nouns which have -ium in the Genitive Plural have an old 
form of the Accusative in -els (-Is) ; and neuters in -I, -al, and 
-ar have -id in the Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Plural. 

TENSES EXPRESSING COMPLETED ACTION. 

§ 47. I. The tenses which express incomplete action are 
the Present, Imperfect, and Future; those which express 
completed action are the Present-Perfect (Aorist), Past- 
Perfect (Pluperfect), and Future-Perfect. These three 
tenses are always formed on the same stem, called the 
Perfect-stem. 

II. The Perfect-stem in the First Conjugation is formed 
by adding -v- to the Present-stem ; as, Present-stem, ama-; 
Perfect-stem, amav-. 

III. The Present-Perfect tense expresses completed 
action in present time; as, Pres. cenO, / sup; Pres. 






THIRD DECLENSION. 65 

Perf. cenav-i, I have supped. The same form of the Verb 
is also used to express an action indefinitely as past, with- 
out reference to its continuance or completion. This is 
called the Aorist-Perfed or Indefinite-Perfect; as, cenav-i, 
I supped (at some indefinite past time). 

IV. The Past-Perfect tense expresses completed action 
in past time; as, Imp. cena-bain, I was supping; Past- 
Perf. cenav-Srani, I had supped. 

V. The Future-Perfect tense expresses action com- 
pleted in future time; as, Put. cena-bo, I shall sup; 
Future-Perf. cenav-£r6, I shall have supped. 



TENSE-ENDINGS, INDICATIVE 


MOOD. 


Present-Perf. (Aorist). 


* Past-Perf. 

Singular. 


Future-Perf. 


1st Person, -1, 


-era-m, 


-er-o, 


2d " -i-stT, 


-era-s, 


-eri-S, 


3d " -i-t, 


-gra-t, 

Plural. 


-Sri-t. 


1st Person, -i-mus, 


-gra-miis, 


-eri-mus, 


2d " -i-stis, 


-era-tts, 


-eri-tis, 


3d " -e-runt, or e-rS, -era-nt, 


-eri-nt. 



By adding these endings to the Perfect-stem, amav-, of 
&md-r$, we obtain the following 

PAETIAL PAKADIGM.— INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present-Perfect, have loved (Aorist, loved). 
Singular. 
aniav-i, I have loved, 

amav-i-stT, thou hast loved, 

amav-i-t, he has loved. 

* The variations in the Personal endings of the Perfect (sit, 2d 
pers. Sing., -stis, 2d pers. Plur., and -runt (-r$), 3d pers. Plur.) are 
discussed in A pp. IV. 
6 * 



66 



THIRD DECLENSION. 

Plural. 



amav-i-mus, 
amav-i-stis, 
amav-e-runt, or -e-re, 



we have loved, 
ye have loved, 
they have loved. 



amav-era-m, 

amav-era-s, 

amav-era-t, 



amav-era-m us, 

amav-era-tis, 

amav-era-nt, 



Past-Perfect, had. 
Singular, 

I had loved, 
thou hadst loved, 
he had loved. 



Plural. 



we had loved, 
ye had loved, 
they had loved. 



Future-Perfect, shall or will have. 
Singular. 



amav-er-o, 

amav-erl-s, 

amav-eri-t, 



amav-en-mus, 

amav-en-tTs, 

amav-eri-nt, 



Plural. 



I shall have loved, 
thou wilt have loved, 
he will have loved. 



we shall have loved, 
ye will have loved, 
they will have loved. 



Remark 1. — A few Verbs of the First Conjugation form their 
Perfect-stem by dropping the stem- vowel and adding it directly 
to the root; as, s&ca-t, he cuts (stem seca-), skc-u-it, he has cut 
(a dropped) ; or by lengthening the root-vowel; as, juva-t (# 
short), he helps ; juv-U (u long), he has helped. 

Remark #. — The Supine-stem is generally formed in the First 
Conjugation by adding -t- to the Present-stem ; as, dmo, st. amd~, 
Supine, ama-t-um. The ending of the Supine is -urn. 






FOURTH DECLENSION. 67 

EXERCISE XX. 
Vocabulary. 

d-o, da-re, ded-I, dat-um, to give. 

nec-o, neca-re, necav-I, necat-um, to kill. 

lav-U, lava-re, lav-I, lavat-um, laut-um, lot-um, to bathe. 

Translate into English. 

German! in fluminibus lavant. Rex f Hid regniim dedit. 
Princeps captivos veneno necavit. Milites caespites gladiis 
secuerunt. Orgetorix leges Helvetioriim violavit. Helve- 
tii iter per provinciam per vim tentaverunt. Principes 
Gallorum Caesari obsides dederant. Caesar dim Gallis 
foedus jure jurando confirmaverat. Liipi et leones incolas 
insulae voraverunt. Jiigurtha more regis a Romanis ob- 
sides postulaverat. Servi equos infrenaverint. Crassi copiae 
in Gallorum agiis hiemaverant. Latrones tramites per sil- 
vam exploraverunt. Equites Caesaris hostium funditores 
fugaverant, £t in victim festinabant. Marius numerum ob- 
sidiim dflplicavit. Magister puero librum dedit. 

Translate into Latin. 

Cicero disputed concerning the origin of the soul. The 
consul had routed the forces of the enemy by land and sea. 
The brother of Cicero the orator called together the com- 
mon people. Balbus, Tully's slave, brought burdens into 
the city. The queen had walked in the farmer's garden. 
The king's son had given (to) his sister a necklace. The 
boys loved the master's children. The ambassadors of the 
Aeduans had asked aid. The nobility dreaded a rebellion 
among the common people. Caesar hastened into Gaul. 
The Gauls prepared snares for Crassus. 

THE FOURTH (u) DECLENSION. 

§48. Nouns whose Genitive Singular ending is -its 



68 



FOURTH DECLENSION. 



(long ; stern-characteristic u) are of the Fourth Declen- 
sion. The Nominative-ending's are -us and 



■u. 



Remark 1. — These Nouns were originally of the Third Declen- 
sion, the termination -us of the Genitive being contracted from 
Ms. The u of the stem usually weakens into % before -bus in the 
Dative and Ablative Plural. 



Masculine Endings. 




Neuter Endings, 


Sing. Plural. 


Singula' 


Plural. 


N. and V. us us 


U 


ua 


Gen. us uum 


US 


uum 


Dat. ui ibus (ubus) 


u 


Tbus (ubus) 


Ace. urn us 


u 


ua 


Abl. u ibiis (ubus) 





ibiis (ubus) 



Taking the Nouns fructus, fruit (stem fruetu-) and 
cornu, a horn (stem cornu-), by changing the final letter 
of the stem into the above endings we have — 







PAEADIGMS. 






Fructus, fruit (masc). 


Cornu, a 


horn (neut.). 




Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


N. 


fructus, 


fructus, 


cornu, 


cornua, 


G. 


fructOs, 


fructuum, 


corn us, 


cornuum, 


D. 


fructul, 


fructibus, 


cornu, 


coriubus, 


Ace. 


fructum, 


fructus, 


cornu, 


cornua, 


V. 


fructus, 


fructus, 


cornu, 


cornua, 


Abl. 


fruetu ; 


fructibus. 


cornu ; 


cornibus. 



Remark 2. — Some Nouns of this Declension have likewise in 
earlier Latin the inflection of the Second Declension, espe- 
cially in the Genitive Singular; as, slnatus, slnatl. 

Remark S. — A contracted form of the Dative in -it sometimes 
occurs. 



FOURTH DECLENSION. 69 

Remark 4,. — The following Nouns have -ubus in the Dative and 
Ablative Plural : 

Acus, a needle. Artils, a joint. Partus, a birth. Specxis, a den. 

Arcus, a bow. Laciis, a lake. Pecu (def.), cattle. Tribus, a tribe. 

Forties, a harbor, and veru, sl spit, have -Ibus or -ubus; genu, 
knee, and tbnitrus, thunder, usually have -Ibus. 
Remark 5. — D6mus, a house, is thus declined : 





Singular. 


Plural. 


Norn. 


domus, 


domus, 


Gen. 


domus, (rarely) domi, 


domuum or domorum, 


Dat. 


domui, (rarely) donio, 


domibus, 


Ace. 


domum, 


domus or domos, 


Voc. 


domus, 


domus, 


AM. 


domo ; 


domibus. 



Ddmus in the Genitive Singular generally means of a house; 
domi (Locative), at home, is of the Second Declension. The 
Ablative domu is found. Of the forms in the Genitive and 
Accusative Plural, domorum is poetic, and domos far more com- 
mon than domus. 

Rule of Gender, — Nouns of the Fourth Declension in 

--fe are masculine ; those in -u y neuter. 

Exc. 1. The following are feminine : 

Aciis, needle. Ficus, fig. Quinquatrus (PI.), fes- 

Domiis, house. Manus, hand. tival of Minerva. 

Idus (PI.), Ides. Porticus, gallery. Tribus, tribe. 

Cftliis, distaff, is feminine in prose. 

Exc. 2. Fhius, storehouse, is masculine or feminine. Seoiis 
(indecl.), sex, is neuter. SpZcus, den, is masculine, rarely fem- 
inine or neuter. 

Remark 6. — Names of Female Beings, etc. are feminine by the 
general rule ($ 13, Rule 2). 

Remark 7. — Names of Trees, such as cupressiis, ficus, laurus, and 
pinus, are declined regularly according to the Second Declension, 
but also have Gen. and Abl. Sing., and Nom. and Accus. Plural, 
according to the Fourth Declension ; and p&nus is of the Second, 
Third, and Fourth; p&nus, -us or -i, masculine and feminine; 



70 FOUKTH DECLENSION. 

ptniim, -i, and panics, -dris, neuter. Colus has also forms of 
Second Declension in the Sing, and in Accus. Plur. (Gen., Dat., 
and Abl. PL do not occur). 

Note. — No Proper Nouns are of this Declension. 



EXEKCISE XXI. 
Vocabulary. 

fluctus, -us, wave. Rhenus, -I, Rhine. 

homo, -In-is, man. exercitus, -us, army. 

Lemannus, -T, Lemannus. adventiis, -us, arrival. 

exspect-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to await. 
cre-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to create. 

Translate into English. 

Agricola in penum mergites portaverat. Deiis fructus 
arborum creavit. Poeta in domo ambulat. Agricola 
donmm aedificat. Deiis tauris cornua d£dit. Deiis ho- 
minibiis animos d£dit. Agricola in domiim fructus terrae 
portat. Venator arcum sagittasqug parat. Nautae fluctus 
non formldant. Caesar a lacu Lemanno ad flumen Rhe- 
niim festlnavit. Caesar adventiim' legatoriim exspecta- 
v&rat. Imperatoris adventiis exercitiim delectat. Leones 
in specubiis habitant. 

Translate into Latin. 

The soldiers bathed in the lake. The consul will hasten 
with the army to Lake Lemannus. The master will build 
houses for his slaves in the field. Marcus gave (to) his son 
Lucius a bow and arrows. The boys awaited their father's 
arrival. The waves will dash in pieces the enemy's ships. 
The sailors fastened the yards to the masts with ropes. 
Lions do not dread the horns of bulls. The chief of the 
Germans lives in a cave. A hunter wounded the consul's 
son-in-law in the king's forest. 



FIFTH DECLENSION. 



71 



THE FIFTH (e) DECLENSION. 

§ 49. Nouns which have -el in the Genitive Singular 
(stem-characteristic e) from -es of the Nominative, are of 
the Fifth Declension. They are all feminine except dies, 
day (masc. or fern, in the Singular, and always masculine 
in the Plural), and melodies, mid-day (masculine). 



ENDINGS. 




Singular. 


Plural. 


N. and V. es 


es 


Gen. el 


erum 


Dat. ei 


ebus 


Ace. 6m 


es 


Abl. e 


ebus 



Taking the Nouns res, a thing (stem re-), and dies, a 
day (stem die-), by changing the final letter of the stem 
into the above endings, we have — 



v 


PAKADIGM. 




Kes, 


a thing. 


Dies, 


a day. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Singular. 


Plural. 


Nom. res, 


res, 


dies, 


dies, 


Gen. rei, 


rerum, 


die!, 


dierum, 


Dat. rei, 


rebus, 


die!, 


diebus, 


Ace. r£m, 


res, 


diem, 


dies, 


Voc. res, 


res, 


dies, 


dies, 


Abl. re ; 


rebus. 


die; 


diebus. 



Note — The stem-characteristic e is always shortened in the Gen- 
itive, Dative, and Accusative Singular after a Consonant; rei, rSi, 
rem. 

Remark 1. — Several Nouns of the Fifth Declension have also 
forms according to the First Declension (e. g., mat&ries, materia; 
mollities, mollitia), but in such Nouns the Genitive and Dative in 



72 



FIFTH DECLENSION. 



-el are rarely found. The Fifth Decl. is regarded as a variation 
of the First. 

Remark 2. — Dies, day, is rarely feminine, and thus only when 
it denotes a fixed day or time (generally), and in the poets. 

Remark 3. — The Genitive and Dative Singular sometimes end 
in -e or -i instead of -el. In early writers the Gen. in -es some- 
times occurs. 

Remark 4- — There are only about eighty Nouns of the Fifth 
Declension, and but two of these, res and dies, are complete in 
the Plural. Acies, effigies, eluvies, fades, glades, series, spades, 
spes* are found only in the Nominative and Accusative Plural ; 
the rest are not found in the Plural at all. 

Remark 5. — All Nouns of this Declension, except fides, faith ; 
re's, a thing ; spes, hope ; and plebes, the common people, end in 
•ies; and all Nouns in -ies are of this Declension, except dbies, 
dries, paries, quies, and rZquies, which are of the Third Declension. 

Remark 6. — The Noun respublicd (better, res publico), the com- 
monwealth, is compounded of the Noun res and the Adjective 
publicd, and is thus declined: 



Singidar. 
Nom. and Voc. res publica, 
Gen. and Dat. rel publlcae. 
Accusative, rem publicum, 



Ablative, 



re publica ; 



Plural. 
N. and V. res publicae, 
Gen. rerum publicuriim, 

Dat. rebus publicis, 



Ace. 



res publicas. 



EXEECISE 

senatus, -us, senate ($ 48, Remark 2). 
plebes, -el, common people. 
tribiinus, -I, tribune. 
acies, -el, edge, point ; also line of 

battle. 
parens, -ent-is, parent. 
f acies, -SI, face. 
vultus, -iis, countenance. 
saliis, salut-is, safety, health. 
nox, noct-is, night. 



XXII. 

currfis, -us, chariot. 
fides, -el, faith, promise, 
spes, -Si, hope. 
victoria, -ae, victory. 
progenies, -el, offspring. 
effigies, -el, likeness, image. 
praeda, -ae, booty. 
sceliis, -er-is, crime. 
dictator, -or-Is, dictator. 



* Forms of Gen. and Dat. Plur. of spes and spedes are cited from 
the later Latin writers. 



VARIABLE NOUNS. 73 

Translate into English. 

Senatus dictator! salutem urbis mandavgrat. Animalia 
progeniem amant. Leones f aciem vultumque hftminis for- 
midant. Spes praedae latrones ad scelera concitat. Lucius, 
tribunus plebis, centiiriones convocavit. Marcus f ilium acie 
gladii vulneravit. Spes victoriae exercitum delectavit. Ju- 
gurtha, rex Numidiae, f idem non servavit. Tribuni liberta- 
tem pleb£i servaverunt. Crassiis consul in templo effigieni 
Jo vis collocavit. Helvetii exercitum Cassii consulis fuga- 
vere. Parentes progeniem amant. Regina poetae curriim 
gquosqug deYlit. Turbines classgm hosthiin profligaverg. 

Translate into Latin. 
Caesar put his army into winter quarters. The dictator 
will slay robbers and pirates. Crassus the tribune will not 
violate his promise. The hope of victory and booty urges 
the chiefs to (ad) war. The queen's daughter will set-up 
(collocate) an image of Jupiter in the king's garden. The 
queen adorned the image of Jupiter with silver and gold. 
The boy wounded his brother's foot with the point of a 
knife. The senate committed to the tribunes the liberty 
of the common people. God created day and night. The 
waves of the sea dashed in pieces the ships of the enemy. 
The poet's children loved their parents. 

VARIABLE NOUNS. 
§ 50. Nouns which vary in Gender are called Heteroge- 
neous; those which vary in Declension are called Hetero- 
clites. 

1. — HETEROGENEOUS NOUNS. 
(a) Masculine in the Singular, and neuter in the Plural ; as, 
A vermis, a lake in Campania. Ismarus, a mountain in Thrace. 
Dindymus, a mountain in Mysia. Maenalus, a range of mountains 

%n Arcadia. 
7 



74 HETEEOCLITES. 

Pangaeiis, a mountain in Thrace. Tartarus, the infernal regions, 
Taenarus, a promontory in Laeonia. TaygS tus, a ridge of moun- 

tains in Laeonia. 

(b) Masculine in the Singular, masculine and neuter in the 
Plural ; as, 

Intibus, (the plant) endive ; Plural intibd and intibi. 
Jocus, a jest; Plural joci and joca. 

Locus, a place; Plural loci, passages in books, places; Idea, 
places. 

Sibilus, a hissing ; Plural sibild (in the poets), but slbili in Cic. 

(c) Feminine in the Singular, neuter in the Plural ; as, 
Carbdsus, linen; Plural carbdsd; -drum, sails. 

Margarita (rarely margdrltum), pearl; Plural margdritd, -drum. 
Ostred (rarely ostrlum), oyster; Plural ostreae, and ostrM, -drum. 

(d) Neuter in the Singular, masculine in the Plural ; as, 
Argos, Argos, a city in Greece ; Plural Argi. 
Elysium, the Elysian fields ; Plural Elysii. 

Caelum, heaven ; Plural caeU. 

Note. — Argos, in the Singular, is used only in the Nominative and 
the Accusative. 

{e) Neuter in the Singular, masculine and neuter in the Plu- 
ral ; as, 

Frenum, a bridle ; Plural freni and frend. 

Bdstrum, a rake ; Plural rdstrl and rdstrd. 

(f) Neuter in the Singular, feminine in the Plural; as, 
Balneum, a bath ; Plural balneae, seldom balnea. 
Epulum, a banquet ; Plural epulae. 

(g) Neuter or feminine in the Singular, and feminine in the 
Plural; as, 

Delicium or dellcid ; Plural deliciae. 

2. — HETEEOCLITES. 

Nouns varying in Declension are called Heteroclites. 
The variation often results from confusion of stems 
from the same root 

(a) See §48, Eem. 7, and § 49, Eem. 1. 

(b) Jug6riim, Gen. -I or -is, is declined in Sing, mostly accord- 



DEFECTIVE NOUNS. 



75 



ing to the Second Decl.; in Plural, mostly according to the 
Third. Gen. Plural always jiiglrum. 

(c) Menda, -ae, fault, fern. 1st ; mendum, -I, neut. 2d ; plebs, 
plebis, common people, fern. 3d ; plebes, -el, fern. 5th ; vas, vasis, 
vessel, neut. 3d ; vasa, -oruni, neut. 2d, and others. 



DEFECTIVE NOUNS. 

§ 51. Defective Nouns want some of their cases. 

Besides a great number of Verbals in -Us (4th Decl.) 
found as Nouns, some only in Abl. Sing. (e. g., arcessitu, 
natu, etc.), others only in Dative Sing. (e. g., desptedtui, 
dwisui, etc.), the following partial list contains such Nouns 
as are most defective : 



(a) Ambage, Abl. a round- 
about way ; PL entire. 

Astu, craft, found only in 
Abl. until post- Aug. period. 

Cha6s, Nom., Accus.; chao, 
Abl. (other cases not used in 
class, period), chaos. 

Cassem, Ace. ; casse, Abl. ; a 
net; Plur. entire. 

CompSdis, Gen.; a fetter; 
Nom. and Dat. Sing, not in use ; 
Plur. comp&des, -ium, -lbus. 

Daps, Nom. obsolete ; a feast; 
Dat. Sing, and Gen. PL do not 
occur. 

Dicam, dicas, lawsuit, used 
in Ace. Sing, and Plur. 

Dicis, Gen., in the phrase 
dicis gratia, for form's sake. 

Dicionis, power; occurs only 
in Gen., Dat, Ace, and Abl. 
Sing. 

Ebur, ivory; not used in Plur. 



Fauce, Abl. (poetic); the 
throat; PI. entire. 

Fors, Nom.; forte, Abl.; 
chance; other cases wanting. 

Fftris, a door, wants Dat 
Sing.; PI. entire. 

F6ras, Accus.; fdris, Abl.; 
out of doors. 

Grates, usually only in Nom. 
and Accus. PL; Abl. PL grat- 
ibus in Tacitus ; thanks. 

Impetis, Gen. ; -&, Abl. ; vehe- 
mence. 

Infitias, Ace. PL; a denial 
(only in the phrase, infitias 
IrS). 

Ingratiis, Abl. PL (used ad- 
verbially) ; against one's will. 

Nauci, Gen. (with non), a tri- 
fle; in the phrase, non nauci 
haberS, etc. 

Nemo, nobody, wants PL; 
Gen. and Abl. Sing, rarely used. 



76 VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 

5pis, Gen.; -em, Ace; -8, Bus, the country; used in 

^1W. (Dat. very rare); Ae£p; P£. only in Nom. and ^cc. 

PL entire. Suppetiae, Nom. ; suppetias, 

Obic&, Abl., a bolt; (obex, Ace; succor. 

Nom. very rare); PL entire, Spontis, Gen.; -e, Abl.; will, 

except Gen. accord. 

Pessum, bottom, only in Ac- Situs, drought; no PL or 

cus. Sing, after Verbs of Mo- Dat. Si?ig. 

tion ; pessum IrS, to #0 to the Venum, sale, Ace. Sing, after 

bottom, perish ; pessum dar&, to Ir8, dar&. Tacitus alone has 

send to the bottom, destroy. Dative veno ; venui is late 

Pondo, Abl. ; in weight. Latin. 

Preci, Dat.; -8m, Ace; -£, Vicis, Gen.; -8m, Ace; -8, 

Abl.; prayer; PL entire. Abl.; change; PL entire, ex* 

cept Gen. 

(b) Many indeclinable Nouns, used in Nom. and Ace; as, fas, 
instar, man8, n8fas, n8cess8, nihil, 6pus, seciis. 

(c) Cor, cos, fax, faex, lux, nex, 6s, pax, ros, sal, sol, tus, and 
ver want the Genitive Plural. 



VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION. 

§52. 1. Verbs that have the stem- vowel e (long) be- 
fore -r& of the Infinitive Present are of the Second Con- 
jugation ; as, mdne-rZ, to advise. 

2. The Perfect-stem in Verbs of this Conjugation is 
usually formed by dropping the stem-vowel e (character- 
istic) and adding ft; as, mdne-rfy stem mdne; by dropping 
the stem-vowel we have mdn-; to which add ft, which 
gives the Perfect-stem mdnu; e.g., mdnft-it, he has ad- 
vised. 

3. The Supine-stem is formed by dropping the stem- 
vowel and adding t, with or without the connecting 
vowel %; as, mdne-re J , Supine mdn-it-um (e dropped and 
t added, with the connecting vowel t). 



VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 



77 



TENSE-ENDINGS OF THE INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 

The tense-endings are the same as those in the First 
Conjugation; viz.: 

ON THE PRESENT-STEM. 





Present. 




Imperfect. 


Future. 


Sing, 


1st Person, -6, 




-ba-m, 


-b-6, 




2d " -s, 




-ba-s, 


-bi-S, 




3d " -t, 




-ba-t, 


-bi-t, 


Phir. 


1st Person, -mus, 




-ba-m us, 


-bi-mus, 




2d " -tis, 




-ba-tis, 


-bi-tis, 




3d " -nt, 




-ba-nt, 


-bu-nt. 




ON THE PERFECT-STEM. 






Present-Perfect (Aorist), 


Past-Perfect. 


Future-Perfect. 


Sing, 


1st Person, -I, 




-gra-m, 


-er-o, 




2d " -i-stT, 




-gra-s, 


-eri-S, 




3d " -i-t, 




-era-t, 


-eri-t, 


Phir, 


1st Person, -i-mus, 




-era-mus, 


-eri-mus, 




2d " -i-stis, 




-era-tTs, 


-eri-tts, 




3d " -e-runt, 


or-e- 


-r8, -era-nt, 


-eri-nt. 



By adding these terminations to the Present-stem 
nidne- and to the Perfect-stem monu- respectively, we 
have : 



PARTIAL PARADIGM ON THE PRESENT-STEM. 

Present. Imperfect. Future. 

S. mone-ba-m, 
mone-ba-s, 
mone-ba-t, 
P, mone-ba-m us, 
mone-ba-tfs, 
mone-ba-nt, 

Observe that the stem vowel e is shortened before -t in 3d 
pers. Sing. Present ; as, a becomes a before -t in First Conjugation. 

7* 



Sing, mone-6, 
mone-s, 
mone-t, 

Phir, m one- mus, 
mone-tts, 
mone-nt, 



S. mone-b-o, 
mone-bi-s, 
mone-bi-t, 

P, mone-bi-mus. 
mone-bi-tTs, 
mone-bu-nt. 



78 VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 

ON THE PERFECT-STEM. 

Present-Perfect (Aorist). Past-Perfect. Future Perfect. 

I have advised (or advised). I had advised. I shall have advised, 

Sing, monu-I, S. monu-era-m, S. monu-er-6, 

monu-i-sti, monu-era-s, monu-eri-s, 

monu-i-t, monu-era-t, monu-gri-t, 

Plur. monu-i-mus, P. monu-era-m us, P. monu-erl-m us, 

monu-i-stTs, monu-era-t is, monu-eri-tTs, 

monu-e-runt, or e-re, monu-era-nt, monu-eri-nt. 

EXERCISE XXIII. 

§ 53. Vocabulary. 

impetus, -us, attach. castra, -orum, pi., camp. 

frumentiim, -I, corn. frenum, -I, (PL -I, and -a), bit. 

legio, -onis (f.), legion. cornii, -us, horn. 

habe-o, habe-re, habu-i, habit-urn, to have, hold. 
praebe-o (for prae-habe-o), praebe-re, praebu-i, praebit-iim, to furnish, to 

offer. 
late-o, late-re, latu-i (no Sup.), to lie hid. 
terre-o, terre-re, terru-I, territ-uni, to frighten. 
perterre-o, -e-re, -u-i, -it-um, to frighten terribly, terrify. 
time-o, time-re, timu-I (no Sup.), to fear. 
move-o, move-re, mov-i, mot-uin, to move. 
mane-o, mane-re, mans-i, mans-um, to remain. 
morde-o, morde-re, momord-i, mors-um, to champ, bite. 
tonde-o, tonde-re, totond-i, tons-iim, to shear. 
vide-o, vide-re, vid-i, vis-um, to see. 

Translate into English. 
Plebs nobilitatem timuit. Puer taurtim cornibus habe- 
bat. Impetus equitum hostes terret. Puer librum in manu 
habet. Agricolae oves totond&rant. Canis ancillam mor- 
debit. Rex Germanoriim castra moverat. Plebs in regis 
hoi to reginam vidit. Leones in specubus (§48, Remark 4) 
latent. Magnitude pgrlculi servos perterrebit. Nautae fluc- 
tus turbinesque non timent. Exercitus Crassi in hibernis 
mansit. Galli Caesaris exercitui frumentiim praebebunt. 
Equi frena momordere. Hostes impetiim ^quittim timebant. 
Marius consul castra ad collem moverat. 






ADJECTIVES. 79 

Translate into Latin. 

The chief of the Aeduans feared the cruelty of the Hel- 
vetians. The attack of the cavalry thoroughly frightened 
the enemy's archers and slingers. The skirmishers lay hid 
in the forest. The works of Cicero the orator delight the 
poet. The farmers had not sheared their sheep. The horses 
were champing their bits. The king and queen remained in 
the temple. The Helvetians had moved their camp from 
the hill to the river. The Gauls furnished corn to Caesar's 
army. 

ADJECTIVES. 

§ 54. 1. An Adjective is a word which qualifies or lim- 
its the meaning of a Noun. 

2. Adjectives are declined like Nouns ; they are either 
of the First and Second Declension, or of the Third only. 

CLASS I.— ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST 
AND SECOND DECLENSION. 

§ 55. Adjectives of this class have their masculine and 
neuter endings of the Second Declension (#-stems), their 
feminine endings of the First (a-stems). 









PAKADIGM. 








Bonus, 


, bona, bonum, 


good. 








(Stem bono-, bona-, bono-.) 










Singular-. 






Nom. 


bonus, 




bona, 




bonum, 


Gen. 


boni, 




bonae, 




boni, 


Dat. 


bono, 




bonae, 




bono, 


Ace. 


bonum, 




bonam, 




bonum, 


Voc. 


bong, 




bona, 




bonum, 


Abl. 


bono, 




bono, 




bono. 



80 ADJECTIVES. 







Plural. 




Nom. 


bonl, 


bonae, 


bona, 


Gen. 


bonorum, 


bonarum, 


bonorum, 


Dat. 


bonis, 


bonis, 


bonis, 


Ace. 


bonos, 


bonas. 


bona, 


Voc. 


bonl, 


bonae, 


bona, 


Abl. 


bonis, 


bonis, 


bonis, 



Remark 1. — Participles and Pronominal Adjectives in -us are 
declined like bonus. 

Remark 2. — Adjectives in -%r have dropped the ending -us in 
the Nominative, and -8 in the Vocative; and most of them drop 
e (inserted before r for euphony) in the oblique cases ; as, 

pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum, 
pulchri, pulchrae, pulchri, etc. 

Remark 3. — The following retain e, which belongs to the stem : 
Alter, the other; asper, rough; exter, foreign; gibber, hump- 
backed; lacer, torn; liber, free; miser, wretched; prosper, pros- 
perous; tener, tender; and compounds of -fer and -gZr; as, cor- 
niger, horned. Thus 

tener, t^nera, t&nertim, 
teneri, tenerae, tenerl, etc. 

Remark Jf. — Dexter, on the right, has sometimes dextera, dex- 
terum ; satur, full, has sat lira, saturum. 

§ 56. 1. Six Adjectives in -us, and three in -er y have 
their Genitive Singular in -ius, and their Dative in -I, in 
all the genders : 

Alius, other. Totus, whole. 

Nullus, no. Ullus, any. 

Solus, alone. Unus, one. 

Alter, -tera, -terum, one of the two. 
Uter, -tra, -trum, which of the tivo. 
Neuter, -tra, -truni, neither. 

Note. — The l in the Genitive -lus is sometimes shortened in verse, 
except alius, neutrlus, solius, and utrius. 



ADJECTIVES. 



81 



2. In the same way are declined the other compounds 
of uter, — namely, uterquZ, each of two; utercumqu$, uter- 
libU, and utervls, which of the two you please, Genitive 
utrlusque', etc.; also altZruter, one of two, Genitive altZr- 
utrnis, but generally alterlus utrliis; Dative alterutrl. So 
alt&ruterque and unusquisquZ. 

3. The following Pronominal Genitives end in -ius 
(jus): illius, istius, ipsius, ejus (eius), cujus (cuius), hujus 
(huius). 

4. Nullus, solus, iotus, ullus, and units are thus de- 
clined : 







Singular. 






Masc. 


Fern. 


ISeut. 


Nom. 


uniis, 


una, 


uniim, 


Gen. 


unlus, 


uulus, 


unlus, 


Dat. 


unl, 


unl, 


uni, 


Ace. 


uniim, 


imam, 


uniim, 


Voc. 


une, 


una, 


uniim, 


Abl. 


uno. 


una. 


uno. 



The Plural is regular, like that of bdnus. 

Remark 1.^- Alius has aliud in the Nominative and the Accu- 
sative Singular neuter ; instead of the Genitive alius, alterlus is 
commonly used ; often, however, the Adjective dlienus. 

Remark 2. — When alius is repeated, the first means one; the 
second, another ; as, aliud di&it, aliud facit, he says one thing, he 
does another. Alius is often repeated with a single Predicate, 
where in English we use two propositions ; as, alius aliud cld- 
mitabat, one kept shouting one thing, another another. Alter is 
repeated where only two things are referred to ; as, alter Ugit, 
alter scrlbit, one reads, the other writes. 

Remark 3. — Some of these Adjectives occasionally form their 
Genitive and Dative regularly; as, dlterae (fern. Dat. Sing.), 
nullo (masc. Dat. Sing.) in Caesar; but this is rare. 



82 



ADJECTIVES. 



EXEKCISE XXIV. 

§ 57. Vocabulary. 



altus, -a, -um, high, deep. 
longus, -a, -urn, long. 
latus, -a, -um, broad. 
niagnus, -a, -urn, great, large. 
multus, -a, -um, much, many. 
densus, -a, -um, thick. 



benignus, -a, -um, kind. 
fidus, -a, -um, faithful. 
improbus, -a, -um, wicked. 
iniquus, -a, -um, unjust. 
judex, judic-is, judge. 
Thrax, Thracis, Thracian. 



1. Rule of Position. — The Adjective, unless emphatic, 
usually follows the Noun which it limits ; as, pu£r bonus, 
the (or a) good boy. 

2. Rule of Syntax. — Adjective words agree with the 
Nouns which they limit, in gender, number, and case ; 
as, puSr bonus, the good boy; puella pulchrd, the beauti- 
ful girl; flunign latum, the broad river. 

Translate into English. 

Rex Thracum in colle turres altas * aedif icat. Films im- 
probus patrgm lapide vuln£rav£rat. Silvae densae nuntios 
reginae terruerunt. Venator canes fid 6s amat. Improbi 
homines faciem vultumqug judicis timent. Plebes iniquum 
judicgm formidat. Nubes densae liin&m obsciiravgrant. 
Equites hostium fliimgn latum tranabunt. Agricolae filii 
bobus magnis agros araverg. Caesar multa oppida expug- 
navit. Pu&r cultriim longiim in manu. habuit. Pueri boDi 
parentes amant. Magister benignus bonis pueris libros dgdit. 

Translate into Latin. 

The consul slew many robbers. The kind mother gives 
food to her children. The wicked consul killed the tri- 
bunes of the people. The chief of the Thracians lay hid 
in the king's grove. The shepherd armed his sons with 



* See model of Analysis 2 (App. X.). 



ADJECTIVES. 83 

long knives. The enemy's skirmishers swam across a broad 
river. The faithful servants defended their master with 
knives and stones. The attack of the enemy did not 
frighten the general. The great commander slew many 
captives. The hunter saw many wolves in the forest. 
Wicked men do not fear the countenance of an unjust 
judge. The kind master, according to custom, was advis- 
ing the boys. 

EXEKCISE XXV. 

§ 58. 1. Rule of Position. — When a Noun is limited by 
an Adjective and a Genitive, the Adjective is often put 
first ; as, fldus Tullii serviis, Tully's faithful slave. 

Remark.— -The Genitive usually follows pars, numtrus, multi- 
tude!, etc. ; as, magna pars ndbilitatts. 

2. Rule of Position. — An Adjective limiting the Ob- 
ject of a Preposition is often put before the Preposition ; 
as, magno \n proelio, in a great battle. 

3. Rule of Syntax. — With words expressing a Part, 
the Genitive is used to denote the Whole; as, units mlli- 
tum, one of the soldiers; multi Zqifitum, many of the 
horsemen. 

Remark. — This is usually called the Partitive Genitive. The 
partitive word, if an Adjective, agrees in gender with the word 
denoting the whole. Units mllitum is equivalent to units mills 
mllitum. 

Translate into English. 

Magnae hostium copiae in silva latuerunt. Magna pars 
nobilitatis aptid Crassum cenabant. Cives multi magna 
in urbe habitant. Consul in hostium castris multos milites 
vidit. Pastor oves multosque agnorum totonderat. Imper- 
ator niagnus uno in proelio copias hostium f iigavit. Alter 



84 ADJECTIVES. 

fratrurn magnum ad oppidum festmat. Una Roman orum 
legiS totiim hostiiim exercitum perterruit. Neutra ancilla- 
riim canes timet. German! in proelio nullum ordinem ser- 
vant. Rex Thraciim nullam rei publicae legem viola verat. 
Una in urbe homines multi habitant. Impetus hostium 
nullms legionis ordines turbavit. 

Translate into Latin. 

The Thracians will furnish corn to the consul's great 
army. One of the skirmishers saw the enemy's horsemen 
in the dense forest. The shepherd's faithful dog defended 
the sheep from (a) the wolves. The general, after the man- 
ner of a king, demanded a great number of hostages. The 
whole army dreaded the cruelty of the general. The in- 
habitants of the whole village feared the farmer's big bull. 
Caesar feared no danger. A great multitude of footmen 
hastened to the camp. 

CLASS IL— ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD 
DECLENSION. 

§ 59. Adjectives having two endings in the Nominative. 

Adjectives of this class have -is in the Nominative 
masculine and feminine, and -# in the neuter, and are 
of the Third Declension. 





PAKADIGM. 






BrevYs, 


short. 




Singular* 


Plural. 


Masc. and Fern. 


Neut. 


Masc. and Fern. 


Neut. 


N., V. brevis, 


breve, 


braves, 


brevia, 


Gen. brevts, 


brevts, 


brevi urn, 


brevium, 


Dat. brevi, 


brevT, 


brevTbus, 


brevTbus, 


Ace. breve m, 


breve, 


breves, 


brevia, 


Abl. brevi. 


brevi. 


brevibiis. 


brevibiis. 



ADJECTIVES. 85 

Remark 1. — Comparatives may be considered as belonging to 
this class. 

Remark 2. — Adjectives which have -8 in the Nominative neu- 
ter have -I in the Ablative Singular, -iilm in the Genitive Plural, 
and -id in the Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Plural neu- 
ter. Comparatives have -um and -a. 

Remark 3. — The following have also -Ir in the Nominative 
Singular masculine ; as, deer or dcris, dcris, acre 1 . 

acer, sharp. celeber, much frequented. saluber, ivholesome. 

alacer, brisk. equester, equestrian. Silvester, wooded. 

campester, of the paliister, marshy. terrester, of the earth. 

plain, flat. pedester, on foot. volucer, winged. 

celer, swift. puter, rotten. 

Also, in certain phrases, names of Months in -blr (no fern. 
Sing,). 

Remark 4- — Volucer has -urn in the Genitive Plural ; cUer has 
-um when used as a Noun expressing military rank. 

EXEECISE XXVI. 

§ 60. Vocabulary. 

fortis, -e, brave. adventus, -iis, arrival. 

agilis, -e, active. fatiga-re, to weary. 

crudelis, -e, cruel. civitas, civitat-is, state. 

gravis, -e, heavy, severe. locus, -I (PI. -l and -a), place. 

omnis, -e, all, every. levis, -e, light, slight. 

nobllis, -e, noble. pig&r, -gra, -grum, lazy. 

Remark. — The Adjective is often used as a Noun, the Noun 
with which it agrees being omitted; as, born, the good; bSna, 
good things, property^ Masculine Adjectives thus used express 
Persons; neuter Adjectives, Things. 

Translate into English. 

Imperator fortis centuriones onmes convocavit. Magister 
bonus omnes pueros monuerat. Servi agiles taurum cor- 
nibus habebant. Onera gravia magnos agricolae boves 
fatigant. Materfamilias liber Is servisque omnibus cibum 
salubrem dabit. Puer mauiim cultro secuit. Pedestres 
s 



86 ADJECTIVES. 

Carthagimensium copiae equites fortes fugaverant. Bella 
longa multas civitates ferro igniqug vastavere. Princeps 
nobllis apiid regem cenaverat. Deus omnia creavit. Boni 
gravia* bell a formidant. La tr ones improbi multos cives 
triicidaverunt. Velites agiles multos sil varum tramites ex- 
plorabunt. Canis fidiis per totam noctem vigilat. Equites 
palustria loca timent. 

Translate into Latin. 

The cruel chief has slain all the captives with the sword. 
All the citizens dreaded the great cruelty of the wicked 
king. Lazy slaves love short days and light w r ork. One 
of the swift horsemen is hastening to (ad) the camp of Cae- 
sar. The active sailors were fastening the yards to the 
masts with long ropes. The arrival of the brave consul 
thoroughly frightened all the chiefs of the Gauls. Lazy 
boys do not love their books. Caesar's army laid waste 
many states of Gaul. The farmer's lazy son loves the 
shade of the thick trees. The brave general fears no dan- 
ger. Caesar put all the legions into winter quarters. 

§ 61. Adjectives of the Third Declension, having mascu- 
line, feminine, and neuter alike in the Nominative. 



1.— PAEADIGMS. 




Felix, happy. 




Singular. 




Masc. and Fem. 


Neut. 


Nom. felix, 


felix, 


Gen. felicis, 


felicis. 


Dat. fellcT, 


felici, 


Ace. feJicem, 


felix, 


Voc. felix, 


felix, 


Abl. felicl (or -e) ; 


f elici (or -e ) ; 





ADJECTIVES. 






Plural. 




Masc. and Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


felices, 


felicia, 


Gen. 


felicium, 


felicium, 


Dat. 


feliclfbus, 


felictbus, 


Ace. 


felices, 


felicia, 


Voc. 


felices, 


felicia, 


Abl. 


felicibus, 


feliclfbus. 




Prudens, prude?it 


• 




Singular. 




Masc. and Fern. 


Neat. 


Nom. 


prudens, 


prudens, 


Gen. 


prudentYs, 


priidentTs, 


Dat. 


prudent!, 


prudentl, 


Ace. 


prudente m, 


prudens, 


Voc. 


prudens, 


prudens, 


Abl. 


prudente (or -I) ; 
Plural. 


prudente (or -T) 




Masc. and Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


prudente s, 


prudentia, 


Gen. 


prudent ium, 


prudent ium, 


Dat. 


prudentibus, 


prudentTbus, 


Ace. 


prudentes. 


prudentia, 


Voc. 


prudente s, 


prudentia, 


Abl. 


prudentYbus. 


prudentibus. 



87 



2. Present Participles are declined like prudens. When 
used as Participles, they have -£ rather than -l in the Ab- 
lative Singular ; but when used as Adjectives, they have 
-l rather than -£. Comparatives, also, have oftener -e 
than -I. 

3. Adjectives of the third class have either -e or -i in 
the Ablative. 



88 



ADJECTIVES. 



Exc. 1. The following have only -g in the Ablative 

Caelebs, caeles, eompfts, deses, hospes, imp6s, imptibes, jiivenls, 
pauper, princeps, puber or piibes, senex, sosp&s, superstSs, and sev- 
eral compound Adjectives formed from corpus and pes. 

Exc. 2. The following have only -i in the Ablative : 

Anceps, concors, discors, h&bes, imm&mftr, Iners, ingens, mops, 
mem6r, praeceps, recens, ripens, vigil, and most Adjectives in -x, 
especially those in -plex. 

Remark 1. — Inerte, rtcentl, and praecipe" sometimes occur. 

Remark 2. — Praesens and Idcuples, when applied to Things, 
have the Ablative in -I; when used of Persons, they have -2. 

4. The neuter of the Nominative and Accusative Plu- 
ral ends in -id, and the Genitive Plural of all genders in 
-ium; but vZtus, old, has -a and um. 

Exc. 1. Those Adjectives that have only -I in the Ablative 
Singular have -urn in the Genitive Plural. 

Exc. 2. Compounds of facio and capio, and of such Nouns as 
make -um in their Genitive Plural, with compar, cicur, dlvls, 
mlmdr, imnitmor, praepZs, supplex, and vigil, make their Genitive 
Plural in -um. 

Exc. 3. Dis, Idcuples, sons, and insons have either -um or -ium; 
par has usually parium (-Um according to the grammarians 
only) ; other Adjectives have sometimes -um instead of -iitm in 
the poets and later prose-writers. 

EXEECISE XXVII. 
§ 62. Vocabulary. 

dives, divit-is, rich. ingens, -ent-is, huge. 

ferax, -ac-is, fertile. ferox, feroc-is, warlike, fierce. 

innocens, -ent-is, innocent. atrox, atroc-is, terrible, cruel, savage. 

pauper, pauper-is, poor. recens, -ent-is, recent. 

vetus, veter-is, ancient; PI. veteres, clvilis, -e, civil, 
the ancients. 

auge-o, -e-re, aux-i, auct-um, to swell, increase. 

Translate into English. 
Imbres recentes flumina omnia auxerunt. Vir bonus 
pauperibus cibum dabit. Pastor prudens oves agnosque a 



NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 89 

lupis defensabit. Orgetorix, princeps Helvetioriim, copias 
auxgrat. Vetgres Jovi tauros ingentes mactabant. Agri- 
colae prudentes in pgniim mergites omnes portant. Caesar 
fortes centuriones laudabat. Marius, Ronianorum imperator, 
f graces Numidiae agros ferro ignique vastavit. Princeps cru- 
delis innocentem plebem trucidavit. Bella civilia nobilita- 
tem et elves divites perterruerant. Principes feroces fttrocia 
bella amant. Rex ferox nobilitatem ad bellum magnum et 
atrox concitavit. 

Translate into Latin. 

No prudent (man) will give his sheep to the wolves. The 
happy mother loves her children. The innocent do not fear 
the face and countenance of a judge. The consul will pre- 
serve the ancient laws of the commonwealth. The prudent 
shepherds had sheared their sheep. A terrible lion tore in 
pieces all the inhabitants of the village. The enemy's sol- 
diers had laid waste the whole city with fire and sword. The 
rich dread civil wars. The recent rains have swelled the 
great river. The j>oor (man) does not fear the robber. 

NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 

§63. 1. Adjectives expressing number are called Nu- 
merals, and are divided into three classes, viz.: 

(a) Cardinals, which answer the question "How 
many?"; as, untis, one; duo, two. 

(b) Ordinals, which express order or rank; as, primus, 
first; se'cundus, second. 

(c) Distributives, which answer the questions "How 
many to each?" "How many apiece?"; as, singull, one 
to each, one at a time, one apiece; bini, two apiece. 

2. To these may be added Numeral Adverbs, which 
answer the question "How many times?"; as, sSniel, once; 
bis, twice. 

8 * 



90 



NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 



Cardinal. 


Ordinal. 


Distributive. 


Adverbial. 


One, two, etc. 


First, second, etc. 


One by one, etc. 


Once, twice, etc. 


1 Unus, 


Primus, 


Singuli, 


Semel, 


2 Duo, 


Secundus, 


Bini, 


Bis, 


3 Tres, 


Tertius, 


Terni, 


Ter, 


4 Quattuor, 


Quartus, 


Quaterni, 


Quater, 


5 Qulnque, 


Quintus, 


Quini, 


Qumquies (-ens), 


6 Sex, 


Sextiis, 


Seni, 


Sexies, 


7 Septem, 


Septimus, 


Septeni, 


Septies, 


8 Octo, 


Octavus, 


Octoni, 


Octies, 


9 Novem, 


Norms, 


Noveni, 


Novies, 


10 Decern, 


Decimus, 


Deni, 


Decies, 


11 Undecim, 


Undecimus, 


Undeni, 


Undecies, 


12 Duodecim, 


Duodecimos, 


Duodeni, 


Duodecies, 


13 Tredecim, 


Tertius decimus, 


Terni deni, 


Tredecies, 



14 Quattuordecim, Quartus decimus, 

15 Quindecim, Quintus decimus, 

16 Sedecim, Sextiis decimus, 

17 Septendecim, Septimus decimus, 

18 Duodeviginti Duodevicesimus, 
(Octodecim), 

19 Undevlginti Undevicesimus, 
(Novendecim), 

20 Viginti, Vicesimiis, 
30 Triginta, Trlcesimiis, 

40 Quadraginta, Quadragesimus, 

50 Quinquaginta, Quinquagesimus, 

60 Sexaginta, Sexagesimus, 

70 Septuaginta, Septuagesimus, 

80 Octoginta, Octogesimus, 

90 Nonaginta, Nonagesmrus, 

100 Centum, Centesimiis, 

200 Ducenti, Diicentesimus, 

300 Trecenti, Trecentesimus, 

400 Quadringenti, Quadringentesimiis, 

500 Quingenti, Quingentesimus, 

600 Sescenti Sescentesimus, 

(SexCenti), 

700 Septingenti, Septingentesimiis, 

800 Octingenti, Octingentesimus, 

900 Nongenti, Nongentesimiis, 

1000 Mille; Millesimus; 



Quaterni deni, Quattuordecies, 

Quini deni, QuTndecies, 

Sen! deni, Sedecies, 

Septeni deni, Septies decies, 

Duodeviceni Duodevlcies, 

(Octoni deni), 

Undeviceni Undevicies, 

(Noveni deni), 

Viceni, Vicies, 

Triceni, Tricies, 

Quadrageni, Quadragies, 

Quinquageni, Quinquagies, 

Sexageni, Sexagies, 

Septuagenl, Septuagies, 

Ootogeni, Octogies, 

Nonageni, Nonagies, 

Centeni, Centies, 

Duceni, Ducenties, 

Treceni, Trecenties, 

Quadringeni, Quadringenties^, 

Quingeni, Quingenties, 

Sesceni, Sescenties, 

Septingeni, Septingenties, 
Octingeni, Octingenties, 

Nongeni, Nongenties, 

Milleni (Sin- Millies, 
gula milia) ,• 



ADJECTIVES. 91 

§ 64. Cardinals. 

Remark 1. — The first three Cardinal numbers are declined 
From four to a hundred, they are indeclinable ; those denoting 
hundreds are declined like the Plural of bonus; as, ducenti, -ae, 
-a; -orum, -arum, -onim, etc. 

Remark 2. — For the declension of units, see \ 56. Tres is de- 
clined like the Plural of brtvis; Nominative tres, trid; Genitive 
triitm; Dative tribits, etc. Duo is thus declined: 







Plural. 






Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


dud, 


duae, 


duo, 


Gen. 


duorum, 


duarum, 


duorum, 


Dat. 


duobus, 


duabus, 


duobus, 


Ace. 


duos or duo, 


dims, 


duo, 


Voc. 


duo, 


duae, 


duo, 


Abl. 


duobus. 


duabus. 


duobus. 



Remark 3.— Duorum and duarum, especially when compounded 
with another word, or when joined with milium, are frequently 
contracted into duum; as, duumvir, duum milium. Ambo, both, 
is declined like dud. 

Remark 4- — Units has a Plural form — 

(a) With Nouns which have no Singular; as, unae nuptiae, 
one marriage. 

(b) With Nouns which denote several things considered as one 
whole ; as, una vestimenta, one suit of clothes. 

(c) In the sense of alone or the same; as, unl Ubil, the Ubians 
alone ; unls moribits, with the same manners. 

Remark 5. — From thirteen to nineteen inclusive, instead of 
the compound forms {tr&dlcim, etc.), the simple Numerals are 
used, with or without U; as, decern et tres, or decern tres. 

Remark 6. — From twenty to one hundred, the greater number 
precedes without U, or the smaller number with U; as, vlginti 
units, or units U vlginti. Above one hundred, the greater number 
is put first, with or without U; but et is not twice used in desig- 
nating the same number; as, ducenti quadraginta qulnque, or du- 
centi et quadraginta qulnque' , two hundred and forty-five. 

Remark 7. — Subtractive forms are more commonly used for 



92 ADJECTIVES. 

eighteen, twenty-eight, etc., and for nineteen, twenty-nine, etc. ' 
as, duodeviginti, duodetrigintd, duodequadraginta, etc.; undevi* 
ginti, undetriginid, etc. Duo is not declined in these combina- 
tions. 

Remark 8. — Thousands are usually expressed by the smaller 
numbers with milid; as, dlchn milid, ten thousand; sometimes 
by the Distributives with milid; as, dend milid; and in the poets 
by the Adverbial Numeral with mille; as, duties mille 1 , ten times 
a thousand, ten thousand. 

Remark 9. — Milll is either an Adjective or a Noun. As an 
Adjective, it is indeclinable and Plural, and limits the name of 
the things numbered; as, millt homines, a thousand men; (in 
poetry) cum bis mille 1 hominibus, with two thousand (twice a 
thousand) men ; (in prose, we would have, cum dubbus milibus 
hominum). As a Noun, it is indeclinable in the Singular, and 
occurs only in Nominative and Accusative ; and in the Plural 
has milid, milium, milibus, and is limited by the name of the 
things numbered in the Partitive Genitive ; as, mille 1 hominum, 
a thousand (of) men; trid milid hominum, three thousand men 
(three thousand of men). But if a declined Numeral comes be- 
tween, the Genitive is very rarely used; as, trid milid U tre 1 centos 
Squites circum se hdbebdt, he had three thousand three hundred 
horsemen around him. 

Remark 10. — The poets sometimes use the Numeral Adverb to 
express also smaller numbers ; as, bis decern for viginti. 

Remark 11. — Millions are expressed by combinations of cen- 
tend milid (a hundred thousand) ; as, dlcies centend milid, one 
million ; centies centend milid, ten millions. 

§ 65. Ordinals y Distributives, and Adverbs. 

1. Prior is used instead of primus when only two things are 
spoken of. AUtr is often used for secundus. 

2. Between twelfth and twentieth, the smaller number is 
usually put first ; but the greater sometimes precedes, with or 
without M; as, decimus et tertius, or decimus tertius. 

3. In the other intermediate numbers, twenty-first, twenty- 
second, etc., the larger precedes without U, or the smaller with 
U; as, quadrdgesimus primus, or primus U quadrdgesimus ; but 



ADJECTIVES. 93 

instead of primus and secundus, unus and alttr (or dud) are often 
used, dud being undeclined ; as, unus et vicesimus, one-and-twen- 
tieth; alttrb (or dub) et vicesimo anno, in the twenty-second 
year. 

4. For eighths and ninths in the intermediate Numerals, the 
subtractive forms are generally used ; as, duodevicesimus, unde- 
tricesimus. So, also, in the Distributives, and sometimes in the 
Adverbs ; as, 

duodeviceni, undeviceni; 
duodetricies, undequadrdgies. 

5. The poets sometimes use the Distributives for Cardinals ; 
as, bind spiculd, two darts. They are used in the same way in 
prose with Nouns which have no Singular ; as, binae lltterae, two 
epistles ; but duae lltterae would mean two letters (of the alpha- 
bet). 

6. Some of the Distributives have a Singular form with a 
multiplicative meaning, chiefly in poetry; as, binus, twofold. 

7. In the Numeral Adverbs the intermediate numbers are 
expressed — 

(a) Either by putting the smaller first with et; as, shnU U 
vicies, 

(b) Or by putting the larger number first, with or without et; 
as, vicies semll, or vicies U semel. 

EXEECISE XXVIII. 
§ 66. 1. Rule of Syntax. — The Point of Time at which 
anything occurs is expressed by the Ablative ; as ? tertia 
hora ; at the third hour (Ablative of Time). 

2. Rule of Syntax. — Duration of Time, and Extent of 
Space, are expressed by the Accusative, sometimes by the 
Ablative; as, tres horas mansit, he remained three hours; 
fossa duos p6des lata, a ditch two feet wide. 

3. Rule of Position. — Designations of Time and Place 
usually stand near the beginning of the sentence. See 
§29,3. 



94 ADJECTIVES. ' 

Vocabulary. 

fossa, -ae, ditch. hiems, hiem-Is, winter. 

hora, -ae, hour. passus, -us, pace. 

mensis, -is ($ 33, Exc. 3), month. tempiis, -or-is, time. 

dies, -el, day. noster, -tra, trum, our. 

annus, -I, year. aestas, aestat-is, summer. 

una ex parte, on one side. 

contine-o, -e-re, contmu-i, content-um, to keep, hold in, restrain. 
sustine-o, -e-re, sustinu-i, sustent-um, to sustain, to bear. 

Translate into English. 

Servi fidi horas multas vigilaverant. Nulltis agricola 
prudens oves hieme tondebit. Caesar, Romanorum imper- 
ator, tres legiones in hibernis * collocavit. Consul multos 
annos in urb£ habitaverat. Mons altus una ex parts Hel- 
vetios continuit. Equites nostri hostium impgtum duas 
horas sustinuerunt. Pastor prudens aestatg oves omnes 
totondit. Legatus fortis decern dies Caesaris adventiim 
exspectabat. Imperator tertio die castra movit. Princeps 
Etrox multos menses civitat£m perterrebat. Consul fortis 
nullo anni tempore adventiim hostium timebat. Rex la- 
trones omnes br£vi tempore triicidavit. Crassus tria milia 
passuiim equitavit. Consul mill6 passus castra movit. 

Translate into Latin. 

The great rains had kept our soldiers in the camp many- 
months. In one summer Caesar laid waste many states 
of Gaul with fire and sword. For many years (Ace.) the 
Romans routed all their enemies by sea and land. Caesar 
moved his camp ten thousand paces from the city. The 
soldiers of the tenth legion had carried heavy burdens for 
many hours (Ace.). Our skirmishers sustained the attack 
of the Germans three hours. Lake Lemannus held-in the 

* In hibernis refers to the resting of troops in winter quarters ; In 
hlbernd, to the motion of going thither. 






PARADIGM OF ESSE. 95 

Helvetians on one side. The farmer had a ditch three feet 
wide in his field. The farmer will have in his fields five 
ditches, each-three (ternos) feet wide. The master gave (to) 
the boys four books apiece. A ditch twelve feet wide and 
six feet deep had hindered the attack of the enemy many 
days. 

EXEECISE XXIX. 

i 67. 1. PAETIAL PAKADIGM OF ESSE, to be.— INDICA- 
TIVE MOOD. 

(Stems es- and fu-.) 

Present Tense. 
Pers. Singular. Plural. 

1. su-m,* I am, su-mus, we are, 

2. es, thou art, es-tTs, ye are, 

3. est, he is, su-nt, they are. 

Imperfect. 

1. er-a-m, I was, er-a-mus, we were, 

2. er-a-s, thou wast, er-a-tYs, ye were, 

3. 8 rat, he was, er-a-nt, they were. 

Future, shall or will. 

1. 8r-o, I shall be, er-i-mus, we shall be, 

2. er-i-s, thou wilt be, er-i-tTs, ye will be, 

3. er-i-t, he will be, er-u-nt, they will be. 

Present-Perfect, have been (Aorist-Perfect, was). 

1. f u-T, I have been, or was, fu-t-mus, we have been, or 

were, 

2. f ti-i-stl, thou hast been, or fii-i-stTs, ye have been, or 

wast, were, I 

. _ wwi . , _ fu-e-runt,or \theyhavebeen, 

6. tu-i-t, he has been, or was, «« - « > 

' ' ' fu-e-re, J or were. 

* Sitm (including its compounds) and inqu&m are the only two 
Verbs that preserve the original ending -m in the first person of the 
Present Indicative. 



96 PREDICATE NOMINATIVE. 

Past-Perfect. 
Pers. Singular. Plural. 

1. fu-era-m, I had been, fu-era-mus, we had been, 

2. f ti-era-s, thou hadst been, fu-era-tTs, ye had been, 

3. fu-era-t, he had been, fu-era-nt, they had been. 

Future-Perfect, shall or will have. 

1. fu-er-6, I shall have been, fu-ert-mus, we shall have 

been, 

2. f u-erl-s, thou wilt have been, f u-ert-tTs, ye will have been, 

3. fu-eri-t, he will have been, fu-eri-nt, they will have been. 

2. A Noun or an Adjective may limit the Predicate 
as well as the Subject : thus, we may say, Cic£r5 orator, 
Cicero the orator, and CicerO orator fuit, Cicero was an 
orator ; aggr ferax, a fertile field, and agSr fgrax est, the 
field is fertile. 

PREDICATE NOMINATIVE. 

3. Rule of Syntax. — A Noun in the Predicate denot- 
ing the same person or thing as the Subject, agrees with 
it in case, and is called the Predicate Nominative ; as, 
CicgrO orator fuit, Cicero was an orator. 

Remark 1. — If the Subject consists of more than one person 
or thing, the Predicate Nominative is Plural. 

Remark 2. — Adjectives in the predicate agree with the Sub- 
ject. See $57, 2. 

EXERCISE XXX. 
Vocabulary. 

integer, -gra, -grum, untouched, un- vita, -ae, life. 

hurt, fresh. velox, veloc-is, swift. 

humarms, -a, -tim, human. caecus, -a, -um, blind. 

incertus, -a, -um, uncertain. mendacium, -I, lie. 

verus, -a, -um, true. corniger, -a, -um, horned. (See $ 55, 
turpis, -e, base. Rem. 3.) 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 97 

ingens, -ent-is, huge. praeclariis, -a, -iim, distinguished. 

duplex, duplic-is, double. acies, -51, line of battle. 

triplex, triplic-is, triple. renuntiatio, -on-is, report. 
vulnus, vulner-is, wound. 

Translate into English. 

Non omnia animalia cornigera sunt. Aquilarum alae 
magnae sunt. Non omnes homines sapientes sunt. Res 
humanae incertae sunt. Vita hominum incerta est. TJntis 
equorum caecus fuit. Caesaris milites veloces fortesqug 
fuerunt. Caesar fuit inrperator magniis. Mariiis dux fuit 
Romanorum. Regis films rex grit. Renuntiatio legato- 
rum vera fuit. Aper ingens in silva habitat. Imperator 
in proelio integer fuit. Vulnera mllitum sunt gravia. 
Consul annos multos caecus fuerat. Caesaris acies triplex 
fuit. Omnes decimae legionis milites integris viribus (§ 45) 
proelium redintggraverant. Mendacia turpia sunt. Cicero 
fuit orator praeclariis. Improborum (§ 60, Bern.') vita onus 
est grav£. Gallorum acies est duplex. 

Translate into Latin. 

The farmer's oxen are large. Many bulls are horned. 
All generals are not wise. The inhabitants of the villages 
dread the huge lion. Cicero was a wise consul and a great 
man. The wounds of the brave soldiers were severe. Many 
of the swift horsemen were unhurt. Davus, Caesar's slave, 
has been blind many years. Our soldiers in a triple line 
renew the battle. All human things are uncertain. The 
shade of the dense forest will frighten the king's swift mes- 
senger. 

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES, 

§68. 1. The change which Adjectives undergo to ex- 
press different degrees of quality is termed Comparison. 



98 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

2. Grammarians generally give three degrees of Com- 
parison, — the Positive, the Comparative, and the Super- 
lative. 

3. The simple form of the Adjective is usually called 
the Positive; as, altus, high. 

4. The Comparative expresses a higher or lower degree 
of the quality in one of two things, or sets of things, than 
in the other; as, mons arborS altidr est, a mountain is 
higher than a tree. 

5. The Superlative expresses a higher or lower degree 
of the quality in one of several things, or sets of things, 
than in any of the others ; as, triurn montium altissimus, 
the highest of the three mountains. 



Remark 1. — The Comparative does not express a higher degree 
of quality than the Positive, but represents one thing as having 
more of a given quality than another. Thus, in the example 
mons est arbors altidr, we mean, not that the mountain is higher 
than a high mountain, but higher than a tree ; i. e., there is more 
height in a mountain than in a tree. 

Remark 2.— When two qualities of the same thing are com- 
pared, both Adjectives may be put in the Comparative, or both 
in the Positive connected by magis — quam; as, Aristides justior 
quam sapientiftr fuit, Aristides was more just than wise. Oratores 
dlserti magis sunt quam elftquentes, the orators are more fluent 
than eloquent; so of the Adverb; as, bella fortius quam felicius 
gesserunt, they waged wars with more courage than good for- 
tune. 

Remark 3. — The Comparative may often be translated by too 
or rather with the Positive, especially when one of the things 
compared is omitted; as, rex clementidr est, the king is too 
merciful. 

Remark fy. — The Superlative often expresses a very high degree 
of a quality; as, mons altisslmus y a very high mountain ("The 
Superlative of Eminence"). 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 



99 



FORMATION OF COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE. 

§ 69. 1. The Comparative is formed by adding -ior for 
the masc. and fem v and -ius for the neuter ; and the Su- 
perlative by adding -issim&s, -ti, -um, to the stem of the 
Adjective; as, alt-us, high, alt-i6r, higher, alt-issimus, 
highest. 

Remark. — These endings are added directly to Consonant 
stems; in Vowel stems the final Vowel (characteristic) is 
dropped before the endings. Thus, in attics, altd, altum (stem 
alto-, alta-, alto-), the characteristic -6, -a, -6 is dropped before 
adding the endings -ior, -ius, and -issimus, etc. 

2. Superlatives are of the First and Second Declen- 
sions. Comparatives are of the Third Declension, and 
are thus declined: 

Singular. 



Masc. and Fern. 


Neuter. 




Nom. duriop, 


durius, 




Gen. duriopTs, 


duriorTs, 




Dat. duriopT, 


duriopT, 




Ace. duriorem, 


durius, 




Voc. duriop, 


durius, 




Abl. duriope (or -iopi) ; 


duriore (or 


-iopi); 


Plural. 






Masc. and Fern. 


Neuter. 




Nom. duriopes, 


duriopa, 




Gen. duriopum, 


duriopum, 




Dat. duriopKbus, 


duriopTbus, 




Ace. duriopes, 


duriopa, 




Voc. duriopes, 


duriopa, 




Abl. duri5pfbus ; 


durioribiis. 





EXEKCISE XXXI. 
§ 70. 1. That with which anything is compared (the 
complement of the Comparative) is connected by the 



100 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

Conjunction quam, than, in the same case, or in the 
Nominative, Subject of est, fmt, etc., understood ; as, 
fortior&n vidi nemingm qu&m Mariurn, I have seen no 
braver man than Marius; or, fortiorSm vidi nemmgm. 
quam Marius (est), I have seen no braver man than Ma- 
rius is. 

2. Quam is sometimes omitted ; then — 

Rule of Syntax. — The Ablative is used with the Com- 
parative degree when quam is omitted, to express that 
with which something is compared ; as, mons est arb8r8 
altior, a mountain is higher than a tree. (See §163, He- 
marks.) 

Vocabulary. 

sanctiis, -a, -um, sacred; (of a man, pure). fides, -ei, faith, promise. 

durus, -a, -um, hard. nihil (indeclinable), nothing. 

nemo (Dat. nemin-i, Ace. nemin-em),* no regio, -onis, region. 

man. gens, gent-is, race, nation. 

Translate into English. 

Prudentiorem vidi nemingm quam Marium, Komanorum 
duc^m. Liipi sunt canibus fgrociores. Nulla rggio est 
Gallia fgracior. Nihil est jure jurando (§ 45) sanctiiis. 
Equiis est bovS velocior. German! fuerunt Galiis fgroci- 
ores. Nullum belliim est bello civili fttrocius. Nemo Eo- 
manorum sanctior fuit quam Cato. Consul gentem feroci- 
orem nullam videbit quam Helvetios. Caesar in exercitu 
fortiorgm hab£t neminem quam Lucius. Auriim gr&viiis 
est quam argentum. Ferriim est auro diirius. Nihil 
incertiiis est quam vita humana. Agricola canem quam 
ltipum f grociorgm habuit. Equites quam pgdites sunt ve- 
lociores. 

* For the Gen. and AbL, nullius hSminis and nullo h5min& must be 
used. 






COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 101 

Translate into Latin. 

The general is braver than the soldiers. The consuPs 
son will be more prudent than his father. No nation was 
braver than the Helvetians. The king's messengers are 
swifter than horses. Lions are fiercer than dogs. Nothing 
is more sacred than the oath of a good man. A good man's 
promise is more sacred than a wicked man's oath. The Bel- 
gians were a braver race than the Gauls. No general was 
more prudent than Caesar. The king's garden is more fer- 
tile than the farmer's field. Iron is harder than silver. 
Silver is not heavier than gold. The general is not more 
prudent than the centurion. 

EXERCISE XXXII. 
§ 71. The Partitive Genitive is used with Comparatives 
and Superlatives ; as, fortibr duorum frdtrum, the braver 
of the two brothers ; fortissimus militum, the bravest of 
the soldiers. 

Vocabulary. 

Jura, -ae (mase.), Jura (a mountain). Ira, -ae, anger, wrath. 

Italia, -ae, Italy. noster, -tra, -trum, our. 

Roma, -ae, Borne. 

Translate into English. 

Jura, mons altissimus (§ 68, Rem. Jf). Helvetios una ex 
parte continet. Imperator fortissimos militum lau davit. 
Judex iniqutis quam latro est turpior. Velitum velocis- 
simi omnes sil varum tramites exploravgrant. Prudentior 
duorum imperatorum copias hostium fugabit. Fortissimi 
centurionum magnitudinem periculi timebant. Orgetorix 
fuit Helvetiorum nobilissimus. Nostroriim (§ 60, Rem.) 
impetus fortissimos hostium perterruerat. Jugurtha, hom§ 
improbissimus, fratres trucidavit. Vuln&ra militum fuerunt 
gravissima. 
9* 



102 IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 

Translate into Latin. 

The bravest of the enemy did not sustain the attack of 
our horsemen. The Rhine, a very broad river, keeps in the 
Helvetians on one side. The wicked king had slain the no- 
blest of the hostages. The consul will lay waste the most 
fertile states of Gaul. On the third day the general moved 
his camp into the most fertile part of the province. The 
most wicked of men fear the wrath of God. The greatness 
of the danger frightened the bravest of our soldiers. The 
general is wiser than the king's ambassadors. One of the 
enemy wounded Lucius, a very brave man, with a stone. 
Davus is the most faithful of all the slaves. Rome is the 
noblest city of Italy. 

IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 

§72. 1. Adjectives in -%r form the Superlative by 
adding -rimus ; as, pulcher, beautif ill, puhhri&r, pulcher- 
rimus. 

2. Six Adjectives in -itis form their Superlative by 
adding -limus to the stem after dropping the character- 
istic -t; e. g., facilis (stem faclti-, -I dropped), facil-itir, 
faeil-limus. 



Facil-is, 


facil-ior, 


facil-limus, 


easy. 


Difficil-is, 


difficil-ior, 


difficil-limils, 


difficult 


Graeil-is, 


gracil-ior, 


gracil-limus, 


slender. 


Humil-is, 


humil-ior, 


humil-limus, 


low. 


Siinil-is, 


simil-ior, 


simil-linms, 


like. 


Dissimil-is, 


dissimil-ior, 


dissimil-lmms, 


unlike. 



Imbecillus or imbecittts, weak, has two forms, imbeeil- 
lissimus and (rarely) imbecillimus. 

Vetus. old, has the Comparative vUustitir (archaic form, 
vZterior), Superlative veterrimus. Ifdturus, ripe, has Su- 
perlative usually mdturisdmuSy less frequently mdturrtmus* 






IBBEGULAR COMPARISON. 



103 



3. Compound Adjectives ending in -dictis, -ficus, and 
-vdlus, together with 8genus and provldus, form the Com- 
parative and Superlative by adding -entidr and -entissirnus 
to the stem [characteristic dropped) ; as, ben£vdlus, benev- 
olent, bZn&vdlentidr, b&neivdlentissimus. 

4. The folloAving have regular Comparatives, but 
irregular Superlatives : 

Dexter, dexterior, dextimus, right (as opposed to left), 

Exterus, exterior, extremus or extimiis, outward. 

Posterus, posterior, postremus or postumus, coming after, next, 

Inf erus, inferior, inf imus or imus, below. 

Superus, superior, supremus or summiis, above. 

Remark. — Of the Positive forms of these Adjectives, exter is 
rare in the Singular; inftrum and suptrum occur in neuter Sing., 
generally with mart (e. g., mcife" inferum, the Lower, i. e., the 
Tuscan Sea, opp. to mare superum, the Upper, i. e., Adriatic 
Sea) ; posterus occurs in the Singular chiefly in expressions of 
time (e. g., postero die, on the next day) ; but exter, posterus, i?i- 
flrus, and superus are common in the Plural, especially as 
Nouns; exteri, foreigners; poster!, posterity; super!, the gods 
above; and infer!, the dead, or those below. 

5. The following form the Comparative and Superla- 
tive on a different stem from that of the Positive : 



Bonus, 


melior, 


optimus, 


good, 


better, 


best. 


Maliis, 


pejor, 


pessimus, 


bad, 


worse, 


worst. 


Magnus, 


maj or, 


maximus, 


great, 


greater, 


greatest 


Parvus, 


minor, 


minimus, 


little, 


less, 


least. 


Multus, 




plurlmus, 1 












Multa, 




plurima, \ 


mucli, 


more, 


most. 




Multum, 


plus, 


plurinium, J 









6. Nequam (indecl.), worthless, has nequior, nequis- 
simus; and frugl, frugal, has frugdlidr, frugdlissimus. 

7. Plus, more, is thus declined : 



104 IRREGULAR COMPARISON, 





Singular, 


Plural. 






Neut. 


Masc. and Fern. 


Neut. 


Norn. 


plus, 


plures, 


plura, 


Gen. 


phirts, 


plurium, 


plurium, 


T)a+ 




plurtbus, 


plurtbus, 


UaAj, 




Ace. 


plus. 


plures, 


plura, 


V oc. 
A hi 




pluribus ; 


plurtbus. 


.cxul. 





Complures, a great many, is found only in the Plural, 
and is declined like plures, except in the neuter Nom- 
inative and Accusative, where we sometimes find com- 
pluriii, but generally complura. 

EXERCISE XXXIII. 
§ 73. The Partitive Genitive is frequently used with 
neuter Adjectives, such as multum, plus, iriiiiimum y pluri- 
mum, etc.; as, multum auri, much gold. 

Translate into English. 

Principes Gall drum Caesaris exercitui plurimtim frumenti 
praebuerunt. Cives in domibus multum auri habent. Min- 
imum virtutis est in judice iniquo. Agricolae plus frumenti 
habent quam auri. Iter per Alpes difTicillimum est. Mag- 
ister optimos pueroriim laudabit. Caesar maximus fuit im- 
peratorum Rdmanoriim. Multum cibi conigdonem delectat. 
Reglnae filia est pulcherrima. Agricolae boves pigerrimi 
sunt. Pastor minimos agnorum non totondit. 

Translate into Latin. 

The great whirlwinds will dash in pieces very many of 
the ships. The poet's daughter is the most beautiful of all 
the girls. The greatest city in Italy is Rome. The soldiers 
will bring much corn into the city. The commander will 



DEFECTIVE COMPARISON. 105 

remain in the camp the whole winter. The consul's soldiers 
demanded gold from the citizens. The citizens gave (to) 
the consul's soldiers more (of) wounds than (of) gold. The 
general called together the greatest of the chiefs. Caesar 
was a greater general than Crassus. 

DEFECTIVE COMPAEISON. 

§ 74. 1. The following Adjectives want the Positive : 

Citerior (citra), citimiis, nearer. Potior, potissimus, better. 

Deteridr (de), deterrimus, Prior (prae), primus, former. 

worse. Propior (prope), proximus, 

Interior (intra), intimns, inner. nearer. 

Ocior, ocisslmiis, swifter. Ulterior (ultra), uMimxis, further. 

Note. — As will be seen from the words in parenthesis, the Positive 
stem is generally to be found in a corresponding Preposition or Ad- 
verb. The Positive of ocior is wanting ; that of potior is potts, able, 
rarely declined, and used only in poetry, chiefly in the expression 
potis or pote est (whence possum). 

2. The following have no terruinational Comparative, 
but prefix magis, more : 

Bellas, bellissimiis, pretty. Meritus, meritissimus (very 

Consultus, consultissirnus, rare), deserving. 

skilful. Novus, novissimus, new. 

Falsiis, falsissimus, false. Par, parissimus (very rare), 

Fldus, fidissimiis, faithful. equal. 

Inclutus, inclutissimus, re- Persuasus, persuasissimiim 

nowned. (neuter), persuaded. 

Invictus, invictissimus, invin- Pius, piissimus, pious. 

cible. Sacer, sacerrimus, sacred. 

Invitiis,invitissimus, unwilling. Vafer, vaferrimus, crafty. 

3. The following have no terminational Superlative, 
but for the most part prefix maxime, most : 

Adulescens, adulescentior, Arcanus, arcanior, secret. 

^ young. Ater, atrior, black. 

Agrestis, agrestior, rustic Caecus, caecior, blind. 

Alacer, al5crior, active. Deses, desidior, inactive. 



106 THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. 

Diuturniis, diuturnidr, lasting. Scllutaris, s&lutarior, salutary, 

ExISlS, exilidr, meagre. Satis, sufficient; satiilS, prefer- 
Infinitus, inflnltior, unlimited. able. 

Ingens, ingentior, great. Satiir, sSturior, full. 

Jejuniis, jejnnior, hungry. Segnis, segnior, slow, lingering. 

Juvenls, junior, young. Senex, senior, old. 

iilcens, licentior, unrestrained. Serus, serior, late. 

Longinquiis,longinquidr,ofoV Silvestris, silvestrior, woody. 

tant. Sinister, sinisterior, left. 

Obliquiis, obllquior, oblique. Suplnus, suplnior, lying on the 
Oplmus, oplmior, rich. back. 

Proclivis, proclivior, sloping. Surdus, surdior, deaf. 

Pronus, pronior, bending down. Teres, teretior, round. 

Propinquus, propinquior, Tempestivus, tempestlvior, 

near. seasonable. 

Protervus, protervior, violent. Vlciniis, vicinior, neighboring. 

and many Verbals in -Wis. 

Remarh 1. — The Superlative of juvenis and ddulescens is sup- 
plied by minimus ndtu, youngest ; and that of slnex by maximus 
ndtu, oldest. The Comparatives, minor ndtu and major ndtu, 
occur rarely. 

4. Adjectives in -'us, preceded by a Vowel, except those 
in -quits, form the Comparative and Superlative by pre- 
fixing magis, more, and maxime, most; as, idoneus, magis 
idoneus, maxime idoneus, fit, more fit, most fit. This is 
especially the case with Derivatives in -bundus, -icus, 
-inus, -wus, -orus, -timus, -ulus, -alis or -arts, and (from 
Substantives) in -cttus and -itus. 

THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS OF 

VERBS. 

§ 75. 1. Verbs whose stem ends in a Consonant, insert 

£ (short) before -re of the Present Infinitive, and belong 

to the Third Conjugation; as, rZg-e-rg, to rule. 

Note. — In all tenses formed on the Present-stem in this Conjuga- 
tion, we find a connecting Vowel inserted after the final Consonant of 
the stem ; as ; reg-i-t, he rules. 



INDICATIVE ENDINGS OF VERBS. 107 

2. Verbs that have the stem-vowel I (long) before -r£ 
of the Present Infinitive, belong to the Fourth Conjuga- 
tion ; as, audi-re', to hear. 

3. Indicative Tense-Endings. 
The Tense-endings are the same for both Conjugations, 
save that in the Present Indicative of the Third Conju- 
gation the connecting-vowel i (which is absorbed by the 
final Vowel of the stem in the Fourth Conjugation) ap- 
pears in full. 

This connecting Vowel % in the Present tense is here, for conve- 
nience, put in parenthesis in presenting the Tense-ending, but else- 
where it is always written out in full. 

ON THE PEESENT-STEM. 

Present. 
Sing, 1st Person, -6, 

2d " -(i)s, 

3d " -(i)t, 
Plur. 1st Person, -(i)mus, 

2d " -(i)tis, 

3d " -u-nt. 

4. By adding these endings to the stems reg- y rule, and 
audi-, hear (stem-vowel I- shortened before another Vowel, 
and before -t in the third person Sing, of the Present), we 
have — 

PAETIAL PAEADIGM.— INDICATIVE MOOD, THIED 
CONJUGATION. 



Imperfect. 


Future. 


-e-ba-m, 


-am, 


-e-ba-s, 


-e-s, 


-e-ba-t, 


-e-t, 


-e-ba-m us, 


-e-mus, 


-e-ba-tTs, 


-e-tis, 


-e-ba-nt. 


-e-nt. 



Present. 


Imperfect. 


Future. 


I rule. 


I was ruling. 
Singular. 


I shall or will rule 


r3g-6, 


reg-e-ba-m, 


rgg-a-m, 


reg-i-s, 


reg-e-ba-s, 


reg-e-s, 


reg-i-t, 


reg-e-ba-t, 


reg-e-t, 



108 



INDICATIVE ENDINGS OF VEKBS. 



Present. 


Imperfect. 


Future. 


I rule. 


/ was ruling. 
Plural. 


I shall or will rule. 


regi-mus, 


reg-e-ba-mus, 


rgg-e-mtis, 


reg-i-tis, 


reg-e-ba-tls, 


rgg-e-tts, 


reg-u-nt. 


reg-e-ba-nt. 


r£g-e-nt. 


INDICATIVE 


MOOD, FOUKTH 


CONJUGATION. 


Present. 


Imperfect. 


Future. 


/ hear. 


I was hearing. 
Singular. 


I shall or will hear. 


audi-o, 


audi-e-ba-m, 


audi-a-m, 


audi-s, 


audi-e-ba-s, 


audi-e-s, 


audi-t, 


audi-e-ba-t, 
Plural. 


audi-g-t, 


audi-mus, 


audi-e-ba-m us, 


audi-e-mus, 


audi-tis, 


audi-e-ba-tTs, 


audi-e-tTs, 


audi-u-nt. 


audi-e-ba-nt. 


audi-e-nt. 



5. The endings of the tenses formed on the Perfeet- 
stem are the same in all Conjugations. The Perfect- 
stern* is variously formed in the Third Conjugation ; in 
the Fourth it is formed by adding -v to the Present-stem ; 
as, Present-stem, audi-; Perfect-stern, audiv-; e.g., audiv-i, 
I have heard. 

6. The Supine-stem is formed, as in the other Conju- 
gations, by adding -t to the Present-stem; as, duc-grg, 
duc-£-um; audi-r&, audi-^-iim. In the Third Conjugation 
this t is frequently changed into s for euphony ; as, ca- 
d8r£, to fall; ca-s-um (for c&d-t-imi, d dropped before t, 
and t changed into s).f 



* See App. VI., § 257. 



f Ibid., I 257, 2, and \ 260, 2. 



ADJECTIVES. 109 

EXEECISE XXXIV. 

§ 76. Vocabulary. 

vallum, -i, rampart. tertius, -a, -urn ($ 63, 1, b), third. 

castellum, -l, tower. de {Prep, with Abl.), about, concerning ; 

ftir, fur-is (g 39, Bern. 2), thief. ef time, at, in, during ; de tertia vi- 

f Inis, -is (§ 33, Rem. 5, Exc. 2), gilia, at or during the third watch. 

boundary, end. t erg iim, -l, back. 
vigilia, -ae, watch. 

reg-o, reg-e-re, rex-i, rect-um, to rule. 

duc-5, duc-e-re, dux-i, duct-um, to lead. 

e-diic-o, e-duc-e-re, e-dux-i, e-duct-iim, to lead out. 

re-duc-o, re-diic-e-re, re-dux-i, re-diict-um, to lead bach. 

vert-o, vert-e-re, vert-i, vers-um, to turn. 

muni-o, muni-re, muniv-i, munit-um, to fortify. 

puni-o, piini-re, puniv-i, punit-uin, to punish. 

sci-o, scl-re, sciv-i, scit-iim, to know. 



Translate into English. 

Deus omnia regit. Imperator magnus civitates multas 
rexit. Consul annos multos (§ 66, 2) provinciam rexerat. 
Constilis frater exercitus rei publicae clucet. Princeps ferox 
plebem omnem ad belliini ducebat. Caesar de tertia vigilia 
e castris exercitum eduxit. Marius nostros ad victoriam 
diixerat. Hostes terga verter^. Fiires latronesque vultum 
regis timent. Imperator castra valid fossaque munivit. 
Princeps priidens omnia Helvetioriim oppida muniet. Ma- 
rius consul exercitum ad nrbem reduxit. Principes Thraciim 
castella multa munient. Rex fiires latronesque puniebat. 
Dominus plgros servos punit. Daviis nihil scit de legibiis 
rei publicae. 

Translate into Latin. 

The centurion has led back many of the brave soldiers. 

All the horsemen of the enemy are turning their backs. 

The boy rules his horse with the bridle. Our men knew 

nothing about the journey of the enemy. Caesar was lead- 

10 



110 PBONOUNS. 

ing the whole army through the boundaries of the Aeduans, 
The consul will lead out the army from the town during the 
third watch. The great king will punish many thieves and 
robbers. The prudent general had fortified his camp with a 
rampart and ditch. One of the consuls has led the Romans 
to victory. 



PRONOUNS. 



§77. 1. Pronouns may be divided into Substantive 
and Adjective Pronouns. 

2. Substantive Pronouns are Personal and Reflexive ; 
as, Zgb, I ; tu, thou ; and (the Reflexive) sui, of himself, 
herself, themselves. They are called Personal Pronouns, 
because 8gd denotes the speaker, and tu the person spoken 
to. The Personal Pronoun denoting the person spoken 
of is wanting in Latin, its place being supplied by the 
Demonstratives te, ill%, and hie, and, where reference is 
made to the Subject of the sentence or clause, by the ob- 
lique cases of sul. 

3. Adjective Pronouns embrace — 

1. Possessive; as, metis, tuiis, suus, etc. 

2. Demonstrative; as, hie, iste, is, ille, including the Intensive 
ips£, and idem, the same. 

3. Relative; as, qui, quae, quSd. 

4. Interrogative ; as, quis or qui, quae, quid or qu5d. 

5. Indefinite; as, aliquis, aliqua, illiquid, etc. 

6. Correlates, embracing Pronouns, Pronominal Adjectives, 
etc., which answer to one another in form and meaning. 



SUBSTANTIVE PRONOUNS. 

§78. The Substantive Pronouns are thus declined : 



SUBSTANTIVE PKONOTJNS. Ill 

Personal. Eeflexive. 

Singular. 

N. 8go, I. tu, thou. 

G. mei, of me. tui, of thee. sul, of himself her- 

self itself 

D. miht, to me. tibi, to thee. sibl, to himself etc. 

Ace. me, me. te, thee. se, himself etc. 

V. tu, £/iow. 

Abl. me, with me. te, with thee. se, w#/i himself etc. 



Plural. 
N. nos, we. vos, ye or yow. 



_, f nostrum ) vestrum 1 • „ , 

G - {or nostri, j°/ w - or vestri, K^ suT ' ^ ^^ 
D. nobis, to us. vobls, to yow. sTbt, to themselves. 
Ace. nos, m vos, you. se, themselves. 

V. vos, ye or you. 

Abl. nobis, with us. vobls, with you. se, with themselves. 

Remark 1. — The Nominatives Zgo, tu, nos, vos are expressed 
with the Verb only for the sake of emphasis or contrast ; as, 
<tgo equito, ambulds tu, I am riding, you are walking ; nos voca- 
bdmus, respondistis vos, we were calling, ye answered. 

Remark 2. — The enclitic -met is annexed, for emphasis, to all 
the forms of the Substantive Personal Pronouns (except tu, 
nostrum, and vestrum) ; and also to the forms of the Reflexive 
(including its derivative suits) ; sese is frequently used for se, 
being more emphatic; also tute 1 and tutemet for tu. 

Remark 3. — The forms nostri and vestri are properly the Gen- 
itive Singular neuter of the Possessives noster and vester, and 
denote one whole, without reference to its parts : they are al- 
most always Objective; as, odium vestri, hatred of (to) you. The 
Subjective Genitive is generally represented by the Possessive 
Pronoun; as, odium vestrum, your hatred (the hatred which 
you feel). Nostrum and vestrum are generally Partitive Gen- 
itives ; as, quls vestrum f With omnium always use nostrum and 



112 SUBSTANTIVE PRONOUNS. 

vesirum; as, nostrum omnium parens, the parent of us all, — not 
nbstrl omnium. 

Remark 4- — Sul is called Reflexive, because it refers to the 
leading Subject of the sentence; as, puer sese laudat, the boy 
praises himself. But where no ambiguity can arise, sul some- 
times refers to some other word than the leading Subject; as, 
praedicant cbnsultm sese laudare*, they declare that the consul is 
praising himself. 

Remark 5. — The Substantive Personals take the gender of the 
Nouns for which they stand. 



EXERCISE XXXV. 

§79. 1. Rule of Syntax. — If the Subject consist of 
more than one, the Verb is Plural. If the Nomina- 
tives be of different persons, the Verb takes the first per- 
son rather than the second, and the second rather than 
the third ; as, 8gd et tu (= nos) valemus, you and I are 
well ; tu %t CicZrU (= vds) vdletis, you and Cicero are well. 

2. Rule of Position. — The Preposition cum is always 
put after the Ablative of the Substantive Pronouns ; as, 
meeum, with me ; seeum, with himself. 

3. Rule of Position. — The Substantive Personal Pro- 
nouns, when connected by Conjunctions to other, words, 
stand first ; as, tu %t rex, you and the king. 

Ego always precedes ; as, %gd %t rex, the king and I ; 
8gd et tu, you and I. 

4. Rule of Position. — Contrasted words are put as 
near together, or as far apart, as possible. Nos 
equitainus, anibulatis vds; or, equitamus nos, vds am- 
btilatis. 

5. Omnes in vied puh*%, all the boys in the village. 
(Observe that %n vied is placed between omnes and 
pu&rl.) 



POSSESSIVE PKONOUNS. 113 

Translate into English. 

Nos* equitabimus, ambiilabitis vos. In urbe 1 magnam 
multitudinem hominum videbis. Ego et pater in regis 
horto eenabimus. Tu et Lucius nobiscum manebitis. Ego 
£t CicerO pueris libros dabamtis. Rex Thracum tibl multum 
auri dabit. Reginae nuntius mini viam monstrabit. Tu £t 
Tullius mecum ambulabatis. Ancilla sibi ni&dicmam para- 
verat. Imperator fortis multos captivos seeum ducet. Con- 
sul mercatores omnes ad se convocaverat. Poetae carmina 
audienms. Sapiens sese non laudat. Ego et tu apiid Tul- 
liiim cenabamus. Improbi sese timent. Puer bonus in 
urbem nos ducet. Davus, Catonis servus, sese cultro vul- 
neravit. 

Translate into Latin. 

In a great city we see many. men. (My) father and I 
sustained the attack of the enemy many hours (§ 66, 2). In 
a short time Lucius and I will have given books to all the 
boys. I rode, youf walked. You and Tully will remain 
many days with us. The general has given (to) one of the 
soldiers much silver and gold. Wise men do not praise 
themselves. We shall hear the songs of the great poet. 
We have punished all the thieves in the province. I have 
held the fierce bull by the horns. The wicked king does 
not rule himself. Ye have walked five thousand paces 
(§ 66, 2). 

ADJECTIVE-PERSONAL, OR POSSESSIVE, 
PRONOUNS. 

§ 80. From the Substantive Pronouns are derived the 
Adjective-Personal, or Possessive, Pronouns, so called be- 

* See model of Analysis 3 (App. X.). 

f You will be translated by tu when it refers to one ; by vos, when it 
means more than one. 
10* 



114 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 

cause they are Adjectives and denote possession. They 

are — 

From met, metis, meS, meum, my, mine. 

(Voc. masc. mi, rarely meiis.) (Like bonus.) 
From tui, tuns, tua, tiutm, thy, thine, your. (Like bdnus.) 
From sul, sims, sua, suum, his, her, its, their, his own, her 

own, its own, their own. (Like bonus.) 
From nostri, noster, nostra, nostrum, our, ours. (Like put- 

cher.) 
From vestri, vester, vestra, vestriim, your, yours. (Like pul- 

cher.) 

Remark 1. — The emphatic suffixes -mlt and -ptl are sometimes 
added to the Possessive Pronouns, especially in the Ablative Sin- 
gular ; rarely in the Genitive Singular and Accusative Plural. 
The enclitic -pre with the Ablative of suits is especially common ; 
as, sudpte pondere, by its own, weight. 

Remark 2. — Suits, like sul, is always reflexive, referring to the 
Subject of the sentence in which it stands. But a sentence may 
be so constructed that the natural Subject becomes the Object; 
thus, instead of hie a dvtbus suis ex urb% ejectus est (this man 
was expelled from the city by his own citizens), we find hunc 
elves sul ex urbt ejecerunt (his own citizens expelled this man 
from the city). 

Remark 3. — While sul refers to the leading Subject, suits refers 
to the Subject of the sentence in which it stands. Ariovistus 
rkspondit nemme'm secitm siri& sua pernicie contendissst, Ariovistus 
replied that no one had contended with him without his own 
destruction. (Here secum refers to Ariovistus, and sua to ne- 
miiikm.) 

EXERCISE XXXVI. 

§ 81. 1. Questions expecting the answer Yes or No are 
asked in Latin by means of the interrogative particles 
-n^ nonnZ, num. 

2. The enclitic -n& asks for information, and is always 
added to the emphatic word. It is not translated. The 



POSSESSIVE PKONOUNS. 115 

answer may be Yes or No. Tu-n% scribfe ? are you writ- 
ing? Pater tuiis tibi equtini d&dit-n£f has your father 
given you a horse f 

Remark. — When added to the Verb, -rib is sometimes nearly 
equivalent to nonrie, and expects an affirmative answer; as, 
meministi-ne' me dlctrlt you remember my saying, don't you? 

3. Num stands at the beginning of the sentence, and 
expects the answer No. It is not translated. Niim tu 
patr&ni tuiim necavisti? have you murdered your own 
father? 

4. Nonn8 (placed at or near the beginning of the sen- 
tence) expects the answer Yes. Nonng epistftlam scrip- 
sisti? have you not written the letter? 

5. The answer Yes is expressed in Latin by repeating 
the Predicate; as, "Have you seen the king? Yes." 
Vidisti-n% reg&m? Vidi. No is expressed by repeating 
the Predicate with non: "Have you seen the king? 
No." Vidisti-ne reg%m? Non vidi. Hence Questions 
expecting the answer Yes or No are called Predicative 
Questions. 

Vocabulary. 

cubiculiim, -I, bedchamber. salus, salutis, safety. 

cantus, -us, singing. tuae salutis causa, for the sake of 

vox, voc-is, voice. your own safety. 

scrib-6, -e-re, scrip s-i, scrip t-um, to write. 

con-scrib-o, -e-re, conscrips-i, conscript-iim, to levy, enroll. 

relinqu-o, -e-re, reliqu-i, relict-iim, to leave. 

veni-o, -I-re, ven-i, vent-um, to come. 

dormi-S, -i-re, dormiv-i, dormlt-um, to sleep. 

Translate into English. 

Audis-nS vocem patris mei ? * Nonne magnitiido opgris 
consilium sapientem tardabit? Nonng filii impgratoris in 

* See mode] of Analysis 4 ( A pp. X.). 



116 DEMONSTKATIVE PRONOUNS. 

castris dormiebant? Niim serviis tuiis totam noctem in 
silva mansit? Vidisti-ng magnum ovium greg£m in agro 
meo ? Tu-nS regem nostrum vidisti ? Nostri (§ 60, Rem.) 
totiim diem impgtum hostium sustinuerant. Vestrae saliitis 
causa vos monui. Tuae saliitis causa in urbem te diixi. 
Audies-ne can turn avium ? Niim consul tres legion es parvo 
in vico conscripsit? Pulchra puella manu. sua epistolam 
scrlbet. Veuiet-ng in urbem imperator magnus cum omni- 
bus copiis ? Conscripsit-ne' Caesar legiones duas in provin- 
cia ? Mater improba suam f Iliam veneno necavit. Mariiis, 
dux Romanus, omnes copias suas ex hlbernis ediixerat. 
• 

Translate into Latin. 

Will the beautiful queen write the whole letter with her 
own hand ? Will a kind father murder his own children ? 
No. Will a wise king break the laws of the state? Shall 
we sup with (apud) Tully's son-in-law ? Will not the brave 
general lead the forces of the republic to victory? Yes. 
Has your father seen my slave in his garden ? Were your 
slaves carrying heavy burdens through the city ? Our kind 
brother will advise us for the sake of our own safety. Will 
not the good shepherd defend all his own sheep from dogs 
and wolves ? Yes. Thou shalt sleep in the little bedcham- 
ber. Will a brave general leave his army in the boundaries 
of the enemy ? We shall hear the voice of the general. 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 

§ 82. 1. Demonstratives are so called because they are 
used to point out; as, ille puer, that boy; haec silva, this 
forest. 

2. They are illg, iste, hie, is (with their compounds), 
and ipse, and are thus declined: 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 117 

Hie, ilia, illud. 

(Stem illo-, ilia-, illo-*) 

Singular, 
Masc. Fern. Neut. 

Nom. ille, ilia, illud, 

Gen. illms, illius, illms, 

Dat. ill!, ill!, ill!, 

Ace. ilium, illam, illud, 

Voc. 
Abl. 



illo; 


ilia ; 


illo; 




Plural. 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


ill!, 


illae, 


ilia, 


illorum, 


illarum, 


illorum, 


ill!s, 


illis, 


illis, 


illos, 


illas, 


ilia, 



Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Voc. 

Abl. ill!s. ill!s. ill!s. 

Iste (stem isto-, ista-, isto-) is declined like ilU. 







Htc, haec, hoc. 






(Stem 


ho-, ha-, ho-.) 










Singular. 






Masc. 




Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


htc, 




haec, 


hoc, 


Gen. 


hujus, 




hujus, 


hujus, 


Dat. 


hu!c, 




huic, 


hu!c, 


Ace. 


hunc, 




hanc, 


hoc, 


Voc. 










Abl. 


hoc: 




hac ; 


hoc: 



118 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 

Plural. 

Masc. Fern. Nent. 

hae, haec, 

harum, horum, 

his, his, 

has, haec, 



Nom. 


hi, 


Gen. 


horurn, 


Dat. 


his, 


Ace. 


hos, 


Voc. 




Abl. 


his. 



his. his. 

Remark 1. — Hide is to be pronounced as a monosyllable. As 
dissyllable it belongs to a late period. 

Is, ea, id. 

(Stem -l and eo-.) 
Singular. 

Masc. Fern. Neut. 

Nom. is, ea, id, 

Gen. ejus, ejus, ejus, 

Dat. el, el, el, 

Ace. eum, earn, id, 



Voc. 

Abl. eo; ea; eo; 

Plural. 

Masc. Fern. Neut. 

Nom. if, eae, ea, 

Gen. eorum, earum, eorum, 

Dat. ils (or els), ils (or els), ils (or els), 

Ace. eos, eas, ea, 

Voc. 



Abl. ils (or eis). ils (or els). ils (or els). 

Bemarh 2. — The Dative and Ablative Plural in els is not so 
common as ils. In the Dative Singular the e is rarely short. 

3. Istie (ist8-c%) and illle (ille-c£) are more emphatic 
than ist& and ^7/& Istlo is thus declined: 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 



119 







Singular. 






Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


istic, 


istaec, 


istoc (or istuc), 


Ace. 


istunc, 


istanc, 


istoc (or istuc), 


Abl. 


istoc ; 


istac ; 

Plural. 


istoc ; 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 




istaec, 




Ace. 






istaec. 



Ulic is declined in the same manner. 
4. The suffix -d&m is annexed to is, forming IdMi, 
"the same," which is thus declined: 



Idem, eadSm, idem 







Singular. 






Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


Idem, 


eadem, 


idem, 


Gen. 


ejusdem, 


ejusdem, 


ejusdSm, 


Dat. 


eidem, 


eidem, 


eidem, 


Ace. 


eundem, 


eandem, 


idem, 


Voc. 
Abl. 








eodem; 


eadem; 


eodem ; 






Plural. 






Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


ildem, 


eaedem, 


eadem, 


Gen. 


eorundgm, 


earundem, 


eorundem, 


Dat. 


elsdem (or ils- 


elsdem (or ils- 


elsdem (or iis 




dgm), 


dem), 


dem), 


Ace. 


eosd&m, 


easdem, 


eadem, 


Voc. 












Abl. 


elsdem (or ils- 


elsdem (or ils- 


elsdem (or iis 




dem). 


dem). 


dem). 



120 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 

EXERCISE XXXVII. 
Is, Idem. 

§ 83. 1. Is, that, is very often used as a Substantive- 
Personal Pronoun (he, she, it, they, them, etc.) of the same 
Gender with the Noun for which it stands ; as, Cicero 
multos libros serlpsit; eos (i. e. libros) UbenUr iZgo; Cic- 
ero has written many books ; I read them (i. e. the boohs) 
with pleasure. 

2. (a) His, her, its, their, will be translated by suUs 
when they refer to the Subject ; (b) if they refer to any 
other word in the sentence, they will be translated by 
the Genitive of the Demonstrative, 2s, e&, M. 

(a) Rex filium suum ad se vocat, The king calls his {own) son to him. 

(b) Rex agricolam et filium ejus The king calls the farmer and his 

ad se vocat, (the farmer's) son to him. 

Helvetii in Aeduormn fines co- The Helvetians had led over their 
pias suds transcluxerant, eo- forces into the country of the Aed- 

rumque agros pupiilabantur, nans, and were laying waste their 

(the Aeduans') fields. 

Remark 1. — An idea is repeated emphatically by U is or ntc is; 
as, una in domo, U ed angusta, in one house, and that a small one; 
unum proelium, nee id difficile, one battle, and that not a hard 
one. 

Remark 2. — Idem is often equivalent to also in English ; as, 
Cicero erdt orator idemque philosophus, Cicero was an orator, and 
also a philosopher [literally, and the same was a philosopher). 



Vocabulary. 

scriptor, -or-is, writer. praestans, -ant-is, excellent, distin- 
Ovidiiis, -I, Ovid. gui sited. 

Vergiliiis, -I, Vergil. libenter (Adv.), gladly, w itli pleasure. 

Plato, -on-is, Plato. Dumnorix, -Ig-is, Dumnorix. 

ger-o, ger-e-re, gess-i, gest-iim, to wage, carry on. 

contend-5, contend-e-re, contend-!, content-iim, to strive, to fight, to contend. 



DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 121 

Translate into English. 

Caesar hostes fiigavit, £t ab iis * obsides multos postulavit. 
Romani cum Gallis contenderunt, atqug in eorum finibus 
bellum gesserunt. Rex mercatores onines ad se convocavit, 
atqug iis multuni aim (§ 73) dedit. Consulis f ilia pulcher- 
rima est ; earn in urb£ vidi. Dumnorix eo (that) tempore 
(§ 66, 1) in Germania bellum gerebat. In eodem oppido 
multi milites fuerunt. Tullius eundgm servtim ad se voca- 
bit. Eodem die impgrator clariis ad castra venit. Ovidhis 
£t Vergilius sunt poetae clarissimi ; opera eorum libenter 
legimus. Caesar Labieniim et ejus f Ilium in Gallia reli- 
querat. Poetae opera sua laudant. Poeta clariis inipera- 
torem amat et ejus virtutem laudabit. Pater tuus filiam 
suam amat, £t ejus liberis multum argent! (§73) dabit. 

Translate into Latin. 

Cicero is a very distinguished orator ; we shall hear him 
with pleasure. Plato is an excellent writer ; have you read 
all his works ? Will the queen see her son and his daughter 
in our city ? The king will not leave Tully and his (Tul- 
ly's) son in the city. A wise man does not carry all his 
gold with him, In one day Caesar led the wmole army 
through the boundaries of the Helvetians to Lake Leman- 
nus ; on the same day he routed very great forces of the 
enemy. At that time the rains had swollen all the rivers, 
and were keeping (continere) the Germans in their own 
boundaries. The king loved his faithful slave, and gave 
him a golden necklace. Have you seen the centurion's 
beautiful daughter ? I saw her in the king's grove. Cae- 
sar was a famous general, and also (§ 83, Rem. 2) a distin- 
guished writer. 

* See model of Analysis 5 (App. X.) ? 
11 



122 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 

Hie, Iste, Ille. 

§ 84. 1. Hie, haec, hoc, this, points out a thing near 
the speaker in place or time, and is sometimes called the 
Demonstrative of the First Person; as, hie l%b%r, this book 
(near me) ; hoe die, on this day. 

2. Iste, ista, istud, this, that, points out a thing near 
the person spoken to, and is sometimes called the Demon- 
strative of the Second Person ; as, iste liblr, that book (of 
yours). 

3. Ill£, ill!, illCd, that, points out a thing remote 
from the speaker, and is often called the Demonstrative of 
the Third Person; as, UU libZr, that book (yonder). 

Remark 1. — Htc — Hit, and Hit — htc, are translated the former 
— the latter y the one — the other, etc.; as, Caesar erat Ciceroni 
aequalis : htc imperator clams ; Hit praestans erat 6rat5r ; Cae- 
sar was contemporary with Cicero : the former was a famous gen- 
eral; the latter, a distinguished orator. But htc generally stands 
after ille, and refers to the latter person or thing, Hit to ih.e former. 

Remark 2. — Htc and Hit are sometimes used like %s as Sub- 
stantive Personals (he, him, etc.), though generally more em- 
phatic. 

Remark 3. — Htc often refers to what follows ; as, Gallbrum 
oppugndtio est haec, the mode of attack among the Gauls is as 
follows. lilt is sometimes used in the same way. 

Remark 4- — Istt often implies contempt; as, istt hdmo, that 
fellow. 

Remark 5. — lilt often points out something well known or 
distinguished; as, Hit Pittacus, the well-known Pittacus. 

Remark 6. — Htc is compounded of the stem ho- and the De- 
monstrative enclitic -ct (here); hence the -c, retained (after 
dropping -t) in most forms, but lost in others. In early Latin 
we find the full form, htct, etc. Often, however, -ct is added for 
emphasis to the forms that have not preserved the -c; hujusct, 
hosct, etc. Before the interrogative enclitic -nt, -ct is changed 
to ct; htcmt, hoscint. (See also § 82, 3.) 



INTENSIVE PRONOUN. 123 

EXERCISE XXXVIII. 

Translate into English. 

Hie serviis dominum amat. Haec epistola sororem meam 
(lelectabit. Hoc bellum civile gravissimum &t atrocissimum 
est. Hie puer bonus, illS est improbus. Hie miles omnium 
est fortissimus. Ist£ tuiis equxis pulchrum animal est. Ista 
tua oratio r£in publicam servavit. Istg-ng nos puniet ? IllS 
bos magna cornua habet. Illos milites in castra ducemiis. 
Equites omnes ad illiid oppidum festmant. Hie pastor bo- 
nus grgg&n servabit. 

Translate into Latin. 

This good master gives food to all his slaves. That dove 
of yours will fly through the thick woods. Those dogs of 
yours will frighten all the boys in the village. That fierce 
lion has torn in pieces many sheep and cows. This excel- 
lent orator will delight the common people with his speech. 
That maid-servant of yours will prepare medicine for the 
queen and her (the queen's) daughters. Will you give that 
beautiful horse to my father ? Has the king punished all 
the thieves and robbers in this city? These horsemen will 
urge on their horses with spurs. 



INTENSIVE PRONOUN. 

§ 85. The Demonstrative Pronoun ipsfi (& and the 
emphatic suffix -ps%), ipsA, ipsOm, himself, herself, itself, 
is sometimes called Intensive, because it makes the word 
to which it is added more emphatic; as, regSm ipstim 
vidi, I have seen the king himself; in ipsis fluminis ripis, 
on the very banks of the river. 



124 



INTENSIVE PRONOUN. 







Ipse 


ipsa, ipsum. 






(Stem ipso-, ips&-, ipso-.) 










Singular. 






Masc. 




Fem. 


Neut. 


Norn. 


ipsS, 




ipsa, 


ipsum, 


Gen. 


ipslus, 




ipslus, 


ipslus, 


Dat. 


ipsT, 




ipsi, 


ipsi, 


Ace. 


ipsum, 




ipsam, 


ipsum, 


Voc. 


ips8, 




ipsa, 


ipsum, 


Abl. 


ipso; 




ipsa; 

Plural. 


ipso ; 




Masc. 




Fem. 


Neut. 


Nom. 


ipsi, 




ipsae, 


ipsa, 


Gen. 


ipsorum 


7 


ipsartim, 


ipsorum, 


Dat. 


ipsis, 




ipsis, 


ipsis, 


Ace. 


ipsos, 




ipsas, 


ipsa, 


Voc. 


ipsi, 




ipsae, 


ips§, 


Abl. 


ipsis. 




ipsis. 


ipsis. 



H®* 1 In early writers the form ipsus is often found. 

Remark 1. — Ipse 1 , when used reflexively, agrees with the Sub- 
ject, if that is to be made especially prominent; as, Igo me ipse" 
laudo, (literally) I myself praise me (i. e. I do the praising my- 
self; others do not do it). On the other hand, ipsi agrees with 
the Object if that is to be made especially prominent ; as, me 
ipsum laudo, I praise myself (i. e. I do not praise other people). 

Remark 2. — The oblique cases of ipsi are used reflexively for 
the forms of sui and suus, to avoid ambiguity or for the sake of 
emphasis ; as, qui In ipsorum lingua Celtae appellantur, who in 
their own language are called Celts. 



EXEECISE XXXIX. 
§ 86. 1. Rule of Syntax. — The Infinitive is often used 
as a neuter Noun in the Nominative or Accusative, and 
may be the Subject of a Verb ; as, gratum est tecum am- 



INTENSIVE PRONOUN. 125 

btildrg, it is pleasant to walk with you. (Subject Infin- 
itive.) 

2. Rule of Syntax. — The Infinitive is used as a com- 
plement (filling up) with certain Verbs expressing an 
incomplete idea ; as, pdrdt helium g%rh% he is preparing 
to wage war. (Complementary Infinitive. See § 181.) 

Vocabulary. 

de (Prep, with Abl.)> about, concern- vinculum, -l, chain. 

ing. ferreus, -a, -um, of iron, iron. 

de se ipso, about one's self, about Iracundia, -ae, hasty temper. 

himself. orbis, -is (£ 33), circle. 

Alexander, -dri, Alexander. orbis terrarum, the world (the circle 
Macedonia, -ae, Macedonia. of the countries). 

inter (Prep, with Ace), between, semper (Adv.), always. 

among. faclnus, -or-is, deed, crime. 

inter se, among themselves, with one sua ($ 60, Rem.), his (own) things, his 

another. (own) property. 

praedic-o, -a-re, -av-i, at-um, to tell, to boast. 
instru-o, -e-re, instrux-I, instruct- um, to draw up. 
constitu-6, -e-re, constltu-I, constltut-um, to determine. 
ascend-o, -e-re, ascend-i, ascens-iim, to ascend. 
vinci-o, -l-re, vinx-i, vinct-iim, to bind. 
vinc-o, -e-re, vic-i, vict-um, to conquer. 

Translate into English. 

Ego ips& totam noctem vigilavl. Rex ipsg exercitum 
trlplici acie instruxgrat. Nonng regina ipsa in hac domo 
dormivit ? Decima ipsa l£gi§ magnitudinem perlcull time- 
bat. Tu-n£ te ipse laudabis ? Me ipse non laudabo. Poeta 
se ips£ laudabat. Turpe est de se ipso praedicarg. Pater 
ips£ et f Ilius suus de agri f inibus contendunt. Alexander 
magnus, rex Macedoniae, orbem terrarum vincere paraverat. 
Alexander se ipsiim non rexit. Imp£rat5r magnus suam ira- 
cundiam non regit. Difficillimum (§ 67, 3, Rem. 2) est mon- 
tem altum ascendSre. Facinus (§ 67, 3) est civem Romaniim 
11* 



126 EELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

vinclrg. Sapiens sempgr se ipsS rggit. Helvetii sua omnia 
secum portabant. 

Translate into Latin. 

Our king has determined to conquer the whole world. 
Your king is a. boy. The common people have bound our 
king with chains. These soldiers are always boasting about 
themselves. It is not very difficult to ascend a hill. Noth- 
ing is more difficult than to rule a hasty temper. Have you 
read the works of Cicero, the distinguished orator ? Will a 
father and a son contend with one another about an eagle's 
wing? No. Am I myself praising myself? Has not this 
fellow (§ 84, Rem. 4) always praised himself? It is a great 
crime to kill (one's) father. The wicked judge is preparing 
to bind Roman citizens. The common people will bind the 
judge himself. The greatness of this work will hinder Cae- 
sar himself. The general has determined to put three legions 
into winter quarters. 

EELATIVE PRONOUNS. 

§ 87. A. 1. The Pronoun qui, quae, qudd (who, which) 
is called Relative because it refers to some word or phrase 
going before, called the Antecedent 

Qui, quae, quod. 

(Stem quo- 9 qu&-, quo-.) 

Singular. 

Masc. Fern. Neut. 

Nom. qui, quae, quod, 

Gen. cujus, cujus, cujus, 

Dat. cuT, cm, cul, 

Ace. qu$m, quam, quod, 

Voc. 

Abl. quo; qua; quo; 



RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 127 





Plural. 




Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Norn, qui, 


quae, 


quae, 


Gen. quorum, 


quarurn, 


quorum, 


Dat. qutbus, 


quibus, 


quibus, 


Ace. quos, 


quas, 


quae, 


Voc. 






Abl. quibus. 


quibus. 


quibus. 


1. — Cul is to be pronounced as a monosyllable. As a dissyl 



Note 1. 
lable it belongs to a late period. 

2. The other Relatives are qudt, quails, quantus, quo- 
tus, and their compounds, with the general Relatives 
qulcumqu8 or qulcunquZ and quisqiiis, compounds of qui. 

3. The suffix -cunqu% or -cumquZ (derived from quis- 
quti) has the force of -ever or -soever. Quicunque, who- 
ever, whosoever, whatever, whatsoever, is declined like qui: 

qulcunque, quaecunquS, quodcunqug, 

cujuscunque, cujuscunque, cujuscunque, 
cu?cunqu§, cufcunque, cuicunque, etc. 

Note 2. — The suffix -cunquS may be used with any of the Relatives. 
Sometimes it is separated from the Relative by the interposition of an 
unemphatic word ; as, qua re cunquS. (Such separation of compound 
words is called tmesis.) % 

4. Quisquis, whoever, is thus declined : 

Singular. 
Masc. Fern. Neut. 

Nom. quisquTs, quidqutd (or quicquTd), 

Ace. quemquem, quidquid (or quicquTd), 

Abl. quoquo, quaqua (late), quoquo. 



Masc. 
Nom. qulqul, 
Dat. quibusqutbus, 



Plural. 



128 KELATTVE PRONOUNS. 

Remark 1. — The Demonstratives, when used as Pronouns at 
all (i. e. when they stand for a Noun), have Antecedents, with 
which they agree in gender and number ; as, CicZro multos 
libros scripsit; eos (i. e. Itbros) libenter leg®. Puella est pulcher- 
rima; earn (i. e. puelldm) m hortb vidi. 

Remark 2.— Qui is sometimes used for the Ablative Singu- 
lar of all genders, rarely for the Ablative Plural. It is espe- 
cially common in combination with the Preposition cum; as, 
quicum for quocum or quacum; also as an adverbial interrog- 
ative ; as, quly how, in what way ? e. g. qui convlnit f how is it suit- 
able t 

Remark 3. — Quels (monosyllable) and quis are sometimes used 
for quibus (rarely in Cicero, but often in other authors of the 
classical period). 

EXEKCLSE XL. 
B. 1. Propositions are either Principal or Dependent. 
A Principal Proposition makes complete sense when 
standing alone ; a Dependent Proposition does not make 
complete sense alone, but must be connected with another 
Proposition. 

2. A Proposition introduced by a Relative Pronoun is 
called a Dependent Relative Proposition. 

3. Every Relative Proposition is an Adjective, limit- 
ing the Antecedent. Thus, " The boy who studies " is 
equivalent to the "The studious boy." 

4. Eule of Syntax, — The Eelative Pronoun agrees 
with the Antecedent in gender, number, and person; 
but the case depends upon the construction of the Rel- 
ative Proposition; as, eg5 qui scrlbo, I who write; vos 
qui sciibitis, you who write; puella qudm vidi, the girl 
whom I saw. 

(Here qudm is Singular, feminine, third person, because puella is 
the same ; but Accusative, because it is the Object of the Transitive 
Verb, vidi.) 



EELATIYE PRONOUNS. 129 

Remark 1. — The Eelative takes the case which the Antece- 
dent would have in the same circumstances, and frequently 
agrees with the Antecedent repeated ; as, puelld, quam puelldm 
vldi, the girl, which girl I saw. 

5. Rule of Position.— The Preposition cum is annexed 
to the Ablative Plural of the Relative qui, and some- 
times also to the Ablative Singular; as, quibuscum. 

6. Rule of Position. — The Relative generally stands at 
the beginning of the Relative Sentence, after the Ante- 
cedent, and as near the latter as possible ; but for the 
sake of emphasis the Relative Sentence is often placed 
first. 

7. In general expressions the forms of is are often 
used merely as the antecedent of a Relative clause ; as, 
fe stultus est qui de se ipso praedicdt, he is foolish who 
boasts of himself. Hie is often used in the same way. 
Is is emphatic when it stands at the beginning of the 
Principal Sentence. 

8. When the Antecedent is indefinite, it is often omit- 
ted altogether ; as, qui tertidm partem incolunt Galll ap- 
pellantur, (those) who inhabit the third part are called 
Gauls. (Compare the English, "Who steals my purse 
steals trash ;" i. e. any one who, etc.) 

9. As an Adjective, when the Noun which it limits is 
omitted, becomes a Noun (§ 60, Rem.), so an Adjective 
Proposition becomes a Noun when the Antecedent is omit- 
ted. Qui — incdlunt, above, is the Subject of appellantur. 

Vocabulary. 

incol-o, e-re, incolu-I, to inhabit. 

divld-o, e-re, divis-i, divis-iim, to separate, divide. 

contmenter (Adv.), continually. 

trans. (Prep, with Ace.), across, over, beyond. 



130 INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 

Translate into English. 

Omnis Galliae sunt partes tres, quariim* unam incolunt 
Belgae. Trans Rheniim incolunt German!, quibuseum Bel- 
gae continents bellum gerunt. Flumen Rhenus, qui agrum 
Helvetiiim a Germanis dividit, latissimiis est atque 7 altissi- 
mus. Jura, qui una ex parte 7 Helvetios contingt, mens est 
altissimiis. Caesar legiones duas, quae in Gallia hiemabant, 
ex hibernis eduxit. Puellae pulchrae, quas in horto vidisti, 
f iliae sunt Ciceronis. R^centes imbres, qui flumina omnia 
auxerunt, opus nostrum tardabunt. Pu^r cui magister li- 
brum dMit, optimiis est pu^rorum. Agricola cujiis canis 
ancillam terruit, in urbem venit. Helvetii eos, qui leges rei 
piiblicae violant, igni cremant. Qui sua omnia secilm portat, 
non sapiens est. Qui sese non regit, est-ne is vir magnus? 

Translate into Latin. 

Caesar will hasten into the province with three legions 
which he has levied in Gaul. The centurion has divided 
his field into three parts, one of which he will give to his 
son. Have you showed to your father the letter which the 
queen wrote with her own hand ? The general had placed 
in winter-quarters the legions which he had levied in the 
province. The great river which we saw is the Rhine. Will 
not the general slay the robber who lives in the forest ? Is 
not he (is) a fool who holds (tenere) a fierce bull by the 
horns ? The fields through which we were walking are very 
fertile. (He) who boasts about himself is a fool. (He) who 
conquers himself is a brave man. 

INTERROGATIVES. 

§ 88. 1. The Interrogatives are used in asking ques- 
tions. They are — 

* See model of Analysis 5 (App. XL). 



INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 131 

Qu is (Substantive)? ) TTr7 a nri , 

rt«WA,r *• N9 \Whof Which? What? 

Qui (Adjective)? ) 

Quisnam (Substantive)? f (Stronger than gwfa and gruf.) 

^ v ,\ < Who then? Which then? What then? Who 

Quinam (Adjective)? , 

^ v J I pray ? etc. 

Uter (Substantive and Adjective) ? Which of the two ? (§ 56.) 

Also the following used adjectively : 

Qudt? How many ? (Indeclinable.) 

Quotus, -a, -um? What? (in number; as, Quota hora? What 

o'clock?) 
Quails, -e ? Of what kind ? 

Quantus, -a, -um? How great? How large? 
Quantulus, -a, -um? How small? (Diminutive.) 
ClijUS? Whose? 
Cujas (ctijatis)? Of what country? 

Remark 1. — Qui and quinam are declined like the Belative qui. 
They are almost always Adjectives, but sometimes Substantives. 

Remark 2. — Quis and quisnam are usually Substantives, but 
sometimes Adjectives. Quid is always a Substantive. 

2. Quts (qui) is thus declined : 

(Stem quo-, qua-, quo-,) 
Singular. 

Neut. 
quid (quod), 
cujus, 
cui, 
quid (quod), 





Masc. 


Fern. 


Nom. 


quts (qui), 


quae, 


Gen. 


cujus, 


cujus, 


Dat. 


cui, 


cui, 


Ace. 


quern, 


quam, 


Voc. 










Abl. 


quo; 


qua; 

Plural. 




Masc. 


Fem. 


Norn. 


qui, 


quae, 


Gen. 


quorum, 


quarum 


Dat. 


qutbus, 


qutbus, 


Ace. 


quos, 


quas, 


Voc. 








Abl. 


quibiis. 


qutbus. 



quo; 

Neut. 

quae, 

quorum, 

qutbus, 

quae, 



qutbus. 



132 INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 

Note. — Remember that, of these forms, quis (generally) and quid 
are Substantives; qui and qudd } Adjectives. Sometimes the forms 
quis and quera are feminine. 

3. The Genitive cujus, whose? is used in prae- Augustan 

writers, and once in Vergil, as an Adjective agreeing 

with the Noun, which it limits in gender, number, and 

case; as, cujum p%cus est hoof whose flock is this? It 

is thus declined : 



Norn. 

Ace. 

Abl. 


Masc. 

cujus, 
cujum, 


Singular. 
Fem. 

cuja, 

cujam, 

cuja. 


Neut. 

cujum, 


Plural. 
Fem. 

cujae 







Remark S. — The Interrogatives are often exclamatory; as, 
Quanta sunt praemid virtuUsl How great are the rewards of 
virtue ! 

EXERCISE XLI. 

Translate into English. 

Quis tecum in horto ambulabat ? Quae regio est Gallia 
(§70, 2) feracior? Qui consul est Cicerone prudentior? 
Quern hominem vidisti quam Balbum (§70, 1) turpiorem? 
Qua in terra est poeta Vergilio praestantior ? Cuja ancilla 
est haec? Regmae. Qui puer calcem Dayi lapide vulng- 
ravit ? Quid argenti (§ 73) apud te habes ? Quinam rex 
tibi aurum dabit, Dav£ ? Quisnam te v5cavit, Tulli ? (§ 24. 
Rem. 2.) Qui pastor prudens oves nigine 1 tondebit ? Cujus 
canis bovem meum momordit ? Qua in civitate 7 imperator 
legiones in hibernis collocabit? Uter pueroruin Balbum 
lapidg vulneravit? 

Translate into Latin. 

Who, pray, will show (to) us the way through the king's 
forest? What enemy will sustain the attack of our war- 
like soldiers ? What is baser than a lie ? Who gave (to) 



INDEFINITES. 133 

you that (§ 84, 2) beautiful horse of yours ? What citizens 
were with (dpud) Cicero? Who pray has called together 
all these merchants ? Which of you slept in the little bed- 
chamber ? What general will leave his army in the enemy's 
country (finis)? How great a war will the king wage with 
the nearest states ? How many legions are (there) in the 
province ? 

INDEFINITES. 

§89. 1. The Indefinites are Adjective words frequently 
used as Nouns (§ 60, Bern.). They are — 

Aliquls (Substantive), some one (I do not know who); some one or other ; 
any one; neuter, something, any thing; stronger than the simple quis. 

AliquI (Adjective), some (I do not know what); any. 

Quld&m (Substantive), some one, a certain one (implying that I know 
who, though I may not wish to say); Plural, some (unemphatic) ; neu- 
ter, something. 
(Adjective), a certain, some. 

Quispi&m (nearly equivalent to aliquls), some one, any one, some, any. 

Qillvls, ^ (Substantive), any one (where all are included), any one you 

Quilibet, f please; neuter, anything you please, 
(Adjective), any, any you please. 

Quisqu&m, any one (where all are excluded)', neuter, any thing. Almost 
always a Substantive, and used in negative sentences or sentences imply- 
ing negation. Any (where all are excluded) is expressed adjectivally 
by ullus. 

Quis (Substantive), -\ any, some; (as a Noun), any one, some one ; neuter, 

Qui (Adjective), J any thing, something ; — used especially in Relative 
Sentences, and after si, ne, nisi, num. and such Relative forms as quant 6, 
quo, and cum (qnum) ; also after the prefix ec- ; as, si quis, ne quis, 
ecquis, numquls. Except in these combinations the Indefinite quis is 
rare. Aliquls after ne, si, or a Relative, is more emphatic than quis ; 
si qiils, if any one; si aliquls, if some one. 

Quisque (Adjective), each; (Substantive), each one, every one. 

Unusquisque (stronger than quisque), each, each one, every one. 

Aliquot (indeclinable), some, a considerable number. 

Aliquantus, -a, -um, somewhat great, considerable. 

2. All these (except quisquam, aliquot y and cdiquantus) 

12 



134 



INDEFINITES. 



have quod and quid in the neuter : the qudd forms are 
Adjectives; the quid forms, Nouns. 

3. The Indefinite quts (qui) is thus declined : 

(Stem quo-, qufi-, quo-.) 

Singular. 





Masc. 


Fern. 


Neut. 


Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 


quTs (qui), 

cujus, 

cui, 


qua (or quae), 

cujus, 

cui, 


qutd (quod), 

cujus, 

cui, 


Ace. 
Voc. 
Abl. 


quern, 


quam, 


quTd (quod), 


quo; 


qua; 


quo ; 






Plural. 






Masc. 


Fein. 


Neut. 


Norn. 

Gen. 

Dat. 


qui, 
quorum, 

quibus, 


quae, 

quarum, 

quibus, 


qua (or quae), 

quorum, 

quibus, 


Ace. 
Voc. 
Abl. 


quos, 


quas, 


qua (or quae), 


quibus. 


qutbus. 


quibus. 



4. Observe that the Adjective form qui has quae or qu<% 
(latter more common) in the fern. Nominative Sing., and 
Nom. and Accus. neuter Plural ; qudd for quid in neuter 
Nom. and Accus. Singular. Indef. qui, whether Substan- 
tive or Adjective, is used only after si, ne, nisi, and num. 

5. Aliquis, both in its Substantive and Adjective form 

(aftqui), is declined like quis (qui) ; except that it always has 

tiliqua for fern. Nona. Sing.* and neut. Plural, and in the 

Dative and Ablative Plural oftener cdiquls than cdiquibus. 

Note. — As nemu sometimes stands with a Noun instead of the Adj. 
nullus, so atiquis is sometimes used instead of alxqul; as, dllquls d&iis, 

* Aliquae once in Lucretius. 



INDEFINITES. 135 

dliquXs mUus, etc. Only in the neuter Singular is the difference be- 
tween Substantive and Adjective forms observed. 

6. QwiUbet, quwls, and quidam are declined like the Rela- 
tive qui, with the addition of the quid form in the neuter : 

quilibet, quaelibSt, quodlibet (or quidlibet); 

cujusiibet, etc. 

In the forms of quidam, m passes into n before d; as, 
quenddm, quondam, quorunddm. 

7. QuisquZ, quispiam, and quisqudm are declined like 
the Interrogative quis, the first two having the quod form : 

quisque, quaequS, quodqug (or quidque), and 

cujusque, etc. [quicque ; 

quispiam, quaepiam, quodpiam, quidpiam, and 

cujuspiam, etc. [quippiam. 

Quisqudm, being almost invariably a Substantive/ wants 
the feminine, or rather the masculine includes the fem- 
inine ; but quamqudm is found in Plautus : 

quisquam, quidquam (or quicquam), 

cujusquam, etc. 

No Plural. 

8. TJnusquisque is used only in the Singular, and both 
unus and quisqu& are declined (and sometimes separated 
by intervening words) : 

unusquisque, unaquaeque, unumquodque (or quidqug), 
umuscujusque, etc. 

EXEKCISE XLIL 
§ 90. 1 . After quidam, ex with Ablative is generally 
used instead of a Partitive Genitive ; as, quidam ex nil- 
litibtis, a certain one of the soldiers. 

Vocabulary. 

in urbem pervenire, to reach the Catilina, -ae, Catiline (a Roman noble- 
city, man). 



136 INDEFINITES. 

neque (Conj.), neither, nor. aliquid novi ( Gen. Sing. neut. o/novus), 

occasiis, -us, setting. some news (§73). 

sol, sol-is, sun. hereditas, -tat-is, an inheritance. 

soils occasu. ($ 66, 1), at sunset. pecunia, -ae, money. 

mitt-o, -e-re, mis-i, miss-itm, to send. 

per-veni-o, -l-re, perven-i, pervent-um, to come through, arrive, come in. 

defen-do, -e-re, defend-i, defens-urn, to defend. 

disced-o, -e-re, discess-i, discess-urn, to depart. 

occid-o, e-re, occid-i, occis-um, to kill, cut down. 

relinqu-o, relinqu-e-re, reliqu-i, relict-um, to leave. 

Translate into English, 

Cicer§ quendam Galium ad Caesargm misit. Aliquis 
solis occasu in do mum tuam venit. Quidam ex militibus 
se suaqug (§ 60, Rem.) ab hostibiis, defendebant. Mater 
benigna unicuique' Hberorum (§ 58, 3) suoriim dat cibum. 
Nostri copias hostium fugaverg, neque quisquam omnium 
(§ 58, 3) in oppidum pervenit. Lucius in urbe aliquid novi 
audiet. Rex f Iliabus suis aliquam partem regni dabit. Mi- 
rites Catilinae exercitum rei publicae non timuerunt, nequg 
quisquam ex castris discessit. NounS quisque sese defendit? 
Quodvis animal cor habet. Hereditas est pecunia, quae 
morte alicujiis ad quempiam pervenit jure. 

Translate into Latin. 

The faithful slaves will watch all night, nor will any one 
leave his place. Some one has wounded one of our horse- 
men with a javelin. Caesar sent a certain one of the Gal- 
lic ( Oallus) horsemen to Cicero's camp. The cruel chiefs will 
kill some of the prisoners at sunset. The general will hear 
some news at sunset. The master gave (to) each of the boys 
a beautiful book. Not every one {any one you please) will 
see our king. 

CORRELATIVES. 

§ 91. Pronouns, Pronominal Adjectives and Adverbs, 
which correspond to one another in form and meaning, 
are called Correlatives. Thus: 



CORRELATIVES. 



137 



rt- 


rt- rt- 


rt- CD © S* ►■** «• 


rt- 


rt- i-< 






P 


©c C< 


OC $o| oi P o" oc 


P 


PI « 


o 

03 

H 

> 
h3 




IS 

• 


§* a ?< 3 

^ © P< 

3^3 


e* - - p, t-K rt- 

g' Si ^ -<" ss S 

B a £? «. sT ° 

• §• Si §£ | § 

e * ■ " ■ » * 


1 a 

■ 

■ 
p< 


. P. 
OC 

1 




• 
p* 


g o r 

CD S* 


P 


3 




3 




1 


vii> o s* 




§ 




H 




|Q 


iQ © 


►0,0,0 a ac ,a 


»Q 


>o »o 






. S3 - 


. ^ _» a ac 


_ p - p - p - 3 cr* C" 


* S 


C tf 






m (quum), w 
otus, -a, - 
^McZi or what 
number or 
ier). 

■um, as smal 


§ 0< $)| OI Cij hi o< 
m". * " oc ., J"*" 

a II s 1 § 

ii*r| 


«C5 rt- 

a i° 

■ 
P< 


pi r 1 


fed 

(-3 

3 




. 


- _, ac g- 


C< 








i j< 


f as P 




3 








iO 


& ►© 


►a ►o ►a a p< ,q 


»Q 


►n >Q 






GD C 


M S C 


. p- C p- 3 o" P" 


1 § 


P! P" 






1 p 


g OC p 


g OC C01 OI Cu, pj oc 


s°' m* 






Is. 

F 3 £< 

M 

a 

w 
o 

3 

O 


t s 1 

8 g a 

o 3 3 

2 P< ©c 

a § 

■ ^s § § 

1 - ? 

1 $ 


• ST. »Q ^ oc 2 g" 

ff B. I- 1 - a 1 

o» , 3 s P 

2 § |* |* 
5 5^ ^ p" « 5, 

3 s- §i ®c s P< 

^ § 1 r --* s 

8 ^ 1 1 1 1 

< 3 * i * J 

a* 1 $ '- 

§ a ^ § 
a. r* o a> 


3 3- 

P< 

0) 

o 
C! 

3 
P" 

SS" 

o 

a 


CO r- 

2 S< 

£ CO 

3 - 

a 
a" 


b 

fed 






P" ^-N 


§ .* 


ce 


F 






1 


w 3" 


2 


? 


su 






►o 


►Q >Q 


^ P * S P< >o 


►o 


►Q ►Q 






>- S 


^ ** C 


ei tf c a o* s 


«a C 


Si P' E c 






If g 

O £< 

§ PC 

a w 

J* 


^ oc p 


OC ?0| OI Qj HiK OC 


-s P 






2 1 §K 

3 p< ^ 

© i 5s- 

o 3 s 

o 


rt; .^ •«» <p( -c* rt- 

§! s § - § '" 
w g^ &! 2, » o 

*" ^ r 1 s § 

o § -♦ 1 "* 1 


Si. rt- 
.^|C 

1 

1 

p< 

3 


•^ - i^ 

oc © 


M 
M 

H 

o 
o 

► 

5 




• 


1 1 


3 




§ 


M 




3 
•«9 




•*© 


o 


3s- 

a 






p< 


p< 


pc ;»( pc pc pc pc 


p< 


►Q P< 






M 


1—1 




1-^ 


1 »■ Jo 






M< 


M< 


c? M< MC M< (-"< PC M< 

^P !fl >Q O O >Q 


!-•€ 






•a 


►Q 


iO 






a 


£ 


^ C S p- tf P< tf 

S. ot PI OI h o" oc 


£ 


£j C s 






p 


P 


P 


• at m< 






3 


H 


rt- - Pj i"* rt- 


a 


Ki° 






rt- 
S=< 

•— * 

S3< 


P- 
OK 


s » S 5 > s § 


S"c 
i° 


o\ S 


M 




W 


ii g: ri 

t $ n ^ i 

9- is § 1 * 


Co 


<b 


u 




St 


8 

f 

c& 
o 


a 












«£5 

a 


o 

ft- S3 

«5 • 








o 


■^ 




a. 










s » 












1 


O 
§ 

I 




«sa 







12* 



138 CORRELATIVES. 

Remark. — Except Is and its derivatives, each set is formed on 
a single root — t- being the Demonstrative prefix, qu- the Inter- 
rogative and Relative, and all- the Indefinite. The Indefinite 
Eelatives have a reduplicated form or add -cumqut. Thus, 
t-antus, quantus-cumque", ali-quantus. 



EXERCISE XLIII. 
§ 92. Vocabulary. 

voluptas, voluptat-Is, pleasure. 

praemium, -T, reward. 

timor, -or-is, fear, panic. 

allquantum agri, a considerable piece of ground. 

sententia, -ae, opinion. 

opera, -ae, labor, pains. 

tanta opera, so great labor. 

tantum operae, so much (of) labor. Tantils, meaning so great, agrees with 
the Noun ; meaning so much, it is neuter, and followed by the Parti- 
tive Genitive. Quantiis is used in the same way. 

Qualis est dominus, talis est serviis, as is the master, so is the slave; or, est 
being omitted, 

Qualis dominus, talis serviis, the slave is such as the master is. 



Translate into English. 

Quantum voluptatis virtus praebgt ? Tantiis timor cen- 
turiones occupavit. Quot homines, tot sententiae. Quantiis 
est agricolae tauriis? Quanta sunt hujiis bftvis cornua? 
Quot lggiones in castris sunt? Quot homines, totidem 
animi. Qualis est imperator ; tales sunt mllites. Quanta 
praemia virtus habgt? Quantum* operae poetae carmin- 
ibus suis dant! Rex huic servo aliquanttim auri d£dit. 

* See I 88, Rem. 3. 



VERBS. 139 



VERBS. 

§ 93. 1. A Verb is a word which declares or affirms 
something. 

2. That of which the declaration is made is called the 
Subject 

3. Verbs have — 

(a) Moods, or different forms which express different 
kinds of affirmation; as, dm-S, I love; &md-r%-m, I 
might love. 

(6) Tenses, or different forms to show the time when 
the thing declared takes place, and whether the action is 
complete or incomplete; as, am-8, I love, I am loving; 
dmd-bd-m, I was loving ; dmdv-l, I have loved ; dmdv- 
h % d-m, I had loved. 

(c) Voices, or different forms which show whether the 
Subject acts (as, John strikes), or is acted upon (as, John 
is struck). 

(d) Persons and Numbers, or different forms which 
correspond to the person and number of the Subject. 

4. These various forms are distinguished from one 
another by certain endings; and the adding of these 
endings to the stem is called Conjugation. 

5. In respect to meaning, Verbs are either Transitive 
or Intransitive. 

6. A Transitive Verb is one which requires an Object 
to complete the sense ; as, poetd regindm laudat, the poet 
praises the queen. 

7. An Intransitive Verb is one which does not require 
an Object to complete the sense; as, dquilti vdldt, the 
eagle flies. 



140 VERBS. 

8. In respect to form, Verbs are either Regular or Ir- 
regular. Irregular Verbs vary, in some of their parts, 
from the usual rule of formation. 

MOODS. 

§94. 1. There are three Moods, — the Indicative, the 
Subjunctive, and the Imperative. 

2. The Indicative Mood declares a thing as a fact, or 
asks a question; as, timat, he loves; &mat-nZ? does he 
love? 

3. The Subjunctive Mood represents a thing not as a 
fact, but as simply conceived in the mind; as, ama-r$-m, 1 
would love. 

4. The Imperative Mood is used in commanding, ex- 
horting, or entreating ; as, hue v%nl, come hither. 

5. The Indicative, Subjunctive, and Imperative are 
called by grammarians the Finite Verb, because they limit 
the action to some particular Subject. The Infinitive, 
Participles, Gerund, and Supine are called the Indefinite 
Verb, because they express action indefinitely, without 
limitation to a particular Subject. 

TENSES. 

§ 95. There are three divisions of time, — the present, 
the past, and the future. In each division there are two 
Tenses — one expressing incomplete action; the other, 
completed action. There are, therefore, six Tenses : three 
for incomplete action, viz. the Present, the Imperfect, 
and the Future; and three for completed action, viz. 
the Present-Perfect, the Past-Perfect, and the Future- 
Perfect. Thus : 



VERBS. 



141 



Time. 


Incomplete Action. 


Tense. 


Pres. Time. 


am-o, lam loving. 


Present. 


Past Time. 


ama-ba-m, I was loving. 


Imperfect. 


Future Time. 


ama-b-5, J shall love. 


Future. 


Time. 


Completed Action. 


Name. 


Pres. Time. 


amav-i, I have loved. 


Pres.-Perf. 


Past Time. 


amav-era-m, I had loved. 


Past-Perf. 


Future Time. 


amav-er-o, I shall have loved. 


Fut.-Perf. 



I. The Present tense expresses incomplete action in 
present time; as, am-d, I love, I am loving. 

Remark 1. — This tense also expresses an existing custom or a 
general truth ; as, Romani signum tuba dant, the Romans give 
the signal with a trumpet ; Peils mundum re 1 git, God rules the 
universe. 

Remark 2, — The Present tense is often used for a Past to give 
greater animation to the narrative. This is called the Historical 
Present; mllitls ad arma concurrunt, the soldiers rush(ed) to 
arms. 

Remark 3. — This tense, especially with jam, jamdiu, and words 
of like meaning, may also express what has existed and still ex- 
ists ; as, jam multbs annos bellum gtrfi, for many years now I have 
waged war, and am still waging it ; or, I have been waging war 
now going on many years. 

II. The Imperfect tense expresses incomplete action in 
past time ; as, dmd-bd-m, I was loving. 

Remark 4- — This tense expresses — 

(a) A customary past action ; as, amab&m, I used to love. 

(b) What had existed and was still existing in past time, espe- 
cially with jam, jamdiu, and words of like meaning ; as, jam 
multos annos bellum gtrebhm, I had been carrying on war now 
going on many years. 

(c) The beginning or attempting of a thing in past time; Por- 
s%na eum terrebdt, Porsena tried-to-frighten him. 

(d) In letters this tense is sometimes used (in reference to the 
time of their reception) for a Present. 



142 VERBS. 

III. The Future tense expresses incomplete action in 
future time; as, amd-b-o, I shall love. 

IV. The Present-Perfect tense expresses completed 
action in present time; as, amdv-i, I have loved. 

The same form of the Verb is used to express an 
action indefinitely as past, without reference to its con- 
tinuance or completion. This is called the Aorist-Per- 
fect or Indefinite-Perfect; as, cendv-l y I supped (at some 
indefinite past time). 

V. The Past-Perfect tense expresses completed action 
in past time ; as, &mdv-8ra-m, I had loved. 

VI. The Future-Perfect tense expresses completed ac- 
tion in future time ; as, amdv-Zr-o, I shall have loved. 



VOICES. 

§ 96. 1. There are two Voices, the Active and the 
Passive. 

2. The Active Voice represents the Subject as acting ; 
as, am-fi, I love. 

3. The Passive Voice represents the Subject as acted 
upon; as, am-dr, I am loved. 

Remark 1. — The same idea may be expressed both by the 
Active and the Passive form; as, putr librum ttgit, the boy 
reads the book ; or, Wfer a puero legitur, the book is read by 
the boy. The Object in the Active becomes the Subject in the 
Passive, and the Subject in the Active is expressed by the Abla- 
tive with the Preposition a or db (Ablative of the Agent). 

Remark 2. — As Intransitive Verbs have no Object in the Act- 
ive, they have no personal Passive form. (See § 115, III.) 

Remark 3. — The Passive Voice frequently represents the Agent 
as acting upon himself; as, fir or, I bear myself, I go. This use 
of the Passive is common in the poets. 



VEEBS. 143 

PERSONS AND NUMBERS. 

§ 97. Verbs have three Persons, the first, the second, 
and the third ; and two Numbers, the Singular and the 
Plural. These either correspond to or indicate the Per- 
son and Number of the Subject. 

THE INDEFINITE VERB. 

§ 98. 1. The Infinitive, Participles , Gerund, and Supine 
are called the Indefinite Verb, because they express action 
indefinitely, without limitation to a particular Subject. 
The Participle is the Adjective -Verb ; the Infinitive, 
Gerund, and Supine, the Noun -Verb. 

2. The Infinitive expresses the action of the Verb 
simply, without limiting it to any Subject. It is a 
neuter Verbal Noun in the Nominative and Accusative, 
the simple name of the action. The other cases are 
supplied by the Gerund and Ablative Supine. 

Kote. — The Infinitive has no idea of time connected with it, but 
represents the action as incomplete, or completed at the time of the lead- 
ing Verb : 

Dicit me scrlbere, He represents me to be writing ; 

i. e. He says that I am writing. 
Dixit me scrlbere, He represented me to be writing; 

i. e. He said that I was writing. 
Dicit me scrlpsisse, He represents me to have written ; 

i. e. He says that I have written. 
Dixit me scrlpsisse. He represented me to have written; 

i. e. He said that I had written. 

The Infinitive Present and Perfect of esse, with the Future Active 
Participle, form what grammarians call the Future and Future- Perfect 
Infinitive ; but the futurity is expressed by the Participle, not by the 
Infinitive : 

Dicit me esse scrlpturum, He represents me to be about to write; 

i. e. He says that I am about to write; 
i. e. He says that I will write. 



144 CONJUGATION. 

3. Transitive Verbs have two Participles in the Act- 
ive, viz. the Present and the Future ; as, dmd-n-s, loving, 
dmat-iir-us, about to love ; and two in the Passive, viz. 
the Perfect and the Gerundive (sometimes called the Fit- 
ture Passive Participle) ; as, dmdt-us, loved, having been 
loved ; dma-yid-us, to be loved. 

4. The Gerund is a Verbal Noun of the Second 
Declension, in the Genitive, Dative, Accusative, and 
Ablative (the Nominative being supplied by the Infin- 
itive); as, mddus dpfrandi, the manner of working. 

5. The Supine is a Verbal Noun of the Fourth 
Declension, used in the Accusative and Ablative; as, 
dmd-t-um, to love; dma-t-u, to be loved, or to love. 

CONJUGATION. 
§ 99. 1. As we have seen (§ 21, V.), there are, strictly 
speaking, but two Conjugations in Latin, distinguished 
according to the final letter (or characteristic) of the 
Present-stem : 

1. The Vowel Conjugation (stem-characteristics a, e, and i). 
II. The Consonant Conjugation (stem-characteristic a Con- 
sonant or u). 

As u is a Semi-Consonant, Verbs having the charac- 
teristic u follow the Consonant Conjugation. 

2. The Vowel Conjugation embraces what are com- 
monly known as the First, Second, and Fourth Conjuga- 
tions. 

The Consonant Conjugation embraces what is com- 
monly known as the Third. 

3. For convenience, however, we divide Verbs into 
four Conjugations, distinguished by the final letter (or 
characteristic) of the Present-stem. This Present-stem 



VERBS. 145 

is found by striking off the ending -r£ of the Present 
Infinitive Active (dropping in addition, in the Third or 
Consonant Conjugation, the # (short) inserted before -r& 
See §75,1). 

4. Verbs whose stem-characteristic is — 

a belong to the First (A) Conjugation; as, ama-re, to love. 

e " " Second (E) " " mone-re^ to advise. 

a Cons. ) 

or .« J " Third (Cons.) " " reg-e-re, to rule. 

I " " Fourth (I) " " audi-re, to hear. 

We thus see that the Present-stem of these Verbs is 
respectively amd-, mdne-, v%g- 9 and audi. 

Exception. — Dd-rl, to give, alone in the First Conjugation 
has a (short) before -rl of the Infinitive. 

5. Besides this Present-stem (on which are formed the 
tenses expressing incomplete action, together with the 
Gerund and Gerundive), there is also a Perfect-stem, on 
which are formed the Perfect tenses of the Active Voice ; 
and a Supine-stem, on w T hich are formed the Supines, the 
Future Active Participle, and the Perfect Passive Par- 
ticiple. 

6. The Perfect-stem is formed in the Vowel Conju- 
gations (First, Second, and Fourth) by adding v to the 
Present-stem; in the Consonant (Third) Conjugation 
variously, but often by adding s to the Present-stem. 
But in the Second Conjugation only a few Verbs (cleleS, 
fle.o, neo, and compounds of -pleU and -died) follow this 
regular formation, most of them dropping the stem- 
vowel e and adding u; so, again, for convenience, we 
give the rule: 

7. The Perfect-stem is formed for the most part— 

13 



146 CONJUGATION. 

In the First Conjugation by adding -v to the Present-stem. 

" Second " " -u " 

(dropping the stem- vowel (characteristic) ; see § 52, 2). 
In the Third* Conjugation generally by adding -s to the 

Present-stem. 
In the Fourth Conjugation by adding -v to the Present-stem. 

8. The Supine-stem is generally formed in all the 
Conjugations by adding t to the Present-stem ; as, amd- 
t-um, audl-t-um, etc. 

Caution. — In the Second Conjugation most Verbs drop the stem- 
vowel (characteristic) before t, and insert I (short) as a connecting 
vowel. In the Third Conjugation, t is often changed into s for eu- 
phony. (See §52, 3, and J 75, 6.) 

§ 100. ESSE, to be. 

PEINCIPAL PAETS. 

Indie. Pres, Infin. Pres, Indie. Per/. Fut. Part, 

sum, ess8, ful, futurus. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
Present. 
Pers. Singular, Plural, 

1. sum, I am, su-mus, we are, 

2. §s, thou art, es-tTs, ye are, 

3. es-t, he is, su-nt, they are. 

Imperfect. 

1. 8r-a-m, I was, er-a-mus, we were, 

2. eras, thou wast, er-a-tls, ye were, 

3. er-a-t, he was, 8r-a-nt, they were. 

Future, shall or will. 

1. er-6, I shall be, 8r T-mus, we shall be, 

2. er-i-s, thou wilt be, er-i-tts, ye will be, 

3. er-i-t, he will be, er-u-nt, they will be, 

* For other ways of forming the Perfect-stem in this Conjugation, 
see App. VI., \ 257, 1. 



VERBS. 1 47 

Present-Perfect, have been (Aorist-Perfect, was). 

Pers. Singular. Plural. 

1. f 0-i, I have been, or was, fu-T-mus, we have been, or 

were, 

2. f u-i-sti, thou hast been, or f u-i-stis, ye have been, or 

wast, were, 

« wux 7 7 7 fij-e-runt,or 1 they have been, 

6. f u-i-t, /ie Aas 6e6/i, or was, «« - * > 

1 ' ' fu-e-re, J or w;ere. 

Past-Perfect. 

1. fu-8ra-m, J/iac? Jeew, fu-6ra-mus, we had been, 

2. f u-8ra-s, £Aom hadst been, f u-8ra-tis, ?/e had been, 

3. f u-Sra-t, Ae had been, f u-era-nt, they had been. 

Future-Perfect, shall or will have. 

1. fu-Sr-o, J shall have been, fu-eri-mus, we shall have 

been, 

2. f u-firt-s, thou wilt have f u-6ri-tis, ye will have been, 

been, 

3. f u-8ri-t, he will have been, f u-8ri-nt, they will have been. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Present, may. 

1. st-m, I may be, sl-mus, we may be, 

2. sl-s, thou mayst be, sf-tis, ye may be, 

3. sT-t, he may be, t si-nt, they may be. 

Imperfect, might, would, or should. 

1. es-sS-m, I might be, es-se-mus, we might be, 

2. es-se-s, thou mightst be, es-se-tts, ye might be, 

3. es-s8-t, he might be, es-se-nt, they might be. 

Perfect. 

1. fu-SrT-m, I may have been, fu en-mus,ive may have been, 

2. fu 8rf-s, thou mayst have been, f ti ert-tts, ye may have been, 

3. fu-8rT-t, he may have been, fu-8ri-nt, they may have been. 



148 VERBS, FIRST CONJUGATION, 

Past-Perfect, might, would, or should have. 
Pers. Singular. Plural. 

1. fu-issS-m, I might have been, f ii-isse-mus, we might have 

been, 

2. fu-isse-s, thou mightst have fu-isse-iis, ye might have 

been, been, 

3. f u-isse-t, he might have been, f Q-isse-nt, they might have 

been. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Present 2. 8s, be thou, es-te, be ye, 

Future. 2. es-to, thou shalt be, es-tote, ye shall be, 

3. es-to, he shall be, su-nto, they shall be. 

INFINITIVE 
Present. es-s8, to be, 
Perfect, f u-isse, to have been, 
Future, f u-tur-us (-a, -urn,) es-se, or f ore, to be about to be. 

PARTICIPLE. 
Future, f u-tur-us, -a, -urn, about to be. 



§101. FIRST CONJUGATION. 
ACTIVE VOICE. 

PRINCIPAL PARTS. 

Indie. Pres. Infin. Pres. Indie. Perf. Supine. 

am-o, ama-re, amav-T, amat-um, 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 
Present, love, do love, am loving. 
Sing, am -6, I love, 

ama-s, thou lovest, 

ama-t, he loves; 



VERBS, FIRST CONJUGATION. 149 

Present, love, do love, am loving. 

Plur. ama-mus, we love, 

ama-tis, ye love, 

ama-nt, they love. 

Imperfect, was loving, loved, did love. 

Sing, ama-ba-m, I was loving, 

ama-ba-s, thou wast loving 

ama-ba-t, he was loving ; 

Plur. ama-ba-m us, we were loving, 

ama-ba-tts, ye were loving, 

ama-ba-nt, they were loving. 

Future, shall or will love. 

Sing, ama-b-6, I shall love, 

ama-bT-s, thou wilt love, 

a m a - bT-t , he will love ; 

Plur. ama-bT-mus, we shall love, 

ama-bhtTs, ye will love, 

ama-bu-nt, they will love. 

Present-Perfect, have loved. Aorist-Perfect, loved. 

Sing. amav-I, I have loved, 

amav-i-sti, thou hast loved, 

amav-T-t, he has loved; 

Plur. amav-i-mus, we have loved, 

amav-i-stTs, ye have loved, 

amav-e-runt (or -e-re), they have loved. 

Past-Perfect, had loved. 

Sing, amavera-m, I had loved, 

amav-era-s, thou hadst loved, 

amav-era-t, he had loved; 

Plur. amav-Sra-mus, we had loved, 

amav-era-tTs, ye had loved, 

amav-gra-nt, they had loved. 

13* 



150 VERBS, FIRST CONJUGATION. 

Future- Perfect, shall or will have loved. 

Sing. amav-8r-6, I shall have loved, 

amav-8r!-s, thou wilt have loved, 

amav-8r?-t, he will have loved; 

Plur. amav-8r!-mus # we shall have loved, 

amav-eri-tts, ye will have loved, 

amav-8ri-nt, they will have loved. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 

Present, may love. 

Sing. am£-m, I may love, 

ame-s, thou mayst love, 

amS-t, he may love; 

Plur. a mem us, we may love, 

ame-tts, ye may love, 

ame-nt, they may love. 

Imperfect, might, would, or should love. 

Sing. ama-rS-m, I might love, 

ama-re-s, thou mightst love, 

ama-rS-t, he might love; 

Plur. ama-re-mus, we might love, 

ama-re-tTs, ye might love, 

ama-re-nt, they might love. 

Present-Perfect, may have loved. 

Sing. amav-SrT-m, I may have loved, 

amav-Sri-s, thou mayst have loved, 

amav-erT-t, he may have loved; 

Plur. amav-ert-mus, we may have loved, 

amav-ert-tTs, ye may have loved, 

amav-§ri-nt, they may have loved. 

Past- Perfect, might, would, or should have loved. 

Sing. amav-issS-m, I might have loved, 

amav-isse-s, thou mightst have loved, 

eimav-isse-t, he might have loved ; 



VERBS, FIRST CONJUGATION. 151 

Past-Perfect, might, would, or should have loved. 
Plur. amav-isse-mus, we might have loved, 

amav-isse-tis, ye might have loved, 

amav-isse-nt, they might have loved. 



IMPERATIVE MOOD. 

Pres. Sing, a ma, love thou; 

Plur. ama-t§, love ye. 

Fut. Sing, a ma -to, thou shalt love, 

ama-to, he shall love; 

Plur. ama-tot$, ye shall love, 

ama-nto, they shall love. 

INFINITIVE. 

Present. a ma-re, to love, to be loving, 

Perfect. amav iss$, to have loved, 
Future. amat-ur-us (-a, -urn,) 

esse, to be about to love, 
Fut. Perf. amat-Gr-us(-a,-um,) 

f u-iss§, to have been about to love, 

PARTICIPLES. 
Present. ama-n-s (Gen. ama- 

nt-Ys), loving, 

Future. amat-ur-us, -a, -urn, about to love. 







GERUND. 


Nom. 


(ama-r8), 


loving, 


Gen. 


ama-nd-T, 


of loving, 


Dat. 


ama-nd-5, 


for loving, 


Ace. 


ama-nd-um, 


loving (often with ad 
inter), 


Abl. 


ama-nd-o, 


by loving. 



152 VERBS, FIRST CONJUGATION. 

SUPINE. 

amat-um, to love, 

amat-u, to love, to be loved. 



§102. PASSIVE VOICE. 
PKINCIPAL PAETS. 

Indie. Pres. Infin. Perf. Indie, Per}. 

am-o-p, ama-rl, amat-us sii-m. 

INDICATIVE MOOD. 

Present, am loved. 

Sing. am-o-P, I am loved, 

ama-pTs (-Pe), thou art loved, 

ama-tijp, he is loved; 

Plur. ama-mup, we are loved, 

ama-mtni, ye are loved, 

ama-ntup, they are loved. 



Imperfect, ivas loved. 

Sing, ama-ba-p, I was loved, 

ama barfs (-r8), thou wast loved, 

ama-ba-tup, he was loved] 

Plur. ama-ba-miip, we were loved, 

ama-ba-mtnl, ye were loved, 

ama-ba-ntiip, they were loved. 

Future, shall or will be loved. 

Sing, ama-bo-p, I shall be loved, 

ama-bS-Pis (-Pe), thou wilt be loved, 

ama-bT-tup, he will be loved; 

Plur. ama-bT-mup, we shall be loved, 

ama-bT-mTni, ye will be loved, 

ama-bu-ntup, they will be loved. 



VERBS, FIRST CONJUGATION. 153 

Present-Perfect and Aorist-Perfect, have been or was loved. 

Sing, amat-us (-a, -urn,) sum,* I have been loved, 

amat-us (-a, -um,) es, thou hast been loved, 

amat-us (-a, -um,) es-t, he has been loved; 

Plur. amat-I (-ae, -a,) su-mus, we have been loved, 

amat I (-ae, -a,) es-tTs, ye have been loved, 

amat-I (-ae, -a,) su-nt, % they have been loved. 

Past-Perfect, had been loved. 

Sing, amat-us (-a, -um,) er-a-m, I had been loved, 

amat-us (-a, -um,) er-a-s, thou hadst been loved, 

amat us (-a, -um,) Sr-a-t, he had. been loved; 

Plur. amat-I (-ae, -a,) er-a-mus, we had been loved, 

amat-I (-ae, -a,) er-a-tts, ye had been loved, 

amat-I (-ae, -a,) er-a-nt, they had been loved. 

Future-Perfect, shall have been loved. 

Sing, amat-us (-a, -um,) £r-6, I shall have been loved, 

amat-us (-a, -um,) er T-s, thou wilt have been loved, 

amat us (-a, -um,) er it, he will have been loved ; 

Plur. amat-I (-ae, -a,) Sri mite, we shall have been loved, 

amat-I (-ae, -a,) 8r -T-tTs, ye will have been loved, 

amat-I (-ae, -a,) Sr-u-nt, they will have been loved. 

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Present, may be loved. 
Sing. am$-r, I may be loved, 

ame-rTs (-r8), thou mayst be loved, 

ame-tur, he may be loved; 

* In the tenses for completed action in the Passive, the forms ful in- 
stead of sum, fiier dm instead of erdm, fuerU instead of er>, fu&rim instead 
of sim, fuissem instead of essem, fuisse instead of esse, are sometimes 
used, chiefly when we wish to emphasize that the action is over and 
done. 



154 VERBS, FIRST CONJUGATION. 

Present, may be loved. 
Plur. ame-mur, we may be loved, 

ame-mini, ye may be loved, 

ame-ntur, they may be loved. 

Imperfect, might, would, or should be loved. 

Sing, ama-re-r, I might be loved, 

ama-re-rTs (-r8), thou mightst be loved, 

ama-re-tur, he might be loved; 

Plur. ama-re-mur, we might be loved, 

ama-re-mTni, ye might be loved, 

ama-re-ntur, they might be loved. 

Present-Perfect, may have been loved. 

Sing, amat-us (-a, -urn,) sT-m, I may have been loved, 

amat-us (-a, -um,) sis, thou maysthave been loved, 

amat-us (-a, -tim,) sT-t, he may have been loved; 

Plur. a mat -I (-ae, -a,) si-mDs, we may have been loved, 

amat-I (-ae, -a,) sl-tfs, ye may have been loved, 

amat-I (ae, -a,) si-nt, they may have been loved. 

Past-Perfect, might, would, or should have been loved. 

Sing, amat-us (-a, -um,) es-sfi-m, I might have been loved, 

amat-us (-a, -um,) es-se-s, thou mightst have been loved, 
amat-us (-a, -um,) es-sS-t, he might have been loved ; 

Plur. amat-I (-ae, -a,) es-se-mus, we might have been loved, 
amat-I (-ae, -a,) es-se-tis, ye might have been loved, 
amat-i (-ae, -a,) es-se-nt, they might have been loved. 

IMPERATIVE MOOD. 
Pres. Sing, ama-rfi, be thou loved; 

Plur. ama-mTnl, be ye loved. 

Fut. Sing. ama-t5r, thou shalt be loved, 

ama-tor, he shall be loved; 

Plur. ama-ntor, they shall be loved. 



VERBS, FIRST CONJUGATION. 155 

INFINITIVE. 

Present, ama-ri, to be loved. 

Perfect. amat us (-2, -urn,) essS, to have been loved. 

Future. amat um In, to be about to be loved. 

Put. Perf. amat-us (-a, -um,) f 6r8, to be about to have bee- 
loved. 



PARTICIPLES. 
Perfect. amat-us, -a, -um, 

Gerundive, ama-nd-us, -a, -tim, 



loved, or having been 

loved, 
to be loved. 



State the Mood, Tense, Voice, Person, Number, and mean- 
ing of the following : 

Amas, ames, ama, amans, amant, amer, amo, amet, amat, 
amor, amare, amatis, amari, amabas, amarer, amares, ametis, 
amabani, amabis, amabat, amabunt, araeris, amatur, amate, 
amaris, aniavi, amando, amantis, amarent, amabatis, ama- 
rentur, amatote, amabitis, amamur, amabiimir, amaremus, 
amavistis, amaveris, amavissem, amamini, amabimini, ainati 
eratis, amaverant, amabamini, amavissetis, amaremus, amav- 
isse, esse amaturus, amatiis sim, amemini, amaveras, amare- 
mini, amati erunt, amatiis sit, amatiis esse. 



Translate into Latin. 

We are loved, ye might be loved, they have loved, thou 
wouldst have loved, ye will love, we were loving, ye loved, 
I may have been loved, he shall be loved, be ye loved, to 
have loved, to be about to love, they had loved, he would 
have loved, we have been loved, we shall love, ye might be 
loved, they might love, he would have loved, I would have 
been loved, of loving, to love, ye were loved, he is loved. 



156 



VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 



§103. SECOND CONJUGATION. 

ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE 

PRINCIPAL PAETS. 

Ind. Pres. mone-6, Indie. Pres. 

Inf. Pres. mone-re, Infin. Pres. 

Ind. Perf monu-I, Indie. Perf 
Supine. mbnit-um. 



mone-o-r, 
mone-rJ, 
monit-us 
sum. 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 



Sing. 



Plur. 



I advise. 

mone-o, 

mone-s, 

monS-t, 

mone-mus, 

mone-tis, 

mone-nt. 



Present/ 

I am advised. 
Sing, mone-6-p, 

mone-rTs (-rfi), 
mone-tur, 
Plur. mone-mup, 
mone-mTm, 
mone-ntup. 



Imperfect. 



I was advising. 

Sing, mone-ba-m, 
mone-ba-s, 
mone-ba-t, 

Plur. mone-ba mus, 
mbne-ba-tTs, 
mone-ba-nt. 



I ivas advised. 

Sing, mone-ba-r, 

mone-ba-rTs (-rfi), 
mone-ba-tup, 

Plur. mone-ba-mup, 
mone-ba-mfnl, 
mone-ba-ntup. 



Future. 



I shall or will advise. 
Sing. mone-b-5, 

mone-bf-s, 

mone-bT-t, 
Plur. mone-bt-mus, 

mone-bi tts, 

mone-bu-nt. 



I shall or will be advised. 
Sing, mone-bo-p, 

mone-bfi-pTs (-rfi), 

mone-bT-tur, 
Plur. mone-bi-mur, 

mone-bt-mfm, 

mone-bu-ntur. 






VEKBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 



157 



ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. 

Present-Perfect and Aorist-Perfect. 



I have advised, or advised. 
Sing. monu-I, 

monu-i-sti, 

monu-T t, 
Plur. monu -If-mus, 

monu-i-stts, 

monu-e-runt (or -ere). 



I was or have been advised. 

S. monit-us (-a, -urn,) su m, 
monft-us (-a, -um,) es, 
monit-us (-a, -um,) est, 

P. monit-I (-ae, -a,) su-mus, 
monft-I (-ae, -a,) es-tis, 
monit-I (-ae, -a,) sunt. 



I had advised. 

Sing, monu-era-m, 
monu-era s, 
monu-era-t, 

Plur. monu-era-mus, 
monu-era-tis, 
monu-era-nt. 



I shall have advised. 

Sing, monu-er-o, 
monu ens, 
monu-ert t, 

Plur. monu-ert-mus, 
monu ert-tts, 
monu eri-nt. 



Past-Perfect. 



I had been advised. 



S. monit-us (a, -um,) 8r-a-m, 
monit-us (■£, -um,) era s, 
monit-us (-a, -um,) er-a-t, 

P. monit-I (ae, -a,) er-a-mus, 
monit-I (-ae, -a,) er-a-tis, 
montt-I (-ae, -a,) er-a-nt. 



Future-Perfect. 



I shall have been advised. 

S. monit-us (-a, -um 7 ) er-6, 
montt-us (-a, -um,) er-f-s, 
monit-us (a, -um,) er-i t, 

P. monit-I (ae, -a,) er T mus, 
monit \ (-ae, -a,) Sr T-tis, 
monit-I (ae, -a,) er-u-nt. 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Present. 



I may advise, 
Sing, moneam, 
mone-a-s, 
m5ne at, 

U 



I may be advised. 
S. mone-a-r, 

mone-a-rts (-re), 

m5ne-a-tur, 



158 



VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE VCICE. 



May advise. 
Plur. m6ne-a-mus, 
mone-a-tYs, 
mone-a-nt. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

Present. 

May be advised. 
P. mone-a-mur, 
mone-a-mYni, 
mone-a-ntur. 



Imperfect. 



I might, would, or should 
advise. 
Sing. mone-rS-m, 
mone-re-s, 
mone-r$-t, 
Plur. mone-re-mus, 
mone-re-tYs, 
m5ne-re-nt. 



I might, would, or should be 

advised. 
S. mSne-r8-r, 

mSne-re-ris (r6), 

m5ne-re tur, 
P. mone-re-mur, 

mone re-mYnl, 

mone-re-ntur. 



Present-Perfect. 



I may have advised. 

Sing. monu-8rY-m, 
monu-ert-s, 
mo-nu e>Y-t, 

Plur. monu-eri-mus, 
monu-erl-tYs, 
monu-eri-nt. 



I may have been advised. 

S. monYt-us (a, -urn,) sY-m, 
m5nYt-us (-a , -urn,) sis, 
monYt-us (a, -urn,) sY-t, 

P. monYM (-ae, -a,) sl-mus, 
monYM (-ae, -a,) sltYs, 
monYM (-ae, a,) si-nt. 



Past-Perfect. 



I might, would, or should 
have advised. 
Sing. monu-issS-m, 
monu-isse-s, 
monu-isse'-t, 
monu-isse mus, 
monu-isse-tYs, 
monu isse-nt. 



Plur. 



I might, would, or should have 
been advised. 

S. monYt-us (a, -tim,) es-sS m, 
monYt-us (a, urn,) esses, 
monYt-us (a, -urn,) es-sS-t, 

P. monYM (-ae, -a,) esse mus, 
monYt -I (ae, -a,) esse tYs, 
monYM (ae, -a,) es sent. 



VEKBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 



159 



ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. 

IMPEKATIVE MOOD. 

Pres. S. mone-re, be thou ad- 
vised ; 
P. mone-mfnl, be ye ad- 
vised. 
Fut. S. mone-tor, thou shalt 
be advised. 



Pres. S. mone, advise thou; 
P. mone-tS, advise ye. 



Fut.S. mone-to, thou shalt 
advise. 
mone-to, he shall ad- 
vise. 
P. mone-totS, ye shall 
advise. 
mone-nto, they shall 
advise. 



mone-tor, he shall be 
advised. 



P. mone-ntop, they shall 
be advised. 



Pres. 

Perf. 

Fut. 



mone-re, to advise. 

monu-issS, to have 
advised. 



INFINITIVE. 

Pres. 

Perf. 



montt-Qp-us (-a, 
-urn,) ess6, to 
be about to ad- 
vise. 
Fut. Perf. monit-up-us (-a, 
-urn,) f u-issS, to 
have been about 
to advise. 



Fut. 



mSne-pf, to be ad- 
vised. 

m5nit-us(-a,-um,) 
ess 8, to have 
been advised. 

monYt-um IpT, to be 
about to be ad- 
vised. 



Fut. Perf. monit-us(-a,-um,) 
fop8, to have 
been about to be 
advised. 



PARTICIPLES. 



Pres. m5ne-n-s (Gen. m5- 

ne-nt-Ts), advising. 
Fut. m5nTt-up-us, -a, -urn, 

about to advise. 



Perfect. monft-us, -a, -urn, 

advised. 
Gerundive, mone-nd-us, -a, 
-urn, to be advised. 



160 VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 

GERUND. 

Nom. (mone-re), advising. 

Gen. mone-nd-i, of advising. 

Dat. mone-nd-o, for ad.vising. 

Ace. mone-nd-um, advising (often with ad and inter). 

Abl. mone-nd-o, by advising. 

SUPINE. 

ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. 

monTt-um, to advise. monTt-u, to be advised, to advise. 

State the Mood, Tense, Voice, Person, Number, and mean- 
ing of the following : 

Monent, monens, mones, mone, monet, moneas, monemus, 
monetur, monetis, moneris, nionere, monebat, moneat, rao- 
nerem, monui, monentur, monendi, monuisti, monueramiis, 
moneamus, monete, moneri, monuisse', monitu, monitiim Iri, 
moniturus fuisse, moniti eratis, monebimini, monuSrltis, mon- 
uistis, monetotg, monuerint, monuissemus, moneamini, mone- 
bamini, moniti fuerlmiis,* monitus fuissgt.* 

Translate into Latin. 

I advise, thou wast advising, thou wast advised, he shall 
advise, we have been advised, ye are advising, they had 
advised, ye shall have advised, we advised, he has been 
advised, I shall be advised, thou mayest advise, he may be 
advised, we may have advised, ye might have advised, they 
would have been advised, advise thou, be ye advised, to 
have been advised, to advise, advising, about to advise, to 
be advised, of advising. The girls have been advised. The 
boys may have been advised. 

* See foot-note, p. 153. 






VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 



161 



§104. THIRD CONJUGATION. 

ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. 

PKINCIPAL PAKTS. 



Ind. Pres. peg-6, 

Inf. Pres. peg-e-p8, 

Ind. Perf. pex-i, 

Supine. rect-um. 



Indie. Pres. peg-6-P, 
Infin. Pres. peg-I, 
Indie. Perf. pectus sum, 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 
Present. 





I rule. 






I am ruled. 


Sing. 


reg-o, 

regis, 

reg-i-t, 




Sing. 


peg-6-p, 
peg-e-rTs (-pe), 
peg-i-tup, 


Plur. 


peg -Y-mus, 

reg-i-tfs, 

reg-u-nt. 




Plur. 


peg-i-mup, 
peg-i-mTni, 
reg-u-ntup. 






Imperfect. 






I was ruling. 






/ was ruled. 


Sing. 


peg-e-ba-m, 

peg-e-ba-s, 

reg-e-ba-t, 




Sing. 


peg-e-ba-p, 
peg-e-ba-pYs (-pe), 
peg-e-ba-tup, 


Plur. 


peg-e-ba-mus 

reg-e-ba-tTs, 

pSg-e-ba-nt. 


j 


Plur. 


p£g-e-ba-mup, 
rSg-e-ba-minl, 
reg-e-ba-ntup. 






Future. 




I shall 


or tu ill rule. 




I shall 


or will be ruled. 


Sing. 


reg-a-m, 

peg-e-s, 

peg-S-t, 




Sing. 


reg-a-p, 

peg-e-pTs (-pe), 
reg-e-tup, 


Plur. 


peg-emus, 

pgg-e-tfs, 

p8g-e-nt. 




Plur. 


peg-e-mup, 
peg-e-minl, 
pSg-e-ntup. 


14* 









162 



VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. 

Present-Perfect and Aorist-Perfect. 



I have ruled or ruled. 
Sing. rex-I, 

pex-i-stl, 

rex-l-t, 
Plur. pex-T-mus, 

pex-i-stTs, 

rex-e-runt(ore-rS), 



J was or have been ruled. 

S. rect-us (-a, -urn,) sum, 
pect-us (-a, -urn,) 6s, 
pect-us (-a, -urn,) es-t, 

P. rect-T (-ae, -a,) su-mus, 
rect-T (-ae, -a,) es-tts, 
recti (-ae, -a,) sunt. 



Past-Perfect. 



I had ruled. 

Sing. rex-Spam, 
rex-8ra-s, 
pex-8pa-t, 

Plur. pex-Spa-mus, 
pex-8pa-tfs, 
pex-8pa-nt. 



I shall have ruled 
Sing. pex-6p-o, 

rex-8p!-s, 

pex-Spf-t, 
Plur. pex-Spt-mus, 

rex-£p!-tfs, 

rex-Spi-nt. 



I had been ruled. 

S. pectus (-a, -urn,) 6p-a-m, 
pectus (-a, -um,) 8p-a-s, 
pect-us (-a, -um,) Sp-£-t, 

P. pect-I (-ae, -a,) 8p-a-mus, 
pect-I (-ae, -a,) Sp-a-tTs, 
pect-I (-ae, -a,) 8p-a-nt. 



Future-Perfect. 

I shall have been ruled. 
S. pectus (a, -um,) 8p-o, 
pect-us (a, -um,) 6p-i-s, 
pectus (a, -um,) gp-T-t, 
P. pect-I (-ae, -a,) gp T-mus, 
pect-I (-ae, -a,) ep-i-tis, 
pect-I (ae, -a,) Sp-u-nt, 



SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Present. 



I may rule. 
Sing. p8g-2-m, 
pSg-a-s, 
rSg-a-t, 



2* may be ruled. 
S. pSg-a-p, 

pSg-a-pTs (-p8), 
pgg-a-tup, 



VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 



163 



Plur. 



ACTIVE VOICE. 

May rule. 
rSg-a-mus, 
r&g-a-tfs, 
r6g-a-nt. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

Present. 

May be ruled. 
P. reg-a-mup, 
pSg-a-mTni, 
peg-a-ntup. 



Imperfect. 



I might, would, or 
should rule. 

Sing. rSg-e-re-m, 
reg-e-re-s, 
peg-e-pS-t, 

Plur. reg-e-re-mus, 
pSg-e-re-tfs, 
r8g-5-re-nt. 



I might, would, or should 
be ruled. 
S. reg-6-r8-p, 

reg-6-re-ris (-r8), 
r8g-6-re-tup, 
P. r8g-6-re-mup, 
peg-8-pe-mini, 
p&g-6-pe-ntup. 



Present-Perfect. 



I may have ruled. 

Sing. pex-Spi-m, 
pex-8pi-s, 
pex-8pT-t, 

Plur. pex-epi-mus, 
pex-ept-tis, 
pex-Spi-nt. 



I may have been ruled. 

S. pectus (a, -urn,) sT-m, 
pectus (a, -urn,) sis, 
pectus (a, -urn,) sit, 

J*, pect-i (-ae, -a,) si-mus, 
pect-i (ae, -a,) sMTs, 
pecM (-ae, -a,) si-nt. 



Past-Perfect. 



I might, would, or 
should have ruled. 
Sing, pex-isse-m, 
pex isse-s, 
pex-issS-t, 
pex-isse-mus, 
pex-isse-tts, 
pex-isse-nt. 



Plur. 



I might, would, or should 
have been ruled. 

S. pectus (-a, -urn,) es-sS-m, 
pectus (-a, -urn,) es-se-s, 
pectus (-a, -urn,) es-sS-t, 

P. pect-I (-ae, -a,) es-se-mus, 
pect-i (-ae, -a,) es-se-tYs, 
pect-i (-ae, -a,) es-se-nt. 



164 



VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 



ACTIVE VOICE. 




PASSIVE VOICE. 




IMPEEATIVE MOOD. 


Pres. S. 


reg-e, rule thou; 


Pres. S. 


rSg-8-re, be thou 

ruled ; 


P. 


reg-i-te, rule ye. 


P. 


reg T-mT-nl, be ye 

ruled. 


Fut S. 


reg-T-to, thou shalt 


Fut S. 


reg T-tor, thou shalt 




rule, 




be ruled, 




reg-T-to, he shall 




r§g T-tor, he shall be 




rule ; 




ruled ; 


P. 


reg -Mote, ye shall 


P. 


r&g-u-ntor, they shall 




rule, 




be ruled. 




reg-u-nto, they shall 








rule. 








INFINITIVE. 




Pres. 


r8g-8-r£, to rule. 


Pres. 


r8g-i, to be ruled. 


Perf. 


rex-iss§, to have 


Perf. 


rectus (-a, -um,) 




ruled. 




esse, to have been 


Fut 


rect-ur-us (-a, 




ruled. 




-iim,) ess8, to be 


Fut 


rectum IrT, to be 




about to rule. 




about to be ruled. 


Fut Perf. rect-ur-us (-a, 


Fut Perf. rectus (-a, -um,) 




-urn,) f u-issS, to 




for§, to have been 




have been about 
to rule. 




about to be ruled. 




PARTICIPLES. 




Pres. 


rSg-e-n-s (Gen. 


Perfect. 


rect-us(-a,-um,) 




regentfs), rul- 




ruled. 




ing. 






Fut. 


rect-ur-us, (-a, 


Gerundive, reg-e-nd-us (-a, 




-um,) about to 




-um,) to be 




rule. 




ruled. 



VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 165 

GERUND. 
Nom. (reg-e-r-e), riding. 
Gen. reg-e-nd-I, of riding. 
Dat. reg-e-nd-o, for riding. 

Ace. reg-endum, ruling (often with ad and inter). 
Abl. reg-e-nd-o, by ruling. 

SUPINE. 

ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. 

rect-um ; to rule. rect-Q, to be ruled, to rule. 



State the Mood, Tense, Voice, Person, Number, and mean- 
ing of the following : 

Kexit, regis, regat, regunt, reget, regit, reges, rege, regi, 
regant, regas, regent, regens, rexi, regeres, regere, regere, 
regite, regimini, regamini, regemini, regentur, reguntur, 
regantur, regetur, regitur, regatur, regitis, regatis, regetis, 
regentis, regendi, regendo, regimus, regemur, regamiis, reg- 
greris, regeris, rexeris, rexeritis, rexisses, rexissetis, regeba- 
mini, regimini, regemini, regeremini, recti eramus, recti 
fuissetis,* recturus fuissg,* rectos, rectu, regitote, rexistis, 
rexeramus. 

Translate into Latin. 

They may be ruled, ye are ruled, we may rule, he rules, 
I may rule, thou mayst be ruled, they were ruling, ye would 
be ruled, we might be ruled, ye were ruled, he was ruling, 
thou wouldst be ruled, I was ruled, thou ruledst, thou art 
ruled, thou hast ruled, he has been ruled, the king will rule, 
we had ruled, ye had been ruled, they shall be ruled, he will 
have ruled, ye might have ruled, ye had ruled, rule ye, to be 
ruled, to have ruled, having been ruled, for ruling, he would 
have ruled. 

* See foot-note, p. 153. 



166 VERBS, FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

§105. FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. 

PEINCIPAL PAKTS. 



Ind, Pres. audi-o. 

Inf. Pres. audl-r8, 

Ind. Perf. audiv-T, 

Supine. audTt-um 



Ind. Pres. audi-o-r, 
Inf. Pres. audl-rl, 
Perf. Indie, audit-us sum, 



INDICATIVE MOOD. 
Present. 





I hear. 






I am heard. 


Sing. 


audio, 
audi-s, 
audT-t, 




Sing. 


audi-o-r, 
audi-rTs (-rS), 
audl-tur, 


Plur. 


audi-mus, 

audi-tts, 

audi-u-nt. 




Plur. 


audl-mur, 
audi-mtni, 
audi-u-ntur. 






Imperfect. 






I was hearing. 






I am heard. 


Sing. 


audi-e-ba-m, 

audi-e-ba-s, 

audi-e-ba-t, 




Sing. 


audi-e-ba-r, 
audi-e-ba-ris (-p8), 
audi-e-ba-tur, 


Plur. 


audi-e-ba-mus, 

audi-e-ba-tfs, 

audi-e-ba-nt. 




Plur. 


audi-e-ba-mur, 
audi-e-ba-mini, 
audi-e-ba-ntur. 






Future. 




I shall or will hear. 




I shall 


1 or will be heard. 


Sing. 


audi-a-m, 

audi-e-s, 

audi-S-t, 




Sing. 


audi-a-r, 
audi-er Ts (-rS), 
audi-e-tur, 


Plur. 


audi-e-mus, 
audi-e-tfs, 

audi-e-nt. 




Plur. 


audi-e-mur, 
audi-e-mTm, 
audi-e-ntur. 



VERBS, FOURTH CONJUGATION, 



167 



ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. 

Present-Perfect and Aorist-Perfect. 



I have heard or heard. 
Sing, audiv-i, 

audiv-i-stl, 

audiv-T-t, 
Plur. audlv-T-mus, 

audiv-i-stis, 

audiv-e-runt (or -e 
«). 



I have been or was heard. 

S. audit-us (-a, -urn,) sum, 
audlt-us (-a, -um 7 ) 8s, 
audit-us (-a, -urn,) est, 

P. audit-i (-ae, -a,) su-mus, 
audit! (ae, -a,) es-tTs, 
audit! (ae, -a,) sunt. 



Past-Perfect. 



I had heard. 

Sing. audTv-Sra-m, 
audiv-era-s, 
audlv-era-t, 

Plur. audiv-era-mus, 
aud!v-era-tfs, 
audiv-6ra-nt. 



I had been heard. 

S. audit-us (a, -tfm,) $r-a-m, 
audit-us (-a, -urn,) eras, 
audit-us (a, -urn,) er-a-t, 

P. audit! (ae, -a,) Sr-a-mus, 
aud!t-! (-ae, -a,) Sr-a-tis, 
aud!t! (-ae, -a,) Sr-a-nt. 



Future-Perfect. 



I shall have heard. 

Sing. aud!v-er-6, 
aud!v-8r!-s, 
aud!v-erT-t, 

Plur. aud!v-8ri-miis, 
aud!v-6rt-tis, 
aud!v-6ri-nt. 



I shall have been heard. 

S. audtt-us (a, -urn,) 8r-o, 
aud!t-us (a, -urn,) Sr-i-s, 
aud!t-us (a, -urn,) £r T-t, 

P. audit-! (-ae, -a,) 8r-T-mus, 
aud!t! (ae, -a,) Sr-i-tTs, 
aud!t! (-ae, -a,) Sr-u-nt. 






SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 
Present. 
I may hear. I may be heard. 

Sing, audi-a-m, S. audi-a-r, 

audi-a-s, audi-a-rts (-r8), 

audi-a-t, audi-a-tur, 



168 



VERBS, FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



Plur. 



ACTIVE VOICE. 

May hear. 
audi-a-mus, 
audi-a-fis, 
audi-a-nt. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

Present. 

May be heard. 
P. audi-a-mur, 
audi-a-rrrinl, 
audi-a-ntur. 

Imperfect. 



I might, would, or should 

hear. 
Sing, audl-re-m, 

audl-re-s, 

audl-re-t, 
Plur. audl-re-mus, 

audl-re-tts, 

audl-re-nt. 



I might, would, or should 
be heard. 
S. audl-re-r, 

audl-re-rTs (-rS), 
audl-re-tur, 
P. aud!-re-mur, 
aud!-re-mTnI, 
audl-re-ntur. 



Present-Perfect. 



I may have heard. 

Sing, audlv-ert-m, 
audiv-ert-s, 
audlv-eri-t, 

Plur. audlv-en-mus, 
audlv-ert-tfs, 
audlv-eri-nt. 



I may have been heard. 

S. audit-us (-a, -urn,) si-m, 
audit-us (-a, -urn,) si-s, 
audit-us (-a, -um,) sit, 

P. audit! (-ae, -a,) sl-mus, 
audit! (-ae, -a,) sf-tYs, 
audit! (ae, -a,) si-nt. 



Past-Perfect. 



I might, would, or should 
have heard. 

Sing, audlv-isse-m, 
audlv-isse-s, 
audlv-isse-t, 
audiv-isse-mus, 
audlv-issetfs, 
audlv-isse-nt. 



Plur. 



I might, would, or should have 

been heard. 
S. audit-us (-a, -tim,) es-se-m, 
audit us (-a, -tim,) esses, 
audit-us (-a, -urn,) es se t, 
P. audit! (-ae, -a,) es-se mus, 
audit! (-ae, -a,) es-se-tts, 
audit I (-ae, -a,) es sent. 



VERBS, FOURTH CONJUGATION. 



169 



ACTIVE VOICE. 

IMPERATIVE 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

MOOD. 



Pres. S. 
P. 

Fut S. 



audi, hear thou; 
audl-te, hear ye, 
audi-to, thou shalt 
hear, 

he shall 



audT-to, 

hear ; 
audl-tote, ye shall 

hear, 
audi-u-nto, they shall P. 

hear. 

ESTFINIT 



Pres. S. audl-re, be thou heard; 

P. audi-mTni, beye heard. 

Fut S. auditor, thou shalt 

be heard, 

auditor, he shall be 

heard ; 



audl-u-ntor, they shall 
be heard. 



Pres. 
Per/. 



Fut 



audT-re, to hear. 
audlv-issS, to have 
heard. 



audit-Gr-us (a, -urn,) 
esse, to be about to 
hear. 
Fut P. audlt-ur-us (-a, -urn,) 
fti-isse, to have 
been about to hear. 



Pres. audl-rl, to be heard. 
Perf. audit-us (-a, -urn,) 

esse, to have been 

heard. 
Fut. audit-iim in, to be 

about to be heard. 



Fut. P. audit-us (-a, -urn,) 
fore, to have been 
about to be heard. 



PARTICIPLES. 



Pres. 



Fut 



audi-e-n-s (Gen. au- 

di-e-nt Ts), hearing. 

audlt-ur-us (a, -urn,) 

about to hear. 



Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Abl. 



Perf. audit-us(-a,-um,) 

heard. 
Gerundive, audi-e-nd-us (-a, 
-um,) to be heard. 

GERUND. 
(audl-re), hearing. 
audi-e-nd-T, of hearing. 
audi-e-nd-o, for hearing. 

audi-e-nd-um, hearing (often with ad and intlr). 
audi-e-nd-o, by hearing. 



15 



170 VERBS, CONJUGATION. 

SUPINE. 

ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. 

au-dlt-um, to hear. au-dlt-u, to be heard, to hear. 



State the Hood, Tense, Voice, Person, Number, and mean- 
ing of the following : 
Audis, audiat, audiens, audient, audiant, auditis, auditiis, 
audita, audirg, audiri, audiris, audires, audivisti, audivere, 
audimur, audiemini, audltotg, audivissetis, audiverint, audi- 
vissent, audiremini, audit! fuissent,* auditurus esse, auditiis 
fuissS,* audiebamur, audiremiis, audiebamini, audiuntor, au- 
diuntiir, audientiir, audientis, audiatis, audiantur, audiveri- 
mus, audiverunt, audit! fuissetis.* 

Translate into Latin. 
We shall hear, he has been heard, they have heard, thou 
mightest have been heard, ye were heard, ye were hearing, 
they shall hear, ye have heard, he may have been heard, ye 
would have been heard, we might have been heard, be ye 
heard, to hear, to have been heard, by hearing, about to hear, 
to be heard, we hear, they are heard, they are hearing. The 
beautiful girl has been heard. Many songs had been heard. 

§106. CONJUGATION OF VERBS.— ENDINGS. 
—PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION. 

I. The table on pages 172, 173 exhibits the endings 
of the Active and Passive Voices in all the Conjugations. 

Remark 1. — On the Present-stem are formed all the Moods of 
the Present, Imperfect, and Future Tenses (except the Infinitive 
Future, Active and Passive), the Gerund, Present Active Par- 
ticiple, and the Gerundive. 

Remark 2. — On the Perfect-stem are formed all the Perfect- 
Tenses in the Active Voice. 

Remark 8. — On the Supine-stem are formed the Supines, and 
the Future Active, and Perfect Passive, Participles. 

* See foot-note, p. 153. 



PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION. 171 

Remark If. — The Future and Future-Perfect Infinite Active 
are compound Tenses, made up of the Future Active Participle 
and the Infinitive of the Verb sum. The Future Infinitive Pas- 
sive is made up of the Supine and the Impersonal Infinitive Irl. 
The Future-Perfect Infinitive Passive is made up of the Perfect 
Passive Participle and the Future Infinitive fore. 

Remark 5. — The Perfect Tenses of the Passive are made up of 
the Perfect Passive Participle with the forms of the Verb sum, 
the latter designating the time, and the Participle expressing 
completion passively ; as, amatus Zram, I existed (at some past 
time) having been (previously) loved; i. e. I had been loved. The 
Participle, being an Adjective in the Predicate, agrees with the 
Subject. 

II. THE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION. 

The so-called Periphrastic Conjugation is formed by 
combining the different Tenses of sum (1) with the Fu- 
ture Act. Participle (Active Periphrastic) ; and (2) with 
the Gerundive (Passive Periphrastic). 

The Active Periphrastic (sometimes called First Peri- 
phrastic) expresses action that is about to take place or 
purposed; e.g. amaturus sum, Jam about to love; moni- 
turus erat, he purposed advising ; and so on through all 
the Tenses of sum. 

The Passive Periphrastic (sometimes called the Second 
Periphrastic) expresses action that must or ought to take 
place; e.g. amandus sum, / must (or ought to) be loved; 
audiendus futt, he ought to have been heard; and so on 
through all the Tenses of sum. 

The Tense (person, number, etc.) employed of sum is 
the Tense (person, number, etc.) of the combined form ; 
amaturus sum, Pres. Indie; amaturus eram, Imperf. In- 
die; amandus stm, Pres. Subj.; amandus fuerim, Pres.- 
Perf.Suty. 



172 



TABLE OF ENDINGS. 






^ <2 

CO . • | 
O 

o 
o 






>3 P 

,0 10) 



leS'T 

.Q 14) 
• I 



103 I 
.O 14) 



5 p 

-O 4) 



X) 14) 



>sa 

,£3 14) 



14 

A 03 



glOj 









02 
O 

I— I 

Q 
O 

H 



w 

H 

to 

i 

H 

W 

w 
n 

H 

O 
H 

P 

W 
P 
P 
< 

© 

•■H 

H 



ft 
O 

o 

I— I 
H 

<1 

I— I 

p 



o 

H 

o 
> 

H 

O 



CO ' ' ^ 



s 
g 



<» *? CO 



p 

a 
H 
-»j 
P 
a> 

DQ 

93 



^ U J-i 
03 >0>0 



Q) +J 



II 



► P'S 
xn 4> «r 

O) OJ+J CO 55 



CN 



f-t e 



a> £ *P 

P* IJ3 g W3 co 

CO W >H "S V 3 



o3 Q 



t<! 



N C Cu 



« 



rO 14) C3 



>)4) ^ 

5ia 



01 In O 
>--. |C3 Jj 

H ,0 ,o 
leS'T ^ 

^DI4) ® 

I I •" 

> »<» 

U r- 

1 >^^ g 

a> bo 

S^ p 

^3 14) P 

' ' 8 

>2lC3 60 

^3 I4> ^ 
• "d 

w 3 

SI03 '. 

ItJ i | 



■^2 

leS'T 

^2 1 4) 



IC3' 



ICST 

,Q 1 4) 



a p 

C3 03 



111 -*J 

rC 14) 



.Urn. 

S-. pQlcs 



p 

P+3 
3 P 



H p 



&H 






u* 






,0 10) 



Is 

^ 10) 



5IO S 

^3 103 

i ■ 

rr-r^ 

fl P 
C3 C3 
iH CO 






iS T « 

i i • 



Conjugations. 



TABLE OP ENDINGS. 



173 













5 




m 
^>P 


$ 








. © d 




© 














2-d 










© +i_£3 




o © 












© 




si 










-m © c5 




•+J „ 










h 


Fh 




c3 

t 
© 

02 








<^ > 




© xn 






Ph 
co 




• >o 

*ii 
>o P 
•*> i 

a p 


© 

rQ 




a © 

1 1 








- M « 




>p3" 










• i 


*© 




d'd 
PI a 




V2 




2 ««)©>© 




tin ta 

eo « )© 


1 


e 
s 

a; 




IrH 

- P 




o 
> 

bJO 

p 

hS 

o 
© 




c3 03 
tHCO 

Pi >43 


© 

Jh 

Ph 
PI 

1 


32 
P 

o 

bC 

P 

. o 


i 
M 

Ph 
P 

T 




2^ )oJ )oJ )03 

© © © 
e8 eS c3 
i i ^ 

IrH IrH IrH 




)0?)0? 2 

'? '? )03 »H ^ 


m 




53 


3>2 




a 




© 




1 ■ 1 




i " rt )c3 


assive voic: 








a 
o 
© 
© 

* 

© 

# p 

"3 
o 




K M d 

O r-H 

PI 
o3 

of 


h3 

© 

o 
•d 

o 

CO 

-d 
PI 

03 

a" 


S j§ 

Ph S 
P © 
OQ 5 


1 

w 

Q 

IH 

o 

> 




dar. 

sum, etc. ; 
eram, etc. ; 
ero, etc. ; 




sim, etc. 
essem, etc.; 
itive Perf. -us i 
Fut. -um 
Perf. -us, 
e. -u. 


m 








.„ 


O 




^-N 


p 
1— 1 


0Q 




l i 'sis 




)c«)e3 ■> 




?■! 


u 

o> 

-d 

CO 




... *H 

>o , 

HJ>rH 
1 1 


+3 

TJH 

© 

3 




& £ © 

M £, CO 
^ M ^ 


co 

CO 

o3 

Ph 
p 


© 
Pi 03 

<j a- 


Ph 




•5 >p>d>P 

&Q i i • 

)of)ef)or 






rH 








o 




HH P-l 




42 






xti xn xn 




xnai "WaXS 




^5 








m 




© 


H 2 




. 


>P )P >P 
i i i 


p 


^^ -aKians 


VE MOOD 


+3 

PI 

© 


>H 
© 
Ph 
>d 


>© 
»H 

>0> i 
I I 


rH 

3 


XD 
bfi 

P 

*'d 
p 
© 

3 




IrH 

'd , 
p © 

1 ■ 

P PI 


© 

© 

XD 

P 
^d 
P 
© 


Ph cc 
Ph 'd 

h i 

© 




P 
O 
O 

M 


Perfect. 
Past-Perf. 
Fat. Perf. 


o 

o 

rH 


^&H 

Ph^h 


t— i 


xn 






+a 


bO 




o3 03 


53 


H «2 




M 




H 




CE. 

IMPERAT 


© 
U 

Ph 

r»o 

e 


© 
Ph 
-d 

CO 
tH 

<D 

Ph 
■d 

CM 


>© 
>©*? 

HJ>rH 
1 I 


3 

HJ 1 
PI P 
1 1 

)d 

sis 


© 

© 
rP 

© 

Fh 

.2 
© 

r © 

o 
!> 

bO 

.2 

o 
© 

PI 




T-HCO 
P 

Ph 
H 
O 

w a 

Ol Tj? 

'd'd 

PS PI 


o3 

£ 

© 

© 

© 

© 
O 
b0 


H P^ 
© 

o •B 

H P 
o 

P % 

w a 
p § 
a » 

j co 

^ CO 

P 
OQ ® 

Jz; © 


H 

0Q 
1 

H 
Q 


H 
<1 
O 

)— I 

P 
1— 1 


Plural. 

-imus, -itis, v -erunt. 
-eramus, -eratis, -erant. 
-erimus, -eritis, -erint. 


P 
Ha 
pq 
P 

CO 


-erimus, -eritis, -erint. 
-issemus, -issetis, -issent. 

-isse. 

-urus (-a, -um) esse. 

-urus, -a, -um. 

-um. 












PI 

o 




o3 o3 

tH CO 


P 

'-2 








ACTIVE V< 










© 






© 

N © 


H «g 


W 








^ 




© 

Ph 




ito; 

seen, inserts i 
ct. and Pass. 


Parti- ' 

CIPLE. 

re * Present, 
irts the conn 


Ph -g 

H -2 


P4 

Ph 

Ph 

1 




+, U *h 

>rH )© >© 

1 1 * 




, -erit ; 
s, -isset; 
e. Perfect 
nitive Fut 
t. Fut. 

[NE. 




i 


■d 

CO 






CO 

c3 


< 
Fh 


>© i 

Eh )© 
■ i 


CO 

p 


© 


Q 

M 

o 




Singula 

-i, ^ -isti, 
-eram, -eras 
-ero, -eris 




xn i© > r a S 

"Sg c g 3 p 






f'f 


o 

1 1 © 


pj 

s 

Ph 

tB 

d 

93 


rf5 co 
rd 
P! 
o3 


he 3d Oonj 
Gerundive. 

Rem — 


> 

hH 

H 






*h co H 

)©-rH CO 






CM 


>*CO 

>d 

Pi 

03 


rfco H 

§ 1 


cm 


M 


Infin- ) 

ITIVE. > 

Present.) 
Rem.— T 


-d 

p 

o3 

-d 


Q 
















of 


of 

Y-f 


^3 
P 
© 


p 

p 






m 





15 



174 



VERBS IN 10. 



§107. VERBS IN -JO OF THE THIRD CON- 
JUGATION. 

Some Verbs of the Third Conjugation insert 1 before 
the ending in some of the parts formed on the Present- 
stem, as shown in the following paradigm of cap$r$, to 
take. The i is dropped before I and 8r; also before # in 
the Imperative. 



ACTIVE. 



INDICATIVE. 



Pres. 
Imp erf. 
Fat. 



cap- 


-i-o, 


-is, 


-it, 


-lmus, 


cap-i- 


-ebam, 


-ebas, 


-ebat, 


-ebamus, 


cap-i- 


-am, 


-es, 


-et, 


-emus, 



-TtlS, 

-ebatis, 
-etis, 



■i-unt, 
-ebant. 
■ent. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



Pres. 
Imperf. 



cap-i- 


-am, 


-as, 


-at, 


-amus, 


cap- 


-erem, 


-eres, 


-eret, 


-eremus, 



-atis^ -ant. 

-eretis, -erent. 



IMPEBATIVE. 



Pres. 
Fut. 



cap- 
cap- 



•e, 

■lto, 



■ltO, 



■ite, ^ 
•ltote, 



■i-unto. 



INFINITIVE, 
capere. 



participle, cap-i-ens. 



gerund, cap-i-e-ndi. 



PASSIVE. 



INDICATIVE. 



Pres. 


cap- 


-i-or, 


-eris, 


-itur, 


w 

-lmur, 


Imperf. 


cap-i- 


-ebar, 


-ebaris, 


-ebatur, 


-ebamur, 


Fut. 


cap-i- 


-ar, 


-ens, 


-etur, 


-emur, 



-limni, 

-ebaminl, 

-emiiii, 



■i-untur. 
■ebantur. 
■entur. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



Pres. 
Imperf. 



cap-i- 


-ar, 


-aris, 


-atur, 


-amur, 


1 cap- 


-erer, 


-ereris, 


-eretur, 


1 -eremur, 



■ amini, 



■eremini, -erentur 



-antur. 



IMPERATIVE. 



Pres 
Fat. 



cap- 
cap- 





-ere, 
-ltor, 


-ltor, 






■lmini, 

•i-emini, -i-untor. 



participle, cap-i-e-ndus. 



VERBS IX IO. 175 

The parts on the Perfect- and Supine-stems do not 
vary from the usual formation. 

EXEECISE XLIV. 
(Some Verbs which insert 1.) 

cap-i-o, cap-e-re, cep-i, capt-um, to take. 

re-cip-i-o, recip-e-re, recep-i, recept-um, to take hack. 

se recipere, to take one's self back, to retreat. 

ac-cip-i-o, accip-e-re, accep-i, accept- urn, to take to one's self, to receive. 

cup-i-o, cup-e-re, cupiv-i, cupit-um, to desire. 

fac-i-o, fac-e-re, fec-i, fact-um, to do, to make. 

con-fic-i-5, con-fic-e-re, con-fec-i, confect-iim, to finish. 

rap-i-5, rap-e-re, rap-u-i, rapt-um, to seize, carry off. 

di-rip-i-o, dirip-e-re, diripu-i, di-rept-um, to plunder. 

Remark 1. — The Imperative Present Active second Singular 
of facio is fdc, and the Passive is supplied by the Irregular Verb 
Jio (§111, 7). The compounds with Prepositions change a into 
i, and are inflected regularly in the Passive ; as, conficior, con- 
fid, confectus; compounded with other words, facio retains the 
a, and has fid in the Passive ; as, patefio, patejtiri, patef actus. 

Translate into English. 

German! animalia (§ 39) quae bello ceperant diis macta- 
bant. Nostri in hostes impetum fecerunt, atque eos (§ 83, 
1) in filgam d£derunt. Helvetii per Sequanorum fines iter 
faciebant. Hostes, qui per provinciam iter tentaverant, in 
fines suos se receperunt. Caesar ab Helvetiis obsides et 
arma acceperat. Imperator aurum quod a regg acceperat, 
militibus dedit. Milites proeliurn f acerg cuplverunt. Cae- 
sar decern diebiis pontem confecit. Roman! virgines Sabi- 
norum rapuerunt. Hostes atroces totam urbem diripient. 

Translate into Latin. 

The enemy will retreat from the mountain to the river. 
The king will lay waste the country (agros) which he has 



176 PASSIVE CONSTKUCTION. 

conquered with fire and sword. Our horsemen had made 
an attack upon the enemy's footmen. The forces of the 
enemy, that were making a journey through our province, 
plundered many villages. The lieutenant, with five legions 
which he had received from Caesar, hastened into the bound- 
aries of the Aeduans. The consul will not finish the bridge 
in six days. The general desires to make an end of the war. 

For peculiarities of Tense-formation and Conjugation, and compo- 
sition of Verbs, see Appendix. 



EXEKCISE XLV. 

§108. THE PASSIVE CONSTEUCTION. 

1. The same idea may be expressed both in the Active 
and the Passive form ; as, Helvetii legates mittunt, the Hel- 
vetians send ambassadors ; or, legatl db Helvetils mittuntur, 
ambassadors are sent by the Helvetians. 

2. The Object in the Active becomes the Subject in the 
Passive ; and the Subject in the Active is expressed by 
the Ablative with the Preposition a or db. (Ablative 
of the Agent.) 

Remark 1. — If the Ablative expresses, not the Agent, or Doer 
of the action, but only the Cause, Means, Instrument, the Prep- 
osition is not used ; as, stimulus bovlm concitat, the goad urges on 
the ox ; Passive, bos stimulb concitatur, the ox is urged on by the 
goad. 

Remark 2. — As Intransitive Verbs have no Object in the Act- 
ive, they are not used personally in the Passive, except with a 
Cognate or Equivalent Subject. See §150, Remarks 1, 2. 

3. Rule of Syntax. — Verbs which in the Active take 
another case in addition to the Object- Accusative, in the 
Passive retain that other case ; as, m&gister puero librum 
dat ; Passive, liber pu$ro a magistro datur. 



DEPONENT VERBS. 177 

Translate into English. 

Regina ab ancillis amatur. Magister bonus ab omnibus 
pueris amabitur. Tuae salutis causa (§ 29, 1) moneris. Pa- 
ter a f ilio suo amatus est. Templum de niarmore (§ 40) ab 
imperatore aedif icatuni est. Le§, qui in silva a servis visiis 
est, roultos homines laniaverat. Gallia est omnis divisa in 
partes tres. Helvetii una ex parte flumine Rheno, altissimo 
atque latissimo continentur. Legiones, quae in provincia con- 
scriptae sunt, a Caesare ex hlbernis educentiir. Quidam ex 
mllitibus magnitudine perlculi perterriti sunt. Castra tri- 
bus diebus (§66, 2) a consiile movebuntur. Improbi onmes 
a deo punientur. Haec a nobis audita sunt. 



Translate into Latin. 

(Change each of the foregoing exercises from the Passive 
to the Active construction.) 



DEPONENT VERBS. 

§ 109. 1. Deponent Verbs are such as have a Passive 
form with an Active meaning. 

They are called Deponent (laying aside), because they 
lay aside their Active form and Passive meaning. 

2. They are inflected throughout like Passive Verbs, 
and have also the Gerund, Participles, and Supine of the 
Active Voice. The Gerundive and sometimes the Per- 
fect Participle have also a Passive meaning. The Ge- 
rundive is found only in Transitive Deponents, or used 
impersonally of Intransitive Deponents; as, omnibus m#- 
riendum est, all must die. 



178 DEPONENT VERBS. 

PARADIGMS. 

First Conjug. mIr-6-r, mira-rl, mlrat-us sum, to admire. 

Second Conjug. fate-or, fate-rl, fass-us sum, to confess. 

__ . _ „ . f Dt-o-r, ut-I, us-us sum, to use. 
Third Conjug. \ 

[ pat-i-o-r, pat-I, pass-us sum, to suffer. 

Fourth Conjug. meti-o-r, metl-rl, mens-us sum, to measure. 



INDICATIVE. 



Present. 
Imperf. 

Future. 



mir-o-r, 

I admire. 

mira-ba-r, 

I was admir- 
ing. 

mira-bo-r, 
I shall admire. 



Pres.Perf. mirat-us sum, 
/ have admir- 
ed. 



Past-Perf. 



Fat. Perf. 



mirat-us eram, 
I had admired. 



mirat-us ero, 

1 Khali have ad- 
mired. 



fate-o-r, 
I confess. 

fate-ba-r, 

I was con- 
fessing. 

fate-bo-r, 
I shall con- 

fass-us sum, 
/ have con- 



ut-o-r, 
I use. 

ut-e-ba-r, 
I was using. 



ut-a-r, 
I shall use. 



us-us sum, 
I have used. 



fass-us eram. us-us eram, 



I had con- 
fessed. 

fass-us ero, 

i" shall have 
confessed. 



I had tised. 



us-us ero, 

/ shall have 
used. 



pat-i-o-r, 
I suffer. 

pat-i-e-ba-r, 

I was suffer- 
ing. 

pat-i-a-r, 
I shall suffer. 



pass-us sum, 
I have suf- 
fered. 



pass-us eram, 
I had suffer- 
ed. 

pass-us ero, 

I shall have 
suffered. 



meti-o-r, 
I measure. 

meti-e-ba-r, 

I was measur- 
ing. 

meti-a-r, 

I shall meas- 
ure. 

mens-us sum, 
I have meas- 
ured. 

mens-us eram, 
I had measur- 
ed. 

mens-us ero, 

I shall have 
measured. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



Present. 
Imperf. 
Pres. Perf. 
Past-Perf. 



mir-e-r, 

I may admire. 



mira-re-r, 

I might ad- 
mire. 

mirat-iis sim, 
I may have ad- 

m ired. 

mirat-us es- 
sem, 

i" might have 
admired. 



fate-a-r, 

I mag con- 
fess. 

fate-re-r, 

I might con- 
fas. 

fass-us sim, 

I may have 
con " 



es- 



fass-us 
sem, 

I might have 
confessed. 



ut-a-r, 
I may use. 



pat-i-a-r, 
I may suffer. 



ut-e-re-r, pat-e-re-r, 
I might use. I might suf- 
fer. 



us-us sim, 

I may have 
used. 



pass-us sim, 

I may have 
suffered. 



us-us essem, pass-us 
I might have sem, 



used. 



I might have 
suffered. 



meti-a-r, 

I may meas- 
ure. 

meti-re-r, 

I might meas- 
ure. 



mens-us sim, 

I may have 
measured. 



mens-us es- 
sem, 

I might have 
measured. 



DEPONENT VERBS. 



179 



IMPERATIVE. 



Present. imira-re, 

admire thou. 



Future. 



mira-tor, 

thou shalt ad- 



fate-re, |ut-e-re, pat-e-re, 

confess thou, use thou. suffer thou. 



fate-tor, 

thou shalt 
confess. 



ut-i-tor, 

thou shalt 
use. 



pat-i-tor, 

thou shalt suf- 
fer. 



meti-re, 

measure thou. 

meti-tor, 

thou shalt meas- 
ure. 



INFINITIVE. 



Present. 



Perfect. 



Future. 



Fut. Perf. 



mira-ri, 
to admire. 



fate-ri, 
to confess. 



ut-i, 

to use. 



pa.t-1, 
to suffer. 



meti-ri, 
to measure. 



mirat-us (-a, fass-us (-a, us-us (-a, pass-us (-a, mens-us (-a 



■um,) esse, 

to have admir- 
ed. 

mirat-ur-us 
(-a, -um,) esse, 
to be about to 
admire. 

mirat-us (-a, 
-um,) fore, 

to have been 
about to admire. 



um,) esse, 

to have con- 
fessed. 

fass-ur-us 
(-a,-um,)esse, 
to be about to 
confess. 

fass-us (-a, 
-um,) fore, 

to have been 
about to con- 
fess. 



-um,) esse, -um.) esse, -um,) esse 
to have used, to have suf-i to have meas- 
fered. lured 

us-ur-us(-a, pass-ur-us(-a, mens-ur-u.s)-a, 



-umj esse, 

to be about 
to use. 

us-us (-a, 
-um,) fore, 

to have been 
about to use. 



iim,) esse 

to be about to 
suffer. 



iim,) esse, 
to be about to 
measure. 



pass-us (-a, 'mens-us, (-a, 
-um,) fore, i-um,) fore, 

to have been\ to have been 
about to suffer, [about to measure. 



PARTICIPLES. 



Present. mira-n-s, 
admiring. 

Perfect. mirat-us, -a, 
-um, 

having admir- 
ed. 

Future. mirat-ur-us, 
-a, -um, 

about to ad- 
mire. 

Gerundive.\miTa,--n.d-v.s, -a, 
-um, 

to be admired 



fate-n-s. 

confessing. 



jiit-e-n-s, 
using. 



-a. 



fass-us, -a, us-us 

-um, i-um, 

having con- having used. 

fessed. 



pat-i-e-n-s, 

suffering. 

pass-iis, -a, 
-um, 

having suf- 
fered. 



meti-e-n-s, 

measuring. 



-a, 



mens-us 
-um, 

having meas- 
ured. 



fass-ur-us, :us-ur-us, -a, pass-ur-us,-a, mens-ur-us, -a 
-a, -iim, i-um, i-um, 

about to con- about <0: about to suf- 
fess. \use. fer. 



fate-nd-us, ut-e-nd-us, 
-a, -um, J -a, -um, 

to be con-\ to be used, 
fessed. 



pat-i-e-nd-us, 
-a, -um, 



-um, 

abend to meas- 



meti-e-nd-us, 
um, 



to be suffered, to be measur- 
ed. 



GERUND. 



mira-nd-i 



fate-nd-i, iit-e-nd-i, pat-i-e-nd-i, meti-e-nd-i, 



of admiring. I of confessing. of using, j of suffering. of 



measuring. 



SUPINE. 



mirat-um, 
mirat-u. 



fass-um, 
fass-u. 



us-um, 
iis-ii. 



pass-um, 
pass-u. 



imens-um, 
mens-ii. 



180 DEPONENT VERBS. 

3. The Verbs audeS, I dare, fidu, I trust,, gaudeS, I 
delight, and soleo, I am accustomed, want the Perfect- 
stem, and form their Perfect Tenses like the Passive; 
as, ausUs sum, I have dared ; flsus sum, I have trusted ; 
gdvlsus sum, I have rejoiced; sblttus sum, I have been 
accustomed. These are called Semi-Deponents, or Neuter 
Passives. 

4. Here may also be observed the Verbs vdpulo, I am 
beaten ; vhieo, I am sold ; exsuW, I am banished (live in 
exile); and flu, I am made; which have an Active form 
with a Passive meaning. 

5. Most of the Deponents have a Middle force (that is, 
they are equivalent to the Active with a Reflexive Pro- 
noun); as, prbfieiscor, I begin to put myself forward; 
i. e. I set out; ittdr, I employ myself (with a thing); i. e. 
I use (a thing). 

EXERCISE XLVI. 
§ 110. Vocabulary. 

mor-o-r, -a-ri, -at-us siim, to delay. frumentarius, -a, -um, of corn. 

con-o-r, -a-ri, -at-us sum, to attempt. res frumentaria, provisions. 

popul-o-r, -a-ri, -at-us sum, to plunder, piiblicus, -a, -um, public. 

hort-o-r, -a-ri, -at-us sum, to exhort. privatus, -a, -um, private. 

Imit-o-r, -a-ri, -at-us sum, to imitate. mors, mort-is, death. 

tue-o-r, -e-ri, tuit-us and tut-us sum, supplicium, -i, punishment. 

to protect. peccatum, -T, fault, sin. 

confite-o-r, -e-ri, confess-us sum, to amor, -or-is, love. 

confess. sceltis, -er-is, crime, toickedness. 

sequ-o-r, sequ-I, secut-iis sum, to fol- Causa, -ae, cause (Abl., for the 

low. sake of; commonly comes after 

ulcisc-o-r, -I, ult-us sum, to avenge. the Gen.), 

pat-i-o-r, pat-i, pass-us sum, to en- pauci, -ae, -a, few. 

dure, suffer, permit. menti-5-r, -I-ri, -lt-iis sum, to lie. 

con-gred-i-o-r, congred-i, congress-us meti-o-r, -i-ri, mens-iis sum, to 

sum, to meet; in a hostile sense, to measure. 

contend. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 181 

Translate into English. 

Caesar in hoc oppido paucos dies (§ 66, 2) rei frumenta- 
riae causa morabatur. Flumina, quae r^centibus irnbribus 
aucta sunt (see augere), multos dies consulem morabuntur. 
Helvetii in Aeduorum fines pervenerant, eorumque Egros 
populabantiir. Hostes per provinciam nostram it£r fac&rS 
conati erant. Imperator fortis milites hortatus est. Liberi 
non semper virtutem parentiim imitantiir. Qui suds liberos 
non tuetur (§ 87, B, 8), homo est turpissimils. TurpS est men- 
tiri. Nonne scelera tua confesses es ? Equites nostrl hostes 
ad flumen secuti sunt. Hie latrS gravissimum supplicium 
patietur. Cum Cicerone saepg in urbg congresses sum. Hac 
in re Caesar publicas ac privates injurias ultiis est. 

Translate into Latin. 

A wise man always confesses his faults. Davus confessed 
his love for (rise Gen.) the maid-servant. The brave son will 
avenge his father's death. Our skirmishers delayed the jour- 
ney of the enemy many hours. The prudent consul will not 
suffer the enemy to lead their forces through the most fertile 
part of Gaul. To lie is the basest of all things. The thief 
had confessed all his crimes. The general on the sixth day 
measured (out) corn to the soldiers. It is easier to imitate 
vice than virtue. The Aeduans, having contended with 
Ariovistus, king of the Germans, were conquered. Our men 
will attempt to follow the enemy through the forest. 

IRREGULAR VERBS. 

§ 111. 1. Irregular Verbs do not use (apparently), in 
some of their parts formed from the Present-stem, the 
endings of either of the four Conjugations. The forms 
called irregular are > for the most part, either syncopated 

16 



182 IRREGULAR VERBS. 

or ancient forms. The Tenses formed on the Perfect- and 
the Supine-stems are alike in all Verbs. 

2. The Irregular Verbs are, esse, to be ; velle, to be 
willing; feme, to bear; gdere or esse, to eat; fieri, to be 
made, to become; Tr8, to go; quire, to be able; and their 
compounds. 

3. V#15, velle,* volui, to wish, to be willing. 

INDICATIVE. 
Present volo, vis, vult ; 

volumus, vultTs, volunt. 
Imperfect, volebam, volebas, etc. (regular). 
Future. volam, voles, etc. (reg.). 
Pres. Perf volu-i, -i-sti, -i-t, etc. (reg?). 
Past-Perf. volu-eram, -gras, etc. (reg.). 
Fut. Perf volu-er§, -ens, etc. (reg.). 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Present, velTm, veils, veltt ; 

velimus, velitts, velint. 
Imperfect, vellem, velles, vellet ; 

vellemus, velletis, vellent. 
Pres. Perf volu-erim, -£rls, -erit, etc. (reg.). 
Past-Perf. volu-issem, -isses, etc. (reg.). 

INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. 

Present, velle. Pres. volens (reg.). 

Perfect. vftlu-isse (reg.). 

Note. — VoW is a Verb of the Third Conjugation, the Present-stem 
being vol-, which, by root-vowel change, appears as vel-, vul-, in cer- 
tain Tenses. The forms vis, vult, and vultis are syncopated from vdl-is, 
vol-it, and vdl-itis, interchanging u for 6. The ending -umus is an 
old form for -wius (cf. maxumus and maximus). Velle and vellem are 

* In the following paradigms the irregular forms are in bold type. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



183 



syncopated forms of vll-h-% and vel-e-rem, <t being elided, and r passing 
into I for euphony: wl-e-rl, vel-r8, vel-le; vel-e-rem, vel-rem, vel-lem. 
The endings -Im, -Is, -it, etc. of the Subjunctive Present are old 
forms found also in sim, sis, etc., edim, edis, etc. 

4. Nolo is compounded of non and vdlo. 

Nolo, nolle, nolui, to be unwilling. 

INDICATIVE. 
Present nolo, nonvis, nonvult; 

nolumus, n5nvultis, nolunt. 

Imperfect, nolebam, nolebas, etc. (reg.). 
Future. nolam, noles, etc. (reg.). 
Pres. Perf. nolu-i, -i-sti, -i-t, etc. (reg.). 
Past-Perf nolu-eram, -gras, etc. (reg.). 
Put. Perf. nolu-ero, -£r!s, etc. (reg.). 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Present. noltrn, noils, noltt ; 

nollmus, nolltis, nolint. 
Imperfect, nollem, nolles, nollet ; 

nollemus, nolletfs, nollent. 
Pres. Perf nolu-erim, -ens, etc. (reg.). 
Past-Perf. nolu-issem, -isses, etc. (reg.). 





IMPEKATIVE. 








Singular. 




Plural. 


Present. 


2. noli, 


2. 


nollte. 


Future. 


2. nollto, 


2. 


nolitote, 




3. nollto; 


3. 


nolunto. 



PAET1CIPLE. 

Present, nolens (reg.). 



INFINITIVE. 
Present. nollS. 
Perfect. nolu-iss£ (reg.). 

Note. — The same remarks apply to nolo as to its primitive vdlo. 
The n and v are dropped, a contraction ensues, and hence the first 



184 IKEEGULAR VERBS. 

syllable is always long: no(n-v)dW, no-oW, noW. The uncontracteu 
form is retained in the second and third Singular and second Plural 
of the Indicative Present. The Imperative endings -i, -ite, -ito, etc., 
are irregular, belonging properly to the Fourth Conjugation. 

5. Halo is compounded of ma (the root of magts), 
more, and vdlS. 

Malo, malle, maliri, to prefer, to be more willing. 

INDICATIVE. 
Present. mal8, mavis, mavult ; 

malumus, mavultts, malunt. 
Imperfect, malebam, malebas, etc. (reg.). 
Future. malam, males, malet, etc. (reg.). 
Pres. Perf malu-i, -i-sti, -i-t, etc. (reg.). 
Past-Perf malu-eram, -gras, etc. (reg.). 
Fut. Perf. malu-ero, -ens, etc. (reg.). 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Present. malTm, mails, maltt; 

mallmus, malitTs, malint. 
Imperfect, mallem, malles, mallet; 

mallemus, malletis, mallent. 
Pres. Perf. malu-erim, -eris, -erit, etc. (reg.). 
Pad- Perf malu-issem, -isses, etc. (reg.). 

INFINITIVE. 
Present, ma lie. Perfect, malu-isse. 

Note. — Mdlu is formed in the same manner as nolo, and its first 
syllable is long for the same reason. 

6. Ferd is a Verb of the Third Conjugation, which 
has become irregular by syncopation; as, fers for fer-is; 
fer-tis for fer-i-tis; fer-rg for fer-Z-rZ; fer-rhn for f%r- 
8-r8m; fer for f$r-e; fer-t& for fer-i-tt; fer-r%r for f&r- 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 185 

%-rZr, etc. The Perfect and Supine-Stems are tul- (M- y 
cf. tollfi) and tld-; latum for (t)ldtum (t(o)ldtum). 

ACTIVE VOICE. 
Fero, ferre, tuli, latum, to carry. 

INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 

Present fer-8, fer-s, fer-t ; fer-am, fer-as, etc. 

fer-i-miis, -tis, -u-nt. 

Imperfect, fer-ebam, -ebas, etc. fer-rSm, -res, -ret; 

fer-remus, -retTs, -rent. 
Future. fer-am, fer-es, etc. 

Pres. Perf. tul-i, tul-i-sti, etc. tul-erim, tul-eris, etc. 

Past-Perf. tul-erarn, -eras, etc. tul-issem, -isses, etc. 
Put. Perf. tul-ero, -eris, etc. 

IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. 

Present. 2. fer; Pres. fer-re, 

2. fer-te. Perf. tiil-issg, 

Future. 2. fer-t§, 3. fer-to ; Fut. lat-ur-iis esse. 

2. fer-tote. 3. fer-u-nto. 

PARTICIPLES. GERUND. f£r-e-ndi. 

Present, fer-e-ns, CTTT)TV1? f lat-uni, 

Jtuture. lat-ur-iis. I lat-u. 

PASSIVE VOICE. 
Feror, ferrl, latus sum, to be carried. 

INDICATIVE. 

Present. fer-o-r, fer-ris (or -re), fer-tur. PL f£r-imur,etc, 

Imperfect, fer-ebar, fer-ebaris, etc. 

Future. fer-a-r, fer-eris, etc. 

Pres. Perf. lat-us sum, etc. 

Past-Perf. lat-us £ram, etc. 

Fut. Perf lat-us £ro, etc. 

16* 



186 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Present fer-ar, -axis, etc. • 
Imperfect fer-rer, -rerTs or -re re, -retur ; 
fer-remur, -remmi, -rentur. 

Pres. Perf. lat-iis sim, etc. 
Past-Perf. lat-iis essem, etc. 



Present. 



IMPERATIVE. 
2. fer-rfi ; Future. 2. fer-tor, 3. fer-tor ; 



2. fer-imini. 



3. fer-u-ntor, 



PARTICIPLES. 



INFINITIVE. 
Present. fer-ri. 

Future. lat-iim in. Gerundive, fer-e-nd-us. 

Perfect. lat-iis ess£ or fiiissS. lat-iis. 

Fut. Perf. lat-iis fore. 

7. Fl-o is used as the Passive of fdclS in the Tenses 
formed on the Present-stem. The other parts of the 
Passive are formed regularly from faciS. It is original- 
ly an Intransitive Verb of the Fourth Conjugation, but 
differs from other Verbs of that Conjugation in insert- 
ing the connecting vowel £ in the Infinitive Present and 
Subjunctive Imperfect, and in these forms the i is short ; 
elsewhere the i is long. 

FI6\ fieri, factiis sum, to be done, to be made, to become. 



INDICATIVE. 
Present. f i-o, f I-s, f i-t ; 

(fi-miis, fi-tis), fi-u-nt. 
Imperf. fi-ebam, -ebas, etc. 
Future. f I-arn, -es, etc. 
Pres. Perf. fact-iis siim, etc. 
Past-Perf. fact-iis eram, etc. . 
Fut. Perf. fact-iis ero, etc. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 

f i-am, -as, etc. 

fT-8-rSm, -£-res, etc. 

fact-iis sim, etc. 
fact-iis essem, etc. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



187 



IMPERATIVE. 
Present f I, f I-te. 
Future. 
Perfect. 
Put Perf. 



INFINITIVE. 
fieri. 

fact-iim Iri. 

fact-us esse or fuisse. 

fact-iis fore\ 



PARTICIPLES. 

fac-i-e-nd-iis. 
fact-us. 



Note. — Futurus sim, futurils esse* (fore) often supply the place of 
parts of fit). 

8. Pd-e'-re', to eat, is a regular Verb of the Third 
Conjugation ; but, in addition to the regular tense-forms, 
it has some forms which, through contraction, resemble 
the corresponding tense-forms of esse, to be, viz.: 



INDICATIVE PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERF. 

S. ed-8, ed-i-s or es, ed-i-t gd-g-re-m or es-se-m, e-d-er-es 
or est ; or es-se-s, £d-e-re-t or es- 

se-t. 
M-e-re-mus or es-se-m us, ed- 
&-re-tis or es-se-tTs, ed-g- 
re-nt or es-se-nt. 



P. ed-i-mus, ed-i-tis or es- 
tis, Sd-u-nt. 



IMPERATIVE. 
Pres.S. ed-eor P. ed-i-teor Put. S. M-i-to or P. ed-i-tote or 
es. es-te. es-to. es-tote, 

ed-u-ntr>. 



INFINITIVE PRES. 
gd-g-re or es-se. 



PASSIVE. 
Indie. Pres. gd-i-tur or es-tur. 
Subj. Imp. gd-g-re-tur or es-se-tur. 



Note. — The irregular forms of this Verb are syncopations of the 
regular ones. Thus, ed-is, ed-s (dropping d before s), es; ed-U, M-t 
(changing d before t into s), est In edergm, etc., e is elided, d before 
r passes into s, and r of the ending is assimilated with the last letter 
of the stem, as in vel-ll: Sd-S-rem, ed-rem, es-rem., ess&m. The forms edim } 
MlSj etc., are found in the Subjunctive Present. 



188 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 



9. Ir%, to go, in most of its parts has the endings of 
the Fourth Conjugation. The radical i is replaced by e 
in the Indicative Present, first Singular and third Plu- 
ral ; in the Subjunctive Present ; in the oblique cases of 
the Present Participle ; and in the Gerund. 

Eo, ire, ivi, itum, to go. 





INDICATIVE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 


Pres. 


e-o, I-s, i-t ; 


e-a-m, e-a-s, e-a-t ; 




l-miis, i-tis, e-u-nt. 


e-a-mus, etc. 


Imperf. 


i-ba-m, i-ba-s, I-ba-t; 


I-rg-m, l-re-s, i-r£-t ; 




i-ba-mus, etc. 


l-re-miis, etc. 


Fid. 


I-b-6, i-bT-s, i-bi-t; 
I-bK-mus, etc. 




Pres. P. 


iv-i, iv-i-sti, iv-i-t ; 


Iv-eri-m, -erl-s, -6ri-t ; 




lv-i-miis, etc. 


iv-^ri-mus, etc. 


Past-P. 


iv-£ra-m, -gra-s, -era-t; 


; iv-iss£-m, -isse-s, -issS-t ; 




Iv-gra-miis, etc. 


Iv-isse-mus, etc. 


Fut. P. 


iv-£r-o, -£ri-s, etc. 




IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. 


Pres. i; 


i-r& 


i-e-ns (Gen. e-u 


i-t& 


nth). 


Fut' i-to, i-to; it-ur-us 


ess£. it-ur-us. 


i-tote, e-u-nto. 




Perf. 


iv-isse. 






GERUND. 


SUPINE. 




e-u-nd-I, 


it-iim. 




e-u-nd-o, etc. 





Compounds of eo in the Perfect tenses drop v between the two vow- 
els, and have il instead of Ivi, ieram instead of wertim, ierU instead of 
Iv&rU, etc. 



IKKEGULAR VERBS. 189 

10. QuirZ, to be able, and n$quir$, to be unable, are 
inflected like ir$, but are rarely used except in the Pres- 
ent Indicative and Subjunctive. The Passive forms qui- 
tur, qaeuntiir, quedtur, queantur, qwitus sum, nZquitur, and 
nZquitti est, occur only with a Passive Infinitive and in 
early writers; nVquitur alone is classical. 

11. For the Conjugation of ess%, see §100. 

Like ess& are conjugated its compounds, except pro- 
sum and possum. 

12. Prosiim inserts a d for euphony wherever the 
simple Verb begins with £; as, 

Bid. Pres. pro-sum, pro-d-Ss, pro-d-est, etc. 

Lid. Imp. pro-d-Sram, pro-d-Sras, pro-d-erat, etc. 

13. Possum is compounded of pU- (stem of potts), 
able, and stim, t before s passing into s. The pdtis is 
sometimes written separately, and is then usually inde- 
clinable. 

Possum, posse, potui, I can, I am able. 

INDICATIVE. 
Pres. possum, pot-8s, pot-est ; 

pos-sumus, pot-estts, pos-sunt. 
Imp. pot-8ram, pot-eras, pot-erat; 

pot-eramus, etc. 
Put. pot-ero, pot-erTs, pot-erTt; 

pot-erimus, -erttrs, -erunt. 
Perf. potu-I, -i-stl, -it ; 

potu-i-mus, etc. 
Past-P. potu-Sram, -eras, -erat; 

potu-eramus, etc. 
Fut. P. pot-uerS, -Srts, -8rit; 

potu-Srimus, etc. 



190 IRREGULAR VERBS. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
Pres. pos-sim, pos-sis, pos-stt; 

pos-simiis, pos-sitts, pos-sint. 
Imp. pos-sem, posses, posset ; 

pos-semus, pos-setis, pos-sent. 
Perf. potu-erim, -eris, -erit, etc. 

Past-Perf. potu-issem, -isses, -isset, etc. 

INFINITIVE. 
Present. pos-s8. Perfect, potu-issg. 

The Participial form pdtens is used only as an Adjec- 
tive. 

Translate into English. 

Pueri per silvam densam ibant. Imperatores clari cap- 
tivos veneno necarg nolunt. Aedui crudelitatem Ariovisti, 
Germanorum regis, ferrg non potuerunt. Consul urbem de- 
fendgre non poterit. Caesar hiemg opus conf ic£r£ conabitiir. 
Princeps per amicos potens f lebat. Caesar, cum iis legion- 
ibus, quas ex hibernis eduxgrat, in Galliam ire contendit 
(hastened). In hac civitatg sunt tria milia (§ 64, Rem. 9) 
hominum qui arma ferrg possunt. Imp&rator a militibus 
rex (§ 67, 3) factus est. Nemo uno die sapiens figri potest. 
Non quivis orator praestantissimiis fieri potest. Poeta nas- 
citur, non fit. Superbia nobilitatis a plebg ferri non potest. 

Translate into Latin. 
Who can bear the cruelty of such a king? Can any 
one (numquis) bear the insolence (insolentia) of this slave? 
Who is willing to be slain by a robber ? We are unwilling 
to hold the farmer's bull by the horns. The citizens are 
unwilling to give their gold to that fellow (§ 84, Rem. £). 
Who is unwilling to become rich and powerful ? Some of 
the citizens will be unwilling to bear arms. The prudent 
leader will not go into the enemy's country (fines). Cicero 



DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



191 



was made consul by the best of the citizens. This boy will 
become a distinguished poet in a few years. Who can suffer 
so great a punishment ? 



DEFECTIVE VERBS. 

§112. 1. Defective Verbs are such as want some of 
their parts. 

2. There are many Verbs which are not used in all 
the tenses. The following list contains such as are most 
defective : 



Odi, I hate. 
Coepl, I have begun. 
Mem mi, I remember. 
Aio, / say. 
Inquam, I say. 



Fari, to speak. 
Quaeso, / beseech. 
Ave , hail. 
Salve, hail. 
Ap&ge, begone. 



Cedo, tell or give me. 
Conflt, it is clone. 
Deflt, it is wanting. 
In fit, he begins. 
OVtlt, he rejoices. 



§ 113. Odi, coepl (for the Present of which incipio is 
used), and mtinilm are used for the most part in the Perfect 
tenses, and hence are sometimes called Preteritive Verbs. 





odi, 


coepl, 




memTnT, 




oderam, 


coeperam, 




memTneram, 




odero, 


coepero, 




memmero, 




oderTm, 


coeperTm, 




memmerYm, 




odissSm, 


coepissem, 




memtnissem, 




odissg, 


coepissS, 




mSminisse. 


Part. 


( osus, 
I osurus, 


coeptus, 








coepturus, 






Pass. 


osus sum. 


coeptus sum. 










Imp 


memento, 
mementotS. 


Remark 1. — The Passive form of coepl 


(coept 


us sum, etc.) is 


preferred 


with a Passive Infinitive; as, 


urbs oppugnarl coepta 


est, the city began to be besieged. 






Remark 2. — The tenses of odi and me 1 mini, though Perfect in 


form, express incomplete 


action ; thus, odlram, 


I hated ; odZro, 



192 



DEFECTIVE VERBS. 



I shall hate ; mhnini, I have kept in mind, therefore, I remem- 
ber; mhnintram, I remembered. 

The Perfects novi and consuevi have a similar meaning ; thus, 
nosed, I find out, novi, I have found out, I know; co?isuesco, I 
accustom myself, consuevi, I am accustomed. 

3. A-io, I say. 

Ind. Pres. aio,* aTs, ait; , , aiunt.* 

Ind. Imperf aiebam, aiebas, etc. 

Subj. Pres. , aias, aiat; , aiant. 

Imperf Pres. al (rare). Part, aiens (Adj. affirmative). 

4. Inquam, quoth I, used only after one or more words 
of a quotation. 

Lid. Pres. inquam, inquts, inqutt; inqutmus, inquttTs 

(late), inquiunt. 

Ind. Imperf. , , inquiebat. 

Lid. Future. , inquies, inquiet; , , . 

Lid. Pres. Perf (inqui), inquistl, inquTt; , , . 

Imperat. inque, inqutto. 

5. Fan, to speak. 



INDICATIVE. 

Pres. , ,fa-tur. 

Put. f a-b-6-r, , fa 

b-i-tur. 
Pres. Perf. f at-us sum, etc. 
Past-Perf. fat-us eram, etc. 



IMPEEATIVE. 
fa-re (poetic). 



INFINITIVE. 
fa-ri, 

PAETICIPLES. 

fa-nt-Ts, etc., without Norn, (ex- 
cept in the PI au tine phrase, 
fans atque infans). 

fat-us 7 fa-nd-us. 

Gerund, fa-nd-i, etc. 
Supine, fat-u. 



* i between two Vowels ( = j) is pronounced like y: a'-yo, a'-yunt, 
a-ye'-bam. 



DEFECTIVE VEKBS. 193 

Some other forms are used in the compounds, though 
all of them are defective. 

6. Quaeso (old form of quaerO), I beseech. 

Ind. Pres. quaeso, , quaesft ; quaestimus, , . 

QuaesS and quaestimus are old colloquial forms used 
generally as a mere intensive expression, prythee. 

7. Ave, hail! 

Imperative, ave, avetS, aveto. Inf. avere. 

8. Salve, hail! 

Imperative, salve, salvete, salveto. 

Inf. salvere. Ind. Fut. salvebTs. 

9. Apag&, begone. 

This is an old Imperative, used as an Interjection. 

10. C£do, tell thou, give me. 

Imper. 2d Sing, cedo ; PI. cette (only in the early poets), 
contracted from cedite. 

11. Conf it, it is done. 

Ind. Pres. conftt. Fut. conf let. 

Subj. Pres. confiat. Imperf confferet. Inf. conf Ten. 

12. Def it, is wanting. 

Indie. Pres. def it, def runt. Fut. def let. 

Subj. Pres. deflat. Inf. defieri. 

13. Infit, he begins. 
Indie. Pres. inf it, inf hint. 

14. Ov&t, he rejoices. 

Indie. Pres. ovat. Subj. Pres. ovet. Imperf. ova ret. 

Participles. Pres. ovans. Perf 6 vat us, 
Ger. ovandL 
17 



194 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 

§114. 1. Verbs used only in the third person, and 
not admitting of a personal Subject, are called Imper- 
sonal. 

2. An Infinitive, or a Sentence used as a Noun, is 
usually the Subject of an Impersonal Verb in the Active 
Voice, and in the Passive the Subject is contained in the 
Verb itself; as, ventuni est a CaesarZ, (a coming) was 
come by Caesar. As the English idiom requires a Sub- 
ject, the Pronoun it is placed before an Impersonal Verb 
in translating. 

Latin idiom. Becomes you to study, } -n* v, f - MA ^ * 
Lnghsh idiom. It becomes you to study, J 

3. The various tenses of Impersonal Verbs are formed 
by adding the endings of the Third Person Singular to 
the proper tense-stem. 









ENDINGS. 










FIRST CON J. 


SECOND CONJ. 


THIRD CONJ. 


FOURTH CONJ. 




Inf. Pres. -re. 


Inf. Pres. -re. 


-Inf. Pres. e-re. 


Inf. Pres. -re. 




IND. 


SUBJ. 


IND. 


SUBJ. 


IND. 


SUBJ. 


IND. 


SUBJ. 


Pres. 
Imp. 

Fat. 


-t. 

-bat., 
-bit. 


-ret. 


-t. 

-bat. 

-bit. 


-at. 
-ret. 


-i-t. 

-e-bat. 

-e-t. 


-a-t. 
-e-ret. 


-t. 

-ebat. 
-et. 


-at. 
-ret. 


Ind. 

Subj 


Pres. Perj 

CC (i 


■. -it; 
-erit. 


I 


^ast-Perf. 

(( M 


-erat; 

-isset. 


1 
1 


Vut. Perf. - 


Srit. 

isse. 



The pupil will add these endings to the stems : 
1st Conj. juva-, [Perf. juv-) of juva-t, it pleases, delights. 
2d " d&ce-, [Perf. d&c-ii-) of d&c&-t, it becomes. 
3d " conting-, [Perf. contig-) of conting-i-t, it happens. 
.4th iC even!-, (Perf. even-) o/ev&ni-t, it turns out, happens. 

* The stem vowel a, as in regular Verbs, is changed into e before 
the ending of the Subjunctive Present (First Conjugation). In all the 
Conjugations the stem vowel is shortened before t (ending of 3d Per- 
son Sing.). 



IMPERSONAL VERBS. 195 

§ 115. The Impersonate embrace Verbs : 

I. Relating to the weather; as, ningit, it snows ; ttinat, it 

thunders. 

II. Relating to the feelings; as, pudet, it shames; miser et, it 

grieves (the Person affected by the feeling is put in 

the Accusative ; me miser et, it grieves me ; I grieve). 

III. The Passive of Intransitive Verbs ; as, curritur, it is 

run (when the Agent is mentioned, it is put in the 
Ablative with the Preposition a or db); as, (Act.) 
Helvetii fortiter pugndverunt, the Helvetians fought 
bravely ; (Impers.) db Helvetiis fortiter pugndtum est, 
it was fought bravely by the Helvetians. 

IV. Many Verbs not strictly Impersonal (which generally 

have an Infinitive or Sentence as the Subject); as, 
accidit, it happens; evenit, it turns out; placet, it 
seems good ; delectdt, juvdt, it delights ; decet, it is 
becoming. 

EXERCISE XLVIII. 
Vocabulary. 

vesper, -er-i, evening. acriter, (Adv.), actively, fiercely. 

calamities, -tat-is, disaster. ab utrisque, by both parties. 

diu (Adv.), a long time, Jong. utrimque (Adv.), on both sides. 
pecunia, -ae, money, a bribe. 

e-o, l-re, Iv-i, it-urn (§111, 9), to go. 
veni-o, veni-re, ven-i, vent-um, to come. 
consul-o, -e-re, consulu-i, consult-um, to consult. 
in-fer-o, in-fer-re, in-tul-i, il-lat-um, to bring upon, inflict. 
pugn-5, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to fight. 

Remark. — Impersonal Verbs which are Transitive in meaning 
have a direct Object in the Accusative. 

Translate into English. 

Liberos decet parentes suos amarg. Regem non decet 
leges civitatis violar£. Bella magna gererg Romanos de- 



196 PARTICLES — ADVEBBS. 

lectabat. Diu £t acriter ab fitrisque' pugnatiim est. Ab 
hora septima ad vesperum pugnatiim er&t. Eodgm die, 
quo (§ 171) in fines Sequanorum ventiim est, principes 
Galliae ad etim conveneruDt. A consulibiis de re publica 
consultum est. Cantum avium audire poetam jiivat. Te 
non decet nobis bellum inferre. Delectat-ng te maximas 
(§ 72, 5) calamities rei publicae intiilisse ? 



Translate into Latin. 

It becomes masters to give food to their servants. It be- 
comes no one (nemd) to do an injury. It delights this wicked 
chief to burn prisoners with fire. It was fought fiercely by 
both parties from the fourth hour till (to) sunset. The 
noble chief will consult (express it impersonally) concern- 
ing the safety of the commonwealth. It does not become 
a judge to receive a bribe. This wicked centurion has 
brought a great disaster upon the army. 



PARTICLES. 



§116. Those parts of speech which are not inflected 
are called Particles. They are Adverbs, Prepositions, 
Conjunctions, and Interjections. 



ADVERBS. 

§117. 1. An Adverb is a word used to limit the 
meaning of a Verb, Adjective, or another Adverb. 
Some Adverbs also limit Nouns which have the sense 
of a Participle or Adjective. 



ADVERBS. 



197 



2. In respect to form, Adverbs are Primitive or De- 
rivative. 

3. In respect to meaning, Adverbs may be divided 
into several classes; as, 

Temporal, denoting time; as, hodie, to-day; eras, to- 
morrow. 
Local, denoting place ; as, ibi, there ; inde, thence. 
Modal, denoting manner ; as, bene, well ; male, badly. 
Negative ; as, non, not ; ne — quidem, not even. 

4. As we have seen (§91, table), some Adverbs are 
Correlative, and such are derived from Pronouns. We 
tabulate again for convenience, giving the Derivatives : 



DEMONSTRATIVE. 



fibf, there. 

\ ibidem, just there. 



f inde, thence. 
< indidem, from the 
(_ same place. 



ea, that way. 



{eo, thither. 
eodem, to the same 
■place. 



turn, then. 



RELATIVE. 



Jubi, where. 
(ubicunque, wherever. 



( unde, whence. 
< undecumque, whence- 
(_ soever. 



qua, which way. 



f quo, whither. 
< quoquo, \ 

(.quocumque, j 



whither- 
soever. 



cum (quum), when. 
fquando, when. 
< quandoque, ) wlie 
(quandocumque, 



INTERROG. 



ubi? where f 

unde ? whence f 

qua ? which way f 
quo ? whither f 

quando? when'. 



INDEFINITE. 



r alicubi, gomewhwe. 
ubique, everywhere. 
ubivis, wherever 

you please. 
alicunde, from 

somewhere. 
undique, from all 

sides. 
undevis, from any- 
where you please. 
aliqua, some way 

or other. 
s qualibet, any way. 
aliquo, some- 

whither. 
quovis, quolibet, 

whithersoever you 

please. 



f aliquando, at some 
X time. 



5. Derivative Adverbs, if the primitive be an Adjec- 
tive of the First and Second Declension (ending in -us 
or -£r), are formed by changing the -6 of the stem into 
-e; as, vedidus, strong (st. valido-); vedide, strongly; 
misZr, wretched (st. nris£r6-), nvlsZre, wretchedly ; if the 
17* 



198 ADVERBS. 

primitive be an Adjective of the Third Declension, the 

Adverb ends in -t&r or -it&r ; as, ttvi-s, light, lein-ter, 

lightly. 

Remark. — The ending is -ter, added both to stems in -i and 
Consonant stems ; if the -stem ends in -c, the vowel i is usually 
inserted; as, fellx, happy (st. felic-), fellc-i-te'r, happily. Stems 
ending in -nt- drop t; as, prudens, prudent (st. prudent), pru- 
den-ter, prudently. 

6. The neuter Accusative of many Adjectives (of all 
Comparatives) is often used as an Adverb; as, faeitt, easily; 
multum, much ; so the Ablative neuter, and less often the 
Ablative feminine ; as, falso, falsely ; recta, straightway. 

7. Some Adverbs are formed by adding the suffix -tus 
(meaning whence), some by adding -Mm (denoting manner, 
way), usually with a connecting vowel ; &s,fund-i-tiis, from 
the bottom ; grVg-a-ttm, in flocks. 

8. Many Adverbs are simply case forms of Nouns; as, 
diu, by day ; noctu, by night ; forte* , by chance. 

9. The Adverbs derived from alias, when contrasted 
with each other or with forms of alius, have the same 
construction as their primitives. (See § 56, Rem. %.) 
Alitor — alitor, in one way, — in another; alias — alias, 
at one time — at another; alitor aliis loquitur, he talks 
one icay to one, another way to another. 

10. Two negatives destroy each other ; as, non-nulli, 
some. 

EXEKCISE XLIX. 

§ 118. 1. Rule of Syntax. — Intransitive Verbs, though 
they do not admit of a Direct Object, may have an Indi- 
rect Object in the Dative. 

2. Rule of Syntax. — The Dative expresses the person 
or thing for whose advantage or disadvantage anything 



ADVERBS. 199 

is, or is done. (Dative of Advantage or Disadvan- 
tage.) 

3. Rule of Position. — The Adverb generally precedes 
the word it limits ; but fire usually stands between the 
Adjective and the Noun ; as, omnes fere hdmines, almost 
all men. 

Note. — Many Verbs which are Transitive in English are Intran- 
sitive in Latin. 

Vocabulary. 

forti-ter (fortis), bravely. beat-e (beatus), happily. 

celeri-ter (celer), swiftly. ben-e (bonus), well. 

audac-ter* (audax), boldly. fer-e, almost. 

grega-tirn (grex), in flocks. facil-e (facilis), easily. 

paul-a-tim (paulus), by degrees. saepe, frequently, often. 
ne-quidem (the limited word being repent-e (repens), suddenly. 

placed between), not even. praecipu-e (praeclpuus), especially. 

gener-a-tim (genus), by tribes. phalanx, phalang-is, a phalanx. 

ac-ced-5, acced-e-re, access-i, access-urn, to come up. 

Tiv-5, -e-re, vix-I, vict-um, to live. 

constitu-o, -e-re, constitu-i, constitut-iim, to establish, post. 

curr-o, -e-re, cucurr-I, curs-iim, to run. 

pro-curr-o, -e-re, prociicurr-i and procurr-i, procurs-um, to run forward, 

per-fring-S, -e-re, perfreg-i, perfract-um, to break through. 

pare-o, -e-re, paru-i, parit-um (intr.), to obey. 

indulge-o, -e-re, induls-i, indult-um (Intr.), to be indulgent to. 

noce-o, -e-re, nocu-i, nocit-um (Intr.), to hurt, injure. 

credo, cred-e-re, credid-i, credit-um (Intr.), to believe, trust. 

Translate into English. 

Nostri totum diem fortiterf pugnaverant. Hostes rgpente 
cgleriterque procurrerunt. Qui bene vivit (§ 87, 8, 9) beate 
Yivit. Omnia fere animalia gregatim currunt. Imj)erator 
paulatim exercitum in unum locum conducebat. Nostri 
f acilg hostium phalangem perfregerunt. Filium decet pa- 

* Karely aaddciter. f See model of Analysis 8 (App. X.). 



200 COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 

tri suo parerS. Galli cum Germanis saepe contendebant. 
Ne Caesar quidem hanc civitatem vincere potest. Milites 
ad muros oppidi audacter aceesserunt. Turn German! copias 
suas generatim constituerunt. Caesar huic legidni praecipue 
indulserat. Quis nostrum (§ 58, 3) isti (§ 84, Bern. 4) credit? 
Num (§81, 3) bonum delectat aliis nocere? 

Translate into Latin. 

To live well is to live happily. Wicked men always 
injure themselves. Our men ran forward suddenly and 
swiftly, and easily routed the enemy's footmen. The cav- 
alry of the Thracians came up boldly to the very {ipse) 
gates of the city. I will not believe even the consul him- 
self. The prudent general was unwilling to lead his army 
through the by-paths of the forest. This boy can easily 
swim across a very deep river. The enemy will not attempt 
to break through our line-of-battle. 

COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 

§ 119. Adverbs derived from Adjectives are generally 
compared like their primitives. The Comparative is like 
the neuter Comparative of the Adjective; the Superlative 
is formed from the Superlative of the Adjective by chang- 
ing us into e; as, factU, fticllius, facillime ; oWbrxter, cettr- 
ius y cZlerrime. 

Remark 1. — The Superlative of the Adverb sometimes ends in 
-o or -um; as, meritissimo, prlmum. 

Remark 2. — If the comparison of the Adjective is irregular 
or defective, that of the Adverb is so likewise ; as, bent, melius, 
optlme; male, pejus, pessime; pdrum, minus, mfoitme; multum, 
plus, plCtrimum; pritis, primo or prlmum; otitis, otissime; dete- 
rius, deterrime; potius, potissime or potissimum; mtritd, mZritis- 
simo ; satis, satitis. Magis, maxim'e, has no Positive ; and nuper, 
nuperrime, has no Comparative. 



PREPOSITIONS. 



201 



Remark 3. — Notice also the following: prope, propius, proxime; 
diu, diutiuSj diutissime; saepZ, saepiits, saepisslme; sZcus, secius. 



PREPOSITIONS. 

§ 120. Prepositions express the relation between a 
Noun or Pronoun and some other word. 

1. Twenty-six Prepositions are followed by the Accu- 
sative : 

ad, to, towards, at. contra, against. post, after, since. 

ante 9 before. erga, towards (usually praeter, past, besides. 

adversiis, ~\ against, of friendly relations), prope, near. 

adversum, J towards, extra, without, beyond, propter, on account 'of. 

apild, at, with. infra, under, beneath. secundum, after, next 

circa. ") , inter, between, amonq. to, accordinq to. 

. J I around. . A _ . 7 . y _ , U 

circum, J intra, within. supra, above. 

circiter, about, near juxta, next to. 

6b, for, on account of. 

penes, in the power of. 

per, through. 

pone, behind. 



(chiefly with Nume- 
rals). 

CIS 

cit 



;ra, J 



on this side. 



trans, over, beyond. 
Ultra, beyond. 
versus, towards 

(placed after the 

Noun). 



2. Ten Prepositions are followed by the Ablative : 



a, "J 

ab, Y from, after, by. 

abs, J 

absque, but, for, with- 
out (rare in classic 
Latin). 

coram, in presence of. 



cum, with. 
de, down, from, after, 
concerning . 

prae, before, in com- 
parison with. 



pro, before, for, instead 

of. 
sine, without. 
tenus, up to, as far 

as (sometimes with 

Gen.). 



3. Four Prepositions are followed by the Accusative, 
when motion to a place is implied ; by the Ablative, when 
rest in a place is implied : 

super, over, above. 
subter, under, beneath. 



in, in, on ; into, upon. 
sub, under, near. 



Remark 1. — The Adverb clam, without the knowledge of, is 
sometimes used as a Preposition, usually with the Accusative, 
rarely with the Ablative. 



202 PREPOSITIONS. 

Remark 2.—Te?i%s (with Abl.), like versus (with Accus.), is 
placed after its case ; and cum is annexed to the Ablative of the 
Substantive Personal and Eelative Pronouns. Versus sometimes 
follows ad and in; as, ad Alp'es versus; in agrum versus; when 
used alone with the Accusative, it only occurs in classic Latin 
with Names of Towns and Small Islands. 

Remark 3. — A and e are used only before Consonants ; db and 
ex, before Vowels and Consonants. 

Remark Jf. — A Preposition is often used without its case as an 
Adverb ; as, lit ante dictum est, as was said before. So ad, ante, 
coram, contra, and post. 

On the other hand, the Adverbs palam, procul, and simul, in 
poetry and later prose, are treated as Prepositions and take the 
Ablative. 

EXERCISE L. 
§ 121. Vocabulary. 

*bene (Adv.), well. ullus, -a, -uin ($ 56), any. 

*male (Adv.), badly, unfortunately. neque (Conj.), and — not, neither. 
*parum (Adv.), little. cultiis, -us, civilization. 

*magis (Adv.), more. humanitas, -tat-is, refinement. 

* longe (Adv.), far. telum, -I, a dart. 

*prope (Adv.), near. consilium, -l, icisdom, prudence. 

dubitatio, -on-is, doubt. 

place-o, -e-re, placu-i, placit-um, to please. 

displice-5, -e-re, displicu-I, displicit-um, to displease. 

fug-i-o, fug-e-re, fug-i, fugit-um, to flee. 

comme-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to go back a"nd forth. 

de-sist-o, -e-re, destit-i, destit-um, to cease. 

ab-sum, ab-esse, ab-fu-i, ab-fu-tur-us, to be away, distant. 

con-jic-i-o, con-jic-e-re, conjec-i, conject-um, to hurl. 

Translate into English. 

Omnium qui in Gallia habitant, fortissimi sunt Belgae. 
A cultii atque humaiiitat£ provinciae longissime absunt. 
Ad eos mercatores minime saepe commeant. Non minus 
fortes fuerunt Galli qnam Rdmani. Horas (§ 153) sex 

* See 3 119. 



PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION. 203 

acriter utrimque pugnattiin erat (§115, III.), nequ5 hostes 
nostrorum impetum diutiiis sustinere potuenmt. Equites 
Ariovisti propius accesserunt, ac lapides telaqug in nostros 
conjecerunt. Ariovistus magis consilio quam virtute' Aeduos 
vicit. 

Translate into Latin. 

Without any doubt virtue is a more excellent thing (prae- 
stantius) than gold. This song displeases me (Dative, § 118, 
1) more than that (one) pleases me. The Belgians were 
farther away than the Aeduans from the civilization and 
refinement of the Roman province. Through the whole 
night the enemy did not cease to flee. The boys came up 
nearer, and boldly hurled stones and darts upon the fierce 
wild boar. Which of us can fight without arms ? Orgeto- 
rix was far the noblest and richest (man) among (cipud) the 
Helvetians. 

PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION. 
§ 122. Most Prepositions are used as prefixes, in com- 
position with other words. The following are called 
Inseparable Prepositions, because they are never found, 
alone : 

amb- (ambo), around, about, ve, not (negatives the positive 

dl- or dls-, asunder. idea in the word with which 

re- or red-, again, bach. it is compounded, or intensi- 

se-j apart, aside. fies it). 

Remark. — Con, usually classed among the Inseparable Prep- 
ositions, is only another form of cum. 

EXERCISE LI. 
Vocabulary. 

haud (Adv.), not. Generally used reliqims, -a, -iim, remaining. 

with Adjectives and Adverbs. Belgae rellqui, the rest of the BeU 
inter se, among themselves, until One gtans. 

another, from one another. Her, aer-is, the air. 



204 PKEPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION. 

Galliciis, -a, -um, Gallic. caelum, -I (PI. -1, rare and poetic), 

phllosopbus, -I, philosopher. heaven. 

jtibe-o, -e-re, juss-I, juss-um, to order. 

con-veni-o, -i-re, conven-i, convent-uui, to come together. 

con-duc-§, -e-re, condux-I, conduct-um, to lead together. 

dif-fer-6, differ-re, dis-tul-I, di-lat-um, to differ (Objective). 

dis-senti-o, -i-re, dissens-I, dissens-uin, to differ in opinion, to disagree 

(Subjective), 
con-jung-o, -e-re, conjunx-i, con-junet-iim, to join. 
con-jur-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to swear together, conspire. 
se-ced-o, -e-re, secess-i, secess-um, to secede, go apart. 
se-cern-5, -e-re, secrev-i, secret-um, to separate. 



Translate into English. 

Magister hunc puSrum haud minus quam filium suiim 
amat. Caesar omnes Galliae principes ad se convenire 
(§ 86, 2) jussit. German! nan multum (§ 66, 2) a Gallica 
cdnsuetuding differunt. Exercitiis unum in locum a legato 
paulatim conducebattir. Omnes Belgae in armis sunt, Ger- 
maniqug, qui cis Rheniim incolunt, sese cum his conjunx- 
erunt. Rem! contra populum Romanum ciim Belgis reli- 
quis non conjur aver ant. Aer caelum a terris secernit. 
Philosophi de natura deorum inter se semper dissenserunt. 

Translate into Latin. 

The general ordered the first line (acies) to retreat to (in) 
the mountain. The common people frequently seceded from 
the nobility. The shepherds had separated the sheep from 
the kids. The Remi differed in opinion from the rest of the 
Belgians. These wicked citizens are conspiring against the 
republic. The Germans will not easily break through our 
line. The enemy's forces are not far from the town. A lion 
differs much from a dog. The lieutenant had been ordered 
to cross the river. 



CONJUNCTIONS. 205 

CONJUNCTIONS. 

§ 123. Conjunctions connect words and sentences. They 
are commonly divided into the following classes : 

1. Copulative, which connect things that are to be 
considered together — (and): they are %t } -qu%, atqu% (etc), 
etiam, quoqug, and (instead of U and the negative) nequ& 
(nee). 

Remark 1. — Et connects things which are independent of each 
other, and of equal importance; as, M. Pisone et M. Messalld con- 
sulibus. Et — et is to be translated both — and; as, et rex St 
regina, "both the king and the queen." It sometimes means 
also. 

Remark 2. — Que" (enclitic) introduces a mere appendage, the 
two constituting but one idea, and is rather adjunctive than 
copulative; as, glddils pilisquZ — (offensive armor) ; or it is added 
to the second member merely to extend the preceding idea ; as, 
jus pbtestdtemque habent. It should be appended to the last word 
of those connected, as seen in the above examples. 

Remark 3. — Atqul (used before Vowels or Consonants), con- 
tracted into dc [used before Consonants only), is compounded of 
ad and que, and means and in addition; it usually introduces 
something of greater importance ; as, In hostes impetum fecit 

atque eos fugdvtt, " and routed them too." So, in answers; 

as, cognbsti-rit hos versus? dc membrxtlr, " and that, too, by 

heart." This peculiar force is often lost in dc, and it is used 
alternately with et; it is preferred in subdivisions, the main 
propositions being "connected by U; as, difficile est tantdm 
causam U dlUgentid cbnstqul, et mlmbrid complectl, U ordtione 
expromere et voce dc mrtbus sustinert. 

Remark I}. — Neque or ne'e (and not), compounded of rib and 
qxit, when repeated, is translated neither — nor. Et non is used 
instead when only one word, and not a whole sentence, is to be 
negatived ; as, pdtior et non mSleste fero. Et non is frequently 
used also when U precedes. Nique non (nZc non), the two neg- 
atives destroying each other, is nearly equivalent to <tt, and is so 
used (the words not separated) in later prose, but, in classical 
13 



206 CONJUNCTIONS. 

prose, is used only to connect sentences, and the two words are 
separated. 

Remark 5. — Edam (et-jdm) (also, even) has a wider meaning 
than quoqut, and adds a new circumstance, while quoqut is used 
when a thing of a similar kind is added. Eticim usually imme- 
diately precedes the word to which it refers, antique 1 always fol- 
lows. 

Remark 6. — The Copulative Conjunctions are frequently omit- 
ted in animated discourse ; as, cbpids suds %n proximum colllm 
subducit, dcitm instruit. This omission is called asyndeton (not- 
bound-together). 

2. Disjunctive, which connect things that are to be 
considered separately (either, or): they are aut, v$l, -v&, 
siv&, seu, and the interrogative particle an. 

Remark 7. — Aut {either, or) expresses an essential difference in 
things, and ordinarily implies that one thing excludes another ; 
as, aut vivit aut mortuus est, " he is either living or dead." Aut 
and -vl serve to continue a negation, where in English we use 
nor ; as, Verres nbn Honbrl aut VirtHtl void debebdt. 

Remark 8. — VU, on the other hand (akin to velle), indicates a 
difference of expression merely, and is used where either of two 
or more things may be taken indifferently; as, conjunctio tectbrum 
oppidum vel urbs appellatur, — a town or city (whichever you 
please); vel hnplrdtbre 1 vel mllite me utiminl, "use me either as 
a commander or as a soldier." When one of the alternatives is 
omitted, vel often has the sense of even; as, populus Rbmdnus 
auctbritdtlm sudm vU ( = even if necessary) contra omnes defendere 
potest. With Superlatives vel is also often used to enhance the 
meaning : vel maximus, the very greatest. - Ve (enclitic) is merely 
a weaker form of vel 

Remark 9. — Slve (seu) — slvt (seu) (or if, whether, or), is used 
when it is uncertain or indifferent which view is to be taken. 
Thus (Caesar, Bell. Gall.): slve' cdsu, siv6 debrum immortdlium 
prbvidentid; sivS timbre perterritl, slve spe sdlutis inductl ("per- 
haps by one, perhaps by the other, — I do not know by which "). 

Remark 10. — An (or) is used in Double Questions, usually after 
utrum or the enclitic -ne; as, utrum tdcedm an praedlcemf or, 



CONJUNCTIONS. 207 

taceam-ri& an praedicim f shall I be silent or speak ? But the 
first part of a Double Question is often omitted; as, cujum pedis 
est hoc? an MUlboelf "whose flock is this? (is it somebody 
else's) or Meliboeus's ?" The later writers use an in Indirect 
Questions in the sense of whether without utrum or -n&; and it 
is very commonly so used after nescio, hand scio, dilbium est, 
dublto, incertum est, etc., which may in such cases be trans- 
lated perhaps; as, contigit tibi qu6d haud scio an nemmi, 
" there has happened to you what has perhaps happened to no 
one [else)" 

Remark 11. — The enclitic -rie is sometimes, but not very often, 
used disjunctively in the latter part of a Double Dependent Ques- 
tion instead of an; as, nihil interess& putant vdleamus aegri-ne' 
sim&s, they think it makes no difference whether we are sick or 
well. But this is not to be imitated. 

3. Adversative, which express opposition of thought 
(but) : they are s$d, aut&m, verum, verb, at and its com- 
pounds, tamen and its compounds, and eet&rum. 

Remark 12. — Sed denotes strong and direct contradiction, or a 
limitation, and usually sets aside what precedes ; as, vera dlco, 
sed nequidqudm, quonidm non vis credere, " I speak truth, but to 
no purpose, since you will not believe me ;" non bestid, sed homo, 
" not a brute, but a man." It is also used in transitions when a 
subject is to be dismissed; as, sed haec parvd sunt; vtnidmus ad 
majdrd. 

Remark 13. — Autem (postpositive) adds something that is dif- 
ferent, without contradicting or setting aside what precedes (on 
the contrary, however, on the other hand, but) ; as, Gyges a nullb 

vidlbdtur ; ipse" autem omnia videbdt, " he himself, however, 

saw everything." Frequently it simply marks a transition, or 
takes up again for special notice a previous statement [moreover, 
furthermore). 

Remark 14. — Verum (as to the truth, in fact, but) is nearly the 
same in meaning as sM. It is strengthened by hiim, verb, hiim- 
vero [but indeed, but in fact, but be that as it may). 

Remark 15. — Vera (in truth, assuredly, but, however) does not 
express as strong opposition as verum, just as autem is weaker 



208 CONJUNCTIONS. 

than sM; as, ubi per explbrdtbres Caesar certior faetus est tres 
jam cdpidrum partes Helvetia's id flumhi transduxisse 1 , quartdm 

vero partem citra flumhi, Ardrim reliquam esse, " that the 

fourth part, however" etc.; vero usually stands in the second 
place and adds special emphasis to the word preceding it. 

Remark 16. — At (but, on the other hand) does not, like sM, 
alter or set aside what precedes, but expresses a contrast, often 
a strong one ; as, bre'vis a natura nobis vita data est, at mhnoria 
bine redditae vltae sempiternd, " a short life has been given us by 
nature ; but the memory of a well-spent life is eternal." It fre- 
quently follows Conditional Propositions in the sense of at least; 
as, etsl non sapientissimus, at dmicissimus, though not very wise, 
at least very friendly. It frequently introduces a lively retort 
or exclamation, abrupt prayers and wishes, or an objection, and, 
in the latter case, Inim is often added to assign a reason for the 
objection; as, at hiim quis rlprlhendlt, quod in parricidas rel 
publicae decretum e'rit. 

Remark 17. — Atqul admits what precedes, but opposes an ob- 
jection (yes, but yet) ; as, magnum narras, vix credibile 1 ; atqul sic 

habit, " yet such is the fact." It is used in hypothetical 

syllogisms to introduce the minor premise; as, quodsl virtutes 
sunt pares inter se, parid Miam vitici esse 1 riecesse' est; atqul pares 
essZ virtutes facilUml potest perspicl, " now if the virtues are 
equal to each other, the vices must also be equal ; but it can 
very easily be seen that the virtues are equal." 

Remark 18. — Ceterum, literally, "as to the rest," is frequently 
used in the sense of sed by Curtius, Livy, and Sallust. 

Remark 19. — Tamen is properly an Adverb. It is often used 
in transitions, following sed, resuming the thought or correcting 
a statement or inference. 

4. Corroborative, which adduce a proof or reason 
(for) : they are nam, namquZ, enim, and UMim. 

Remark 20. — Nam gives sufficient grounds for a preceding 
assertion ; hiim introduces an explanation. Emm, weaker than 
nam, is originally only a Corroborative Adverb (truly, certainly, 
to be sure, indeed). In namqiit and etenim, que and U repeat the 
preceding assertion, while nam and enim introduce the proof. 



CONJUNCTIONS. 209 

Nam is put in the first place in trie sentence; so commonly 
namqul and Menim; tnim is postpositive. 

5. Causal, which express a cause or reason (for, 
because): they are quia, qudd, qudniam, quippZ, cum 
(quum), quando, quando-quicttm, slquidem. 

Remark 21. — Quod (Ace. Sing. neut. of qui) means originally 
with respect to what, in what respect, in that; and hence its causal 
meaning, inasmuch as, because; as, quSd omnis Gallia ad septen- 
tribntm vergit, mdturae sunt hitm'es, because Gaul lies towards the 
north, the winters are early. It is very often preceded by prop- 
Urea, hoc, 6b hanc causam, and similar causal expressions. 

Remark 22. — Quod is very often used, especially with si and 
nisi, in a subordinate proposition, but one beginning the sen- 
tence [and if, but if), to connect the thought with what pre- 
cedes. In such cases it is a Eelative Pronoun, Accusative of 
Limitation (§155); qu5d si veteris contumeliae obllviscl vellU, "but 
if he were willing to forget the old insult ;" qu6cl si furore" el 
amentia impulsus bellilm intulissel, " but if, impelled by rage and 
madness, he should have brought on a war." 

Remark 23. — Quia (Ace. PI. neut. of qui)* has the same origin 
as quod, but is purely causal (because), and very rarely has the 
sense of that or in that, like quod. Quia regularly introduces a 
fact t as the ground or reason ; quod, a fact or mere allegation. 
Often there is no difference. Frequent is the use of non quod 
[non quid) with the Subjunctive, discarding an imaginary rea- 
son, the real ground being introduced by sed quid (sed quod) 
with the Indicative. Like quod, it is often preceded by eo, ideo, 
ob earn causam, and like expressions. 

Remark 2^. — Quoniam (quom + jam) introduces a well-known 
reason, since then, since as everybody knows. 

Remark 25. — Quippe is originally a Corroborative Adverb (in- 
deed), and hence derives its causal meaning. It is frequently 
united with relative words to express a subjective reason. 

Remark 26. — In cum (quum), quandb, quandbquidem, the causal 
idea is derived from that of time (compare the English since). 

* Quid is regarded by some scholars as originally interrogative and 
a shortened form for quiam (from Abl. qui + jam = whereby now?). 
18* 



210 CONJUNCTIONS. 

Si quidtm is conditional originally; as, antlquissimum e doctls 
g$nus est poetdrum, siquidem (if. indeed, as every one admits, — 
since) Homer us fuit et Hesiodus ante 1 Rbmam conditam. 

6. Conclusive, which express a conclusion or infer- 
ence {therefore): they are ergo, eo, Med, idcircd, igitur, 
Wiquti, proindV, proptered, and the relative words qua- 
propter, qudrZ, qudmobrhn, quocircd, und%. 

Remark 27. — Ergo and igitur express a logical consequence 
{therefore), while itaque 1 expresses a natural consequence (and 
so). Ergo and eo are Causal Ablatives, and all the other Con- 
clusives may be considered adverbial expressions of cause or 
result, limiting the Predicate. 

7. Final, which express an end aimed at — purpose (in 
order that) ; or an end reached — result (that, so that) : they 
are itl } ne, quo, quin, quominus, neve, or neu. 

8. Conditional, which express a condition (if, unless, 
provided, only) : they are si, sin, nisi, ni, dum, mddo, dum- 
modd. 

9. Concessive, which express something granted (al- 
though): they are etsi, etiamsi, tdmetsi, tamhietsi, quan- 
qudm, iXeM, quamvls, quantumvis, quamlibU; ut and cum 
(quuni) in the sense of although. 

10. Temporal, expressing time (when, as soon as, 
after, before) : they are cum (quum), cum (quum) prlmum, 
ut, ut primum, ubi, postqudm, posiedqudm, antequdm, 
priusqudm, quando, quoties, quamdiu, simul, simuldc, 
dam, donee, quoad. 

11. Comparative, expressing comparison (than, as): 
they are quam, ut (as), sicut, velut, praeut, prout, tan- 
qudm, quasi, idsl, dc si, ceu, with dc and atque in the 
sense of as or than. 

Remark 28. — The following Conjunctions stand commonly at 



SYNTAX. 211 

the beginning of a sentence or clause, viz.: M, Minim, ac, at, 
atqut, atqui, nlqut, nee, aut, vtl, sivt, sin, se~d, nam, verum, and the 
relatives quart, quocirca, quamobre'm. 

Remark 29. — Emm, auUm, and vero are placed after the first 
word, or the second if the first two belong together; rarely after 
three or more words. 

Remark 30. — The other Conjunctions usually stand at the be- 
ginning, unless some word or expression is especially emphatic, 
and is therefore placed first in the sentence. 

Remark 31. — The Copulative and Disjunctive Conjunctions 
are often repeated when things are emphatically connected: 

et — et, both — and. 

et — et — et, not only — but also — and. 

neque — et, both not — and. 

et — neque, both — and not. 

neque — neque, 

nee — nee, 

neque — nee, 

nee — neque, 

et — que, both — and; sometimes used in prose, but only for two 
words. 

que — que, both — and; frequently used by Sallust, Livy, and the 
poets. 

INTERJECTIONS. 

§ 124. Interjections are used to express strong or sud- 
den emotion ; as, vae nobis ! woe to us ! 



neither — nor 



SYNTAX. 

§ 125. 1. Syntax treats of the construction of Sen- 
tences. 

2. A Proposition is a thought expressed in words ; as, 
snow melts. A Sentence consists of one Proposition, or 
of several connected together so as to make complete 
sense. 



212 SYNTAX. 

3. Every Proposition consists of — 

(a) A Predicate; i. e. that which is declared. 
(6) A Subject; i. e. that of which the declaration is 
made. 

4. The Predicate consists of a Verb alone (as, melts, 
in the above example), or the Verb esse*, to be, with a 
Noun, Adjective, or Participle ; as, nix gWida est, snow 
is cold. 

5. The Subject consists of a Noun, or some word or 
phrase used as a Noun, and may be known by asking 
the question who? or what? with the Predicate; as, 
John runs. (Who runs? John.) To play is pleasant. 
[What is pleasant? To play.) 

6. The Subject and Predicate may stand alone, or 
each may have words or clauses limiting its meaning. 
Thus, prima IncZ, cam mons a Tito Ltibieno thieretur, 
Idem Considius, qui cum exploratoribiis praemissus &rdt, 
Zqub admisso, ad CaestirVm accurrit, at daylight, when 
the mountain was held by Titus Labienus, the same 
Considius, who had been sent forward with the scouts, 
runs to Caesar with his horse at full speed. 

Here the leading thought is Cdnsidius accurrit, Con- 
sidius runs. The Subject is limited by the Adjective 
Idem and the adjective sentence qui — praemissus Zr&t. 
The Predicate is limited by prima luce, designating the 
point of time when Considius ran ; by cum mons tMe- 
reMr, farther specifying the time or circumstances of 
the running ; by 8quo admisso, participial sentence, ex- 
pressing the manner of the running, — an adverbial lim- 
itation; and by &d Caesarem, the point to which the 
running was directed. 

7. A Sentence consisting of a single Subject and a 



AGREEMENT. 213 

single Predicate is commonly called a Simple Sentence ; 
and one which consists of two or more Simple Sentences 
combined, is commonly called a Compound Sentence. 

AGREEMENT. 

§ 126. Rule I. — The Verb agrees with its Subject in 
number and person. 

Remark 1. — If the Subject consists of more than one, the Verb 
is Plural ; as, furor Iraqut menttm praecipitant, fury and rage 
hurry on my mind. Hence — 

(a) A Collective Noun may have a Plural Verb ; as, plebs cla- 
mant. 

(b) A Noun connected with an Ablative by cum often has a 
Plural Verb ; as, Bocchus cum pMitibus postremdm dciem inva- 
dunt, Bocchus and the infantry attack the rear. 

(c) A Plural Verb is sometimes used with uterque; as, eodhn 
die uterque' ebrum exercitum ex castris educunt, on the same day 
each of them leads out his army from camp. Quisque" (com- 
monly postpositive) is also very often used in Apposition with a 
Plural Subject; as, trlcenti delectl nobilissimus quisque 1 qui Romdm 
mitterentur, three hundred were chosen, each one of the highest 
rank, to be sent to Rome (§127, Eem. 6). 

Remark 2. — But the Verb often agrees with the nearest Nom- 
inative, especially when the Nouns denote things without life; 
as, Mens hum U ratio et consilium In senibus est } for mind and 
skill and wisdom are in old men. 

Remark 3. — If the Nominatives are of different persons, the 
Verb takes the first person rather than the second, and the 
second rather than the third ; as, si tu U Tullia valetis, %gd U 
Ciclro vdlemuSj if you and Tullia are well, Cicero and I are 
well. 

Remark %,. — The Verb is frequently omitted when it may be 
readily supplied. This is especially the case with the Verb 
esse 1 after Adjectives and Participles; as, quot homines (sunt) tot 
(sunt) sententiae; Caesar me'morid thiebdt L. Cassium consuUm 
occisum (ess8) exercitumqwt ejus pulsum (esse) U sub jugum mis- 



214 SYNTAX. 

sum (esse), Caesar remembered that Lucius Cassius the consul 
had been slain, and his army beaten and sent under the yoke. 
Remark 5. — The Subject is omitted — 

(a) When it can be readily supplied from what precedes; as, 
Mosd profluit ex monU Vosego U in Oceanian influit, the Meuse 
flows from Mount Vosegus and runs into the ocean. 

(b) When it is indefinite; as, diunt, f£runt, they say. 

(c) With Impersonal Verbs, when it is a cognate notion ; as, 
pugndtum est, (a fight) was fought. 

(d) The Pronouns Igo, tu, nos, and vos are expressed only for 
the sake of emphasis or contrast, as the ending of the Verb 
sufficiently indicates the Subject. 

APPOSITION. 

§ 127. A Noun limiting another, and denoting the 
same person or thing, is said to be in Apposition with it. 

Rule II. — Nouns in Apposition agree in case; as, 
Jugurtha: rex, Jugurtha the king. 

Remark 1. — A Noun in Apposition often expresses Character, 
Purpose, Time, Cause, etc.; as, Cice'rd praet6r legZm Mdnilidm 
suasit, consul conjurdtione'm Catilinae oppressit, Cicero, when 
praetor (or, as praetor), advocated the Manilian law, when con- 
sul, suppressed Catiline's conspiracy. 

Remark 2. — The Personal Pronoun is often omitted before a 
Noun in Apposition with it ; as, constcl dixi, I the consul have 
said. 

Remark 3. — A Noun in Apposition with two or more Nouns is 
put in the Plural ; as, Jugurthd U Bocchus, regis, Jugurtha and 
Bocchus, kings. So a surname, common to two or more persons, 
is put in the Plural ; as, Lucius atqul Aruns Tarquinii; or we say, 
Lucius Tarquiniits atqut Aruns Tarquinius. 

Remark 4- — The Ablative, commonly with in, is used in Ap- 
position with the name of a town in the Locative (see $ 176, 
Rem. 1); as, Corinthl Achdiae urb8, at Corinth, a city of Achaia ; 
Albae, In wrbl munltd, at Alba, a fortified town. 

Remark 5. — A Noun may be in Apposition with part of a 



APPOSITION. 215 

sentence; as, cogitet oratbrhn institui, — r8m arduam, let him 
reflect that an orator is training, — a difficult thing. 

Remark 6. — Partitive Apposition. — Expressions denoting 
a part are often placed in Apposition with a Noun denoting 
the whole; as, drie'rariae, pars maxima ad Aegimurum, — aliae 
adversus urblm ipsdm, delatae sunt, the transports were carried, 
the greatest part to Aegimurum, — others, opposite the city it- 
self. So often alter — alUr, especially when contrast is to be ex- 
pressed ; as, duo consules ejus annl, alter morbo, alttr ferrb pe'riit, 
(of) the two consuls of that year, one died of disease, the other 
perished by the sword; alius — alius; as, cum alius alii subsidium 
ferrent, audacius resisttre coeperunt, as they bore aid to one an- 
other, they began to resist more boldly ; so quisqut in the Nom. 
Sing. (§126, Rem. 1, c). Quisque', without change of case, is 
sometimes found in Partitive Apposition with the Ablative 
Absolute; as, exercitus Herculis, amissb duct ac passim multls 
stbl quisque imperium pltenUbus, brZvi dildbitur, the army of Her- 
cules, after the loss of its leader, and since many in different places 
claim(ed) the command, each for himself, is (was) soon dispersed. 

Remark 7. — A Proper Name with nbme'n or cognomen may be — 

(a) In the same case; as, nom&n Arcturus miht est, I have the 
name Arcturus. 

(b) In the Genitive ; as, nom&n Arcturi mihl est. 

(c) By attraction, in the Dative, if the Verb is followed by a 
Dative ; as, nomen Arcturo mlhl est, I have the name Arcturus. 
This last is the most common expression, and the one to be im- 
itated in writing Latin. 

Remark 8.— A Genitive is sometimes used instead of an Appo- 
sition, especially with such words as vox, verbum, and the like 
(Genitive of Definition) ; as, haec vox voluptatis, this word pleas- 
ure; nomen insclniae, the word madness. So, sometimes, with 
Names of Towns ; as, Antwchlae oppidum, the town of Antioch 
(not to be imitated). 

Remark 9. — When the Apposition has forms of different gen- 
ders, it agrees in gender with the limited Noun ; as, usus magister 
egrlgius, experience, an excellent teacher ; philosophid, mdgistrd 
vltae, philosophy, the mistress of our life. If Nouns of different 
genders are connected, the Apposition takes the more worthy 



216 SYNTAX. 

gender ; as, PtbUmaeus It Cleopatra regis, Ptolemy and Cleopatra, 
sovereigns. 

Remark 10. — Possessive Pronouns take an Apposition in the 
Genitive of the same gender and number as that implied in the 
Possessive. (See §128, Eem. 8.) 



ADJECTIVES. 

§ 128. An Adjective may qualify a Noun directly; as, 
paella pulchra, the beautiful girl ; this is called the At- 
tributive Adjective. Or it may form part of the Pred- 
icate, being connected with its Noun by means of the 
Verb ess$, or some Verb of similar meaning ; as, puelld 
pulchra est, the girl is beautiful; this is called the Pre- 
dieative Adjective. 

Rule III. — (A) Adjective words (in which term we 
include Adjectives, Participles, and Pronouns) agree with 
the Nouns which they qualify in gender, number, and 
case. 

Remark 1. — When an Adjective word qualifies two or more 
Nouns of different genders, the Adjective word, if Attributive, 
agrees with the nearest ; as, agrl omnes U mdrid, or agrl H mdrid 
omnia, all lands and seas. 

(B) An Adjective word in the Predicate agrees with 
the Subject in gender, number, and case. 

Remark 2. — An Adjective word in the Predicate qualifying 
two or more Nouns as Subjects is usually put in the Plural ; if 
the Nouns are of the same gender, the Adjective takes that gen- 
der [but see (c) below] ; as, lupus U agnus sltl compulsl, a wolf 
and a lamb compelled by thirst. 

But if the Subject Nouns are of different genders — 
(a) The Adjective in the Predicate often agrees with the 
nearest Subject, especially if the Singular can be used (that is, 
when the several ideas connected may be regarded as one) ; as, 



ADJECTIVES. 217 

CingMdrigi principalis atqu% imp&rium est trdditum, the chief 
command [principatus and impZrium expressing that single idea) 
was handed over to Cingetorix. 

(b) If the Nouns denote living beings, the Predicative Adjec- 
tive is Plural and masculine ; as, pdtlr miht U mattr mortul sunt, 
my father and mother are dead. 

(c) If the Nouns denote things without life, the Predicative 
Adjective is Plural and neuter; as, libertds, praet&rea divitiae, 
decus, gloria in dculis sitd sunt, liberty, moreover wealth, honor, 
(and) glory are set before your eyes. Even if the Nouns are of 
the same gender, the Predicative Adjective is often neuter if they 
denote things without life; as, Ira et dvdritid impe'rio potentwrd 
(trant, rage and avarice were stronger than authority. 

(d) If Nouns denoting living beings and things without life are 
combined, the Predicate Adjective is Plural and sometimes neu- 
ter, sometimes of the gender of the living beings, whichever idea 
is uppermost ; as, Numidae atqwt signd mllitaria obscurati sunt, 
the Numidians and their military standards were concealed 
(here the idea of Persons is uppermost) ; inimica sunt libera 
clvitds U rex, a free state and a king are hostile things. (Here 
rex = rigid potestds.) 

Remark 3. — The Adjective, however, as we have seen above, 
often agrees with the nearest Noun; always, if the Noun be 
Plural and the Predicate stands first; as, Missae eo cohortes 
quattudr et C. Annius praefectus, four cohorts and C. Annius as 
prefect were sent thither. 

Remark 4. — Synesis of the Adjective. — An Adjective 
word (especially in the Predicate) often agrees with the sense 
of the Noun rather than with its form [cbnstructio ad synesin or 
ad sensum) ; as, pars In flumtn act! sunt, part were driven into 
the river. 

Remark 5. — An Adjective word in the Predicate, instead of 
agreeing with the Subject, often agrees — 

(a) With a Noun in Apposition with the Subject (especially 
the words urbs, oppidum) ; as, Cdrinthus, Iwri&n Graeciae, extinc- 
tum est, Corinth, the light of Greece, was destroyed (put out). 

(b) With a Predicate Noun ; as, gens univerm Vlnetl appe]lati ; 
the whole race were called Veneti, 

19 



218 SYNTAX. 

Remark 6. — Adjectives are often used in the Plural as Nouns; 
in the masculine, to denote persons; in the neuter, to denote 
things; as, bonl, the good; bond, property (goods). But when 
ambiguity would arise from the form of the Adjective [e.g., bd- 
norum, masc. and neut.), the proper case of res with a fern. Adj. 
is used. The poets are free in using the neuter Accusative of 
Adjectives as Adverbs, and many adverbial phrases are formed 
by combining Prepositions with Adjectives; as, de improvlso, un- 
expectedly ; de integro, afresh ; sink dubio, undoubtedly. 

Remark 7. — In general expressions an Adjective in the Pred- 
icate is often neuter ; as, lupus tristS est stabulis, the wolf is a sad 
thing to the folds. The Adjective is here a Noun. 

Remark 8. — A Possessive Pronoun, being equivalent to the 
Genitive of the Substantive Pronoun, may have an Adjective 
word in the Genitive agreeing with it ; as, med ipsius causa, for 
my own sake; or a Noun in the Genitive in Apposition with it; 
as, tuus, viri fortis, glddius, the sword of thee, a brave man. 

This construction is especially frequent with the Genitives 
unlus, sbllus, and ipsius. 

Remark 9. — The Adjectives primus, mtdius, ultimus, extremus, 
infimus, inftmus, imus, summus, supremus, relAquus, and cetera 
express the first part, middle part, etc. ; as, summits mons, the 
top of the mountain. They generally precede the Noun. 

Remark 10. — An Adjective denoting the time, place, or circum- 
stance of an action often agrees with the Subject, but limits the 
Predicate in meaning; as, pronus ctdidit, he fell headlong; so, 
nolens, volens, prudens, imprudens, Ubens, invitus, mdtutlnus, ves- 
pertmus, totus, and many others. 

Remark 11. — Where in English we employ a Possessive or a 
Noun with a Preposition, we often have in Latin a derivative 
Adjective; as, trllis filia, master's daughter; pugnd Cannensis, 
the battle of Cannae; Hiiro Sjjrdcusanus, Hiero of Syracuse. 

BELATIVES. 

§ 129. Rule IV. — The Relative Pronoun agrees with 
its Antecedent in gender, number, and person ; but its 
case depends upon the construction of the Relative Sen- 



RELATIVES. 219 

tence; as, %gd qui scribB, I who write; vos qui scri- 
bitis, you who write; puelld quam vidi, the girl whom 
/ saw. 

Remark 1. — The Antecedent is so called because it usually 
goes before the Relative sentence. But it also stands — 

(a) In the Relative Sentence, especially when this latter is 
emphatic ; as, in quern prlmum egressl sunt I6cum, Trojd vocdtur , 
the place upon which they first disembarked is called Troy. 

(b) Both in the Principal and Relative Sentence; as, brant 
omnlno itinera duo, quibics ltmeribus domo exlrb possent, there 
were only two routes, by which routes they could go out from 
home. 

Remark 2. — The Antecedent, especially when indefinite, is 
often omitted ; as, qui bbnt vlvit, beetle vlvit, (he) who lives well, 
lives happily. 

Remark 3. — Attraction. — The Accusative of the Relative is 
sometimes attracted into the Ablative of the Antecedent; as, 
in his coldribus, quibiis modb dlxistl, in these colors which you 
have just mentioned. This attraction is rare in any other case. 
On the other hand, the Antecedent is occasionally in the poets 
(especially the comic writers) attracted into the case of the Rel- 
ative (Nominative and Accusative) ; as, urblm quam statuo vestra 
est, the city which I am building is yours. 

Remark J+. — The Relative often agrees with a Noun in Apposi- 
tion with the Antecedent ; as, fliimln Rhenus, qui agrum Helve- 
Hum a Germdnls dividit, the river Rhine, which separates the 
Helvetian territory from the Germans. 

Remark 5. — A Relative or Demonstrative usually agrees with 
a Predicate Noun after the Verb ess% or a Verb of Naming, Es- 
teeming, etc., instead of agreeing with the Antecedent; as, Thebae, 
quod Boeotiae caput est, Thebes, which is the capital of Boeotia. 
Animal quern vbedmus hftmmem, the animal which we call man. 

But if the Predicate Noun is a foreign word, the Relative 
agrees with the Antecedent; as, est genus quodddm hominum 
qudd Hllotae vocdtur, there is a certain race of men which is 
called Helots. 

Remark 6. — A Numeral, Comparative, or Superlative, which 



220 SYNTAX. 

in English limits the Antecedent, is usually placed in the Eel- 
ative Sentence ; as, noctt qudm in terrls ultlmam egit, on the last 
night which he spent on earth. Other Adjectives have some- 
times a similar position ; as, inter jocos quos inconditos jdciunt, 
among the rude jokes which they utter. 

Remark 7. — Synesis of the Eelative. — The Eelative often 
agrees with the sense of the Antecedent, instead of its form ; as, 
Caesar equitatum praemittit qui videant, Caesar sends forward the 
cavalry to see. 

Remark 8. — If the Eelative refers, not to a single word, but to 
the whole contents of a proposition going before, the Eelative is 
neuter, and instead of quod simply, we usually find id quod or 
quae res; as, Timoleon, id quod difficilius putatur, multo sdpien- 
tiics tulit sZcunddm, qudm adversdm fortundm, Timoleon bore 
prosperity far more discreetly than adversity (conducted him- 
self far more discreetly in prosperity than in adversity), (a 
thing) which is considered rather difficult. An explanatory 
Noun is often introduced into the Eelative sentence; as, ante" 
comitid, qu6d temptis haud longe dfrerdt, before the election, 
which time was not far distant. 

Remark 9. — Qui at the beginning of a sentence is often trans- 
lated like a Demonstrative with or without a connective; as, 
quibus rebus cognitis, these things being found out. Here also 
observe the idiomatic expression quae est tempZrantid, or qua es 
temper antia (Ablative of Quality), instead of pro tud temptran- 
tid; as, tu, quae est temperantia, jam vales, you, such is your 
temperance, are already well. 

Remark 10. — A Eelative Adverb is sometimes used instead of 
a Eelative Pronoun and Preposition; as, locus undl venit, the 
place from which he came (undl = a quo). The Eelative Adverb 
is thus used chiefly of Place, especially after names of Towns and 
Islands, more rarely of Persons (except unde). 

THE CASES.— THE NOMINATIVE. 

§ 130. 1. The Subject of a finite Verb is in the Nom- 
inative, and is called the Subject Nominative. 

2. A Noun in the Predicate denoting the same thing 



THE GENITIVE. 221 

as the Subject, after a Verb expressing an incomplete 
idea, is in the Nominative, and is called the Predicate 
Nominative; as, Caius et Lucius fratres fuerunL 

3. A Predicate Nominative is used with Verbs denot- 
ing to Be, to Become, to Appear, to be Named, to be Called, 
to be Esteemed, etc. 

Remark 1. — The Verb sometimes agrees with the Predicate 
Nominative ; as, amantium Irae ambris integratio est, the quar- 
rels of lovers are a renewal of love. 

Remark 2. — If the Subject is in the Accusative, the Predicate 
Noun must be in the Accusative also; as, dicit Caesarem esse 1 
regem, he says that Caesar is a king. 

Remark 3. — When the Subject of the Infinitive is omitted, a 
Predicate Noun or Adjective is often put in the Dative, if a 
Dative precedes; as, rieminl medio ess% licU, no man may be 
neutral. The Accusative can also be used. 

THE GENITIVE. 

§131. The Genitive case expresses the precise limit 
within which the meaning of a word is to be taken. 

Thus, in the expression dmdr gloriae, the Genitive, 
gloriae, expresses the limit within w T hich the meaning 
of dmdr is restricted. 

Rule V. — A Noun in the Genitive limits the mean- 
ing of another Noun denoting a different thing; as, Cic8- 
ronis librl, Cicero's books ; dmdr D$l, the love of God. 

Remark 1. — When the Genitive denotes the owner, or that to 
which something belongs, it is called the Possessive Genitive; as, 
Cicbronis librl, the books of Cicero (i. e. which he owns). (For 
the use of this Genitive in the Predicate, see $ 133.) In a few 
expressions the Noun which the Possessive Genitive limits 
(chiefly templum and aedes) is sometimes omitted; as, ventum 
Irat ad Vestae (supply aedem), they had come to the temple of 
Vesta. 

19* 



222 SYNTAX. 

Remark 2. — The Genitive is said to be Subjective when it de- 
notes the Author or Source of the action or feeling contained in 
the limited word ; as, Cice'ronis Ubri, the books of Cicero (i. e. 
of which he is the author). It is said to be Objective when it 
denotes the Object to which this action or feeling is directed; 
as, amor Dei, love to God ; but amor Del (Subjective) means the 
love of God (i. e. which He feels). A Noun is sometimes 
limited both by an Objective and Subjective Genitive ; as, vUeres 
Helvetiorum injuriae popull Romanl, the old injuries of the 
Helvetians (done) to the Eoman people. This, however, is 
rare. 

Remark 3. — Instead of an Objective Genitive, a Preposition 
with its case is sometimes used to avoid ambiguity; as, amSr 
in rtm publicdm, or erga rem publicdm, love towards the state. 
But this is to be used sparingly, the Objective Genitive being 
more in accordance with Latin usage. 

Remark 4. — The Genitive of a Substantive Pronoun is usually 
Objective; as, cur a mel, care for me ; — while Possessive Pronouns 
and Adjectives usually express Subjective relations; as, curd med, 
my care ; causa rigid, the king's cause. But the latter are occa- 
sionally Objective; as, mea injuria, injury done to me; metus 
hostllis, fear of the enemy. 

§132. Rule VI.— Genitive of Quality.— The Gen- 
itive, limited by an Adjective agreeing with it, is used to 
express the Quality of a thing ; as, vir magnae virtutis, a 
man of great valor. 

The Ablative is used in the same way. 



An Adjective or dependent Genitive always accompanies the 
Genitive or Ablative of Quality. 

§133. Rule VII. — The Predicative Genitive of Pos- 
session and Quality. — The Genitives of Possession and 
Quality, the limited Noun being omitted, often stand in 
the Predicate with the Verbs sum, flo, and the Passives 
of such Verbs as ptbtoi, habed, and existtmS; as, haec 
ddmus Ciceronis est, this house is Cicero's (house) — ■ 



THE GENITIVE. 22 



Genitive of Possession; maximi antmi fuit, he was (a 
man) of the greatest courage — Genitive of Quality. 

Here belongs the use of the Genitive (of Possession) 
where in English we supply some such word as Duty, 
Part, Mark, etc. ; as, pauperis est ntim$rdr8 pZcus, it is 
the mark of a poor man to count his flock; sapientis 
judicis est improbos punire, it is the part of a wise 
judge to punish the wicked. 

Remark 1. — Observe especially this Genitive with facer e in 
the phrases, fdcbre' dicioms, fdce're potestdtis, to bring under 
one's sway, to bring under one's power; as, Albani Bomanae 
dicionis fact! sunt, the Albans were brought under the Eoman 
sway. 

Remark 2. — Here belong such expressions as llbertdtis corner- 
vandae est, it has a tendency to preserve liberty. 

Remark 3. — Instead of the Genitives mel, tui, sui, etc., of the 
Substantive Pronoun, the neuter Possessives meum, tuum, suum, 
etc., are used ; as, tuum est videre quid dgdtur, it is your business 
to see what is going on. A Possessive Adjective may be used 
in the same way ; as, humanurn est errdre, it is human, i. e. cha- 
racteristic of man, to err. 

§ 134. Rule VIII. — Partitive Genitive. — With words 
expressing a Part the Genitive is used to denote the 
Whole; as, units mllitum, one of the soldiers. 

This Genitive is used with Nouns expressing or im- 
plying a Part; with Adjectives, especially Comparatives, 
Superlatives, and Numerals; with the neuter Singular 
(only Norn, and Accus.) of Pronouns and Adjectives of 
Quantity, used as Nouns; with many Pronouns; and 
with Adverbs of Time, Place, Quantity, and Degree, used 
as Nouns ; as, 

Pars mllitum, part of the soldiers. 
Horum prior, the former of these. 



224 SYNTAX. 

Belgarum fortissimi, the bravest of the Belgians. 

Unus regum, one of the kings. 

Tantum laboris, so much labor. 

ll hostium, those of the enemy. 

XJblnam gentium? where in the world (lit. of the nations)? 

Remark 1. — The partitive word, if an Adjective, usually agrees 
in gender with the Genitive; but Pronouns and Adjectives of 
Quantity are used as Nouns in the neuter (only Nom. and Ac- 
cus.); as, quid novlf what news? tantum aurl, so much gold. 

Remark 2. — Instead of a Genitive, the Prepositions ex, de, and 
sometimes in, inter, are used, especially with Pronouns, Compar- 
atives, Superlatives,, and Numerals; as, quldam ex mlUtibus, inter 
omnes fortissimus* Unus regularly takes the Ablative with de or 
ex; so other Cardinals often, and commonly quldam. 

Remark 3. — Here may be noticed a peculiar use of the Gen- 
itives loci, Idcorum,. and tempdris with id, adhue, posted, etc. ; as, 
ad id locorum, up to that time ; adhue Idcorum, till now ; turn 
tempdrts, at the time; posted loci, afterwards. 

Remark 4- — It is to be especially noted that Numerals and 
such Adjectives as many, few, some, none, when they include the 
whole of anything, do not take the Partitive Genitive, but agree 
in case ; as, qui omnes, all of whom ; cave intmlcos quos multos 
habes, beware of your enemies, of whom you have many. 

§ 235. Rule IX. — Objective Genitive with Adjectives 
and Verbs. — The Genitive is used to express the object 
to which an action or feeling is directed, with — 

(a) Adjectives expressing Desire, Experience, Know- 
ledge, Capacity, Participation, Fulness, Memory, Care, 
Certainty, Fear, Guilt, and their contraries; as, avidus 
laudis, desirous of praise. 

Remark. — Here also belong Verbals in ~ax and Participial 
Adjectives in -ns; as, tenax propositi, steadfast of purpose; 
amdns pecuniae, fond of money. Poets and later writers ex- 
tend this usage very far by analogy, using the Genitive where 
the ordinary prose construction would require the Ablative of 



THE GENITIVE. 225 

Limitation ($162) or the Prepositions de or in; as, inttgtr vltae 
(vita), blameless of life. Notice specially dniml with Adjectives 
of Feeling ; as, aege'r animl, sick at heart (best explained as a 
Locative; PI. animis). 

(b) Verbs of Remembering, Reminding, and Forgetting: 
m&rriini, reminiscor, obllviscdr, recorddr (very rarely), md- 
ne8 and its compounds ; as, semper hiijus diet et Idcl m8- 
min&ro, I shall always remember this day and spot; 
qu$mqu$ vetZris timicitiae commdnefecit, he reminded each 
one of their old friendship. 

The Thing remembered or forgotten is also put in the 
Accusative. 

Remark. — Meminl takes the Accusative even of the Person 
when personal recollection is indicated ; Cinndm meminl, Sulldm 
vidi. R&cordor almost always takes the Accusative. Moneo reg- 
ularly, and other Verbs of Reminding sometimes, take d'e with 
the Ablative. If the Thing remembered or forgotten is expressed 
by a Neuter Pronoun or Numeral Adjective, the Accusative must 
be used ; hoc meminl; te id unurn moneo. 

(c) Verbs, expressing Pity, Shame, etc., — miseredr, mis$r- 
escS, and the Impersonals mlseret, paeniM, pudet, piget, 
taedlt, and pertaesum est; as, mfeSrescO infellcium, I pity 
the unfortunate ; paenitSt me peccdti, I repent of my sin. 

Remark 1. — With these Impersonals the Person experiencing 
the feeling is expressed by the Accusative. 

Remark 2. — The cause or object of the feeling may be ex- 
pressed by an Infinitive or a Dependent Sentence ; as, paenitlt 
me peccdvissl or quod peccavl, I repent of having sinned. 

(d) Some Verbs of Plenty and Want, after the anal- 
ogy of Adjectives of Fulness and the contrary ; as, Sggt 
(= egens est) auxilil, he is in need of help. The Ablative 
is the more usual construction. (See § 160, Rem. 2.) 

Remark. — Indtgeo takes the Genitive very often ; Zgeo, compleo, 



226 SYNTAX. 

and impleo, not so often. The poets extend the construction by 
analogy to many other Verbs. 

(e) The Impersonate refert and interest; as, rel publicae 

interest, it is of importance to the state. 

Remark S. — Instead of the Genitive of the Personal Pronouns, 
the forms mea, tud, sua, nostra, vestrd, are used with refert and 
interest; as, non tud interest, it is not your business; it does not 
concern you. The difference of construction in the case of a 
Noun and the Possessive is well illustrated in the following sen- 
tence : Caesar dlcerS sftlebat non tarn sua quam ret publicae in- 
teresse tit salvus ess£t, Caesar was wont to say that his safety 
(that he should be safe) was not so important to himself as to 
the state. 

Note. — Grammarians are divided as to the origin of this expres- 
sion, some regarding the Pronoun as a Dative agreeing with re (for 
rel), meae rel fert, it contributes to my interest ; others, as Accusative 
Plural neuter; while others, perhaps with better reason, consider it 
an Accusative (ra being cut off and a lengthened for compensation), 
agreeing with rem (which is understood with interest, and forms the 
first part of refert), thus : 

mea interest — meam inter rem est, 
mea refert = meam rhn fert. 

Remark 4- — The Degree of importance is expressed by the Gen- 
itives of Value, magnl, parvi, etc., by an Adverb or Adverbial 
Accusative ; magnl interest, v&htmenter interest, nihil interest, etc. ; 
the thing which is of importance may be expressed by — 

1. An Infinitive or an Accusative with the Infinitive ; as, in- 
terest omnium recti fd&rt, it is in the interest of all to do right ; 
permagni nostra interest t'e essZ Rbmae, it is of the greatest im- 
portance to us that you should be at Eome. 

2. An Interrogative Sentence ; maxime interest qukmadmddum 
res audidtur, it makes a very great difference how a thing is 
heard. 

3. Ut or ne with the Subjunctive; mea magnl interest ut te 
videam, it is of great importance for me to see you. 

4. Occasionally the Nominative of a Neuter Pronoun; quanti 
id refert f what difference does it make ? 



THE GENITIVE. 227 

The Thing with reference to which something is of importance 
is put in the Accusative with ad; as, magni ad honor em nostrum 
interest quam prlnmm nos ad urbem vSnlre, it is of great conse- 
quence to (in the matter of) my honor that I should come to the 
city as soon as possible. 

§ 136. Eule X. — Genitive of Qime. — With Verbs of 
Accusing, Condemning, Acquitting, etc., the Genitive ex- 
presses the crime or offence charged ; as, servum furtl 
accusat, he accuses the slave of theft. 

Remark 1. — Instead of the Genitive of the crime charged, we 
find (1) the simple Ablative, (2) de with the Ablative, or (3) 
crimine, nomine, and like words with the Genitive ; as, aliquem 
de vlneficio accusdre', to accuse one of poisoning; damndtus est 
crlmine repetunddrum, ceteris crinumbus absolutus, declared inno- 
cent of the rest of the charges, he was found guilty of extortion. 

Bernard 2. — With damnU and condemno the Penalty is expressed 
by the Genitive, but oftener by the Ablative ; damnarl capitis or 
capita, to condemn to death. When the Penalty consists of 
Money or Land, the Ablative is always used ; as, tertid parte 1 
agri damnatur, he is fined a third of his land. So multare, to 
mulct, always takes the Ablative ; capitis absdlutus, pecunid mul- 
tdtus est. 

Remark 3. — The Penalty [Place of Punishment) is also expressed 
by ad or in w r ith the Accusative ; as, multos honesti ordinis ad me 1 - 
talla et munltiones viarum aut ad bestids condemndvit, he con- 
demned many (men) of honorable position to the mines and to 
work on the roads, or (to be thrown) to wild beasts. 

§137. Rule XI. — Genitive of Price. — The Genitive 
is used to express the Price or Value of a thing indefi- 
nitely; as, magni aestimdbcit pecunicim, he valued money 
highly. (Definite Price is put in the Ablative. See 
§ 167, 4.) 

In this manner are used the Genitives of Adjectives 
of Quantity, such as magni, parvi, etc., tanti, quantl, 
pluris, and minoris ; so nViill, u nothing w and (with the 



228 SYNTAX. 

negative) such Genitives as floccl, " a straw " (lit. a lock 
of wool), nauci, "a trifle," assis, "a farthing," hujus, 
" that ;" as, pZcuniam maximi aestimant, sM r%m publi- 
cam flocel non faciunt, they value money very highly, 
but they don't care a straw for the state. 

This Genitive is to be explained as a Genitive of Qual- 
ity, agreeing with pretM understood: (r&rri) magnl (pretii) 
aestimdbat pZctiniam, he esteemed money a thing of great 
value. 

Remark 1. — To this head must be referred the expressions 
aequl bonlqut facio, boni facw (consulo), I take in good part, I 
am satisfied with. 

Remark 2. — Aestimo takes either the Genitive or Ablative 
(aestimo magnl and magno). Verbs of Buying and Selling reg- 
ularly take the Ablative [magno , etc.); the only Genitives we 
can use with them are tantl, quanti, pluris, and minoris. 



For the so-called Genitive of Place, see g 176, 
For the Genitive with dpus and iisus (very rare), see \ 167, 2, Rem. %. 
For the Genitive with similis (and other Adjectives of likeness, near- 
ness, etc.), see \ 144, Rem. 3. 

EXEKCISE LIL 
§ 138. Vocabulary. 

patria, -ae, country, native land. Cingetorix, Cingetorigis, Cingetorix, 

solus, -a, -um (£ 56), only, alone. prudentia, -ae, prudence. 

peccaturn, -I, sin, fault. Hannibal, -bal-is, Hannibal. 

philosoptms, -I, philosopher. odium, -l, hatred. 

ultiums, -a, -urn ($ 74, 1), last. auctoritas, -tat-is, authority. 

imperium, -I, power, command. adulescens, -cent-is, young man. 

casus, -us, chance. career, career-is, prison. 

arx, arc-is, citadel. Tullianum, -I, Tullian (a dungeon 

dulcis, -e, sweet. built by King Servius Tullius). 

decorus, -a, -um, honorable. spectat-us, -a, -urn, (specta-re), op- 

turbidus, -a, -um, muddy, troubled. proved. 

amicitia, -ae, friendship. fortltudo, -in -is, courage. 

Oxus, -l, Oxus {River),. fides, -ei, faith, promise. 



THE GENITIVE. 



228 



corrig-S, -e-re, correx-I, correct-um, to correct. 

amitt-o, -e-re, amis-I, amiss-urn, to lose. 

ag-o, -e-re, eg-i, act-um, to lead, drive; (of time) to spend. 

mori-or, mori-ri and mor-I, mortuus sum (morit-ur-us), to die. 

sin-o, -e-re, slv-l, slt-um, to place. 

appell-o, -a-re, -av-I, -at-um, to call. 

per-diic-o, -e-re, perdux-I, perduct-um, to extend. 

in-flu-o, -e-re, influx-i, influx-urn, to flow into. 

re-vere-o-r, -e-rl, reverit-us sum, to respect, revere. 



Stulti est (g 133), 
Adulescentis est (g 133), 
Meum est (§133, Rem. 3), 
Tua ipsius ($ 128, Rem. 8) causa, 
Cujusvis hominis est, 
Nocte quam ultimam (£ 129, Rem. 6) 
egit, 



EXAMPLES. 

It is characteristic of a fool. 
It is the duty of a young man. 
It is my duty. 
For your own sake. 
It is every man's duty. 



On the last night which he spent. 



Translate into English. 

Sollus 1 meum peccatiim corrigi non potest. Philosoplms 
nocte, quam ultimam 2 in terris egit, amicos omnes convo- 
cavit. Helvetii oppidum quod optimum 2 habebant amise- 
rant. Catonis pater et mater mortui 3 sunt. Regna, im- 
perii, honores, divitiae, in Dei manibus sita sunt. Films 
Alexandri cum matre in arcein missi 4 grant. Dulce £t 
decorum est pro patria mori. Amicitia bdimm 5 est. Ad 
fliimen Oxum perventum est, 6 qui 7 turbidxis semper est. 
Ad locum in carcere quod 8 Tullianum vocatur perventum 
est. Animal qui 8 hom§ vocatur, sine legibus beatiis esse 
non potest. Cingetorix, qui a senatu rex atque amicus 
appellatiis erat, summae auctoritatis 9 apud Gallos fuit. 
Hannibalis odium contra Romanos 10 atrocissinmm fuit. 



1 1 128, Rem. 8. 

2 1 129, Rem. 6. 

3 g 128, Rem. 2, (b). 
* i 126, Rem. 1, (6). 

20 



5 1 128, Rem. 7. 

6 1 115, III. 

7 1 129, Rem. 4. 

8 1 129, Rem. 5. 



9 1 133. 
10 g 131, Rem. 8. 



230 SYNTAX. 

Caesar a lacu Lemanno ad flumgn Rhenum, fossam quin- 
decim pedum 1 perduxit. Adtilescentis 2 est parentes suos 
amare ac revereri. Cujusvis hoininis 2 est virum spectatae 
fortitudinis revereri. Stulti 2 est de se ipso praedicare. Non 
meum 3 est nuntios ad consulem mittgre. 

Translate into Latin. 

Your father corrects your faults for your own sake. On 
the last day which the consul spent in the winter quarters, 
he called together the centurions of the seventh legion. It 
is the general's duty to conquer the enemies of the republic. 
On the next (postero) day they reached (it was come to) the 
river Rhone, which flows into our sea. Rome, which is the 
capital (head) of Italy, was taken by the Gauls. Is not a 
friend a good thing? Fabius was (a man) of the greatest 
prudence. A general of the greatest (summus) valor does 
not always lead his army to victory. It is the duty of chil- 
dren to respect their parents, and of parents to love their 
own children and correct their (eorum) faults. 

EXEECISE Lin. 
§ 139. Vocabulary. 

avarus, -a, -urn, covetous. propositilm, -1, purpose. 

avldus, -a, -urn, eager, desirous. conscius, -a, -um, conscious. 

ferax, ferac-is, productive. Veritas, -tat-is, truth. 

amans, ainant-is, fond. tanti-dem (g 137), for just so much. 

expers, expert-is, destitute. proditio, -on-is, treachery. 

imperitus, -a, -iim, ignorant. egestas, -tat-is, poverty. 

mem or, mentor-Is, mindful. cupiditas, -tat-is, desire, lust. 

immemor, -or-is, unmindful. off icium, -I, duty. 

insuetus, -a, -um, unaccustomed. floccus, -I, lock of wool [something of 

impotens, -ent-is, unable to control. small value, "a straw," "a fig"). 

misere-t, miseru-it (Impers.), it pities. 

paenite-t, paenitu-it (Impers.), it repents. 

pige-t, pigu-it or pigit-um est (Impers.), it troubles, disgusts. 

taede-t, taedu-it or taes-iim est (Impers.), it wearies. 

1 1 132. 2 1 133. 3 ? d 133, Bern. 8. 



THE GENITIVE. 231 

pilde-t, pudu-it or pudit-um est (Impers.), tl shames. 

vend-o, -e-re, vendid-i, vendlt-uui, to sell, 

em-o, -e-re, em-I, empt-um, to buy. 

nione-5, -e-re, monu-i, monit-um, to warn. 

ad-mone-o, -e-re, -u-i, -It-um, to remind. 

memini (£ 113, Remark 2), I remember. 

re-fert, re-fer-e-bat, re-tul-it (Impers.), it concerns, is of importance. 

inter-est, inter-erat, inter-fult, it is of importance, it interests. 

ac-cus-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to bring to trial, accuse. 

ab-solv-o, -e-re, absolv-i, absolut-um, to acquit. 

con-denm-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to condemn. 

aestim-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to value, esteem. 

fac-i-o, -e-re, fec-i, fact-um (§107, Remark 1), to do, to make. 

oblivisc-o-r, -I, oblit-us sum, to forget. 

opprim-o, -e-re, oppress-I, oppress-iim, to suppress, crush. 

EXAMPLES. 

(a) Patiens laborem, Enduring labor. — Participle. 

(b) Patiens laborls, Capable of enduring labor. — Participial. 

(a) The Participle expresses a single action at the time spoken of. 

(b) The Participial expresses capability at any time. 

Miseret me tui, I pity you. (It pities me of you.) 

Me regis miseruit, / pitied the king. 

Paenitet puerum stultitiae, The boy repents of his folly. 

Pfidet me sceleris, I am ashamed of my wickedness. 

Piget te vitae, You are disgusted with life. 
Capitis or rei capitalis aliquem accii- 

sare, To accuse one of a capital crime. 

Capitis or capite aliquem condemnare, To condemn one to death. 

Flocci non facit, He cares not a straw — a rush, etc. 

Mea refert, It concerns me (I am concerned). 

Quanti hoc faeis ? How much do you value this f 

Translate into English. 

In hoc oratore plus eloquentiae 1 est quam fortitudinis. 
Regis frater avidus est gloriae, 2 patiens laboris, 2 sed impo- 
tens irae, 2 veritatis 2 expers, rerum 2 iniperitus, atque multd- 
rum scelerum 2 conscius. Quanti 3 quisqug se ipse 4 facit, 
tanti 3 fit ab amicis Mercatores non tantidem 3 vendunt, 

1 1 134, Rem. 1. 2 § 135 (a). 3 g 137. 4 \ 85. 



232 SYNTAX. 

quanti 1 emerunt. Furis verltatem non flocci 1 faciunt. 
B5ni omnes virtutem magni 1 aestimant. Quanta 1 istos 
equos emisti? Hunc latronem sc£leris 2 sui neque pudet, 
neque 7 paenitet. Me civitatis morum 2 taedet pigetque. 
Civis, qui rei capitalis 3 accusatiis est, tertia parte 4 agri 
condemnatus est. Pueros stultitiae 2 paenitebit. Catilina 
alium (one man) egestatis, 5 aliiim (another) cupiditatis 5 ad- 
monebat. Tua ipsius causa te officii moneo. Ciceronis 6 
magni 1 interest conjuration em Catilinae opprimerg. Non 
mea 7 sed regis refer t fures latronesqug pun ire. 

Translate into Latin. 
The general is desirous of money, but more desirous of 
praise. The farmer's fields are very productive of corn. 
The consul is fond of war and tenacious (tenax) of his pur- 
pose, but ignorant of business (rerum) and destitute of truth. 
Lucius remembers a kindness and (neque) does not forget an 
injury. The soldiers who were accused of treachery have 
been condemned to death. Those who (§ 129, Rem. 2) are 
unaccustomed to navigation (§ 135 (a)) fear the sea. The 
king cares not a straw for the laws of the state. It is of 
great importance to us to lead the army into the enemy's 
country (fines). For how much did you sell your horse ? 
For the same (tantidem) for which (for how much) I bought 
(him). Do you remember the speech of the excellent ora- 
tor ? The scouts had not warned the general of the danger. 
The tribune has been acquitted of treachery. Do you pity 
me? 

THE DATIVE. 

§ 140. The Indirect Object is put in the Dative, which 
expresses that to or for which, or with reference to which, 
anything is, or is done. 

1 ? 137. 3 g 136. 5 1 135 (b). 7 1 135 (e), Rem. S. 

2 1 135 (c). 4 1 136, Rem. 2. 6 1 135 (e). 



THE DATIVE. 233 

The Dative limits the meaning of Verbs (Transitive and Intran- 
sitive), Adjectives, derivative Adverbs, and occasionally Nouns de- 
rived from Verbs that take the Dative. Sometimes it limits merely 
the general idea contained in a sentence. 

§ 141. Rule XII. — Dative with Transitive Verbs. — 
Any Transitive Verb whose meaning allows, may take 
a Dative of the Indirect Object along with the Direct 
Object in the Accusative ; as, servus ddmind mMZclnam 
pdrdt, the slave prepares medicine for his master. 

Remark 1. — When the idea of Motion is expressed or clearly 
implied, ad with the Accusative must be used instead of the 
Dative; hunc librztm ad te mitto, I send you this book. The 
poets, however, freely use the Dative in this way. Note espe- 
cially the phrases — 

dare alicui litterds, to give one a letter to take care of; 
dar$ litterds ad aliquem, to write a letter to some one. 

Remark 2. — For in the sense of in defence of is expressed, not 
by the Dative, but always by pro with the Ablative ; dic&re pro 
dltquo, to speak in defence of some one ; pro patrioZ mori s to die 
for one's country. 

§ 142. Rule XIII. — Dative with Intransitive Verbs. — 
The Dative of the Indirect Object only is used with many 
Intransitive Verbs which signify to Believe, Favor, Please, 
Help, Trust, and their contraries ; also with Intransitive 
Verbs of Advantage and Disadvantage and those signify- 
ing to Persuade and Command, to Serve and Obey, to 
be Angry and Tlireaten, Yield and Resist, Pardon and 
Spare, and the like ; as, pu&ro credlmus, we believe the 
boy ; rex captlvls parcit, the king spares the captives. 

Remark l.—The Passive of these Intransitive Verbs can only 
be used Impersonally ; e. g. I am envied is not in Latin invideor, 
but miht invidetur. 

Remark 2. — Some Verbs, apparently of the same meaning as 
those named above— juvo and adjuvo, I help ; delecto, I delight, 
20* 



234 SYNTAX. 

please ; laedo, I injure ; jabeo, I order ; deficio, I fail, am want- 
ing to ; veto y I forbid — take an Accusative to mark a more direct 
effect on the Object. 

Remark 3. — Fldo and confldo, I trust, rely upon, take the 
Ablative (Causal) as well as the Dative. 

Remark 4- — Some Verbs — adulor, I fawn upon, aemuldr, I vie 
with, comitor, I accompany, praestolor, I wait for — take either the 
Dative or Accusative, with scarcely any difference in meaning. 

Remark 5. — Some other Verbs — caved, conditio, convtnio, timed, 
mUud, mode'ror, tempZrd, etc. — take the Dative or Accusative, but 
with important difference of meaning (owing to the case em- 
ployed) ; as, caved servo, I take precautions for the slave ; caved 
servum, I take precautions against the slave ; rri&tuo servo, I am 
anxious for the slave; mltuo servum, I fear the slave. 

§143. Eule XIV. — Dative with Compounds, — The 
Dative of the Indirect Object is used with many Verbs 
compounded with the Prepositions ad, tinte, cdn (cum), 
In, inter, db, post, prae, pro, sub, and supZr; as, pu&r 
superfiCit patrl, the boy survived his father. Transitive 
compounds of course retain the Direct Object ; as, Cae- 
sar ZquUatul Lablenum praefecit, Caesar placed Labienus 
in command of the cavalry. 

Remark 1. — If the local relation (Place to, from, or in) is made 
prominent, the Preposition w T ith its proper case is repeated ; as, 
Ajax incubuit in gladium, Ajax fell on his sword. After all 
these compounds we may use a Preposition and its case to 
denote the relations more accurately. 

Remark 2. — Verbs compounded with con [cum) usually repeat 
the Preposition; as, congredl cum hostibus, to fight with the 
enemy. 

Remark 3. — Verbs of Taking Away (compounds of ab, de, and 
ex) sometimes take the Dative, instead of the Ablative of Sep- 
aration, especially of Perso?is (see \ 160, R. 5) ; as, omnem mihi 
timorem eripuit, he took away all fear from me. 

§ 144. Rule XV. — Dative with Adjectives. — The Dat- 



THE DATIVE. 235 

ive expresses the Person or Thing to or with reference to 
which anything is Acceptable, Useful, Friendly, Fit, Like, 
Near, Equal, and the like, with their contraries ; as, id 
verb mlUtibus fuit pergrdtum, this, indeed, was most 
acceptable to the soldiers; Idcus prbpinquus urbl, a 
place near the city. 

Remark 1. — Adjectives denoting Usefulness or Fitness take the 
Accusative with ad to express the purpose; as, locus ad insidids 
aptiis, a place fit for ambush ; the Dative of the Person is, how- 
ever, regularly used with such Adjectives. 

Remark 2. — Adjectives denoting Friendliness or the opposite, 
frequently take the Prepositions in, ergd y adversus, with the Ac- 
cusative instead of the Dative; as, adversus deos immortdles impiiis, 
impious towards the immortal gods. 

Remark 3. — Many of these Adjectives are used as Nouns, and 
as such take the Genitive. Such are aequdlis, afflnis, amicus, 
cogndtus, communis, contrdrius, finitimus, par, propinquus, pro- 
prills, similis, sujperstes, viclnus, and a few others. 

Similis is construed in the early writers almost always with 
the Genitive; in the Augustan poets almost always with the 
Dative. In Cicero and writers of his time the Genitive is reg- 
ularly used of Living Beings ; the Genitive or Dative of Things. 
Livy and late writers use the Genitive or Dative indifferently. 
Observe that similis always takes the Genitive of the Personal 
Pronoun. 

Remark 4- — Propidr and proximus (Adjs.) regularly take the 
Dative, more rarely the Accusative; prbpius smdproxime (Advs.) 
regularly take the Accusative, more rarely the Dative. Both are 
also construed with the Preposition db and the Ablative. 

§ 145. Rule XYI. — Dative of Advantage and Dis- 
advantage. — The Dative often limits the general idea 
contained in a sentence rather than any particular word 
(Dative of Advantage or Disadvantage) ; as, fllius Blaesl 
militibus mission&m pHeb&t, the son of Blaesus applied for 
dismissal for the soldiers. 



236 SYNTAX. 

Remark 1. — The Dative of the Personal Pronoun is frequently 
used to indicate a certain degree of concern or sympathy (Ethic 
Dative). Great latitude in translating is often necessary to give 
the shade of meaning; as, quid mihi Celsus dgitf (tell) me (pray), 
what is Celsus doing? (I am interested in the matter). 

Notice specially the Dative of the Reflexive with veltt; as, 
quid sibi vult haec brdtmf what does this speech mean? 

§146. Rule XVII. — Dative of Possessor. — The 
Dative is used with ess8 and kindred Verbs to indi- 
cate the Possessor, the thing possessed being the Sub- 
ject; as, est mihi libVr, (a book is to me) I have a 
book; sunt tibl llbri, thou hast books; sunt Caio librl, 
Caius has books, etc. 

Remark 1. — The Dative with ess% is thus used when the fact 
of Possession is emphasized ; as, Cictronl d5mus est, Cicero has 
a house (among other things) ; — the Genitive with ess$ is used 
when the Possessor is emphasized ; as, Cice'ronis domiis est, the 
house is Cicero' } s (no one else's). 

Remark 2. — Compounds of essl (except abesse 1 and poss$) take 
the Dative; as, neu desint Epulis rosae, nor let roses be lacking 
to the banquet. 

Remark S. — The Dative is used with sum and a Noun in the 
Predicate to denote the relation in which one Person stands to 
another ; as, Murena legdtus Lucullo fuit, Murena was lieuten- 
ant to (with) Lucullus. 

Remark Jf. — The Dative of Participles used substantively is 
sometimes employed to express under what circumstances a 
thing shows itself; sitd Anticyra est In Locridt laevd parte 
smum Corinthiacum intranti, Anticyra is situated in Locris on 
the left hand as you enter the Corinthian gulf. 

Remark 5. — Notice the phrase (imitated from the Greek, and 
used specially by Sallust and Tacitus), aliquid mihi volenti est, I 
like a thing ; as, quid riequl plebi militia volenti (esse^) putdbdtur, 
because it was supposed that the common people did not like 
military service. 

Remark 6. — When the Possession is a Quality, the Possessor is 



THE DATIVE. 237 

put in the Ablative with the Preposition in instead of in the 
Dative ; as, in Ciceroni magna fuit eloquentid, Cicero had great 
eloquence. 

Remark 7. — On the Dative with nomen esse, see \ 127, Rem, 7. 

§ 147. Eule XVIII. — Dative of Purpose or End. — 
The Verb ess$ and Verbs of Giving, Coming, Sending, 
Imputing, Reckoning, and Placing, take a Dative of the 
Purpose or End, together with a Dative of the Person 
Affected or Interested; as, haec mihi curae sunt, these 
things are {for) a care to me ; Pausdnids rex LacZdae- 
mtiniorum venit Atticis auxtlio, Pausanias, king of the 
Lacedaemonians, came to the help (as a help) to the 
Athenians. 

Remark 1. — Transitive Verbs may, of course, take a Direct 
Object together with these Datives; as, mihi librum dono dMit, 
he gave me the book as a gift. Sometimes the Dative of the 
Person Interested is omitted ; as, paupertas probro haberi coepit, 
poverty began to be regarded as a disgrace. 

Remark 2. — The Verbs most commonly taking two Datives 
are ess% (and its equivalents fieri, etc.), ductrl, habere, dare, ver- 
tere 1 , rUinqulrt, and Verbs of Motion (mitt&re', venirZ, etc.). These 
last occur only with auxilio, praesidio, subsidio (so relinqu&rZ) ; as, 
tertidm acikm nostris subsidio misit, he sent the third line as a sup- 
port to our men. 

Remark 3. — The Purpose may sometimes be expressed by a 
Predicate Nominative or an Accusative in Apposition (see $ 127, 
Rem. 1); as, Turnus sul cuiquZ p^rlcull rZcens %rat dticumentum 
( = d6cumento), Turnus was (as) a recent warning to each one of 
his danger ; corbnam Jovl donum mittunt, they send a crown to 
Jupiter, as a present. 

§ 148. Rule XIX.— Dative of the Agent— With the 
Gerund and Gerundive the Dative expresses the Agent or 
Doer ; as, tidhibenda est nobis diligentid, diligence must 
be employed by us. 



238 SYNTAX. 

Remark 1. — When the Verb already governs a Dative, and 
ambiguity might arise from using another Dative, the Ablative 
with the Preposition a or db is employed instead of the Dative 
of the Agent ; as, quibus a vobis consulendum est, (for whom it 
must be consulted by you), whose interests must be consulted by 
you. 

Remark 2. — This Dative really expresses the Person Interested 
in the doing of the action. In prose it occurs not unfrequently 
with the Perfect Tenses of the Passive ; as, res mihl tola proviso, 
est, the whole matter has been provided for by me. The poets 
and later writers use the Dative in this way with almost any 
Passive form ; as, ri&qub cemitur ulll, nor is he seen by any one. 

Note. — The Dative is sometimes used almost like a Genitive, but 
always with the idea of Advantage, Disadvantage, or Reference ; as, 
cui corpus porrigitiir (compare the English), his body is stretched out 
for him. 

EXERCISE LIV. 
Vocabulary. 

similis, -e, like. ignotus, -a, -urn, unknown. 

proximus, -a, -um, nearest, next. impedimentum, -I, hindrance. 

aptus, -a, -um, ft, suitable. dedecus, -or-is, disgrace. 

aequus, -a, -um, just. usus, use, advantage. 

blandus, -a, -iim, flattering. impietas, -tat-is, undutifulness. 

utilis, -e, useful. Numantinus, -l, Numantian. 

carus, -a, -um, dear. vehementer (Adv.), extremely. 

ingratus, -a, -iim, disagreeable. commodum, -l, convenience, advan- 

facilis, -e, easy. tage. 

per-facilis, -e, very easy. inquam (g 113, 4), I say. 

noxius, -a, -um, hurtful. innocentia, -ae, innocence, integrity. 

fave-o, -e-re, fav-i, faut-um, to favor. 

st-o, sta-re, stet-i, stat-iim, to stand. 

parc-S, -e-re, peperc-i and (less freq.) pars-i, pars-um and parcit-iim, to 

spare, to be mere if id. 
pro-slim, pro-d-esse, pro-fui, pro-futurus (J 111, 12), to do good. 
prae-f Ic-i-o, praef Ic-e-re, praefec-i, praefect-um, to put over. 
circum-d-o, circumda-re, circumded-i, circumdat-iim, to put around, to swr- 

round. 
circum-fund-o 1 , -e-re, fud-i, fus-um, to pour around, to surround. 
male-dic-§, -e-re, -dix-i, -dict-iim, to be abusive. 



Urbi (§ 143) murum circumdare 
Terras marl (§ 167) circumfundere, 



„ ' > ^o surround the city with a wall. 
are, i J 



To surround the land with sea. 



THE DATIVE. 239 

praeter-e-5, -I-re, praeteriv-i and (more frequently) praeteri-I, praeter- 
lt-um (§111, 9), to pass by. 

EXAMPLES. 

Audiens dicto (§144), Obedient {attentive to the word). Never used without 
the Verb sum. 

Mihi magno est dolori (§ 147), It is (for) a great grief to me. 

Hlbernls (§ 143) Labienum praefecit, He put Labienus over the winter quar- 
ters. 

Regibus (§ 146) mantis sunt longae, Kings have long arms (hands). 

Dii omnibus (§ 148) colendi sunt, The gods ought to be worshipped by all. 

Urbem muro (§167) circumdare, 

>\ 

Terns (§ 143) mare circumfundere, J 
Aptus insidiis (§ 144 and Bern. 1) or ad insidias, Suitable for ambush. 
Similis patris, Like his father (§ 144, Bern. 3), 
Metuo patrem, / fear my father. 

Metuo patri (§ 142, Bern. 5), I fear for my father ; i. e. for his safety. 
Senatum consulo, I consult the senate; i. e. take its advice. 
Senatui (§ 142, Bern. 5) consulo, I consult for the senate ; i. e. provide for 
its safety. 

Translate into English. 

Helvetii proximi Germanis 1 incolunt, quibuscum conti- 
nents belliim gerunt. Loca proxima Carthagineni 2 Nu- 
midia appellator. 3 In loco insidiis 1 apto, duas legiones 
collocavit. Nonng* lupus est cam similis? Ferrura ho- 
minibus 1 utilius est quam aurum. Jugurtha nostris 1 vehg- 
menter cams, Numantmis 5 maxirno terror! 6 fuit. Cuivis 1 
facile est amicis suis 7 favere. Ventus noxium 8 est arbori- 
bus. Legatus cohortes duas praesidio 9 castris 5 reliquit. 
Milites imperatori 7 audientes dicto 1 non erunt. Milites 
non muligribus, 7 non infantibus 7 pepercerunt. Nemini 
lic£t sui commodi causa alten 7 nocerg. Caesar legion- 

1 § 144. 

2 g 144, Rem. 4. 

3 g 130, Rem. 1. 



4 I 81, 4. 


* i 142. 


5 1 140. 


8 i 128, Rem. 7. 


6 i 147. 


9 1 147, Rem. 2. 



240 SYNTAX, 

ibils, 1 quas in provincia conscripserat, Labieniim praefecit. 
Deus toti orbl 1 terraruni mare circumfudit. Caesar oppi- 
dum valid fossaque 2 circumdedit. Gravia onera gquitibus 3 
magno. sunt impedimento. 4 Innocentiae 5 saepe plus pen- 
culi 6 est quam honoris. 6 Haec mihi 7 praetereunda non 
sunt. Haedus, in doraus tecto stans, liipo 8 praetereunti 
maledlxit. Cui lilpus, "Non tu," inquit, " sed locus mihi 8 
mal£dicit." S^natus a consule de foedere consultus est. Dic- 
tator rei publicae 9 consiiluit. Nonne liberis tuis 9 metuis? 

Translate into Latin. 
The number of the enemy was unknown to the general. 
The undutifulness of children is a great grief to (their) 
parents. The thick woods were a very great advantage 
(§147) to our skirmishers. It is sweet and honorable to 
do good to the commonwealth. Children are not always 
like their parents. It was very easy for our men to cross 
the river. The consul's speech was very disagreeable to 
the Gauls. The snares of the enemy have been (for) a 
very great hindrance to our cavalry. God ought to be 
worshipped by all men. The causes of this rebellion 
ought not to be passed over by me. It is the greatest 
disgrace (§ 147) to a soldier to leave his place in battle. 
The Roman people gave to the king for a gift the fields 
which he had conquered. Nature had surrounded the 
town with a broad and deep river. It is lawful for no 
man to lead an army against his country. Be kind and 
just to all, but flattering to none. 

THE ACCUSATIVE. 

§ 149. The Accusative case marks the Direct Object of 
an action ; i. e. the thing actually reached by the action ; 

1 iUS. 3 £140. 5 § 146. 7 § 148. 9 1 142, Rem. 5. 

2 1 167. 4 § 147. 6 § 134. 8 §142. 



THE ACCUSATIVE. 241 

also the limit of Space or Time which an action or motion 
reaches. 

§150. Eule XX.— Direct Object— The Direct Ob- 
ject of a Transitive Verb is put in the Accusative. 

Remark 1. — Cognate Accusative, — An Intransitive Verb, though 
it does not require an Object to complete its meaning, may be 
limited by an Accusative of similar or kindred signification, usu- 
ally modified by an Adjective or Pronoun; as, mlrum somnidvl 
somnium, I have dreamed a strange dream ; vitdm tutiorem vlve're, 
to live a safer life. 

Remark 2, — To this head of the Cognate Accusative is to be 
referred the adverbial use of the Accusative of neuter Pronouns 
and Adjectives with Intransitive Verbs, which is specially com- 
mon ; as, mills idem gloridtur, the soldier makes the same boast 
(lit. boasts the same thing) ; multd invectus est in Thebdnos, he 
heaped many reproaches on (inveighed many things against) the 
Thebans. If the Verb be Transitive, an Accusative of the Person 
can of course also stand along with this Adverbial Accusative. 

Remark 3. — Akin to the above are such adverbial phrases as 
magndm partem, to a great extent, id genus, of that sort, id tem- 
po?*is, at that time, id aetdtis, at that age. 

Remark 4- — Intransitive Verbs used Transitively. — Many Verbs, 
properly Intransitive, assume a Transitive meaning and govern 
the Accusative. Such are especially Verbs denoting Feeling or 
the Manifestation of Feeling ; as, elves meum casum luctumque dolu- 
erunt, the citizens grieved (for) my misfortune and affliction; 
uxor callidd viri jocd rldet, the shrewd wife laughs at her hus- 
band's jokes. The poets extend this usage freely. 

Remark 5. — So Verbs signifying to Smell or Taste; as, diet 
vlnitm, it smells (of) wine; piscis ipsum mare sdpit, the fish 
tastes (of) the very sea. 

§151. Rule XXI. — Double Accusative. — (a) Verbs 
meaning to Ask, Demand, and Teach, with celare*, to Con- 
ceal, take two Accusatives — one of the Person, the other 
of the Tiling ; as ; rogo te nummos, I ask you for money; 
ddcuit me miisicdm, he taught me music. 

21 



242 SYNTAX. 

Remark 1. — The Double Accusative with these Verbs occurs 
most frequently when the Thing desired is expressed by a neuter 
Pronoun or Adjective; as, hoc te rogo, this I ask of thee; illud 
unum te interrogo, I put this one question to you. 

Remark 2. — The Thing is often put in the Ablative with the 
Preposition de after rogo, interrogo, doceo, celo, and sciscitor ; the 
Person, on the other hand, is frequently put in the Ablative with 
ab after posed and fldgitu, always after peto and postulo, and with 
ex, ab, and de after quaero. 

Remark 3. — The Accusative of the Thing may even remain 
with the Passive of doceo and rogo, the Accusative of the Person 
becoming the Nominative ; as, dulces docta modos, taught sweet 
measures ; sententiam rogdtus est, he was asked his opinion. So 
sometimes the Accusative of a neuter Pronoun with celor. This 
construction with the Passive of these Verbs is, however, com- 
paratively rare. 

(b) Second Accusative. — Verbs meaning to Name or 
Call, Choose, Show, Appoint, Make, Esteem, or Reckon, 
take, besides the Direct Object, a Second Accusative of 
the Name, Office, or Character; as,urb£m vdcdvlt Romam, 
he called the city Rome; me consilium fecistts, you have 
made me consul. 

§ 152. Rule XXII. — Twenty-six Prepositions are 

followed by the Accusative. (See § 120, 1.) 

Note. — As a general rule, Prepositions expressing Motion to a Place 
take the Accusative. 

Remark 1. — Intransitive Verbs of Motion, compounded with 
trans, circum, per, praeter, super, subtlr, and a few other Prep- 
ositions, become Transitive, and take an Accusative ; as, hostes 
fluni&n transilrunt, the enemy crossed the river ; flumind murbs 
subterldbuntur, the rivers glide under (close by) the walls. 

Remark 2. — Transitive Verbs of Motion, compounded with 
circum and trans, take an Accusative of the Person and an Ac- 
cusative of the Place; as, Belgds Rhenum transducit, he leads 
the Belgians across the Rhine (Passive, Belgae Rhenum transdu- 
cuntur, the Belgians are led across the Rhine). 



THE ACCUSATIVE. 243 

Remark 8. — The Preposition is often repeated; Belgds trans 
Rhenum transducit. 

§ 153. Rule XXIII. — Accusative of Time and Space. 
— Duration of Time and Extent of Space are expressed by 
the Accusative ; as, tres horas mansit, he remained three 
hours; fossa duos p£des lata, a ditch two feet wide. 

Note. — The limit of time Within Which anything occurs is ex- 
pressed by the Ablative; as, uno anno, within one year. 

Remark 1. — The Preposition is used for greater precision or 
emphasis ; as, ludl plr decern dies, games lasting ten days (all 
through the ten days). 

Remark 2. — Duration of Time is sometimes expressed by the 
Ablative ; as, pugndtum est continents horls qulnque', it was fought 
steadily for jive hours. But this is rare except in later writers. 

Remark 3. — With dbessl and disiarl may be used either the 
Accusative or Ablative of Specified Measure; as, abessZ [distdre) 
qulnqut milid (or millbus) passuum, to be (distant) five miles 
from — . So when it is stated at what distance a thing is done ; 
as, Ariovistus millbus (or milid) passuum sex a Caesdrts castrls 
consedlt, Ariovistus went-into-camp six miles from Caesar's 
camp. Spdtium and intervallum used in this way are always 
put in the Ablative ; as, Hannibal quindlcim ferme milium spa- 
tio castra db Tdrento posmt, Hannibal pitched his camp a dis- 
tance of nearly fifteen miles from Tarentum. If the place from 
which the distance is measured is not specified, a or db is often 
used before the Ablative of Measure; as, a millbus passuum 
duobus caslrd posuit, he pitched his camp two miles off. 

. § 154. Eule XXIV. — Accusative of Place Whither. — 
The names of Towns and Small Islands are put in the 
Accusative without a Preposition, to express the Place 
Whither or To Which; as, Roniam veiiit, he came to Rome. 

Remark 1. — Dbmum, domos, and rus are construed in the same 
way ; as, domum redilt, he returned home. If a Genitive or a 
Possessive Pronoun limits domum, In may be used ; as, domum 
medm or In domum medm = to my house; ddmum Caesdrts or In 



244 SYNTAX. 

domum Caesdris = to Caesar 1 s house. With other Adjectives the 
Preposition must be inserted ; in domum magnificdm venit = he 
came into a splendid house. 

Remark 2. — A Preposition (in or ad) is used when urbs or 
oppidum in Apposition is prefixed to the name of a town ; as, 
consul pervenit in oppidum Cirtam, the consul came into the town 
(of) Cirta; so, usually, when urbs or oppidum, with an Adjec- 
tive, follows the name of a town ; as, Demdratus se contulit Tar- 
quinios in urbSm Etruriae. florentissimdm, — to Tarquinii, the most 
flourishing town of Etruria. Ad before the name of a town not 
so limited, denotes to, in the direction of to the vicinity of (before, 
in military parlance) ; adulescentulus miles ad Cdpudm pr6fectus 
sum, I set out a young recruit (to the camp) before Capua. 

Remark 3. — The Preposition (ad or in) is commonly used with 
all other Names of Places (Countries, etc.), but it is sometimes 
omitted in prose, often in poetry, before the name of any place 
to which Motion is directed ; as, dlvtniunt speluncam, they come 
to a cave ; Italiam venit, he came to Italy. 

Remark 4. — The poets sometimes express the Limit of Motion 
by a Dative; as, it clamor caelb, the shout mounts to heaven. 

As the Accusative expresses the limit actually reached by an action 
or motion, so also it expresses* the limit to which the truth of a prop- 
osition extends. Thus, membra nudus est, he is naked, — not entirely, 
but only as to his limbs. Hence — 

§155. Rule XXV. — The Accusative is sometimes 
used to express a Special Limitation (Accusative of Lim- 
itation) ; as, nudus membra, naked as to his limbs. 

Remark 1. — This is a Greek construction, and is rarely used 
in prose, where we find the Ablative instead. 

Remark 2. — The poets often use an Accusative with a Passive 
Verb in the sense of the Greek Middle; as, Pridmiis inutile" 
ferrum cingitur, Priam girds himself with (puts on) the useless 
sword. 

§ 156. XXVI. — Accusative in Exclamations. — The Ac- 
cusative expresses the Object of Feeling, with or without an 
Interjection; as, Heu me mis&rum! Ah, wretched me! 






THE ACCUSATIVE. 245 

For the Accusative with propidr and proxtmus, see $ 144, Bern. 4; 
with miserU, etc., see §135 (c), Bern. 1; with the Infinitive, see \ 194. 

EXEECISE LV. 
§157. Vocabulary. 

Antiochus, -I, Antiochus. juventus, -tut-is, youth. 

Antiochia, -ae, Antioch. musica, -ae, music. 

Ancus Martius, -I, Ancus Martius, grammatica, -ae, grammar. 

fourth king of Rome. fides, -ium (fern.), strings, a lute. 

Mercurius, -I, Mercury. Socrates, -is, Socrates. 

inventor, -or-Is, inventor. timidus, -a, -um, cowardly. 

Antigonus, -I, Antigonus. certus, -a, -um, certain, sure. 

cotidie, daily. studium, -I, zeal, desire; PL studies. 

jiicundus, -a, -iim, delightful. vastitas, -tat-is, devastation. 

servitus, -tut-is, slavery. arbitra-ri, to think, deem. 
Regulus, -I, Regulus. 

habe-o, -e-re, habu-I, habit-urn, to have, hold, consider. 

cel-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to hide, conceal. 

flagit-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to ask for, demand earnestly. 

servi-o, -I-re, -Iv-i, -it-urn (Intr.), to be a slave, to serve. 

trans-duc-o, -e-re, -dux-i, duct-um, to lead over. 

trans-jic-i-o, -e-re, -jec-i, -ject-um, to throw over, ship over. 

rede-o, -i-re, redi-i, redit-um, to return. 

dis-ced-o, -e-re, discess-I, discess-um, to depart. 

pon-o, -e-re, posu-i, posit-um, to put, place. 

sequ-o-r, sequ-i, secut-us sum, to follow. 

per-sequ-o-r, persequ-i, persecut-us sum, to follow through, pursue. 

doce-o, -e-re, docu-i, doct-uni, to teach. 

edoce-o, -e-re, edocu-i, edoct-um, to teach thoroughly. 

nasc-o-r, nasc-i, nat-us sum, to be born. 

illic-i-o, -e-re, illex-i, illect-um, to allure, decoy. 

redd-o, redd-e-re, reddid-i, reddit-um, to render. 

sole-5, -e-re, solitus sum (§ 109, 3), to be accustomed. 

prof icisc-o-r, prof icisc-i, profect-us sum, to set out. 

posc-o, -e-re, popose-i, , to demand, ask. 

EXAMPLES. 

Iter omnes celat (§151), He conceals his journey from all. 

Regem pdcem poscunt (£ 151), They ask the king for peace. 

Unius die! iter, One day's journey. 

Annos (§153) quindecim natus, Fifteen years old. {Born fifteen years.) 



21 



246 SYNTAX. 

A vita discedere, To depart from life, to die. 

A milibus passuum duobus castra )„.,,,. . 7 „ 

,"* „ „ _ . > ize pitched his camp two miles off. 

posuit (g 153, Bern. 8), f ■ * * M 

Milia passuum duo (Ace), or mil- ^ 

lbus passuum duobus (Abl.) > Two miles from the city. 

(J 153, Rem. 3), ab urbe, J 

Me f idibus docuit, He taught me to play on the lyre (with 

the strings. Abl. of Instrument). 

Caesarem certiorem (£ 151, b) fa- They inform Caesar (make more cer- 

oiunt, tain). 

Translate into English. 
TJrbem, ex Antiochi p&tris l noming, Antiochiam 2 vocavit. 
Anciim Martium populus regem 2 creavit. VSteres Romani 
Mercurium omnium inventorem 2 artium habebant. Anti- 
gonus iter exercitiis omnes celat. Cotidie Caesar Aeduos 
frumentum 3 flagitabat. Num timidtis vitam 4 jucundam 
Tivere potest? Qui 5 auri servus est, turpissimam servitu- 
tem 4 servit. Ariovistiis maximas Germanorum copias Rhe- 
num 6 transjecerat, n£qu£ multoriim dierum 7 it£r 8 a Caesaris 
castris abfuit. Quis reggm f idibus docuit ? Alexander men- 
sem 9 uniim, annos 9 tres £t triginta natiis, a vita discessit. 
Jam vicesimum annum 9 Italiae vastitatem patimur (§95, 
Rem. S). Regiilus Carthaginem 10 rgdiit. Consul in Africam 
profectus, Carthaginem venit. Consul milia 8 passuum duo 
ab oppido castra posuerat. Catilina juventutem quam il- 
lexerat mala facinora 3 edocebat. Socrates totiiis mundi se 
incolam 2 et civern arbitrabatiir. Exploratores de hostium 
adventu constilem certiorem f aciunt. Jiivenes Romani Athe- 
nas 10 studioriim causa proficisci solebant. 

Translate into Latin. 
Labienus followed Caesar into Gaul ; Marius returned 
home. Our cavalry pursued the enemy ten miles. Caesar 



1 § 1 27. 


4 1 150, Rem. 1. 


7 § 132. 


2 S 151, b. 


5 1 129, Rem. 2. 


8 \ 153. 


8 i 151, a. 


6 1 152, Rem. 2. 


9 1 153. 



10 



§154. 



THE VOCATIVE. 247 

set out from the winter quarters to Rome. The place and 
time often render cowards brave. Lust makes (renders) 
men blind. Which of the teachers (masters) taught the 
boys grammar and music ? My brother taught me to play 
on the lute. The general led all his forces across the bridge 
in one night. My brother is twenty years old. Caesar asked 
the senate for an army. The robbers demanded money from 
Caius. Are you going to Rome for the sake of study ? Cae- 
sar was distant ten days' journey from the camp of Ariovis- 
tus. It-is-characteristic of a good general to throw his forces 
over a river quickly. A boy twelve years old used to inform 
the enemy of the approach of our forces. The Germans will 
pitch their camp ten miles off. 



THE VOCATIVE. 

§ 158. The name of the person addressed is put in the 
Vocative. 

The Vocative has no grammatical connection with the 
sentence, but merely serves to call the attention of the 
person to whom the discourse is directed. 

Remark 1. — The Vocative usually stands after one or more 
words, unless emphatic, when it stands first, often after the 
Interjection 0, which is only used in prose to express strong 
emotion. In poetry the position varies, and the use of the 
Interjection marks no special emphasis. 

Remark 2. — In poetry and sometimes in prose, we find the 
Nominative instead of the Vocative ; as, audi tu, populus Alba- 
nits, hear thou, people of Alba ; sometimes, on the other hand, 
we find the Vocative of an Adjective or Participle where we 
should expect the Nominative agreeing with the Subject; as, 
quo, moriture, ruis, whither dost thou rush, (thou) doomed 
to die. 



248 SYNTAX. 

THE ABLATIVE. 
§ 159. The Ablative denotes the following relations : 

I. Whence (the Ablative proper). 
II. Wherewith (Instrumental). 
III. Where (Locative). 

I. 

§160. Kule XXVII. — Ablative of Separation.— 
Verbs and Adjectives signifying Separation and Re- 
moval are followed by the Ablative with or without a 
Preposition ; as, signum non ptithxit mdver8 loco, he 
could not move the standard from its place; immuiits 
militia, exempt from military service. 

This Ablative is used with all w r ords signifying to 
Remove, Set free, Deprive, Abstain, Cease, and Want. 

Remark 1. — The Prepositions, chiefly ah, de, and ex, are used 
to emphasize the relation; if a Person is specified, the Preposi- 
tion (generally ab) is always used ; te ab illo imprftbo UbZrdvI, 
I have rid you of that scoundrel. 

Remark 2. — The Ablative with Verbs of Filling, etc., is an 
Ablative of Means (Instrumental). Some Verbs of Plenty and 
Want, after the analogy of Adjectives of Fulness, take the Gen- 
itive — indigere 1 frequently; compler^ and implere' sometimes; 
Ig'erl seldom (see § 135, d). The poets frequently use the Gen- 
itive with all words that express or imply Separation and Want; 
dlsiiit querelariim, cease {from) your complainings. 

Remark S. — On the other hand, though most Adjectives of 
Fulness and the contrary (§135, a) take the Genitive, some fol- 
low the analogy of the Verb and take the Ablative; insula 
referta est divitiis, the island is crammed with riches. 

Remark 4> — Practically, we may observe for writing Latin 
that nudus, orbits, and liber have generally the simple Ablative 
of Things, the Ablative with a {ab) of Persons (urbs nuda prae- 
sldio, but urbs nuda a magistratibus, etc.) ; that inanis, vacuus , 



THE ABLATIVE. 249 

onusttis and praedUUs have regularly the simple Ablative in good 
prose ; and that refertus takes always the Ablative of the Thing, 
the Genitive or Ablative of the Person [mdrid sunt refertd prae- 
donibus (or praedoniim), the seas are swarming with buccaniers). 
Remark 5. — Verbs of Taking away sometimes take a Dative 
instead of the Ablative of Separation (see § 143, R. 3). 

On the Ablative of the Place From Which in Names of Towns, etc., 
see 1 175; on the Ablative with opus and usits, see § 167, 2. 

§161. Rule XXVIIL— Ablative of Origin.— Par- 
ticiples denoting Birth take the Ablative of Origin ; as, 
Mercurius Jov£ ndtus St Maia, Mercury born of Jupiter 
and Maia. 

Remark 1. — With the names of Parents, ex and de are also used, 
db of remoter ancestors ; as, Belgae orti sunt db Germanis, the 
Belgians are sprung from the Germans. With Pronouns, ex is 
used regularly. 

Remark 2.— The Material of which a thing consists is put in 
the Ablative regularly with the Prepositions ex and de (except 
in poetry and late prose) ; constare' sometimes omits the Preposi- 
tion ; as, &nimo constdmus U corpSre, we consist of soul and body. 

§162. Rule XXIX. — Ablative of Limitation. — Nouns, 
Adjectives, and Verbs are followed by the Ablative show- 
ing in what respect, in accordance with what, a quality or 
assertion is limited; as, Agesildils altero p8de claudus 
fiCit, Agesilatis was lame of one foot; descrlptus erdt 
pdpidus Romdnus censu, ordinibiis, aetatibus, the Ro- 
man people w r ere classed according to income, rank, 
and age. 

Remark 1. — To this Ablative, which primarily gives the point 
of view from which anything is measured, refer the Ablative 
with dignus and indignus (and the Verbs formed therefrom), and 
the Ablative Supine (Supine in -u) after Adjectives; as, plerdqut 
dictu. qudm re sunt fdciliord, most things are easier in the saying 
than in reality. 



250 SYNTAX. 

Observe specially natu, in expressions of age, after grandU 
(not magnus), major, maximus, minor, minimus; as, Ennius fuit 
maj6r natu quam Naevius, Ennius was older (lit. greater in point 
of birth) than Naevius. 

Remark 2. — Here belongs the Ablative with fdcio and fio in 
the sense of do, with, become of; as, quid Tulliftla mea flU, what 
will become of my little Tullia? De is also used with these 
Verbs. 

Remark 3. — Such Ablatives as sententid, opinion^, judicio, tes- 
timbnio, and the like, together with a Possessive Pronoun or 
modifying Genitive, are used to limit not any particular word, 
but the general meaning of the sentence; as, Protagoras mea 
sententia illls temporibus fiat vel maximus, Protagoras, according 
to my opinion, was the very greatest sophist of those times. Prep- 
ositions may be employed ; as, ex mea sententia, etc. ; so ex foe- 
dire, according to the treaty, ex pacto, according to agreement, 
ex lege, according to law, and many similar expressions. 

Remark J^. — Instead of the Ablative of Limitation, the poets 
frequently employ the so-called " Greek Accusative " (see 1 155). 

§ 163. Rule XXX. — Ablative of Comparison. — The 
object with reference to which a Comparison is made 
stands in the Ablative after a Comparative instead of 
qufan, with the Nominative or Accusative; as, Patria 
niihi vita est carior, my country is dearer to me than 
life. 

Remark 1. — Quam must be used when the second Noun of 
the Comparison would stand in any other case than the Nom- 
inative or Accusative. Thus, we may say, Tullus HosUlius fhrb- 
cior Romulo ( = quam Romulus) fuit, Tullus Hostilius was more 
warlike than Romulus; non tulit haec clvitas claribres P. Africano 
et C. Laelio ( = quam P. Africanum et C. Laelitim), this state has 
brought forth no man more illustrious than P. Africanus and C. 
Laelius. But, His (Dat.) quam physicis potius credimits, we trust 
these men rather than the scientists. ( Exceptions occur in the poets. ) 

Remark 2. — When the thing compared is the Subject, the Abla- 
tive is the usual construction ; as, argentum auro vllius est, silver 



THE ABLATIVE. 251 

is cheaper than gold ; so, in the construction of the Accusative 
with the Infinitive, the Ablative is used instead of quam with 
the Accusative ; as, neminem Cicerone Uoquentiorem ficisse veteres 
judicarunt, the ancients judged that no one had (ever) been 
more eloquent than Cicero. When the thing compared is the 
Object, the Ablative is also used if a negative be expressed or 
implied; as, hoc mhil gr alius factre potls, you can do nothing 
more agreeable than this. Otherwise the simple Objective Accu- 
sative generally retains the quam construction. After the Com- 
parative of Adverbs, quam is the regular construction in prose. 

Remark 3. — When the second member of the Comparison is a 
Eelative, a negative being expressed or implied, the Ablative must 
be used; as, non admlror Catbnem quo graviorem inimicum non 
habul, I do not admire Cato, a greater enemy than whom I never 
had. (Here in English we would use a Superlative in Apposi- 
tion — " the greatest enemy I ever had.") 

Remark 4- — After the Adverbs plus, amplius, and minus, pre- 
fixed to words of Measure or Number, quam is often omitted 
without influencing the construction ; as, plus septingenti capti, 
more than seven hundred were taken; non amplius horas sex man- 
sit, he stayed not more than six hours. So after longius, and also 
after Comparative Adjectives of Dimension, such as major, minor, 
latibr, etc. ; thus, puer annbrum decern, a boy of ten years (ten years 
old) ; pulr minor annbrum decern, a boy of less than ten years. 

Remark 5. — The Ablative of certain Abstract Nouns (spe, 6pi- 
nibne, exspectationl) and of Adjectives used as Nouns [aequo, justb, 
solitb, dlctb, etc.) is employed with the Comparative for brevity's 
sake, instead of a clause [quam est, trot, etc. and a Nominative) ; 
as, Caesar 6pinione celeriiis (quam 5pmi6 fuerat) venit, Caesar 
came more quickly than was expected. 

Remark 6. — The Standard of Comparison is often omitted when 
it can be easily supplied by the sense. The Comparative is trans- 
lated by too, rather, or quite with the Positive ; as, equites paulb 
longius processor ant, the horsemen had advanced a little too far ; 
stnectus est ndtura loquaciftr, old age is naturally rather talkative. 

Remark 7. — At qui for quam after a Comparative is poetic ; so 
the use of the Ablative after alius. 

§ 164. Eule XXX.I.— Ablative of Difference.— The 



252 SYNTAX. 

Degree of Difference is expressed by the Ablative after 
Comparatives and words implying Comparison; as, sol 
multis partibus major est qudm terra, the sun is many 
times larger than the earth; multo praestdt virtus dlvitiis, 
virtue is far better than riches. 

Remark 1. — Especially common in this construction is the use 
of the Ablative of Pronouns (eo (hoc), quo), and of Adjectives of 
Quantity (tanto, quanto, dliquantb, nullb, paulb, nihilb, dlterb tantb 
= as much again). Observe quo — eo (hoc) ; quanto — tanto (each 
with a Comparative) = English the — the; as, quo mdgis cbndris, 
eo longius prbgrMeris, the more you try, the further on you get. 
Sometimes (poetic and late writers) we find the Accusative of 
these Adjectives instead of the Ablative (multum impr6bior, 
dliquantum ampli6r, etc.). 

Remark 2. — Sometimes we find the Ablative of Comparison and 
the Ablative of Difference used with the same Comparative; as, 
multo dlvitior Lucullo, far richer than Lucullus. 

Remark 3. — Here belongs the Ablative, with the Adverbs ante 1 
and post, to denote how long before or after a thing happens ; 
fecit idem quod tribus annis ante" fecerdt, he did the same thing 
that he had done three years before. There is great variety of 
expression : 

(a) Sometimes ante and post stand before the Numeral, in which 
case they are treated as Prepositions and followed by the Accu- 
sative ; quod ante* tres annos fecZrdt, which he had done three 
years before. Ordinals may be used as well as Cardinals, and if 
ante and post stand between the Numeral and the Substantive, they 
may be regarded either as Adverbs or Prepositions, and the 
Ablative or Accusative be used indifferently. Thus — 

tribus annis post (ante) ] ( post (ante) tres annos 

tertio anno post (ante) j { post (ante) tertium annum, 

tribus post (ante) annis') f tres post (ante) annos 

tertio post (ante) anno i I tertium post (ante) annum. 

(b) The Ablative is also followed by post (ante) and an Accu- 
sative, or by postqudm (antequdm) with a Finite Verb ; as, 



THE ABLATIVE. 253 

panels diebus post mortem Africanl, a few days after the death 

of Africanus ; 
tribus annls (tertio anno) postquam vengrat, three years after he 

had come 
(or post (ante 1 ) and quam may be written separately, in which 

case the former is treated as a Preposition, and takes an Ac- 

cus. ; post annum tertium (tres annos) quam venerat). 

(c) To express how long before the present time, how long ago, 
use anU with the Accusative (ante tres annos), or the Ablative 
with the Demonstrative luc (his tribus annls), or (most fre- 
quently) abhinc with the Accusative (abhinc annos tres; rarely, 
abhinc tribus annls) = three years ago; consul ful abhinc annos 
viginti, twenty years ago I was consul ; his annls quadringentis 
Romae rex fuit, within these four hundred years there was a king 
at Home. (This Ablative with Klc belongs to Time Within 
Which, gl71, Rem. 2.) 

To express the time after an event, we may use, instead of 
postquam (see above (b)), the simple Ablative in Eelative Sen- 
tences; as, diebus decern, quibus in hlberna ventum est, slditio 
orta est, ten days after they came (it was come) into winter-qfuar- 
ters, a mutiny arose (lit. in the same ten days in which it was 
come, etc.). 

§ 165. Rule XXXII.— Ablative of Cause.— The Ab- 
lative expressing the Cause or Motive is used, without a 
Preposition, chiefly with Intransitive and Passive Verbs 
of Emotion and with Adjectives Passive in meaning ; as, 
oderunt peccdre bonl virtutis anior£, the good hate to sin 
from love of virtue. 

Remark 1. — Expressions of Trust (fldo, cbnfldo, fretus) and 
many Adjectives and Participles expressing Emotion (adductus, 
ardens, commotio, impulsus, laetus, and the like) are especially 
common with this Ablative ; as, incensus Ira, inflamed by anger. 
The Participle may be rendered in English simply by out of; 
commotus odio = out of hatred. 

Remark 2. — After a negative Expression the Preventing Cause 
is expressed by prae with the Ablative ; as, solem prae sagittd- 
22 



254 SYNTAX. 

ritm multitudme vid'ert non possum, I cannot see the sun for the 
cloud of arrows. 

Remark S. — The Ablatives causa and gratia are used with 
(and, as a rule, after) a Genitive or a Possessive Pronoun in 
the sense of for the sake of (some person or thing) ; as, med 
causa, for my own sake (gratia rarer with the Possessive in this 
sense) ; rel publicae causa, for the republic's sake. 

Remark J^. — When the moving Cause or Emotion resides in the 
Actor (Subjective Cause), the Ablative is regularly used; but the 
object for the sake of which, on account of which, an action is 
done ( Objective Cause), is commonly expressed by ob and propter 
with the Accusative, or by causa (gratia) following a Genitive ; 
as, non tarn 6b praedam (Objective Cause) quam Caesaris 6dio 
(Subjective Cause) hoc fecit Pompeitis, Pompey did this not so 
much for the sake of booty as from (his) hatred to Caesar. But — 

Remark 5. — Observe here the Ablative of Verbals of the Fourth 
Declension, used with a Genitive or Possessive Pronoun ; jussic 
popull, at the people's bidding (conversely, injussu pdpuli, with- 
out the people's bidding); med rogdtu, at my request; med hortatu, 
at my entreaty ; and the like. 

§166. Rule XXXIII.— Ablative of the Agent— 
Passive Verbs and Intransitives with a Passive sense 
take the Ablative of the Agent with the Preposition a 
or ab ; as, Caesar a legatis certidr f actus est, Caesar was 
informed by the ambassadors. 

Remark 1. — The Person through whom something is brought 
about (Indirect Agency) is expressed by p$r with the Accusative ; 
as, Caes&r per legatos certidr f actus est, Caesar was informed 
through (by means of) ambassadors (a legatis means "by the 
ambassadors in person"). So, sometimes, Optra with a Gen- 
itive or Possessive; as, Ciceronis unms 6p6ra res publica con- 
servata est, through (by the instrumentality of) Cicero alone, was 
the republic preserved. 

Remark 2. — Sometimes Persons are regarded as Things (e. g. 
bodies of troops), and the construction becomes Instrumental 
(hostetn funditoribus terrebdt). 



THE ABLATIVE. 255 

II. 

§167. Rule XXXIV. — Ablative of Means or Instru- 
ment. — The Means or Instrument by which a thing is 
done is put in the Ablative without a Preposition; as, 
Cornibus taurl se tutanttir, bulls defend themselves with 
their horns. 

Here belong alsothe following Ablative constructions: 

1. The Deponents utor, frubr, fungor, potior, and vescor, 
with their compounds, govern the Ablative. So vivft, I live 
(on a thing), and pascor, I eat, feed myself with (used of 
animals and slaves). 

Remark. — Potior, I possess myself of, sometimes (rarely in 
prose) takes the Genitive ; always in the phrase potiri rerum, 
to make one's self master of the supreme power. 

2. Opus and usus, signifying Need, govern the Ablative of 
the Thing wanted. 

Remark 1. — The Person who wants is in the Dative. Sometimes 
the Thing wanted is the Subject, and opus the Predicate; hence, 
we may either say duce nobis opus est, there is a want to us of a 
leader, or dux nobis opus est, a leader is a want to us. The latter 
construction is used always with Neuter Pronouns and Adjec- 
tives. (We .must say quae opus sunt, quod opus est, not quibus or 
quo opus est. ) 

Remark 2. — Especially frequent in this construction is the 
Ablative of the Perfect Passive Participle (properato opus est, 
there is need of haste), and whenever a Negative is expressed 
or implied the Ablative is regularly used (nihil opus est simu- 
lations, there is no need of deception). 

Remark 3. — The Thing needed, if expressed by a Verb, may 
stand in the Infinitive, Accusative with the Infinitive, and 
sometimes ut with the Subjunctive. 

Remark 4- — The Genitive is rarely used (tempftris opus est, 
there is need of time). 

3. Verbs of Filling and Abounding, and some of Mixing, 



256 SYNTAX. 

Joining, and the like, take the Ablative of the Means by 
which. 

4. Definite Price is put in the Ablative (for the Genitive 

of Indefinite Price, see § 137). 

Remark. — Mutart and commutare, to exchange, take the Accu- 
sative of the thing given and the Ablative of the thing received; 
but in poetry and late prose the construction is often reversed. 

5. To the Instrumental Ablative we may also refer (a) 
the Ablative of Penalty with Verbs of Condemning (§136, 
Rem. 2) ; (6) the Ablative of the Route by which with Verbs 
of Motion ; (c) the Ablative of the Victim with Verbs of Sac- 
rificing; (d) the Ablative with nitor (I lean upon), with stare 
(abide by), with the Participles assuetus and assuef actus (ac- 
customed), and the Ablative in such phrases as macte virtute 
esto, a blessing on thy valor (lit. be increased by thy valor). 

6. When Means or Instrument is personified, of course it is 
treated as the Agent, and takes db. (See also § 166, Rem. #.) 

§ 168. Rule XXXY. — Ablative of Manner or Accom- 
paniment — The Ablative, commonly with an Adjective 
or its equivalent, is used with or without cum to express 
Manner, Feelings, and Attendant Circumstances ; as, id 
aequo ammo non fV.re't clvXtds, the state will not bear this 
calmly; intellZgebat magno cum penciilo prooinciae futu- 
rurn (esse), he perceived that it would be attended with 
the greatest danger to the province. 

Remark 1. — The Ablative of Manner regularly takes cwm when 
there is no modifying Adjective; as, cum ciira scrlbZrZ, to write 
with care; if modified by Adjective, cum may or may not be 
used; as, magna ciira (or magna cum ciira) seribere, to write 
with great care. 

Remark 2. — But cum is never used with (a) Nouns like modb, 
ration^, more, etc., which denote Manner in themselves; (b) never 
with Nouns like ammo, mente coasilio, which denote disposition 



THE ABLATIVE. 257 

or intention; (c) never in classical Latin, with llgt or condicibrib 
(ea condicibnt [lege), on that condition) ; (d) never with parts of 
the body (nudb cdpite, with bared head). 

Further, (e) ctirn is never used with many Ablatives which 
have become virtually Adverbs, and are used without Adjective 
or Preposition; such as fraude, fraudulently; jure 1 , justly; inju- 
ria, without reason; or dint, in order; vitib, unduly; vl, forcibly, 
etc. Observe a similar use of plr with the Accusative ; per vim, 
by force or forcibly ; per fraudem, fraudulently. 

Remark 3. — The English without is frequently expressed by 
nullo (-a, -is) and an Abl. of Manner; as, r&m cbnfecl nullo 
negotio, I accomplished the matter without any difficulty ; nulla 
mea culpa, without any fault on my part, etc. Observe that modo 
is used, only in general expressions of Manner (hoc modo, in this 
manner, simili modo, in like manner, etc.), and cannot be used 
to designate the manner of an action : "to fight in the bravest 
manner " is not fortissimo modo pugnare, but summa cum virtutt 
pugnare ; "to lay waste the territory in a hostile manner" is hos- 
tilite'r (or hostilem in modum) agros popular!. 

Remark 4- — The Ablative of Accompaniment regularly takes 
cum; always of Persons, and of a thing which a person has with 
him or on him (except his dress) ; as, servus comprehensus est cum 
gladio (or magno cum gladio), the slave was arrested (armed) 
with a sword (or, with a large sword). So of the troops in mil- 
itary movements, if no Adjective is used; as, cum exercitu pro- 
fectus est, he set out with the army) if an Adjective is used, cum 
sometimes occurs, but is generally omitted ; as, ingenti exercitu 
(rather than cum ingenti exercitu) ab urbe prbfectus est, he set 
out from the city with a great army. 

§ 169. Rule XXXVI.— Ablative of Quality.— The 
Ablative, always with an Adjective or limiting Gen- 
itive, is used to express the Quality of a thing; as, homo 
inggnio malo pravoqug, a man of a bad and vicious dis- 
position. 

Remark 1. — This Ablative may form part of the Predicate 
like an Adjective ; as, Aglsilaus statura fuit humili, Agesilaus 
was of low stature. In such sentences the same idea is some- 
22* 



258 SYNTAX. 

times expressed by an Ablative of Limitation, limiting an Adjec- 
tive ; as, Agesildus statura fuit hurailis, Agesilaus was low in 
stature. 

Remark 2. — For the Genitive of Quality see 1 132. There is 
often no difference, but we must observe that the Genitive is 
always used to define Kind, Measure, Number, Time, and Space, 
while Transient Qualities are as a rule put in the Ablative. Bod- 
ily Characteristics are always in the Ablative; as, homo magnd 
capita, acutis 6culis, ore rubicundo, admftdiim magnis pedibus, a 
man with a big head, sharp eyes, a ruddy face, (and) very big feet. 
If the modifying Adjective is of the Third Declension, the Abla- 
tive is more usual, as the use of the Genitive would often cause 
ambiguity. 

Remark 8. — A Genitive may supply the place of the Adjective; 
as, est bos cervi figura, there is an ox of the shape of a stag (a 
stag-shaped ox). 

III. 

§ 170. Rule XXXVII.— Ablative of Place Where.— 
The Locative Ablative, usually with the Preposition in, 
expresses the Place Where; as, in summo jugo ducts Ugio- 
nes, quels in Gallia conscripsZrat, he drew up on the top 
of the ridge the two legions which he had levied in Gaul. 

Remark 1. — For the Locative Ablative of the Names of Towns 
and Small Islands, see $ 176 I® 03 . 

Remark 2. — The Ablative of Place Where with totus omits In; 
as, totis castris fit silentium, silence reigns throughout the whole 
camp ; so, generally, with cunctus, omnis, mldius, and the like ; 
also with many general words, parti, regibnt (with Adj. or 
Gen.), etc. 

Remark 3. — Loco, used in a figurative sense ( Condition, Situa- 
tion, Passage in a book), nearly always omits in; as, mSliorS 
I6c6 res nostrae sunt, our affairs are in a better condition; even in 
its literal sense, if used with an Adjective or Pronoun, the Prep- 
osition is frequently omitted; as, hoc loco (as well as in hoc loco), 
in this place or spot. 

Animb omits in with Verbs of Emotion ; perturbdrl animo, to 






THE ABLATIVE. 259 

be disturbed in mind. Libro, used of an entire treatise, omits 
the Preposition; d'e Amlcitid alio libro dictum est, Friendship 
has been discussed in another treatise; but if only a portion of 
a work is meant, libro takes In; in hoc libro, in this booh (refer- 
ring merely to some passage in a work). 

Remark 4. — The Preposition is also omitted when Place Where 
can be regarded as the Means by which (Instrumental) ; as, tecto 
£t mensa vlctum recepit, he received him (though) conquered in 
his house and at his table; so after Verbs of Motion, when the 
Ablative denotes the Route by which; as, Appia via profectus est, 
he set out by the Appian Way ; frumentum fluminS Aran ndvibus 
subvexZrdt, he had conveyed corn in ships up the river Arar. 

Remark 5. — The poets are free in omitting the Preposition 
with this Ablative ; as, lucis opdcls, in shady groves ; litorl curvo, 
on the curving strand. 

§ 171. Rule XXXVIIL— Ablative of Time When.— 
Time When or Within Which is put in the Ablative ; as, 
helium eod&n temporS indlxerunt, they declared war at 
the same time; Mbus proximis annis, within the last three 
years. 

Remark 1. — The Preposition in is frequently used to give 
greater precision, and is commonly employed unless the Noun 
denoting Time is qualified by an Adjective; so, to express Points 
within a Period of Time ; as, qulddm oves bis in anno tondent, 
some shear sheep twice in a year ; also with Nouns denoting the 
different Times of Life (Boyhood, Old Age, etc.) ; in piieritid, in 
boyhood; in senectute', in old age (but with modifying Adjective 
omit the Preposition ; prima pu&ritia, in early boyhood ; extremd 
senectute', in extreme old age). But simply hilmt, aestdtt, die, 
noctt, luce, occur. 

Remark 2. — Observe specially the use of the Ablative of Time 
with hie and Hit to express intervals of time from now or then; 
as, ergo his annis quadringentis Romae rex erdt, so within these 
four hundred years (within four hundred years from now) there 
was a king at Rome. In Oblique Narration hie becomes illl; 
as, respondit se paucis illis diebus argentum mlsisse' Lilybaeum, he 



260 SYNTAX. 

answered that he had sent the silver to Lilybaeuin within a few 
days (a few days before that time (then)). Ante 1 or abhinc with 
the Accus. is more frequent (see g 164, Rem. 3, c). 

Remark 3. — The simple Ablative is regular with initio, prin- 
cipio, "in the beginning" and especially with some Nouns of the 
Fourth Declension which do not in themselves denote Time, but 
an event which marks the Time, such as adventu, discessu, adspectu, 
etc. ; adventu Caesaris, on the arrival of Caesar. 

Remark Jf. — The following expressions should be noted: in 
tempore (or tempore 1 simply) means at the proper time; in eo (tall) 
tempore, at that critical moment, in those circumstances ; whereas, 
eo tempore means simply at that time. To express in any one's 
time, use temporibus or aetata alicujus, not tempore 1 (Singular); 
as, Caesaris temporibus, in Caesar's time ; nostra aestate (memoria), 
in our time; bello Punico se'cundo, at the time of the second Punic 
war, but in bello Punico secundo, during (or in the course of) the 
second Picnic war; at the time of the games, of the elections, etc., 
ludls, comitiis, etc. 

Remark 5. — In many expressions of time we use the Accusa- 
tive with ad, in, inter, intra, and sub ; as, convenerunt ad constitu- 
tam dtem, they assembled at the appointed day ; sub noctem, 
toward night, etc. 

Remark 6. — The Ablative is rarely used to express Duration 
of Time except in late writers (see $153, Rem. 2). 

Remark 7. — For ante and post used Adverbially with the Abla- 
tive, or as Prepositions with the Accusative, to express how long 
before or after, see above, § 164, Rem. 3 and (a). 

ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 

§ 172. Rule XXXIX.— Ablative Absolute— A Noun 
or Pronoun with a Participle whose case depends upon 
no other word, is put in the Ablative called Absolute to 
express the Antecedent or Attendant Circumstances of an 
action, such as Time, Cause, Condition, etc.; as, Pythd- 
gdrds, Tarquinio regnantg, in Itdlidm veriit, Pythagoras 
came into Italy in the reign of Tarquin (Tarquin reigning). 



NAMES OF PLACES. 261 

For farther discussion of the Ablative Absolute, see under 
"Participial Propositions/' § 192. 

NAMES OF PLACES. 

§ 173. Relations of Place, except in the case of Names 
of Towns and Small Islands (with ddmus, rus, and a few 
other words) are expressed by the proper case of the 
Noun together with a Preposition. Thus, generally, — 

1. The place Whither or To Which is expressed by the 
Accusative with ad or in; as, ad urbem veniunt, they come 
to the city ; in Africdm redit, he returns to (into) Africa. 

2. The place Whence or From Which is expressed by the 
Ablative with ab, de, and ex; as, db urbe profidscitur, he 
sets out from the city ; e Gallia discessit, he departed from 
{put of) Gaul. 

8. The place Where or In Which is expressed by the Ab- 
lative with in; as, m Caesdris horto ambulabdt, he was walk- 
ing in Caesar's garden ; Hannibdlis legiones in Italia hiemd- 
bant, the legions of Hannibal were wintering in Italy. 

Remark. — The poets freely omit the Preposition in all Place 
relations. But the names of Towns and Small Islands, together 
with domus and riis, are construed as follows : 

§ 174. Rule XL. — Names of Towns and Small Isl- 
ands are put in the Accusative, without a Preposition, to 
denote place Whither or To Which; as, Romam venit, he 
came to Rome* 

Ddmum (ddmos) and rus are construed in the same 
way ; as, ddmum rtidM, he returned home. So, too, with 
Verbals; ddmum rMitus, ddmum rMitiS, a return home. 

* Rule XL. and its accompanying Remarks have already been 
given ($ 154 sqq.) to meet the requirements of the exercises. They 
are repeated here, as it is desirable to present a connected discussion 
of Place relations. 



262 SYNTAX. 

Remark 1. — If a Genitive or a Possessive Pronoun limits 
domum, the Preposition in may be used; as, in domtim meant, 
or domum meam = to my house ; domum Caes&ris, or in domum 
Oaesdris = to Caesar's house. With other Adjectives in must be 
used ; as, in amplam domum vtnlrt = to come into a spacious 
house. 

Remark 2. — A Preposition [in or ad) is used when urbs or 
oppidum in Apposition comes before the name of a town; as, 
consul pervenit in oppidum Cirtam, the consul came into the town 
of Cirta [ad Cirtam would mean into the neighborhood of Cirta) ; 
so, usually, when urbs or oppidum with an Adjective follows the 
name of a town ; as, Demaratus se contulit, Tarquinios in urbem 
Etruriae florentissimam, Demaratus betook himself to Tarquinii, 
the most flourishing town of Etruria. 

Remark 3. — Ad before the name of a town not so limited, 
denotes to, in the direction of, to the vicinity of, before (in military 
movements) ; as, iter ad Mutinam dirigit, he directs his journey 
toward (in the direction of) Mutina; ad Capuam proficisd = to 
set out for (the camp before) Capua. 

Remark Jf. — Sometimes the names of Larger Islands and Penin- 
sulas are construed like names of towns, and the poets often omit 
the Preposition before the Names of Nations as well as before 
common Nouns in general ; as, Ibimus Afros, we shall go to the 
Africans; Lavinia venit lltord, he came to the Lavinian shores. 

Sometimes the poets express the Limit of Motion by the Dative; 
as, it clamor caelo, the shout mounts to heaven (in caelum in prose). 

Remark 5. — Here belong such expressions as exstquias Irt = to 
go to the funeral ; infitias ire 1 = to proceed to a denial, to deny ; 
pessum Irt = to fall to the ground, to perish ; pessum dart = to 
send to the bottom, to destroy ; venum ire* *= to go to sale, to be 
sold (veneo, used as Pass, of vendu) ; venum dart = to give to 
sale, to sell (vendo) ; and the construction of the Supine in -urn 
after Verbs of Motion. 

§175. Eule XLI. — Names of Towns and Small 
Islands are put in the Ablative, without a Preposition, 
to denote the place Whence or From Which; as, Demti- 
rdtus fugit Cftrintho, Demaratus fled from Corinth. 



NAMES OF PLACES. 263 

Ddmo, from home, rw% from the country, and some- 
times humdj from the ground, are construed in the same 
way. 

Remarh 1, — When urbs or oppidum is used in Apposition with 
the name of a town From Which, the Preposition is regularly- 
used ; as, Vercingetorix ex oppido Gergftvia expulsus est, Vercin- 
getorix was driven out of the town of Gergovia. 

Remark 2. — When distance is measured from a Place, ab is reg- 
ularly used ; as, hie locus tria milia passuiim a Roma abZrat, this 
place was three miles distant from Rome, So when removal from 
the vicinity of a Place is to be expressed ; as, Caesar a Gergovia 
discessit, Caesar departed from Gergovia (before which he lay). 
Ab and ex are also used sometimes to give special emphasis to 
the Whence relation ; as, ab Epidauro Plraeum advectus est, from 
Epidaurus he went (lit. was carried) to the Piraeus. 

Remark 3. — We sometimes find the Ablative used to denote 
the Place from which a person hails, but the Adjective is prefer- 
able; as, A. Granius Puteolis, A. Granius of Puteoli (but A. Gra- 
nius Piite51anus better). 

Remark 1+. — The poets often omit the Preposition with the Ab- 
lative of places other than towns ; as, labi Zquo, to fall from a horse. 

Remark 5. — If mere Extent is indicated, and there is no Mo- 
tion, the Preposition is, of course, used; as, omnis ord a Salonis 
ad Oricum, the whole coast from Salon ae to Oricum. 

Remark 6. — The simple Ablative of Names of Towns, without 
a Preposition, is used to denote the Place from which one writes 
a letter. (So dftnio.) 

§176. Rule XLIL— Names of Towns and Small 
Islands are put in the Locative, without a Preposition, 
to denote the place Where or At Which; as, Tarqvtinius 
Superbus mortuus est Curnis, Tarquin the Proud died at 
Cumae. 

So the Locatives, ddmi, at home ; fdrls, out of doors ; 
huvii, on the ground; rurl, in the country; and belli 
(mlMiae) when combined with ddmi; as, dtiml belliquZ, 



264 SYNTAX. 

dtimi militiaequZ, in peace and in war, at home and in the 
field (but when in war, in peace, are used by themselves, 
and not in contrast, we must say, in bello, in militia, in pact). 
On dniml, see § 135 (a), Remark, 

M@g* In the First and Second Declensions, Singular num- 
ber, the Locative is identical in form with the Genitive; 
e. g. Romae, at Rome ; Corinthi, at Corinth ; in the Third 
Declension (Sing, and Plnr.) and in the Plural of the oth- 
ers (First and Second), the Locative is identical in form 
with the Dative or Ablative; as, Athenis, at Athens; 
Delplns, at Delphi; Tibur% or Tiburi, at Tiber; Gactibus, 
at Gades (Cadiz) ; Curibus, at Cures. 

Remark 1. — Urbs or oppldum in Apposition with the Locative 
is put in the Ablative, generally with in; mllites Albae constite- 
runt in urbe' opportune, the soldiers halted at Alba, a convenient 
city ; if either urbs or oppiclum precedes, the Preposition is always 
used, and the name of the town is also put in the Ablative ; as, 
Cimon in oppido Citio mortuus est, Cimon died in the town of 
Citium ; if urbs or oppldum, accompanied by an Adjective, fol- 
lows, the Preposition may or may not be used, but is seldom 
omitted ; as, Archias Anti5chiae ndtics est celSbri quondam urb&, 
Archias was born at Antioch, formerly a populous city ; eum 
NeapSlI in cSleberrimo oppido saepl vldl, I often saw him at 
Naples, a very populous toivn. 

Cdldnia, munictpium, and often insula, are construed like urbs 
and oppidum. 

Remark 2. — Distinguish in domo = in the house, and domi = 
at home. 

Note 1. — To summarize the uses of urbs, oppidum, cdlonid, etc., in 
Apposition with Names of Towns, observe : if they precede, unaccom- 
panied by an Adjective, we use the Preposition in all the Place rela- 
tions — Whither, Whence, and Where; if they follow, usually accompa- 
nied by an Adjective or its equivalent, we generally use the Prep- 
osition in Whither relations; regularly in Whence relations; while in 
Where relations we may or may not use the Preposition (in), but 
seldom omit it. 



THE ABLATIVE. 265 

Note 2. — Originally Prepositions were not used in any Place rela- 
tions. Such relations were expressed simply by the proper cases, 
and this for all Nouns, Common as well as Proper — the Accusative 
expressing the Whither relation ; the Ablative expressing the Whence 
relation ; while for the Where relation a special case, the Locative, 
was employed. Prepositions were introduced as mere local Adverbs 
to define more sharply local direction, and gradually their use became 
the rule, with the limitations stated above. It will thus be seen that 
the names of towns preserve the original construction. 

EXEKCISE LVL 
§ 177. Vocabulary. 

fretus, -a, -iim, trusting. secundiis, -a, -um, favorable. 

concordia, -ae, agreement. tuniultus, -lis, tumult. 

discordia, -ae, disagreement. cadaver, -er-is ($ 38, Exc. 2), corpse. 

plerumque (Adv.), for the most part, sensus, -us, feeling, sense. 

maeror, -or-is, grief talentum, -l, talent. 

incredlbilis, -e, incredible. as, assis (m.), a farthing, a small coin. 

morsus, -us, biting. religiD, -on-is, religion. 

snxius, -a, -iim, anxious. Neptiinus, -I, Neptune (god of the 

natus, -us, birth. sea). 

in-vad-o, -e-re, invas-i, invas-um, to attack. 
con-f Id-o, -e-re, con-f ls-us sum, to trust ($ 109, 3). 
cresc-o, -e-re, crev-i, cret-iim, to grow. 
dl-lab-or, -i, dilaps-us siim, to fall to pieces. 
inter-eo, -I-re, interi-i, iuteiit-um ($111, 9), to perish. 
loqu-or, loqu-i, locut-us sum, to speak. 
ut-or, -I, us-iis sum, to use. 
fru-6r, -I, fruct-us sum, to enjoy. 

vesc-o-r, vesc-i, , to eat, feed upon. 

con-f ic-i-8, -e-re, confec-i, confect-iim, to finish. 
tut-o-r, -a-ri, -at-us sum, to protect, 
indiic-o, -e-re, indux-i, induct-um, to lead on, induce. 
im-ple-o, -e-re, implev-i, iinplSt-urn, to fill. 
sp51i-o, -a^re, -av-I, -at-um, to strip, rob, deprive. 
niid-o, -a-re, -av-I, -at-um, to make, naked, strip. 
pro-hibe-o, -e-re, probibu-i, prohiblt-um, to keep off, prevent. 
ex-pell-o, -e-re, expul-i, expuls-iim, to drive out. 
inter-dic-o, -e-re, inter-dlx-i, interdict-um, to forbid. 
mut-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to exchange, to change. 
23 



266 SYNTAX. 

EXAMPLES. 

Prae maerore (§ 165, Rem. 2), On account of grief, (A Prevent- 
ing Cause). 

Major natu (§162, Rem. 1), Greater by birth, older, elder. 

Re (Abl. of res), In fact. 

Dux nobis opus est (§ 167, 2, Rem. 1), A leader is necessary for us. 
Duce (§167, 2, Rem. 1) nobis (§146) 

opus est, We have need of a leader. 
Matiirato {Part. Perf. Pass.) opus est 

(§167, 2, Rem. 2), There is need of haste. 

Cives agris (§ 160) spoliare, To deprive the citizens of their land. 

Equfis mini (§ 140) talento (§167, 4) The horse cost me a talent (stood to 

stetit, me at a talent). 

Denis in diem assibus (§ 167, 4), For or at ten farthings a day. 

Asse (§ 167, 4) carum, Dear at an as. 

Aqua (§ 160) aliquem interdicere, To cut one off from, water. 

Alicui (§ 145) aquam interdicere, To forbid water to one. 

Alicui (§ 142) aqua et igni (§ 160) in- To cut one off from fire and water, 

terdicere, to banish. 

Translate into English. 

Hostes numero 1 fret! in nostros imp£tum fecer£. Dux 
hostium natiira 1 loci confidebat. Dgcimae legion! 2 Caesar 
maxime confidebat. Concordia 3 res parvae crescunt; dis- 
cordia 3 maximae dilabuntur. Mult! oppidanoriim fame' 6t 
sit! 3 interierunt. Numidae plerumqug lactg et carng 4 ves- 
cuntur. Hannibal victoria 4 frui quam titi maluit. Catilina, 
ctipiditate 1 regn! inducttis, conjuration ^m fecit. Sapientis 5 
est aequo animo dolorem ferre\ Cornibus tauri, apri den- 
tibus, morsu leones se tutantiir. Pater tuus noming 6 magis 
quam impend 6 rex fuit. Fratriim maximus natu 7 fuit Or- 
getorix. Milites urbem tiimultu 8 implebunt. Neptunus 
ventis 8 sgcundis vela implevit. Auctoritate' tua 9 nobis 10 
opus est. Quantum argent! tibi 11 opiis est? Quant! 12 istS 



1 §165, Rem. 1. 


5 §133. 


9 §167, 2, Rem.L 


2 i 142. 


6 § 162. 


10 § 146. 


3 § 165. 


7 1 162, Rem. 1. 


11 § 140. 


4 \ 167, 1. 


8 § 167, 3. 


12 § 137. 



THE ABLATIVE. 267 

equiis tibi st£tit? Talento. 1 Haec victoria nobis multo 
sanguine 1 stetit. Denis in diem assibtis 1 anima £t corpus 
mflitis aestimanttir. Quod 2 non opus est assg cariim est. 
Divites elves Roman! uxores liberosque militum agris 3 
expellebant. Regiilus Carthagine 4 profectiis, Eomara 5 
pervenit. Sacerdotes Balbo 6 aqua et igni interdixerant. 
Consul Roma 4 discessit. 



Translate into Latin. 

The Britons live mostly on milk and flesh. The general, 
trusting in the nature of the place, kept his forces in camp. 
Very many poor (men) have died of hunger and thirst. I 
cannot speak for (on account of) grief. The townsmen be- 
sought Caesar with many tears. Orgetorix, the richest and 
most noble of the Helvetians, led on by the desire of reign- 
ing (regnl), made a conspiracy of the nobility. The soldiers 
finished the journey with incredible swiftness. Cicero wrote 
all his speeches with the greatest care (§ 168, Rem. 1) and 
diligence. The Belgians attacked the camp with great 
shouting. It is the duty of a young man to respect his 
elders. Bocchus was king in name (§ 162), but not in fact. 
The sailors had loaded the ships with gold. Thou hast de- 
prived the citizens of (their) land ; thou hast stripped the 
temples of (their) silver and gold ; thou hast filled the city 
with blood and corpses ; for these things (bb has res) I cut 
thee off from water and fire. We have need of haste (§ 167, 
2, Rem. 1). How much gold have we need of? This base 
fellow will exchange faith and religion for money (§ 167, 4, 
Rem.). Lycurgus forbade the use of gold to his people. 
The Aeduans were not able to keep off the Helvetians from 
their country. 

1 1 167, 4. 3 1 m 5 g 174> 

2 1 129, Rem. 2. 4 3 175. 6 \ 142. 



268 



SYNTAX, 



EXEKCISE LVIT. 

§178. Vocabulary. 

statura, -ae, stature, height (of a Hibernia, -ae, Ireland. 



man). 

hiimilis, -e ($ 72, 2), low. 

exiguus, -a, -um, small, short. 

potestas, -tat-is, power. 

perpetuus, -a, -um, continual. 

tjrannus, -I, king, despot. 

genus, gener-is, race, family. 

spelunca, -ae, cave. 

pravus, -a, -um, depraved. 

f lgura, -ae, shape, figure. 

inferior (g 72, 4), lower, of less value, 
inferior. 

posterior ($ 72, 4), later, of less ac- 
count. 

praecipuus, -a, -um, especial. 

Varro, -on-is, Varro. 

dic-fi, -e-re, dix-i, dict-um, to say, to call. 

duc-o, -e-re, dux-i, duct-uin, to lead, to deem. 

ciip-i-o, -e-re, cupiv-I, cupit-um, to desire. 

de-flagr-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to burn down, to be consumed, 



antequam (Conj.), before. 
postquam (Conj.), after. 
doctus, -a, -iim, learned. 
ampliis, -a, -iim, large, much. 
dlinldium, -i, half. 
infinitum, -a, -iim, boundless. 
altitudo, -in-is, depth, height. 
pauliis, -a, -iim, little. (Usually in 

neuter.) 
Diana, -ae, Diana. 

Si 

Ephesiiis, -a, -iim, Ephesian. 
Puniciis, -a, -iim, Carthaginian. 
Scipio, -on-is, Scipio. 
Africaniis, -a, -lira, African. (A sur- 
name of Scipio.) 
Britannia, -ae, Britain. 



Proelium atrociiis quam pro nii- 
mer5 pugnantiiim, 

Quo (£ 164, Rem.l) longior dies, 
eo (g 164, Rem. 1) nox brevior, 



EXAMPLES. 

A battle more fierce than in propor- 
tion to the number of combatants ; or 
than would have been expected from, etc. 

The longer the day, the shorter the 
night. (Eo is antecedent of quo.) 



Translate into English. 

Agesilaiis. statura * fuit humili, corpore exiguo. Qui 2 po- 
testatg 3 est perpStua, tyrannus habetur et dicitur. Lucius 
Catilma, nobili generg* natus, fuit magna vi 1 et 5 aninil £t 
corporis, sed inggnio 1 malo pravoqug. Est bos cervi 6 fi- 



1 1 169, Rem. 1. 

2 i 129, Rem. 2. 



3 \ 169. 

4 i 161. 



5 1 123, Rem. 31. 

6 1 169, Rem. 3. 



THE ABLATIVE. 269 

gura, cujus a. m&iia 1 fronte uniim cornu exsistit. Sapientis 2 
est humana omnia virtute 3 inferiora ducerg. Bello Punico 4 
quo 5 nullum majus Roman! gessere, ScipiS Africanus prae- 
cipuam gloriam tulit. Haec verba sunt Varronis, quam fuit 
Claudius doctioris. 6 Eo die non^mplius 7 tria milia homi- 
num occisi sunt. 8 Gallorum copiae non longius milia 9 pas- 
suum octo ab castris ab^rant. Tribiis annis 10 post bellum 
civile popiilus Syphacem reg^m creavit. Homines quo 11 
piura habent, eo cupiunt ampliora. VarrO Antiochiae 12 
vixit. Cicero studioriim causa multos annos Athenis 1 ' 2 ha- 
bitavit. Qua nocte natiis est Alexander, eadem templiim 
Dianae Ephesiae deflagravit. 

Translate into Latin. 

It is the duty of a general (§ 133) to deem his own safety 
of less account than the common safety. Near the city is a 
cave of boundless depth. This soldier is of low stature and 
lame in his feet. I have seen no more beautiful (woman) 
than Tullia. On that day Caesar advanced (procedure) not 
more than (§163, Rem. 4) six miles. More men were killed 
than would have been expected from the number of combat- 
ants. Three days after (§ 164, Bern. 3 (&)) Caesar reached 
the camp, ambassadors were sent by the Germans. The 
consul was blind for many years before (antequam) you 
were born. The king of the Thracians dwelt many years 
at Rome. Ireland is less by half than Britain. Cicero 
was much (§ 164, Rem. 1) more eloquent than Crassus. 
The (§ 164, Rem. 1) farther the enemy retreated, the more 
swiftly did our men pursue. Our horsemen pursued the 
enemy a little too far (§ 163, Rem. 6). 

1 g 128, Rem. 9. 5 \ 163, Rem. 3. 9 \ 153. 

2 1 133. 6 1 127. 10 1 164, Rem. 8 (b). 

3 \ 163. 7 1 163, Rem. 4. u ? 164, Rem. 1. 

4 g 171. 8 1 128, Rem. 4. u 1 176. 

23* 



270 SYNTAX. 

THE PASSIVE CONSTRUCTION. 

For the change from Active to Passive construction, 
see §108. 

§179. Rule XLIII ft — Verbs which in the Active 
take another case in addition to the Object- Accusative, 
in the Passive retain that other case ; as, libZr puero 
dtitur, a book is given to the boy; arbdres fftliis nudan- 
tur, the trees are stripped of leaves. 

Remark 1. — A Second Accusative in the Active (except with 
Verbs of Teaching and some Verbs of Asking — g 151, Bern. 3) be- 
comes a Predicate Nominative in the Passive ; as, urblm vocdvit 
Eomam ; urbs Eoma vacatur. 

Remark 2. — As Intransitive Verbs have no Direct Object in 
the Active, they are not used Personally in the Passive, except 
with a Cognate or Equivalent Nominative ; as, cursus curritur. 
When they are used Impersonally, the remote object is of course 
retained ; as, mihi a te persuddetur, I am persuaded by you. 

SYNTAX OF THE INDEFINITE VERB. 

The Finite Verb consists of the Indicative, the Sub- 
junctive, and the Imperative Moods; the Indefinite 
Verb, of the Infinitive, Participles, Gerund, and Supine. 

INFINITIVE. 

§180. Rule XLIV.— Subject Infinitive.— The Infin- 
itive is a Neuter Verbal Noun in the Nominative or Ac- 
cusative, and may be the Subject of a Verb; as, gratum 
est tecum ambularg, it is pleasant to walk with you. 

The other cases are supplied by the Gerund and 
Ablative Supine. 

Remark 1. — The Infinitive, as a Subject or Predicate Nomina- 



INFINITIVE. 271 

tive, is used with est and Impersonal Verbs; seldom with 
others. 

Remark 2. — The Infinitive differs from other Verbal Nouns in 
that it has Voice and Tense, is modified by Adverbs and not by 
Attributive Adjectives, and governs the oblique cases. Orig- 
inally the Infinitive was a Dative of Purpose, 

§181. Rule XLV. — Object {Complementary) Infin- 
itive. — The Infinitive is used as a complement {filling up) 
with certain Verbs expressing an incomplete idea; as, 
sdlent cogitarg, they are accustomed to think; vincSrS scis, 
you know how to conquer. 

The Complementary Infinitive is used chiefly with Verbs express- 
ing Will, Power, Duty, Purpose, Knowledge, Custom, Commencement, 
Continuance, Cessation, etc. 

Remark 1. — With pdrdtus [ready) and insuetus [unaccustomed) 
the Complementary Infinitive is sometimes used by good prose- 
writers (Cicero more commonly uses ad with the Gerund), but 
with other Adjectives (or Participles used as Adjectives) the 
Complementary Infinitive is rare in prose. The poets use it 
freely with Adjectives and Verbal Nouns, and, by analogy, with 
almost any Verb. So the later prose-writers. 

Remark 2. — In Latin pilose the Infinitive must not be used to ex- 
press Purpose. But the poets so use it, and to express a variety 
of other relations (where prose- writers employ a different turn) : 
(1) Purpose; as, Pecus egit altos visSre' monies, he drove his 
cattle to see the lofty mountains (for Supine visum, or Ger. ad 
vlsendos, or &£ + Subj.); (2) Result; as, virum tot adire labor es 
impulit, she urged the man to encounter so many toils (for ut 
adirl It); (3) for the Gerundive; as, avidus committer^ pugndm, 
eager for joining in battle (for committendae pugnae) ; (4) for the 
Gerund; as, cantare plrltus, skilled in singing (for cantandl). 

Remark 3. — If the Complementary Infinitive with coepl, I be- 
gin, and desino, I cease, be Passive, then the Perfect Passive 
tenses of those Verbs [coeptus sum, desitus sum), are almost 
invariably employed; as, urbs aedificari coepta est, the city 
began to be built. 



272 SYNTAX. 

Remark Jf. — Verbs of Wishing and Willing [Resolving, etc.) may 
take ut with the Subjunctive as well as the Complementary .In- 
finitive; constituit bellum cum Germanis gertlre, he resolved to 

si 

wage war with the Germans ; but also, constitul lit Aqulnl mane- 
reni, I resolved to remain at Aquinum. 

Remark 5. — After the Past tenses of Verbs signifying Possibil- 
ity, Necessity, and Obligation [possum, oportet, debeo, etc.), a Pres- 
ent Infinitive is used in Latin where the English idiom generally 
employs a Perfect ; as, debut viderS, I ought to have seen. 

The Perfect Infinitive as an Object is rarely used in prose 
except after void in Prohibitions, or when we wish to dwell on 
the consequences of an action or to emphasize its completion ; 
but as a Subject, the Perfect Infinitive is sometimes found where 
the English idiom employs the Present ; as, provide 1 quiesse' erit 
melius, it will be for your advantage then (it will be better for 
you) to keep quiet. 

Remark 6. — With some Verbs that already have an Accusative 
of the Person (chiefly doceo, I teach, assuefacio, I accustom, jubeo, 
I bid, vlto, I forbid, sino, I allow, arguo, I accuse) the Complemen- 
tary Infinitive occurs as the Accusative of the Thing ; as, doclbf) 
Rulliim posthdc tacerS, 1 will teach Pullus to hold his tongue after 
this. If the Verb be put in the Passive or Gerundive, the Infin- 
itive is retained; as, Rullus docetur [docendus est) tacere (cf. \ 151, 
Rem. 3). 

Remark 7. — The Infinitive of such Verbs as to Be, to Become, to 
be Called, etc. (see \ 130, 3), will, of course, take the same case 
after it as before it, if both words refer to the same thing ; as, 
volo esse rex, I wish to be king ; nemini medio ess£ licet, no man 
may be neutral; miht esse poetae dil non concessere, the gods have 
not permitted me to be a poet ; piidet me victum discedere', I am 
ashamed to come off conquered. 

Note. — The Complementary Infinitive is generally either the Di- 
rect Object of a Transitive Verb, or an Accusative of Limitation ; as, 
trcvnslre conatur, he attempts the crossing; transit potest, he is able as 
to the crossing (his ability reaches that limit). 

§ 182. Rule XLVI. — Historical Infinitive. — In an- 
imated narrative the Infinitive is often used as the 



GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. 273 

equivalent of the Imperfect Indicative ; as, cdtidie Cae- 
sar Aeduos frumentum flagitarg, Caesar kept pressing the 
Aeduans daily for the corn (= flagitabat) . 

BemarJc 1. — Only Present Infinitives (except odissZ and mlml- 
nisse) are so used. Historical Infinitives generally occur in 
groups, more rarely alone. (See especially Caesar, Bell. Gall., 
iii. 4, and Sail., lug., ch. 51.) For the Accusative with the 
Infinitive after verba sentiendi et declarandl, see \ 194. 

GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. 

§ 183. Rule XLVIL— The Gerund is a Neuter Ver- 
bal Noun, used only in the oblique cases of the Singular 
(the Nominative being supplied by the Infinitive). It 
governs the same case as its Verb, and is modified by 
an Adverb, not by an Adjective; as, stadium pcctrem 
videndi, the desire of seeing (my) father ; beate Vivendi 
cupidttas, the longing for (of) living happily. 

The Adjective form of the Gerund is called the 
Gerundive. 

§ 184. Rule XL VIII.— Instead of a Transitive Ge- 
rund governing an Object- Accusative, the Gerundive is 
commonly used, the Object- Accusative taking the case 
of the Gerund, and the Gerund (now called the Gerund- 
ive) agreeing with it in gender, number, and case. Thus, 
instead of 

Consilium cdpiendl (Gerund) urbem (Object- Accusative), 
we commonly say, 

Cmstiium edpiendae (Gerundive agreeing) urbis (case 
of the Gerund), the design of taking the city. 

After Prepositions the Gerundive construction should 
always be employed ; as, 

Ad oppugnanddm urbSm (not ad oppugnandum ur- 



274 SYNTAX. 

bem). for attacking the city ; in gerenda re publica (not 
in gZrendo rem pitbltcam), in governing the common- 
wealth. 

Remark 1. — But if the Object- Accusative be a Neuter Pronoun 
or Adjective, the Gerund construction is retained to avoid all 
doubt as to gender; as, studium aliquid agendl, the desire of 
doing something (alicujiis might be masc. or neuter) ; ciipiditds 
pliirti cognoscendi, the desire of learning more things (plurium 
might be masc. or neuter). 

Remark 2. — [Partial Attraction.) — Sometimes the Object- Ac- 
cusative is attracted into the case of the Gerund, and the latter 
remains unchanged; as, exemplorum elegendl potestas, the power 
of choosing examples. Notice especially the Genitives mel, tul, sul, 
vestrl with the Gerund, without regard to gender or number; as, 
sul purgandl causa, for the purpose of exculpating themselves. 
(This construction is best explained by regarding met, tul, sul, 
etc., as Genitives Singular of the neuter Nouns meum, tuum, 
suum, etc., and the Gerund as the regular Gerundive.) 

Remark S. — Gerundives can only be formed from Transitive Verbs. 
We find apparent exceptions in the Gerundives of utor, frudr, 
fungbr, potior, and medeor, but in early Latin these Verbs were 
Transitive, and governed the Accusative case. 

Remark 1+. — The following are the chief constructions of the 
Gerund and Gerundive: 

I. The Genitive of the Gerund and Gerundive limits Nouns 
and Adjectives of incomplete meaning; as, spes urbis delendae, 
the hope of destroying the city ; audiendl cupidus, desirous of 
hearing. 

[a) The Genitive of the Gerund and Gerundive is common 
with causa = for the sake of to express Purpose ; as, vestrl adhor- 
tandl causa, for the purpose of exhorting you. ( Causa is put 
after the Genitive, and sometimes omitted altogether.) 

(b) Observe the Predicative use of the Genitive of the Gerund 
and Gerundive with esse in the sense of to be suitable for, capable 
of; as, quaecumque obsidionis tolSrandae sunt, whatever things 
are (suitable) for supporting a blockade. 

II. The Dative of the Gerund and Gerundive is sometimes 



GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. 275 

used with Adjectives and phrases signifying Capability and Fit- 
ness (but ad with the Accusative of the Gerund or Gerundive is 
preferable) ; as, lignum navibiis aedif icandls aptum, timber fit 
for building ships (better, lignum ad naves aedificandas aptum). 
(a) The Dative of the Gerund and Gerundive is also used to 
denote the purpose for which various officers are appointed ; as, 
triumviri colbniis deducendls, triumvirs for planting colonies. In 
later Latin the Dative of the Gerund and Gerundive is freely- 
used to express Purpose. 

III. The Accusative of the Gerund and Gerundive is used 
most frequently with the Preposition ad (denoting Purpose), 
sometimes with inter (= while) and 6b, rarely with others; as, 
missus est ad amnios regum perspiciendos, he was sent to ascertain 
[for the purpose of ascertaining) the disposition of the kings. 

(a) After Verbs of Giving and Receiving, Demanding and Hav- 
ing, Contracting for and Sending, the Accusative of the Gerundive 
expresses what is to be or ought to be done; as, Caesar ponthn In 
Ardri faciendum curat, Caesar takes care to have a bridge built 
over the Arar. The Passive form takes the Nominative; as, 
urbs militibus diripienda data est, the city was given to the sol- 
diers to be plundered. 

IV. The Ablative of the Gerund and Gerundive is used as an 
Ablative of Instrument (rarely of Manner) after Comparatives, 
and with the Prepositions db, de, ex, and in, rarely with pro, 
very rarely with super, never with sink; as, in explicandis cri- 
minibus magn&m bptrdm consumpsl, I bestowed great pains in 
setting forth the charges. 

§ 185. Rule XLIX. — As Transitive Verbs alone take 
a Gerundive, the Gerundive form of Intransitive Verbs, 
with the tenses of ess% } can only be used Impersonally. 
This combination, as we have seen (§ 106, II.), belongs 
to the Second, or Passive, Periphrastic Conjugation, and 
expresses Duty or Necessity ; as, 

Mihi eundum est, I must go. 

Tibi eunduin est, Thou must go. 

Caio eundum est, Cains must go. 

Nobis eundum est, We must go. 



276 



SYNTAX. 



Vobis eundum est, 
Pueris eundum est, 
Mihi eundum erat, 
Tibi eundum erat, 
Caio eundum erat, 
Mihi eundum erit, 
Mihi eundum esset, 
Mihi eundum fuisset, 



Ye must go. 

The boys ?nust go, 

I had to go. 

Thou hadst to go. 

Cains had to go. 

I shall have to go. 

I should have to go. 

I should have had to go. 



Remark 1. — The object of the action is sometimes expressed; 
as, nobis ratione Utendum est, we must use reason. 

Remark 2. — With Transitive Verbs the Personal construction 
is regularly used ; as, 



Epistola mihi est scribenda, 



A letter must be written by me, I must 

w rite a letter. 
You must write a letter. 
We had to write a letter. 
Ye will have to write a letter. 
Cains ivould have to write a letter. 



Epistola tibi est scribenda, 
Epistola nobis erat scribenda, 
Epistola vobis erit scribenda, 
Epistola Caio esset scribenda, 

Remark 8. — The Agent is expressed by the Dative ($148); 
sometimes by the Ablative with a or db to avoid ambiguity 
(?148, Rem. 1). 

SUPINE. 

§ 186. Eule L. — (A) The Supine in -urn (Accusative) 
is used with Verbs of Motion to express the Purpose of 
the Motion, and is construed with the same cases as its 
Verb, but is not modified by an Adverb ; as, v£ni5 te 
rftgatum, I come to ask you. (See §174, Rem. 5.) 

(B) The Supine in -u is used with Adjectives as an 
Ablative of Limitation (§162); as, facile factu, easy to 
be done [with respect to the doing). 

EXEECISE LVIIL 
Vocabulary. 



spatium, -l, opportunity, time. 
defessus, -a, -uin, wearied. 
neglegens, -ent-is,. careless. 



verutuin, -I, javelin. 
eloqnentia, -ae, eloquence. 
niagnaniinus, -a, -um, magnanimous. 






supine. 277 

ciira-re, to attend to. aestas, -tat-is, age, life. 

Arar, or Araris, -is (J 33, Bern. 1, i.), satis (Noun, Adj., or Adv.), enough, 

the Saone, a river of Gaul. simul (Adv.), at the same time. 

honeste (Adv.), honorably, cupidus, -a, -um, desirous. 

Herminius, -I, Herminius. vexillum, -I, flag, standard. 

praed-o-r, -a-ri, -at-us sum, to plunder. 

frunient-o-r, -a-ri, -at-us sum, to forage. 

purg-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to cleanse, excuse, excxdpate. 

conserv-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-uin, to save, preserve. 

pro-pon-o, -e-re, pro-posu-i, proposit-um, to set up. 

ag-o, -e-re, eg-i, act-um, to do. 

ex-ced-o, -e-re, excess-i, excess-um, to go out, retire. 

de-lig-o, -e-re, deleg-i, delect-um, to choose. 

di-rip-i-o, -e-re, diripu-i, dirept-utn, to pillage. 

ad-hibe-5, -e-re, adhibu-i, adhibit-um, to apply, use, 

re-scind-o, -e-re, rescid-i, re-sciss-uin, to cut dourn, 

disc-o, -e-re, didic-i, to learn. , 

quer-o-r, quer-i, quest-us sum, to complain. 

repet-o, -e-re, repetiv-i, repetlt-um, to ask bach. 

per-cut-i-o, -e-re, percuss-I, percuss-um, to strike. 

hort-o-r, horta-ri, hortat-us sum, to encourage, exhort. 

pro-fug-i-o, -e-re, profug-i, profugit-um, to flee, 

pro-puls-5, -a-re, -av-1, -at-um, to repel. 

col-lig-o, -e-re, colleg-T, collect-um, to collect. 

cogit-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to think. 

de-slli-o, -I-re, desilu-i, desult-um, to leap doicn. 

arcess-o, -e-re, arcessiv-i, arcessit-um, to send for, summon. 

cur-5, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to care for, attend to. 

par-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to prepare, acquire, buy. 



EXAMPLES. 

Neque — neque, Neither — nor, 

Spatium excedendi, Time for retiring. 

Consilium cap ere, To form a design, 

Pontem in flumine faciendum cu- To have a bridge built over a river 
rare ($ 184, Rem. ^, III. (a)), (to attend to the building of a bridge, 

etc.). 
Caesari (£ 148) omnia grant agenda, Caesar had to do all things. (Literally, 

all things had to be done by Caesar). 
Sui ($ 184, Rem. 2) purgandi causa, For the purpose of exculpating him- 

self, herself y themselves. 
24 



278 SYNTAX. 

Note. — As we have seen (J 184, Remark 4), Purpose may be ex 
pressed — 

(a) By the Genitive of the Gerund or Gerundive, (1) with 
causa, gratia (= for the sake of, and put after the Gerund or 
Gerundive) ; as, me reg%m belli gerendi causa credvisti, you have 
made me king for the purpose of carrying on war; (2) with tenses 
of esse. 

(b) By the Dative of the Gerund or Gerundive, (1) with words 
or phrases implying Fitness, etc. (ad with the Accusative prefer- 
able); and (2) especially with Names of Officials; as, DZcemviros 
agro Samniti dividendo credt, he appoints decemvirs for the pur- 
pose of dividing the Samnite territory. 

(c) By ad with the Accusative of the Gerund or Gerundive; 
as, missus est ad eas res conficiendas, he was sent for the purpose 
of finishing up those things. 

(d) By the Accusative of the Gerundive after Verbs of Giving, 
etc. (see 1 184, Remark 4, III. [a)) ; as, urbem militibus diripien- 
dam dldit, he gave the city to the soldiers to plunder (in the 
Passive, urbs militibus dlripienda data est, the city was given to 
the soldiers to be plundered). 

(e) The Supine in -urn after Verbs of Motion (§186) also ex- 
presses Purpose; as, legatl res repStituin vlniunt, ambassadors 
come to seek redress. 

(For other modes of expressing Purpose, see § 200; \ 233, 1 ; §191, 
3 (6).) 

Translate into English. 

Germa-nis n&que consilii habendi 1 nequg arma capiendi 2 
spatium datum est. Magna pars gquitatus praedandi frii- 
mentandique causa 3 trans Rhenum missa erat. Ad eas res 
conficiendas 4 Orgetorix deligitur. Omnes homines plura 
habendi 5 cupidi sunt. Multi in gquis parandis adhibent 
curam, sed in amicis deligendis 6 neglegentes sunt. Caesar 

1 1 184. 3 \ 184, Rem. 4, I. (a). 5 \ 184, Rem. 4, I. 

2 § 183. 4 I 184, Rem. 4, III. 6 \ 184, Rem. 4, IV. 



supine. 279 

In Arari pontgm faciendum l curavit. Caesar pontSm, quern 
in Rheno faciendum 1 curaverat, rescidit. Hominis mens 
discendo 2 alitur et cogitando. Breve tempus aetatis satis 
Ion gum est ad bene honesteque vivendum. 3 Herminius inter 
spoliandum 3 corpus hostis vemto percussus est. Loquendi 
eloquentia augetiir legendis 4 oratoribiis et poetis. Principes 
civitatis, sui conservandi 5 causa, Roma 6 profugerunt. Fortes 
£t magnanimi* sunt habendi non qui 7 faciunt, sed qui pro- 
puisant injuriam. 1116 ipso die mihi 8 proficiscendum 9 erat. 
Militibus de navibus erat desiliendtim. 9 Mendaci 10 a nullo 
creditur. 11 Mihi a te noceri 12 non potest. 

Translate into Latin. 
(The Verb esse is often omitted with Participles. See \ 126, Bern. 4-) 
The Gauls had formed the design of attacking the town. 
Time for retiring from {out of) the fight vvas not given to 
the wearied. The hope of plundering had recalled the far- 
mers from their fields. The general gave the city to his 
soldiers to be plundered. The chiefs of the state came to 
Caesar for the purpose of excusing themselves. The king's 
daughters had fled from home for the purpose of saving them- 
selves. The Gauls send ambassadors to Rome to complain-of 
(Supine) injuries, and to seek redress. A short life is long 
enough to accomplish (§ 184, Rem. 4, III.) all these things. 
Caesar had to do all things at one time (§ 185) : the flag had 
to be set up), the soldiers recalled from the work ; (those) who 
had advanced a little too far, sent for; the line had to be 

1 J 184, Rem. 4, III. (a). 6 g 175. n C 1 115, IV.; 

2 1 184, Rem. 4, IV. 7 \ 129, Rem. 2. 1 ? 179, Rem. 2. 

3 1 184, Rem. 4, III. 8 \ 148. 12 \ 181. 

4 \ 184, Rem. 4, IV. * \ 185. 

5 \ 184, Rem. 2. 10 \ 142. 

* Predicate Nominative after sunt habendi; the Subject is the Kel- 
ative sentence following. 



280 SYNTAX. 

drawn up; the soldiers exhorted; the signal given (§185, 
Rem. 2). The soldiers had at the same time both to leap- 
down from the ships and to fight with the enemy (§ 185). 
The Helvetians were desirous of carrying on war. 

SYNTAX OF PROPOSITIONS. 

§ 187. 1. Propositions are either Principal or Depend- 
ent. A Principal Proposition makes complete sense when 
standing alone; a Dependent one does not make complete 
sense when alone, but must be connected with another 
Proposition. 

2. Principal Propositions are Declarative, Interrogative, 
Imperative, or Exclamatory ; as, 

Pu&r currit, the boy runs. [Declarative.) 

Cur fit-rib piitrf Does the boy run? [Interrogative.) 

Curve 1 j pn$r ! Run, boy. [Imperative.) 

Quam clltfittr currlt! How fast he runs! [Exclamatory.) 

3. Dependent or Subordinate Propositions are of ten 
kinds, viz. : 

1. Participial Propositions ; i. e. those whose Predicate is a Participle. 

2. Infinitive Propositions ; i. e. those whose Predicate is an Infinitive. 

3. Causal Propositions, introduced by the Causal Conjunctions quod, 

quid, etc. 

4. Final Propositions, introduced by a Final Conjunction. 

5. Conditional Propositions, introduced by a Conditional Conjunction. 

6. Concessive Propositions, introduced by a Concessive Conjunction. 

7. Comparative Propositions, introduced by a Comparative Conjunction. 

8. Temporal Propositions, introduced by a Temporal Conjunction. 

9. Relative Propositions, introduced by a Relative Pronoun. 

10. Interrogative Propositions, introduced by an Interrogative word. 

4. Every Dependent Proposition is either a Noun, an 
Adjective, or an Adverb, limiting either the Subject or 
Predicate, or some other word of the Principal Proposi- 
tion on which it depends. 






THE MOODS. 281 

5. Propositions of the same rank, whether Principal 
or Dependent, may be connected by Conjunctions, and 
are then said to be Co-ordinate with each other. Co-or- 
dination is of five kinds, viz. : 

1. Copulative ; e. g., he has lost his property, and forfeited his credit. 

2. Disjunctive ; e. g., either he has lost his property, or he has forfeited 
his credit. 

3. Adversative ; e. g., he has lost his property, but he has not forfeited 
his credit. 

4. Corroborative ; e.g., he will forfeit his credit, for he has lost his prop- 
erty. 

5. Conclusive ; e. g., he has lost his property, therefore he will forfeit his 
credit. 

THE MOODS. 

§188. Eule LI. — The Indicative is used both in 
Principal and Dependent Sentences when a fact is stated. 

§ 189. Rule LII. — The Subjunctive is used when a 
thing is stated, not a fact, but simply as conceived in the 
mind. 

Besides its use in Subordinate Clauses, it is also em- 
ployed in Independent Propositions, and distinguished, 
according to its two principal uses, as — 

I. The Optative Subjunctive (representing the action as 
desired). 

II. The Potential Subjunctive (representing the action 
as possible). 

Under these two divisions of the Subjunctive, observe 
the following uses : 

I. Tlie Optative Subjunctive is used : 

(a) To express a Wish; as, elves mei sint incolivmes, sint 
bedtl, may my fellow-citizens be unharmed, may they be 
happy ! 

24* 



282 SYNTAX. 

(b) To express Exhortations, Commands, Prohibitions, etc. ; 
as, amaraus patridm, let us love our country. 

(c) To express a Concession; as, sit clarus Scipiu, granted 
that Scipio be renowned. 

(d) In Questions of Deliberation; as, quid faciam ? what 
am I to dof 

Remark 1. — As the Imperative has no First Person, a Command 
or Exhortation in that person must be expressed by the Subjunc- 
tive ; as, amamus patridm, let us love our country. In this use of 
the Subjunctive for the Imperative, the Present Tense is em- 
ployed, more rarely the Perfect Tense (except in Prohibitions). 
The Second Person of the Present Tense is rarely employed 
unless the Subject is indefinite ("you" meaning "any one," 
"one"); as, injurias fortunae defugiendd rSlinquas, you (i.e. any 
one) may escape the wrongs of fortune by flight. 

In Prohibitions the negative is ne, and the Perfect is far more 
commonly used than the Present (unless the Subject is indefinite 
— "you" = "any one") ; as, ne transieris Hiberum, do not cross 
the Ebro. The use of the Third Person (Singular and Plural) in 
Mild Commands, etc., is very common ; as, haec infamid deleatiir, 
let this disgrace be wiped out. 

Remark 2. — In Wishes the Optative Subjunctive frequently 
takes utindm, that (negative utindm ne) ; in poetry, ut, that, 

si, if. If the Wish is still attainable, the Present tense is 
used ; if not, the Imperfect or Pluperfect ; as, Utindm ddesse" 
possit frdterf O that my brother may be able to be present! (he 
may be able) ; Utindm ddessZ possSt fratlr, Would that my bro- 
ther were able to be present ! (he is not). 

II. The Potential Subjunctive is used : 

(a) To make an assertion modestly or cautiously; as, velim, 

1 should wish (the Present implies that the Wish is attain- 
able) ; vellem, I should have wished (the Imperfect implies 
that the Wish is unattainable) ; nimium forsitdn haec itti mi- 
rentur. perhaps those people may admire these things too 
much. 



TEXSES. 



283 



(6) In Questions implying a Negative Answer; as, quis 
dubitet? who would doubt? (no one). 

(j? In the Conclusion (Apodosis) of Conditional Sen- 
tences ; as, si id credos, erres, if you were to believe that, 
you would err. 







TENSES. 


§ 190. The Tenses 


are 


either Primary or Historical. 




PRESENT. 




FUTURES. PRES. PERFECT. 




am at, 




amabit, amavit, 


Primary. 


he loves. 




he will love. he has loved 
amaverit, 




* 




he will have loved. 


I 


IMPERFECT. 

a-mabat, 




PAST-PERFECT. AORIST-PERFECT. 


Historical. J 




am aver at, amavit, 


he ivas loving. 


he had loved. he loved. 



Rule LIII. — Sequence of Tenses. — If there be a Pri- 
mary Tense in the Principal Proposition, there must be a 
Primary Tense in the Dependent; if there be an Histor- 
ical Tense in the Principal, there must be an Historical 
Tense in the Dependent. 

PRINCIPAL. DEPENDENT. 

Venio ut videam, I come, that I may see. 

Veniam lit videam, I will come, that I may see. 

Veni fit videam, I have come, that I may see. 

Veniebam iit viderem, I ivas coming, that I might see. 

Vein iit viderem, I came, that I might see. 

Remark 1. — An Historical Present is Primary in form, but 
Past in meaning; it is, therefore, often followed by Past Tenses 
in the Dependent Proposition. 

Remark 2. — The Present-Perfect (Perfect with have) is often 
treated as an Historical Tense, and followed by the Imperfect or 
Pluperfect Subjunctive in the Dependent Proposition ; as, haec 
non ut vos excitarem locutus sum, I have not spoken these things 
that / might arouse you. 

Remark 3. — The latter part of a long Oblique Discourse, when 



284 SYNTAX. 

the leading Verb is Past, is almost always shifted to the Present, 
for the sake of animation. 



PARTICIPIAL PROPOSITIONS. 

§191. 1. The Participle is used to abridge discourse, 
and may stand in the place of a Causal, Final, Condi- 
tional, Concessive, Relative, or Temporal Proposition, or 
a Principal Proposition connected by It with what fol- 
lows. 

2. (a) The Participle may agree with the Subject, Ob- 
ject, or some other word of the Principal Proposition 
(Participial Conjunctive Construction); as, Aristides pa- 
tria pulsus LacMaemonZm fug% Aristides when driven 
from his country fled to Sparta. 

(b) Or, it may stand with a Noun or a Pronoun in the 
Ablative, without grammatical connection with any word 
in the Principal Proposition; as, his rebus constitutls, 
consul discesslt, these things being determined upon, the 
consul departed. (Ablative Absolute.) 

3. Here may be noted some peculiarities in the use of 
the Participles. 

(a) The Participle in -riis is used with the various tenses of 
the Verb esse to represent the Agent as about to perform, or in- 
tending to perform, an action ; as, Locuturils fuit, he was about 
to speak, or intended speaking. (First Periphrastic Conjugation, 
See 1 106, II.) 

(b) The Participle in -riis, especially with Verbs of Motion, is 
used in later Latin to express a Purpose; as, Ad Jovtm Ammb- 
nhn pergit consulturus de drlgml sua, he goes to Jupiter Amnion 
to consult about his origin. 

(c) The Perfect Passive Participle agreeing with a Noun is 
often used like a Verbal Noun in -io or -us limited by a Gen- 
itive; as, ab urbe condita, from the building of the city; post 
proelium factum, after the fighting of the battle. An Adjective 



PAETICIPIAL PROPOSITIONS. 285 

limiting a Noun may often be translated in the same way (i. e. 
like an Abstract Noun with a Genitive) ; as, improvisa re com- 
moti, alarmed by the suddenness of the thing. 

(d) Instead of the Perfect Tenses in the Active, the Perfect 
Passive Participle is sometimes used with habeo ; and the com- 
pound form thus obtained is generally stronger than the simple 
Perfect, emphasizing that the result is continued ; as, Rbmdnl in 
Asia pe'cunids magnds collocatas habent, the Romans have invested 
large sums-of-money in Asia (and still hold the investment). 

§ 192. Rule LIV. — Ablative Absolute* — A Noun or 
Pronoun with a Participle, whose case depends upon no 
other word, is put in the Ablative called Absolute, to ex- 
press the Antecedent or Attendant Circumstances of an 
action, such as Time, Cause, Manner, Means, Condition, 
etc.; Pythagoras, Tarqumio regnantS, in Itdlidm venit, 
Pythagoras came into Italy in the reign of Tarquin (Tar- 
quin reigning). 

Remark 1. — Two Nouns or a Noun and an Adjective are often 
used in the Ablative Absolute without a Participle, the Parti- 
ciple ens of esse having become obsolete ; as, ndturd duce ( = dd- 
cente'), under the guidance of nature (nature being guide); Manlio 
consule ( = cum Manlius consul essM), in the consulship of Manlius 
(when Manlius was consul) ; putre invito, against his father's will. 

Remark 2. — The Ablatives of such Participles as audito, it 
having been heard, cognito, it having been ascertained, comperto, 
it having been found out, nuntidto, it having been announced, 
and the like, are sometimes used without a Substantive, the fol- 
lowing dependent clause being regarded as a neuter Noun in the 
Ablative; as, Alexander, audito Dareum movisse" ab Ecbatanis 
fugienUm insequl pergit slr.enue, Alexander, it having been heard 
that Darius had set out from Ecbatana, promptly proceeded to 
press him in his flight. The Ablative of some Participles 
(auspicato, cbnsulto, etc.) stands alone, without any dependent 
clause, but such Participles are virtually Adverbs. 

* For convenience of reference in the exercises, this rule lias been 
anticipated (? 172). 



286 SYNTAX. 

. Remark 3. — The Ablative Absolute occurs with nisi after a 
negative ; as, nihil praeceptd valent nisi adjuvants natura, pre- 
cepts avail nothing, unless nature helps. 

Remark Jf. — The Ablative Absolute is very rarely used when 
the Subject of the Participial Proposition is the same with the 
Subject or Object of the Principal Proposition. 

EXERCISE LIX. 
§ 193. Vocabulary. 

repentinus, -a, -um, sudden. despera-re, to despair. 

tempestas, -tat-is, time. Atheniensis, -is, an Athenian. 

ulterior (g 74, 1), farther. Messalla, -ae, Messalla. 

Dionysius, -T, Dionysius. Piso, -on-is, Piso. 

Syraciisae, -arum, Syracuse, a city Persa, -ae, Persian. 

of Sicily. ex sententia, according to one's notion^ 

pollicitatio, -on-is, promise. or liking, satisfactorily. 

erra-re, to err, to wander. 

arrip-i-5, -e-re, arripu-i, arrept-um, to snatch up. 

nancisc-o-r, nancisc-I, nactus and nanct-us sum, to obtain. 

progred-i-o-r, progred-i, progress-us sum, to go forward. 

co-hort-o-r, -a-ri, -at-us sum. to encourage, exhort. 

cond-o, cond-e-re, condid-i, condit-iim, to found, build. 

com-mitt-o, -e-re, com-mis-i, commiss-um, to join. 

dele-o, -e-re, delev-i, delet-um, to destroy. 

aggred-i-o-r, aggred-i, aggress-us sum, to go to, attack. 

vere-o-r, vere-ri, verit-us sum, to fear. 

ad-duc-o, -e-re, addux-i, adduct-um, to lead on. 

EXAMPLE. 

Caesar, having called a council, ") Caesar concilio convocato, centuribnes 
sharply censured the centurions. ) vehementer incusdvit. 

(None but Deponent Verbs have a Perfect Participle with an Act- 
ive meaning ; the Perfect Active Participle in English must there- 
fore be translated by the Perfect Passive Participle in the Ablative 
Absolute, unless the Verb is Deponent.) 

Translate into English. 
Nostri, repentina re 1 perturbati, arma arripiunt. Bar- 
ban, nmltituding 1 navium perterriti, a, Htorg discesserant 

1 § 165, Rem. 1. 



PARTICIPIAL PROPOSITIONS. 287 

Naetus idoneam ad navigandum 1 tempestatem, tertia fere 
vigilia 2 equites in ulteriorem portum progrgdi jussit. His 
rebus ex sententia confectis, 3 imperator nrilites cohortatus 
proelium commisit. Viginti annis 4 ant£ Catonem natiim 5 
pater metis vita 6 discessit. Anno quadrag&simo primo ah 
urbg condita 5 Mma rex 7 creatus est. Haud multis annis 4 
post Carthaginem deletani 5 Jugurtha nattis est. Dionysius 
tyrannus, Syracusis 6 expulsus, Corinth! 8 pueros docebat. 
Legatus signum militibus non dgdit cupientibus. 9 Natura 
diice 10 nunquam errabimus. His rebus constitutis u legati 
regem de rebus suis desperantem multis pollicitationibus 
aggrediuntur. 12 Hac re statim per speculatores 13 cognita, 
Caesar, insidias veritus, exercitum castris 14 continuit. Alex- 
ander in Asiam contendit regnum Persarum occiipaturus. 15 
Caesar in Italian! profecturiis 16 prmcipes civitatum ad se 
convocat. Consul coll£m occupaturtis est. 17 Athenienses 
legatos miserunt oraciiliim consulturos. 15 Marco Messalla 
St Marco Pison^ consulibus, 10 Orggtorix, cupidine 18 regni 
adductus, conjurationem nobilitatis fecit. 

Translate into Latin. 
Who will err under the guidance of nature? Who, pray, 
will not err under your guidance ? In the consulship of 
Manlius the Gauls sent ambassadors to Rome. These things 
having been determined upon, the line of battle having been 
drawn up, the signal having been given, our men commenced 
battle. Both parties fought (§115, III.) bravely. The con- 
sul, fearing the enemy's cavalry, kept his forces in ^amp 
(§ 170, Rem. 4) (for) three days. Two years before (§ 164, 



1 1 184, Rem. 4, III. 


7 £130, 2. 


13 g 166, Rem. 1. 


2 §171. 


8 §176. 


14 1 170, Bern. 4. 


3 § 192. 


9 § 191. 


15 1 191, 3 (6). 


4 1 164, Bern. 3 (b). 


10 1 192, Rem. 1. 


16 I 98, 3. 


5 § 191, 3 (c). 


11 1 192. 


17 §191, 3 (a). 


6 1 160. 


12 I 95, Rem. 2. 


18 1 165, Rem. 1. 



288 SYNTAX. 

Rem. 8, b) the destruction (§ 191, 3, c) of Carthage the Nu- 
midians sent ambassadors to Rome to the senate. The gen- 
eral is going-to-attack the enemy at sunset. In the reign of 
Tarquin the Proud many noble citizens were murdered at 
Rome. The general, having called together his lieutenants, 
ordered them to commence the battle. The Athenians, hav- 
ing consulted the oracle (§ 192), returned home. Adherbal, 
{when) expelled from Numidia, fled to Rome. These things 
having been satisfactorily arranged, Caesar set out to (iri) 
Britain. 

INFINITIVE PROPOSITIONS. 

§ 194. Rule LV. — 1. Active Verbs of Saying, Think- 
ing, Knowing, and Feeling ( Verbti Smtiendi et Declarandl) 
take as their Object a Dependent Proposition introduced 
in English by that, and expressed in Latin by the Infin- 
itive and a Subject Accusative ; as, (licit monterii ab hos- 
tibus terieri, he says that the mountain is held by the enemy. 

2. So also equivalent expressions, such as jama est, there 
is a report ; testis sum, I am a witness ; auctdr sum, I ad- 
vise ; certibrhn aliquhn faeid, I inform any one ; and the 
like ; as, te in Syriam profecturum ess8 farad est, there is 
a report (it is reported) that you will go to Syria. 

Remark 1. — The Passive of these Verbs is used Personally 
and Impersonally. 

(a\ In the Tenses for incomplete action the Personal construc- 
tion is generally employed, in which case the Subject Accusative 
of the Infinitive is changed into the Nominative like any other 
Object of an Active Verb. Thus, Trddunt Caesarem fortissimiim 
fuisse, they say that Caesar was very brave (Active construction), 
becomes in the Passive [trddunt being a Tense of incomplete 
action), Trdditur Caesar fortissimus fuisse, Caesar is said to have 
been very brave. 

(b) In the Tenses for completed action (Compound Tenses with 



INFINITIVE PROPOSITIONS. 289 

essl) the Impersonal construction is generally employed (with the 
Gerundive it is the regular construction). In this case the Ac- 
cusative with the Infinitive is retained, and becomes the Subject 
clause of the Impersonal Verb ; as, Trdditum est Caesarem for- 
tissiftum fuisse, it is said by tradition (tradition hath it) that 
Caesar was very brave. 

Remark 2. — The construction of the Accusative and Infinitive 
further occurs — 

(a) After Verbs of Willing and Wishing, Permitting, Bidding 
and Forbidding. (But these Verbs, except jiibed, I bid, and vUo, 
I forbid, are also followed by ut (ne) with the Subjunctive. Jubeo, 
vZto, sino, impero, and prohlbeo, take only a Subject Accusative 
with a Passive Infinitive. For the Active Infinitive, see 1 181, 
Bern. 6.) 

(b) After Verbs expressing Emotion (Jog, Sorrow, etc.). (But 
these Verbs are also followed by dependent clauses introduced 
by quod.) 

(c) After Verbs of Hoping, Promising, and Threatening (usu- 
ally Future Infinitive. (But sometimes, as in English, these 
Verbs are followed by a Complementary Infinitive only.) 

(d) In Exclamations; as, Te sic vexdrl, that you should be so 
worried ! 

(e) As the Subject of a sentence, the Predicate of which is (1) 
a Noun or Neuter Adjective with sum, or (2) an Impersonal 
Verb ; as, turpe est clvem Bomanum vinclrl, that a Boman cit- 
izen should be bound is disgraceful. (But observe that after 
Impersonals, licet, nbcesse' est, etc., which take an Indirect Ob- 
ject, the Predicate Adjective after the Infinitive essl is put in 
the Dative; as, mih! negligent! esse 1 non licuit, it was not allowed 
me to be negligent. Sometimes, however, the Accusative is re- 
tained. See 1 181, Bern. 7.) 

Bemark 3. — The Subject of the Infinitive is sometimes omitted 
when it is a Personal or Reflexive Pronoun, or can be readily 
supplied by the sense. In Compound Forms, esse is also some- 
times omitted. 

Bemark 4- — After Verbs of Perception, we find, instead of the 
Infinitive, the Present Participle with the Accusative, when the 
perception is actual (i. e t when one actually sees, hears, etc., the 
2q 



290 



SYNTAX. 



object engaged in an action, or in the state or condition indicated 
by the Participle) ; as, saepe audivi te contumeliose de me I6quen* 
tern, I have often heard you speaking contemptuously of me (but, 
audio te contumeliose de me I6qui, I hear {learn) that you are 
speaking contemptuously of me). • 

So Verbs of Representation (by pen or pencil)— facio, I repre- 
sent, pingo, I paint, etc.; as, Apelles pinxit Alexandrum Mag- 
num fuhnen tenentSm, Apelles painted Alexander the Great 
holding a thunderbolt. 

§ 195. The Infinitive expresses an action as incom- 
plete, completed, or future, with reference, not to the pres- 
ent time, but to the time of the leading Verb. That is, 
while the form of the Infinitive represents the action as 
incomplete, completed, or future, the time of the action 
is determined by that of the leading Verb. 

(a) Infinitive in Object Clauses dependent on Prin- 
cipal Tenses: 

he say 8 
he will say 
he will have 
said 



Dicit (Pres.). 
Dlcet (Fut.). 
Dlxerit (Fut. 

Perf.) 
Dixit (Pres. 

Perf.). 



I me scribere. 



that I am tori ting. 



he has said 

me scripsisse thai f l have written, or wrote. 

me scripturum esse. that I toill write, or am go- 
ing to write. 

me scripturum fuisse. that I would have written, 

or was going to write. 

epistolam scribi that the letter is being writ- 
ten. 

epistolam scriptam esse. that the letter was written. 

epistolam scriptdm fuisse. that the letter had been writ- 
ten. 

epistolam scrlptum iri that the letter will be writ- 
ten, or is going to be 
written. 

(b) Infinitive in Object Clauses dependent on Historical 
Tenses : 



INFINITIVE PROPOSITIONS. 



291 



Dicebat (Im- 




he was say- " 




perf.). 




ing 




Dixit (Aorist). 


- me serlbere. 


he 8 aid 


- that I was writing 


Dixerat (Past- 








(Pert). J 




he had said 





me scripsisse. that I had icrittcn. 

me serlpturum esse. that I would write, or was 

going to icrite. 

, me serlpturum fuisse. that 1 would have written, or 

had been going to write. 

epistolam serlbl that the letter xoas being 

written. 

....... epistolam scrlptdm esse. that the letter was already 

written. 

epistolam script am fuisse..... that the letter had been writ- 
ten. 

, epistolam scrijjtum Irl that the letter icould be writ- 

ten, or was going to be 
written. 

Instead of the regular Future Infinitive, the Periphrastic 
form futuritm ess8 (for8) ut, with the Present and Imperfect Sub- 
junctive, is often employed, especially in the Passive. If the 
Verb has no Supine or Future Participle (in -rus), it must be 
employed. 

From the above paradigm it will be seen that after a 
Primary Ttose (a) the Infinitive is translated like the 
Indicative of the same tense ; i. e. an Infinitive Present 
like an Indicative Present, etc. ; after an Historical Tense 
(b) the Infinitive Present is translated like the Indicative 
Imperfect; the Infinitive Perfect, like the Indicative 
Past-Perfect; the Infinitive Future, like the Subjunc- 
tive Imperfect (should or would); and the Infinitive 
Future-Perfect (fuisse' scripturum), like the Subjunctive 
Past-Perfect (should have, would have). 

Remark 1. — Meminl, I remember, generally takes the Present 
(sometimes the Perfect) Infinitive of past events concerning 
which the Subject has actual personal knowledge; otherwise, 



292 SYNTAX. 

the Perfect Infinitive is used ; as, m&mml eum dicer&, I remem- 
ber his saying; meminl eum dixissS, I remember he said. 

Remark 2. — The Accusative with the Infinitive Future Pas- 
sive is properly the Object of the Supine, the Infinitive Present 
Passive Irl being used Impersonally ; as, dlcit Zpistolam scrlptum 
Iri, he says that it is gone to write the letter ; i. e. that some one 
is going to write it, and, hence, that it will be written. (See § 195, 



Remark 3. — The Passive construction is preferred with Tran- 
sitive Verbs where ambiguity would arise, both Subject and 
Object being in the Accusative; thus, aio te hostes vinc&re' posse 1 , 
may mean either "that you can conquer the enemy/' or "that 
the enemy can conquer you." But aio hostes a te vinci possl re- 
moves all doubt. Generally the sense obviates ambiguity. 

Remark 4- — Verbs meaning to Wish or Desire are followed by 
a Complementary Infinitive, or an Infinitive with a Subject; as, 
Caesar clemens exisflmarl vult, or Caesar se existimarl clementem 
vult, Caesar wishes to be esteemed merciful. 

Remark 5. — An Infinitive Proposition is always a Noun-Prop- 
osition, the Object of an Active Verb of Saying or Thinking, etc., 
the Subject of an Impersonal Verb, or in Apposition to a Noun 
or Pronoun. With an Impersonal Verb an Infinitive Proposi- 
tion is logically (i. e. according to the manner of speaking) de- 
pendent, but grammatically the Subject. 



EXEKCISE LX. 
§ 196. Vocabulary. 

jiigum, -T, yoke. familiaris, -&, pertaining to the family. 

biennium, -I, two years. res familiaris, property. 

victor, -or-is, conqueror. spes, -el, hope. 

prod-itor, -or-is, traitor. facultas, -tat-is, means, opportunity, 

neg-5\ -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim, to say no, to deny. 

com-par-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-urn, to acquire. 

largi-5-r, largi-ri, largit-iis sum, to bribe. 

negleg-8, -e-re, neglex-I, neglect-um, to neglect. 

con-sId-5, -e-re, consed-i, consess-tim, to encamp. 

con-sta-t, cDn-sta-bat, con-stit-it (Impers.), it is evident, etc. 



INFINITIVE PROPOSITIONS. 



293 



nosc-o, -e-re, nov-I, not-um, to find out, to know. 

conjic-i-o, -e-re, conjec-I, conject-um, to hurl. 

pollice-o-r, pollice-rl, pollicit-us sum, to promise. 

sper-o, -a-re, -av-I, -at-iiin, to hope. 

re-nunti-o, -a-re, -av-1, -at-iim, to bring back word. 

pell-o, -e-re, pepul-i, puls-um, to beat, drive. 

min-o-r, -a-ri, -at-iis sum, to threaten. 

confirm-o, -a-re, -av-1, -at-iim, to declare, assert. 

red-do, redd-e-re, reddid-i, reddit-um, to give back, return. 

animadvert-o, -e-re, animadvert-i, animadvers-iiin, to perceive. 

opprim-o, -e-re, oppress-i, oppress-iim, to oppress. 

sub monte, at the foot of the mountain. 



EXAMPLES. 



(a) Caesari nuntiatur, 



(b) Rex se negotiiiin confecturum pol- 
licetur, 

(c) Latrones se regem occlsuros esse 
minabantur, 

(d) Imperator se regem futurum spe- 
rabat, 



Word is brought, it is announced, to 

Caesar. 
The king 2)i'omises to finish the bus- 

iness. 
The robbers threatened to slay the 

king. 

The general hoped to be king. 



(Observe ($ 194, Rem. 2 (c)) that after Verbs of Hoping, Promising, 
and Threatening, the Romans use an Infinitive Proposition (Future In- 
finitive), while in English we use simply a Complementary Infinitive; 
but a Complementary Infinitive occasionally occurs in Latin with these 
Verbs; as, polUcentur obsides dare 1 , they promise to give hostages). 



(e) Memoria (f 170, Rem. 4) tenere, 
(/) Caesar negat se posse, 

(g) Turpe est regem mentlrl, 

(h) Constat inter omnes, 

(i) TradTtur Cyrus rex aequus sapi- 

ensque fuisse ($ 194, Rem. 1 (a)), 
(Sometimes, also, Traditur Cyriim regem aequiim sapientemque fuisse.) 
Traditum est Cyriim regem aequiim It is (said tradition hath it) that Cy- 
sapientenique fuisse ($ 194, Rem. 1 rus ivas a just and wise king (Im- 
(6)), personal Construction). 

25* 



To remember. 

Caesar says that he cannot (denies 

that he can). 
It is base for a king to lie (that a 

king lie). 
All are aware (it is evident among 

all). 
Cyrus is said to have been a just and 

wise king (Personal Construction). 



294 SYNTAX. 

Translate into English. . 

Exploratores dicunt oppidum ab hostibtis teneri. Calus 
frdtrem suum niagno in perlctilo esse animadvertit. Cae- 
sari 1 notum est Dumnorigem Helvetiis 2 favere. Reginae 
nuntiabo te vmisse. Galba ab exploratoribiis certior 3 factus 
est Gallos omnes discessisse. Caesari nuntiatum est Gallos 
propius accedere ac lapides telaqug in nostros conjicere. 
Nuntitis pollicetiir se negotium ex sententia confecturum 
esse. 4 " Principes sperabant se totitis Galliae 5 potiri posse. 
Equites renuntiaverunt oppidum expugnatum esse. Caesar 
memoria 6 tenebat Lucium Cassium consulem occisum? exer- 
citumque ejils ab Helvetiis pidsum 1 et sub jugum missum. 1 
Caesar negavit se Helvetiis iter per provinciam dar& posse. 
Ad e£s res conf iciendas 8 Helvetii biennium sibi 9 satis esse 
duxerunt. Aequum est vlctorem parcere victis. 2 Non sine 
causa dictum est dlvttias alas habere\ Constat inter omnes 
neminem sine virtute posse beatum 10 esse\ 

Translate into Latin. 

The cruel chief threatened to slay (§ 194, Rem. 2 (e)) the 
women and children. Ariovistus declared that he would 
not return the hostages. Caesar said that he was not lead- 
ing the army against his country. This base traitor will 
say that he has not announced our plans to the enemy. 
Who can assert that he has never violated the laws of 
God? Dumnorix asserted that he was about to seize the 
kingdom. All were aware that the robbers had slain the 
merchant. It is not just for a rich man to oppress the poor. 
It is said that in Africa men eat human flesh. The Bel- 

^140. 5 §167, 1, Rem. 9 § 144. 

2 \ 142. 6 1 170, Rem. 4. l0 g 181, Rem. 7. 

3 1 128, B. 7 1 194, Rem. S (end). 
* 1 194, Rem. 2 (c). 8 \ 184. 



CAUSAL PEOPOSITTONS. 295 

gians are said to be the bravest of all the Gauls. Word 
had been brought to Caesar that the enemy had moved 
their camp, and had encamped at the foot of the moun- 
tain. Caesar had said (dicere) that he would not neglect 
the injuries of the Aeduans. The chief thought that he 
would compel the nobility by force. The consul hopes by 
these things to increase (§194, Rem. 2 (c)) his property, 
and to acquire means for (ad) bribing. 

CAUSAL PROPOSITIONS. 

§ 197. Causal Propositions are introduced by the Cau- 
sal Conjunctions quid, qudd (because), qutinidm, quando 
(since), cum (as, since), and by the Relative qui (as he) — 
the last two being frequently strengthened by prefixing 
iit, utpote, and quipp8. 

§ 198. Rule LVI. — (a) Causal Propositions intro- 
duced by quod, quid, qudnidm, and quando, take the 
Indicative when the reason assigned is stated as a fact 
and endorsed by the speaker or writer ; as, Quod spira- 
tis, quod vocem niittitis, indignantur, Because you breathe, 
because you speak, they are indignant. 

(b) They take the Subjunctive when the reason assigned 
is not stated as a fact, but as the assertion or opinion of 
some one else; as, Socrates accusatus est quod corrumpergt 
juventuterii, Socrates was arraigned because (as was alleged) 
he corrupted youth. 

(c) Causal Propositions introduced by cum or the Rel- 
ative qui (alone or strengthened by id, utpdtZ, quipptf), 
generally take the Subjunctive in the best writers; as, 
cum vita sine* dmlcls insididrum plena sit, dmicitias com,- 
pdremus, Since life without friends is full of snares, let 
us contract friendships. 



296 SYNTAX. 

Remark 1. — A Verb of Saying or Thinking is sometimes ex- 
pressed, and the Subjunctive still retained by a species of at- 
traction. What would have been the Predicate of the Causal 
Sentence becomes the Accusative with the Infinitive ; as, Irdtus 
est Caius quod dicerSt leges esse violdtds, instead of i? % dtus est Cams 
qu6d leges essent violdtae, Caius was angry because (as he alleged) 
the laws had been violated. 

Remark 2. — Causal Propositions introduced by cum or qui 
(§ 197* (c)) will take the Indicative when the statement is 
regarded as a fact. In Cicero the mood with qitippe 1 qui is 
the Subjunctive; in Sallust, the Indicative. 

Remark 3. — Verbs of Emotion are followed by the Accusative 
with the Infinitive, as well as by quod. (See $ 194, Rem. 2 (b).) 

Remark J^. — Non quo, non quod (rarely non quia) are often 
used with the Subjunctive to state an alleged reason ; when the 
real reason follows, it is introduced by sM quia (sed quod) with 
the Indicative. 

Remark 5. — Dependent Causal Sentences are Nouns, usually 
limiting the Predicate like a Causal Ablative. The Causal Con- 
junctions quod, quia, etc. are Eelative words. 

EXERCISE LXI. 
§ 199. Vocabulary. 

Liscus, -I, Liscus. cause (as everybody knows — intro- 

graviter, severely. ducing any casual circumstance), 

quod (Conj.), because. unde (Rel. Adv.), whence, from which. 

tain (Adv.), so. praesens, -ent-is, present. 

necessarius, -a, -um, necessary, crit- religio, -on-is, religion, a vow. 

ical. superstitio, -on-is, superstition. 

propinquus, -a, -um, near. concilium, -l, council. 

Hariides, -um, the Harudians. partim (Adv. $ 31, Rem. 2), partly. 

quia, because (of the determining praeter modum, unduly, beyond me I*. 

reason). ure. 

quoniain (quum -f jam), since, be- ratio, -on-is, ^>ta, reason. 

accus-o, -a-re, -a-vi, -at-um, to censure, accuse, bring to trial. 
sub-lev-§, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to relieve. 
incus-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to blame, censure. 
intro-duc-o, -e-re, -dux-i, -duct-um, to introduce. 
corruinp-o, -e-re, corrup-i, corrupt-um, to comqrt. 



CAUSAL PROPOSITIONS. 297 

re-prehend-o, -e-re, reprehend-i, reprehens-uin, to rebuke. 
vac-o, -a-re, -ay-i, -at-um, to he unoccupied. 
jact-o, -a-re, -av-I, -at-um, to toss about, to discuss. 

EXAMPLES. 

Res ita se habet, This is the case (the thing thus has itself). 

Multis praesentibus (§ 192), In the presence of many. 

Civitati (§142) consulere, To consult for, look to, the state. 



Translate into English. 

Caesar, principibtis convocatis, Divitiaciim et Liscum gra- 
viter accusat quod tain necessario tempore, tarn propinquis 
hostibus 1 ab iis non sublevetiir ;' z multo 3 etiam graviiis, quod 
ab iis sit 2 destitutus qneritur. Aedui legatos miserunt ques- 
tion 3 quod Harucles agros eorurn popularentur. Socrates 
necatiis est, non quod juventutem corrumperet* et novas su- 
perstitiones introduceret, sed quid Athenienses de sceleribus 
reprehend ebcd. 5 Id ea ration e Caesar fecit ; quod nolebat 
eum locum unde 6 Helvetii discesserant vacare. 7 Dunmorix 
se in Gallia relinqui 7 volebat, partim quod insuetus navi- 
gandi 8 mare timer et? partim quod religionibus impediretur 2 
Caesar, concilio convocato, centiiriones omnium ordinum 9 
vehementer inciisavit quod de rebus minime ad eos perti- 
nentibus 10 sententiam dtxissent. Quoniam civitati consulere 
non possum, mihi constilam. Quoniam res ita se habet, in 
urbem redeamus. 11 

Translate into Latin. 
Caesar cut down the bridge which he had built (see p. 
277, examples) over the Rhine, because he w T as unwilling 



M192. 


5 1 198, Rem. 4. 


9 1 132. 


2 i 198 (6). 


6 1 129, Rem. 10. 


10 J 191, 2 (a). 


3 § 164. 


7 1 194, Rem. 2 (a). 


11 \ 189, Rem. 1. 


4 S 185 (a). 


8 I 135 (a). 





298 SYNTAX. 

for the Germans to follow him into Gaul. Was not Aris- 
tides banished from his country because (as men thought) he 
was unduly just? The Aeduans complained that (because) 
Ariovistus had (as they alleged) led a great army of Ger- 
mans across the Rhine. Caesar, because he was unwilling 
{a fact) for these things to be discussed in the presence of 
the ambassadors, quickly dismissed the council. The con- 
sul said that, since he could not consult for the state, he 
would look to his own safety. You desire to slay me, not 
because (as you allege) I have violated the laws of the com- 
monwealth, but because (§ 198, Rem. J/) I have rebuked you 
severely for your crimes. The shepherd blamed his son 
strongly, because he had neglected to shear the sheep. 
Since this is the case, let us set out. Liscus said that, 
since such w T as the case, he would speak a few things. 



FINAL AND CONSECUTIVE PROPOSITIONS. 

§200. Rule LVII. — Subjunctive of Purpose. — (a) 
Final Clauses expressing Purpose are put in the Sub- 
junctive. 

(6) Final Clauses are introduced by id, that (Negative 
ne, that not, lest), quo = ut eo, that thereby, in order that 
(especially with Comparatives), the Relative Pronoun 
qui = ut Is (see § 233), and the Relative Adverbs ubi, 
und$, etc.; as, 

JEdo iit vivam, non vlv5 ut gdam, I eat to (in order that 
I may) live; I do not live to eat. 

Cervus filgit ne a cdnXbus corripeYetur, the stag fled 
that he might not be caught by the hounds. 

Caestir pontftn fecit quo fdctlius flumhx transirgt, Cae- 
sar built a bridge that he might the more easily cross the 
river. 



FINAL AND CONSECUTIVE PROPOSITIONS. 299 

Caesar equttes praemvsit qui (= ut it) vidm explorarent, 
Caesar sent the cavalry in advance to examine the road. 

Locum ubl c6nsid£r£t delegl.t, he selected a place where 
he might encamp (that he might, etc.). 

Remark 1. — Ut ne is sometimes used instead of ne, but not 
after Verbs of Negative meaning. 

Remark 2. — After Verbs of Admonishing and Allowing, Bid- 
ding and Forbidding, Beseeching and Compelling, Resolving and 
Striving, Willing and Wishing, Final Clauses are Object- Clauses. 
With these Verbs the Infinitive is frequently used instead of ut 
with the Subjunctive. (See §194, Rem. 2 (a).) Here translate 
ut, to, not in order that; and ne, not to. 

Remark S. — After many of these Verbs ut is frequently omit- 
ted. So ne after cave. 

Remark 4- — Ut is often preceded in the leading clause by a 
Correlative, such as eo, on that account, idcirco, therefore, etc. 

Remark 5. — Instead of ne, quommus [quo -Y minus = that thereby 
the less) is often used after Verbs of Hindering, Refusing, and the 
like ; as, nihil Caio obstat quommus ad te scribat, nothing hin- 
ders Caius from writing to you. The relation is partly one of 
Purpose, partly Result. (See $201, Rem. 2.) 

Remark 6. — After Verbs of Fearing and equivalent expres- 
sions, ne is translated that, lest, ut, that — not, the Final Sen- 
tence being constructed with reference to the contrary wish 
implied in the Verb of Fearing; ut {ne non) introduces the 
object wished; ne, that, lest, the object not wished; as, vereor 
tit rldeat, I fear that he may not return (I wish that he may) ; 
vtrebr ne rldeat, I fear that he may return (I wish that he may 
not). After Negative Clauses ne non is regularly used instead 
of ut; as, non vZreor ne non redeat, I do not fear that he will not 
return. 

Remark 7. — Pure Final Clauses, as a rule, take the Present 
and Imperfect Subjunctive only. Verbs of Fearing are fol- 
lowed by the Present and Perfect Subjunctive, and (after Past 
Tenses) by the Imperfect and Pluperfect. 

For other ways of expressing Purpose, see p. 278; \ 191, 3 (6). 



300 SYNTAX. 

§201. Rule LVIII. — Subjunctive of Result. — (a) 
Consecutive Clauses expressing Result are put in the 
Subjunctive. 

(b) Consecutive Clauses are introduced by ut, that 
(Negative ut — non, that — not), the Relative Pronoun 
qui = ut Is (see § 233, 2), the Relative Adverbs 061, und&, 
etc., and (after Negatives) quln^ut non; as, 

Epamlnondas paupertdtlm ddeo facile perpessm est tit 
de re pubticd nil til praeter gloridm cepZrit, Epaminondas 
bore poverty so easily that he received nothing but glory 
from the state. 

In eo statu res nostrae sunt tit non possint niiseriores, 
my affairs are in that (such a) condition that they cannot 
be more wretched. 

Non Is sum qui (= tit ego) mortis pZriculo terredr, I am 
not such a one as to be terrified by the danger of death 
(I am not the man to be, etc.). 

Nihil tarn difficile est quin (== tit non) quaerendo inves- 
tlgcirl posslt, nothing is so difficult that it cannot be traced 
out by searching. 

Remark 1. — Consecutive Clauses are used — 

(a) After Demonstratives (talis, tantus, tarn, acted , sic, etc.) in 
the leading clause. 

(b) After Verbs of Effecting (fdcio, efficio, etc.). 

(c) After Impersonal Verbs, such as it Happens, it Remains, 
it Follows, etc. 

(d) After many Abstract Nouns and Adjectives with esse" 
(consuetudo, mos, jus est, re'Uquum est, proximum est, aequum est, 
etc.). 

(e) With the Eelative qui after such Adjectives as dig nils, in- 
dignus, idbneus, etc. 

(/) After qudm qui or quam ut following a Comparative. 
(g) After Indefinite Expressions, such as est qui, there is some 
one who; aunt qui, there are some who; nemo est qui r there is no one 



FINAL AND CONSECUTIVE PROPOSITIONS. 301 

who; quis est qui, who is there who — ? etc. But when sunt qui = 
nonnulll, the Indicative is used. 

Remark 2. — Verbs and expressions of Hindering and Resisting, 
Delaying and Omitting, and the like, also of Doubt and Uncer- 
tainty, are followed by qiiin and the Subjunctive, but only after a 
Negative or a Question implying Negation ; as, Germdnl retinerl non 
potlrant quin in hostes tela conjiclrent, the Germans could not be 
restrained from hurling darts against the enemy. Facer e non 
possum, quin cotldie litUrds ad te mittdm, I cannot help from 
sending you a letter every day. (For ne and quominus, with the 
Subjunctive after Verbs of Hindering, Refusing, and the like, see 
?200, Rem. 5.) 

Remark 3. — After Negative Indefinite Expressions, quin ( = qui 
non, quae non, quod non) with the Subjunctive of Result also oc- 
curs ; as, nemo est quin scidt, there is no one but knows [who does 
not know). 

Jg^li^ Eemember that Negative Purpose is expressed by ne; 
that Negative Result is expressed by id non. 
Note. — As a Purpose has reference to the future and is not a fact, 
but something conceived in the mind, it should obviously be expressed 
by the Subjunctive. A Result is a Purpose accomplished, and was re- 
garded by the Romans not so much in the light of a fact as of what 
was intended to follow, or would naturally be expected to follow, in 
the circumstances ; they gave it, therefore, the shape which it was 
supposed to have before it became a Result; hence the use of the 
Subjunctive. 

EXERCISE LXII. (ut; ne; quo.) 
§ 202. Vocabulary. 

commutatio, -on-is, change. motus, -us, movement, insurrection. 

alacritas, -tat-is, cheerfulness. colloqul, -locutus sum, to confer, con- 
morti-fer, -a, -urn, mortal, deadly. verse. 

pristinus, -a, -uui, former. ex equis or equo, on horseback. 

coram unicatio, -on-is, communica- Item (Conj.), likewise. 

tion. subito (Adv.), suddenly. 

neu, or neve (Final Conj.), and that una (parte, $ 170) (Adv.), together. 

not, nor (after a Final Sentence). continent, -ent-is, continent. 

ad-diic-o, -e-re, addllx-I, adduct-um, to lead against. 
praecip-i-o, -e-re, praeeep-i, praceept-uni, to instruct, enjoin. 
26 



302 



SYNTAX. 



e-dic-o, -e-re, edix-I, edict-um, to issue an edict. 

in-stitu-o, -e-re, institu-I, institut-um, to instruct, teach, 

incend-o, -e-re, incend-i, incens-um, to set on fire. 

ex-ur-o, -e-re, exuss-i, exust-um, to burn up. 

in-nasc-o-r, -1, innat-us sum, to spring up. 

time-o, -e-re, timu-i, to fear (as a coward). 

iiictu-o, -e-re, metu-i, to fear, to be apprehensive. 

vere-o-r, -e-ri, verit-us sum, to feel awe of, to fear. As timed and metuti 

have no Supine-stem, the parts formed from that stem are supplied 

by vereor in either sense.) 
coquo, -e-re, cox-i, coct-um, to cook. 
pac-5, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to subdue. 
imper-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-iim (Intr.), to command, order. 



That — not, 

That — no, that — not any, 

That no one. 

That no one at all, 

That — never, 

That nothing, 

That — nowhere, 



EXAMPLES. 

Negative Piuyose. 
Ne, 

Ne ullus, 
Ne quis, 
Ne quisquam, 
Ne unquam, 
Ne quid, 
Ne usquam (necubi), 



Negative Result. 
Ut non. 
lit nullus. 
Ut nemo. 
Ut nemo omnium. 
Ut nunquam. 
Ut nihil. 
Ut nusquam. 



Tanta vis probitatis est ut earn vel So great is the power of honesty, that 
in hoste dillgdmus, we love it even in an enemy. 

N. B. — In Final Propositions of Result, the Subjunctive is translated 
like the Indicative of the same tense. 

Operam dare, 
Praeceptum est, 
E dictum est, 

Pater filio praecepit ne unquam 
mentiretur, 



Dominus servo imperavit ut equiim 

infrendret, 
Dominus servo imperavit ne equum 

infrendret, 



To take care, to give attention to. 
Instructions were given ($ 115, III.). 
An edict was issued ($ 115, III.). 
The father instructed his son never to 

lie. 
The master commanded the servant to 

bridle the horse. 
The master ordered the servant not to 

bridle the horse. 



Translate into English. 

Id mihi sic erit gratiim ut gratius esse nihil possit. Ea 
non ut te institucrcm scrips!. Caesar castella communit, 



FINAL AND CONSECUTIVE PEOPOSITIONS. 303 

quo 1 faciliiis Helveti5s prohibere possit. Oppidan! multis 
cum lacrimis imperatorem obsecrabant ne 2 oppidum ineende- 
ret. Praeceptum erat Labieno ne proelium committereL Esse 3 
nos oportet ut vlvamus, non vivere ut eddmus. In eo itincre 
Orgetorix persuasit Castico 4 ut regnum in civitate sua oeeu- 
pdret; itemqug Dumnorigi 4 Aeduo, fratri 5 Divitiaci, ut idem 
condretur persuasit. Rauracis 4 persuasum erat 6 uti, oppidis 
suis vicisque exustls, 7 una cum Helvetiis proficiscerentur. 
Consul edixit ne quisquam in castris coctum cibum venderet. 
Tantus timor omneni exercitum siibito occupavit ut s omnium 
animos perturbaret. Hac oration^ habita, 7 tanta commutatio 
facta, est ut summa alacritas et cupiditas belli gerendi 9 m- 
ndta esset Legem brevem esse 10 oportet quo facilius ab im- 
peritis teneaiur. Consul militibiis imperavit ne ulliim civem 
interfteerent. Caesar veritiis ne ulliis motus in Gallia fieret, 
Labieniim in continents reliquit. Milites metuunt ne mor- 
tiferum 11 sit vulnus Scipionis. Timeo ut u fratres mei ad 
urbem perveniant. Caesar milites cohortatus est id suae 
pristinae virtutis memoriam retmerent, neu perturharentur 
animo. 13 Opera dabatur ne quod iis 14 colloquium inter se, 
neve communicatio esset. 

Translate into Latin. 

The enemy ran forward so swiftly that time was not (§ 201 
(&)) given to our men for throwing their darts. So great a 
panic took possession of the citizens that (§ 201, Bern. 1 (a)) 
no man was able to take up arms. An edict has been issued 
that no one leave the town. Instructions had been given to 
the horsemen not to pursue the enemy too far. Wise men 

1 \ 200 (6). 6 \ 179, Rem. 2. » g 128, B. 

2 1 200, Bern. 2. 7 § 192. 12 \ 200, Rem. 6. 

3 I 111, 8. 8 I 201, Rem. 1 (a). 13 1 170, Rem. 3. 
4 ?142. 9 § 184. 14 § 146. 

5 1 127. 10 1 194, Rem. 2 (e). 



304 SYNTAX. 

eat to live, but fools and gluttons live to eat. I advise you ; 
my son, never (§ 200, Rem. 2) to believe a liar. Balbus is 
such a liar (so lying) that he is never believed (it is never be- 
lieved to him). I fear that some one has announced our plans 
to the enemy. Ariovistus demanded that they should confer 
on horseback, and not bring more (amplius) than ten horse- 
men apiece to the conference. The Belgians, fearing (having 
feared) that if all Gaul were subdued (Abl. Abs.) the army 
of the Romans would be led against (ad) them, collected 
great forces. The citizens feared that the auxiliaries would 
not reach the city. Caesar commanded (imperdre) the sol- 
diers to run forward swiftly, and not give the enemy time for 
collecting themselves. Ariovistus said that he feared that 
snares were prepared for him. It lias been said that brave 
men do not fear death. The consul thought that Catiline 
had formed the design of setting the city on fire. An edict 
was issued that no bread (nothing of bread) should be intro- 
duced into the camp. 

EXEKCISE LXIII. (qum; quominm.) 
§ 203. Vocabulary. 

dubius, -a, -um, doubtful. custos, custod-is, guard. 

co-mpella-re, to reproach, iqjbraid. itaque (Conj.), and so, therefore, ac- 
dubita-re, to doubt. cordingly. 

conjunctio, -on-is, friendship, inti- haud multum ($153), not much, not 

macy. far. 

avoca-re, to call away, separate. Parmenio, -on-is, Parmenio. 

investlga-re, to investigate. medicus, -1, physician. 

Cimon, -on-is, Cimon. me die amentum, -I, dose of medicine. 

fle-o, fle-re, flev-i, fiet-um, to weep. 

obst-o, obsta-re, obstit-i (obstatiirus) (Intr.), to stand in front of, hinder, 

prevent. 
impedi-U, -l-re, -iv-i, -it-vim (Tr.), to tangle the feet, hinder, prevent. 
de-terre-o, -e-re, deterru-i, deterrit-um, to frighten off, deter, prevent. 
praeter-mitt-o ? -e-re, -mis-i, -miss-iim, to pass by, leave undone. 
circum-veni-o, -I-re, -ven-i, -vent-um, to surround. 
bib-o, -e-re, bib-i, bibit-um, to drink. 



FINAL AND CONSECUTIVE PROPOSITIONS. 



305 



ad-spic-i-o, -e-re, adspex-I, adspect-iim, to look at. 
im-pon-o, -e-re, imposu-I, iinposit-u.ni, to post, place. 
fru-o-r, fru-I, fruct-us sum, to enjoy. 



Fieri non potest quin venturiis sit 
(g 201, Bern. 2), 



EXAMPLES. 

It cannot be that he is not going to 

come {but that he is going to come) y 

he is certainly going to come. 

Nunquam Balbiim adspexit quin He never saw Balbus without upbraid- 

euro fratricidam compelldret, ing him as a fratricide. 

Milites retinere non possum quin I cannot restrain the soldiers from rush- 

longius procurrant, ing forward too far. 

Facere or mihi ") 

V non possum quin fleam, 1 cannot help from weeping, 
temperare, j 

Quin is often best translated by from or without with the Verbal in 
-ing. 

Non est dubium ") quin (§201, Bern. ) There is no doubt} that God 

> It canot be denied > rules the 



Negari non potest V 
Quis dubitat J 



2) Deus mun- 
dum regdt, 



Who doubts 






Id. 



After expressions of Doubt, quin is best translated by that. 



Nihil praetermisi quin (§201, Hem. 2) I have left nothing undone to come 



ad te venidm, 
Nihil Caio obstat quominus (§200, 

Rem. 5) venidt, 
Nihil obstat quominus Caiiis veniat, 
Per me Stat quominus venids, 

Quid te impedivit quominus venires, 



to you. 

Nothing hinders Cants from com- 
ing. 

It is my fault (i. e. through my hin- 
drance) that you do not come. 
What prevented you from coming ? 



Minimum (§ 153) abfuit quin cdderet, He was very near falling 



Translate into English. 
Non dubium est quin virtus summura sit boniim. 1 Balbiim 
nunquam adspexit quin eiim proditorem 2 compelldret. Fieri 
i) on potest quin alii a nobis dissentiant. Non dubitavit Ad- 
herbal quin Jtigurtha eum interficere condretur. Quis du- 



128, Bern. 7. 



151 (6). 



26* 



306 SYNTAX. 

bitare potest qiiln multo 1 turpiiis sit failure 2 quam falli? 
German! retineri non potuerunt quin in nostros tela conjice- 
rent. Pe> Considium st&tit quominus Caesar Helvetios cir- 
cumveniret. Orgetorix non dilbitat quin brevi tempore 3 
totius Galliae regnum occupaturus sit. Altitudo fiuminis 
hostes deterrebat quominus transirS conarentur. !Nihil prae- 
termisit Cicer§ quin Pompeium a Caesaris conjunction 6 avo- 
caret. Nihil tarn difficile est quin quaerendo investigari 
possit. Cimon nunquam in hortis custodem imposuit, ne 
quis impedlretur qudminus fructibus* frueretur. Parmenio 
audivSrat vSneniim a Philip pi medico regl 5 parari ; 6 itaque 
gpistola scripta 7 eum deterrent voluit qudminus rogdicamen- 
tum biberlt quod rn&dicus darg constituent. 



Translate into Latin. 

It cannot be denied that Caesar was (a man) of the great- 
est courage. Who can doubt that our men are able to sus- 
tain the attack of the enemy (for) many months? The 
general will certainly relieve us in a few days. It cannot be 
denied that your son was born many years (§ 164, Rem. S 
(b)) after the building (§ 191, 3 (c)) of the city. I never 
converse with you without becoming wiser. What hinders 
us from persuading Marius not to storm the town ? It was 
not Cicero's fault that Pompey was not separated from inti- 
macy with (of) Caesar. The army was not far from being 
beaten and sent under the yoke. The soldiers could not be 
restrained from rushing forward with a great shout. Orge- 
torix was not far from getting possession of the government 
of all Gaul. There is no man but knows (§ 201, Rem. 3) 
that all things are ruled by God. The queen could not 
help weeping. 

M164. 3 § 171. 5 ?141. 7 § 192. 

2 1 180, Rem. 1. * J 167, 1. 6 § 194. 



CONDITIONAL PROPOSITIONS. 307 

CONDITIONAL PROPOSITIONS. 

§204. 1. A Conditional Proposition consists of two 
Clauses, one expressing the Condition, the other the Con- 
clusion. 

The Clause containing the Condition is called the Pro- 
tasis. 

The Clause containing the Conclusion is called the 
Apodosis. 

Condition (Protasis). Conclusion (Apodosis). 

If you speak the truth, I have broken the laws. 



The Protasis is the Dependent Clause (Adverbial) ; the Apodo- 
sis is the Principal Clause. 

2. The Conditional Clause (Protasis) is usually intro- 
duced by the particle si, if; — negative si non, if not, nisi 
(nl), unless, sin, but if. 

Si non negatives the Verb or some special word ; nM 
negatives the whole Clause. Sometimes there is no dif- 
ference. 

Remark 1. — Nisi, unless (also nisi si. except in case) is regularly- 
used instead of si nbn after Negatives ; as, Parvi sunt foris arma, 
nisi est consilium domi, of small account are arms abroad, unless 
there is wisdom at home. But si non, and not nisi, must be used 
in Clauses that have a Concessive sense. Nisi is often subjoined to 
Negatives with the meaning but, only, except; as, posthdc nemo 
nisi stultissimus hoc non faciei, henceforth none but the most ar- 
rant fool will fail to do this. 

Remark 2. — If a Conditional Clause is followed by a second 
Conditional Clause opposed to the former one, this second Clause 
is introduced by sin (sin autem), but if; as, hunc miht timorem 
eripe: si virus est, ne opprimar ; sin falsits, ut tandem aliquando 
timers desinam, rid me of this feeling of fear; if it is well 
founded, that I may not be crushed by it; but if (on the other 
hand) groundless, that now at last I may cease to be afraid. 
(Negatively, sin minus, sin aliter). 



308 SYNTAX. 

Remark 3. — Nisi forte', unless perchance , nisi vero, unless indeed, 
introduce an exception. The former is often, the latter always, 
used ironically. The Mood is the Indicative ; as, Defensio con- 
tra vim nunqudm optandd, sM nonnunqudm necessdrid est, nisi 
vero UU dies, quo Ti. Gracchus est caesus, rem publicum non vul- 
nerdvit, resistance to violence ought never to be desired, but 
sometimes it is necessary ; unless perhaps that famous day, when 
Ti. Gracchus was slain, inflicted no wound on the common weal. 

Remark 4. — Dum, dummodo (negative dum we, dummodd ne) are 
used with the Present and Imperfect Subjunctive in Provisos — if 
only, provided only ; as, dum res mdneant, verba fingant arbitrdtu 
suo, let them invent words at pleasure, provided only facts re- 
main. 

Remark 5. — Sometimes si is omitted and the Condition ex- 
pressed by an Independent Proposition; as, ri&gdt quis, ritgo: 
ait, dio, (if any one) says no, I say no ; (if any one) says yes, I 
say yes. 

Remark 6. — The Condition may be implied in (a) a Phrase, 
(b) in an Indefinite Relative, (c) in a Participle, (d) in an Im- 
perative or Interrogative Clause, or (c) altogether omitted (as, 
Nulla profecto alia gens tanta mole cladis non obriitd essU, Surely 
no other nation would have failed to be crushed by such weight 
of disaster (i. e. if such weight of disaster had come upon it). 

§ 205. Conditions are of three kinds — 

I. The (Indicative) Simple Condition (Indicative in both 
Clauses). 
II. The (Subjunctive) Condition of Possibility (Present and 
Perfect Subjunctive). 
III. The (Subjunctive) Condition of Unreality (Imperfect 
and Pluperfect Subjunctive). 

§ 206. Rule LIX. — Tlie Simple Condition. — Assum- 
ing as a fact the Supposition, the Simple Condition 
represents the Conclusion as necessarily following. The 
Indicative (any tense) is used in both Clauses ; e. g. Si 
vera dlcis, leges violavi, if you speak the truth, I have 



CONDITIONAL PROPOSITIONS. 309 

broken the laws. Si non licebat, non nZcesse' £rat ; if it 
was not lawful, it was not necessary. 

J®" 1 Observe that no opinion is implied as to the actual truth of the 
Supposition. What is stated as a fact is simply this : Granted the Sup- 
position, the Conclusion must follow. 

Remark 1. — As stated above, the Mood in the Conclusion 
(Apodosis) is, as a rule, in the Indicative, hut it may also be 
in the Imperative or Subjunctive, according as a Command, Wish, 
or Modest Assertion is to be expressed ; e. g. si dormls, expergis- 
c&r&, if you are sleeping, aivake. Peream male, si non optimum 
%rat, I wish I may be hanged if it were not the best course. 

Remark 2. — In the expression of a General Truth, we find the 
Subjunctive (2d person Singular), the Subject being indefinite 
(i. e. you = one, any one) in the Protasis of a Simple Condi- 
tion, combined with the Present Indicative in the Apodosis; 
e. g. Bonus tantummodo segnior fit, ubi neglegas, at malus impro- 
bibr, A good man merely becomes more inactive if one neglects 
him, but a bad man becomes more vicious. So after si .quis. 

For the Simple Condition in Ordtiu Obliqua, see § 245, 4 (1). 
For Ciim used Conditionally, see $ 220, Rem. 2. 

§ 207. Rule LX.— The Condition of Possibility.— The 
Condition of Possibility represents the Supposition as 
purely imaginary, yet as one still possible, and takes the 
Present or Perfect Subjunctive in both Clauses according 
as the action is one of continuance or completion ; e. g. 
Si hoe dicam, mentiar, if I should say this, I would be 
telling a lie. Id si accident, simus armati, if that should 
. turn out to have happened, we should be ready armed. 

The action is Present or Future. 



Remark 1. — Though, as a rule, the Subjunctive occurs in both 
Clauses, we often find the Indicative (especially the Future) in 
the Conelusion (Apodosis) to emphasize a fact; e.g. translre 
TibZrim U intrare', si possim, castra hosfium v6lo, / wish to cross 
the Tiber and enter the camp of the enemy if I can. 



310 SYNTAX. 

For Indicative in the Conclusion of a General Truth, see \ 206 ; 
Bern. 2. 

Remark 2. — Non possum (with an Infinitive) regularly stands 
in the Conclusion (Apodosis) instead of non possim, if the Con- 
dition (Protasis) is negative (nisi, si non) ; e. g. neque amicitiam 
tueri possumus, nisi aeque dmicos U nbsnitt ipsos dlligamiis, nor 
could we preserve friendship unless we should love our friends as 
our very selves. So often the Indicative of other forms of posse - , 
of vellZ, etc. 

Remark 3. — Sometimes a thing really impossible is, by a trick 
of rhetoric, represented for argument's sake as still possible ; e.g. 
Til si hie sis, alitor sentias, if you were in my place, you'd feel 
differently. (In such cases, the Present Subjunctive is used in 
both clauses.) 

For the Condition of Possibility in Ordtio Obliqua, see \ 245, 4 (2). 

§208. Rule LXL— The Condition of Unreality.— The 
Condition of Unreality presents the Supposition as con- 
trary to fad. It takes the Imperfect and Pluperfect 
Subjunctive in both Clauses; the Imperfect referring to 
Present time, the Pluperfect referring to Past time ; as, 
Id f&cZr&n, si possVm, I would do it if I could (I can- 
not — Present time — ) ; Id fecisshn, si pdtuiss&m, I would 
have done it if I could (I could not — Past time — ). 

., „ f If he had money (he has not), he would 

S\ pecumdm naberet, daret, •< . . 

I give it (now — Present time). 

C If he had had money (he had not), he 

Si pecuniam habuisset, dedisset, -< would have given it (then — at some 

( Past time). 

Sometimes the time is different in the two clauses, each 
Tense retaining its force of opposition to the Present or 
Past. 

Remark 1. — The Imperfect is sometimes used in the sZ-clause 
where we should expect the Pluperfect, the action being repre- 
sented as continuing from tjie Past into the Present ; as, hie si 



CONDITIONAL PROPOSITIONS. 311 

mentis ess^t, exercitum eductre non ausus ess&t, if lie were in his 
right mind (he is not and was not), he would not have dared to 
lead out his army. 

Remark 2. — If the Verb in the Conclusion of the Condition 
of Unreality denote Power, Possibility, Duty, Necessity, and the 
like, or if it be in the Active or Passive Periphrastic Conjuga- 
tion, or be modified by the Adverbs paene 1 or prope", it regularly 
stands in the Imperfect or Perfect Indicative ; as, Deteri p5tuit 
exercitus, si quis aggredi ausus esset, the army could have been (it 
was not) destroyed if any one had dared to attack (it). Hunc 
patris loco, si ulld in te pietas essSt, cbUre debebas, this man you 
ought to have reverenced as a father, if you had had a spark of 
dutiful affection. In the same way occurs the Indicative of 
esse" with Neuter Predicative Adjectives and Substantives. 

Remark 3. — To represent vividly how near a thing came to 
happening, which might have happened under a certain condi- 
tion (yet which did not happen), the Pluperfect Indicative is 
sometimes employed in the Conclusion ; as, Praeclare viceramus, 
nisi fugient&m I&pidus recepiss&t Antonium, we had (surely) won 
a glorious success (we came within an ace of it), had not Lepidus 
received the fleeing Antony. 

The Imperfect Indicative is employed in the Conclusion (Apo- 
dosis) when the action is represented as begun, as partially ac- 
complished and which would have been accomplished but for 
the action in the Condition (Protasis) ; as, Caeclnd circumvS- 
niebatur, ni prima Ugio se opp6suiss6t, Caecina was being sur- 
rounded (and would have been surrounded), had not the first 
legion barred the way. 

In such sentences the nisi — or si — clause usually follows. 

For the Condition of Unreality in Oratid Ohllqud, see \ 245, 4 (3). 
JS® 33 For Optative Subjunctive with utindm, etc., see $ 189, I., Re- 
mark 2. 

EXERCISE LXIV. 

§ 209. Vocabulary. 

praeceptum, I, precept. incita-re, to arouse. 

lnimicitia, -ae, enmity. perpetuus, -a, um, unending. 

adhuc (Adv.), still, yet. invlta-re, to invite. 



31 2 SYNTAX. 

mature (Adv.), soon. vera dicere, to speak truth {true 

utlmim (Interj.), Oh that! I wish that. things). 

stipendium, -I, tribute, tax. subvenire alicui, to come to one's 

quotannis (Adv.), yearly. assistance. 

minu-o, -e-re, niinu-i, miniit-um, to make less, weaken. 
exerce-o, -e-re, exercu-i, exereit-um, to exercise. 
subig-o, -e-re, subeg-i, subact-um, to subjugate. 
lacess-o, -e-re, lacessiv-i, lacessit-um, to provoke. 
injuria lacessere, to provoke by injury, to injure. 
dole-o, dol-e-re, dolu-i, dollt-um, to grieve. 
conveni-o, -i-re, conven-i, convent-um, to agree. 
pend-o, pend-e-re, pepend-I, pens-um, to weigh, to pay. 
responde-o, -e-re, respond-!, respons-um, to ansiver. 
cave-o, -e-re, cav-i, caut-um, to avoid. 



Translate into English. 

M&moria minuitur nisi eiim exerceas. 1 SI haec clvitas est, 
civis sum ego. 2 Si Helvetii flumgn transire conentur, Cae- 
sar eos prohibebit. 3 Caesar Aeduis bellum intulisset, nisi 
obsides mtsissent* Alexander, si diutius vlxlsset, tottim 
orb£m terrarum subegisset. Utinam pater metis vlvat!* 
Utinam rex vlveret/' Caesar ab Ariovisto postulavit ne 
quam 6 multitudinem hominum in Galliam transducer et, 1 
neve (§202) Aeduos injuria 8 lacesseret 1 neve his sociisquS 
eoriim bellum in ferret; 1 "Si id ita feceris,"' 2 inquit, "mihi 9 
populoque Romano perpetua amicitia tecum 10 erit." Ad 
haec Ariovisttis respondit: "Aeduis 11 injuria 8 bellum non 
inferam, 3 si in eo quod convenerunt maneant, 3 stipendium- 
que quotannis pendant."* Nisi te satis incitattim esse 12 
confiderem, plura scriberem.^ Sine ferro 13 fieri non posset 
(it would be impossible) tit agri colerenttir. Imperator£ 

1 § 206, Rem. 2. 6 J 89. u ?141. 

2 ? 206. 7 1 200, Rem. 2. u 1 191, 

3 § 207, Rem. 1. 8 \ 168, Rem. 2 (e). 13 § 204, Rem. 6 (a). 

4 I 208. 9 § 146. 

5 1 189, L, Rem. 2. 10 \ 79, 2. 



CONCESSIVE PROPOSITIONS. 313 

interfecto 1 fieri non potest quin exercitiis pellatur. Si vis 2 
me flere, piimum dolendum est 3 ipsi tibi. 4 

Translate into Latin. 

If you speak the truth, Cato has done (to) you a great 
injury. If this is the case (§199, Ex.), I. will set out im- 
mediately to Rome. No man can be happy, unless his life 
is ruled by the precepts of virtue. If Caesar had been able 
to avoid these enmities, he would be still living. If I knew, 
I would say. If you live well, you will die happily. I ivish 
you had come a little (§ 164) sooner. Ariovistus would not 
have led his army across the Rhine unless he had been in- 
vited by the Sequanians. It would be impossible to believe 
this report if we did not knoiu that the messenger always 
speaks the truth. If I had known your danger, I would 
have come to your assistance. If I go to Rome, I will send 
you the money which you demand. If the Helvetians had 
endeavored to cross the river, Caesar woidd have prevented 
them. Ariovistus would not be waging war on the Aeduans 
if they had paid the tribute (§ 208, end). Without an army 
it is impossible to wage war (it cannot happen that war be 
waged). 

CONCESSIVE PROPOSITIONS. 

§ 210. Concessive Propositions, which are closely akin 
in form and use to Conditional Propositions, express 
something granted or yielded, and are introduced by the 
Concessive Conjunctions etsi, tametsi (tamZnetsl), etiamsl, 
quamqudm, quamvis, quant umvis, quamlibet, licet, ut (neg- 
ative ne= granting that not), cam in the sense of although, 
and the Relative qui (= cum is)— all with the general 
meaning although. 

1 I 204, Rem. 6 (c). ? \ 206. 3 \ 185. * § 148. 

27 



314 SYNTAX. 

§211. Eule LXIL— Of these Particles, the com- 
pounds of si (etsl, tametsi, etiamsi) take (a) the Indicative 
if the Concession be represented as &fact, (b) the Subjunc- 
tive if the Concession be represented as merely possible or 
contrary to fact; as, (a) Qudd erebro qiiis vtdet, non ml- 
ratur, gtiamsi cur flat nescit, what one often sees, he 
does not wonder at, even though he does not knoiv why 
'tis done. (b) Etiamsi mors oppetenda ess&t, ddmi mal- 
Ihn, even though death ought to be met, I should prefer to 
meet it at home. 

The Indicative, however, is the usual construction 
with these Particles. 

§212. Rule LXIII. — Quamquam in the best prose 
takes the Indicative, quamvls the Subjunctive. LicU, ut 
(ne), cum, and qui (— cum is, though he) also take the 
Subjunctive, when used concessively; as, 

(a) B.dmanl, quamquam itme J r8 U proelio fessi grant, 
ittm&n instructl procedunt, the Romans, though they were 
wearied by their marching and fighting, yet advance(d) 
in order of battle. 

(b) Mendacium, quamvls occultetur, tam&n turp% est, a 
lie, though it be concealed, is yet a base thing. 

(c) Frgmant omnes licgt, dlcctm quod sentiS, though all 
cry out, I shall say what I think. 

(d) Ut haec concedantur, relxqua qui to,ndlm intelUgl 
possunt, granting that these things be allowed, how can the 
rest be understood ? 

Remark i. — The complement of a Concessive Sentence is an 
Adversative Proposition introduced by tamen (see examples 
above). 

Remark 2. — In later writers we find quamquam used with the 
Subjunctive and quamvls with the Indicative. Quamquam is 
properly the Accusative Singular feminine of the General Eela- 






CONCESSIVE PROPOSITIONS. 315 

tive quisquis ($ 153). Thus, in example (a) above, " The Romans 
to what extent soever they were wearied," etc. The particles quam- 
vls, quantumvls, quamlibet, quantumlibtt are merely compounds of 
the Relative Accusatives qudm and quantum and the verbal forms 
vis (from volu) and libet (qudm + vis = as much as you wish; 
qudm + libet = as much as it is pleasing. By reason of this verbal 
element they are followed by the Subjunctive. So licit, which 
is merely the Impersonal Verb, ut being omitted. 

Remark 3. — We sometimes find quamqudm with the Subjunc- 
tive in good prose where the general conception requires the 
Subjunctive. Rarely otherwise (see, however, Cic. Plane. 22, 53). 

Remark 1^. — Quamquam is often used adverbially, meaning 
and yet; as, quamqudm quid loqudrf and yet why do I speak? 
So, sometimes, etsl. 

Quamvls used adverbially = however much, as much as you please, 
is sometimes joined with licit for emphasis ; as, quamvls licet insec- 
temur istos, etc., we may attack these men as much as you please, etc. 

§ 213. Vocabulary. 

occulta-re, to conceal. strenuus, -a, -urn, brisk, active. 

fessus, -a, -um, weary. Italictls, -I, Italian. 

nondum (Adv.), not yet. penes (Prep.), with, in the 'power of. 

tamen (Conj.), nevertheless, yet. deditio, -on-is, surrender. 

emolurnentum, -I, advantage. adversa-ri, to resist, object. 

crebro, (Adv.), frequently. sic (Adv.), thus. 

puta-re, to think. 

cognosc-o, -e-re, cognov-I, cognit-um, to find out. 

accrd-o, -e-re, accid-i, , to happen. 

con-sequor, -I, consecutus sum, to follow, pursue and overtake, attain, 

ne-sci-o, nesci-re, nesclv-i, nesclt-uni, not to know. 

suade-o, -e-re, suas-i, suas-um, to advise. 

re-or, re-ri, rat-us sum, to think, deem. 

transe-o, (§111, 9), -I-re, transi-i, transit-um, to pass away. 

vit-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to shun, to escape. 

potior, potius {Superl. potissimus, from potis), better, preferable. 

Translate into English. 
Quod turpe est, id, 1 quamvls occultetur, honestiim fieri 
nullo modo potest. Nostri milites quamqudm itingre &t 

^87,6. 



316 SYNTAX. 

proelio fessi erant, tain en, consuls imperantg, 1 ad summiim 
collem celeritgr procurrerunt. Caesar, etsi nondum eorum 
consilia cognoverat, tamen fere id quod accidit suspicabatur. 
Viri boni multa 2 ob earn causam faciunt, quod dec£t, etsl 
nullum consecuturum emolumentum vtdent. Quod 3 crebro 
quis videt, non nriratur, etiamsl causam nescit. Licet stre- 
riuum mStum putes esse, velocior tamen spes est. Italic! 
Adherbali 4 suadent uti se £t oppidum Jugurthae traded; at 
illg, tdmetsi omnia potiora 5 fid£ 6 Jugurthae rebatur, tamen, 
quia pengs Italicos, si adversaretur, cogendi potestas erat, 
deditionem facit. Divitiae, quamvls magnae sint, tamen 
alas habent. Quamvls priidens atqug sapiens sis, mortem 
vitarg nullo modo potes : sic transit gloria mundi. 

COMPARATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 

§ 214. Comparative Propositions are introduced by the 
Comparative Conjunctions qudm (than, as), ut, uti, slcid 
(sicutt), quemadmodum (as, so as), velid (just as), proid 
(according as), tanquam, quasi, ut si, vZlid si, etc si (as 
if), and (poetic) ecu (as, as if). 

§215. Rule LXIV. — Comparative Sentences intro- 
duced by ut, uti, sicut, quhnadmodiim (seldomer tanquam 
and quomddo), etc., followed by the Demonstrative Par- 
ticles ltd, sic (so), etc., regularly take the Indicative ; as, 
tit quisque J optivie graece sett, ita est nequissYmus, as each 
man knows Greek better, so is he a greater rascal. 

Remark. — Observe that in such Sentences of Comparison as the 
above, introduced by ut quisque, the Superlative in both clauses 
is translated exactly like the Comparative with an Ablative of 
Measure. 

§216. Rule LXV. — Comparative Sentences intro- 

1 § 192. 3 1 129, Rem. 2. 5 \ 151 (b). 

2 § 128, Rem. 6. 4 \ 142. 6 \ 163. 



COMPARATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 317 

duced by quasi, tanqudm, and tanqudm si, ut si, veltit si, 
and ac si, take the Subjunctive; as, 

Me adspicitis, quasi monstrum sim, You gaze at me as 
if I were a monster. 

Sequani absentis Ariovisti crudelitdtZm veltit si coram 
adessgt, horrebant, The Sequani kept shuddering at the 
blood-thirstiness of the absent Ariovistus as (they would 
have shuddered) if he had been present. 

Remark. — The Mood is the Subjunctive, because such sentences 
are really Conditional Sentences of Possibility (§207) or Unreality 
(| 208), the Apodosis being omitted. Our English translation 
makes the Comparison an unreal one, and we should expect only 
the Imperfect and Pluperfect Subjunctive, according to § 208. 
But the Tense of the Subjunctive is regulated by the Tense in 
the leading clause ($ 190). Observe in the first example that as 
the leading Verb is present, the present Subjunctive is used in 
the Comparative clause (sim, not essem), though the unreality of 
the Comparison is implied. 

§217. Kule LXVI. — Ac or atqu%, in the sense of 
as, than, is frequently used in Comparisons with similis, 
dissimilis, par, dispdr, alius, similiter, pariter, dliter, and 
other Adjectives and Adverbs of Likeness and Unlikeness; 
as, est idSm ac fuit, he is the same as he was ; non alitor 
scribo ac sentio, I do not write otherwise than I think. 

EXEKCISE LXVI. 
§ 218. Vocabulary. 

quasi (quani-si), as if. veluti (vel-uti), even so, just as. 

perinde (Adv.), in the same manner, Graecus, -a, -urn, Greek. 

precisely, just, exactly. littera, -ae, a letter of the alphabet ; 
aliter (Adv.), otherwise. PI. epistle, literature. 

ac or atque (after SblltQr), than ; (af- avide (Adv.), eagerly. 

ter perinde), as. diuturnus, -a, -urn, long, lasting. 

honor, -or-is, office, honor. iinperatum, -I, order, command. 
27* 



318 SYNTAX. 

honores popull, offices given by the ita (Adv.), so. 

people. ops {Nom. obs. $ 51), op-is, help, 
slcuti or sicut (sic-uti), so as, just might. 

as. ratio, -on-is, plan. 

tanquam or tamquam (tam, so, summa ope, with all one's might. 

quam, as), so as, just as. silentium, -I, silence. 

peeus, -or-is, flock, herd; PI. cat- vitam transire, to pass one's life. 

tie. aginen, -In-is, an army on the march. 

ex-ple-o, -e-re, explev-i, explet-um, to fill, satisfy. 

con-teinn-o, -e-re, contemps-i, contempt-urn, to despise. 

nit-o-r, nit-I, nix-us and nis-us sum, to strive. 

de-fer-o, de-fer-re, de-tul-i, de-lat-um, to carry {from one to another), to 

report. 
e-veni-o, -I-re, even-i, event-um, to turn out, result. 
sub-sequ-o-r, subsequ-i, subsecut-iis sum, to follow closely. 

Translate into English. 

Graeeas littgras sic avide ampul, quasi diuturnam sitim 
explere cuperem. Mea in domo imperata tua dicis, perinde 
quasi dominus sis. Homines corrupt! 1 superbia 2 ita aetatem 
agunt, quasi populi honores contemnant; ita hos (honores) 
petunt quasi honeste vlxerint. Slcuti dlxi faciam. Pater 
metis septima hora 3 r£dlbit, sTcut pollicUus est Mala for- 
tuna tibf accidit, tanquam mihi (accidlt). Homines summa 
ope 4 niti 5 dec&t, ne vitam silentio 4 transeant 6 velutl pecora 
(vitam transeunt). Res evenit non pgrindg atque 1 piitave'- 
ram. Caesar, equitatu praemisso, 8 subsgquebatiir omnibus 
copiis ; s&d ratio ordoque agminis aliter se habebat etc 7 Bel- 
gae ad Nervios detiderant 

TEMPORAL PROPOSITIONS. 

§219. Temporal Propositions define the time of an 
action, and are introduced by the Temporal Conjunctions 
cum (qudm), when, postqudm (posteaquam), after, ut, as, 

1 g 191, 2 (a). 3 \ 171. 5 \ 1 94, Rem. 2(e). 7 g 217. 

2 §167. 4 § 168. 6 g200. 8 § 192. 



TEMPORAL PROPOSITIONS. 319 

ubi, when (ut primum, ubi primtim, cum primum, the mo- 
ment that), simul ac, as soon as, ant$qu&m and priusquam, 
before, dum, donZc, and quoad, while, as long as, until, 
quamdiu, as long as, qudtiens, as often as, etc. 
The uses of cum (qudm) are as follows: 
§220. Rule LXVIL— (I.) Cum Temporal — Cum 
Temporal {== when), defining the mere time of an action, 
takes the Indicative (any tense) ; as, Ctim Caes&r in Gal- 
Udm venit, altZrius factldnis principes grant Aedul, alte- 
rius Sequarii, When Caesar came into Gaul, the Aedui 
were the leaders of one faction, the Sequani of the other. 

Remark 1. — As cum is Relative in its origin, the phrases est, 
fuit, <krit (tempus) cum are followed by the Subjunctive like est 
qui, fuit qui (see § 201, Rem. 1 (g)). 

Remark 2. — Cam Temporal is often used in a Conditional sense 
( = si, if) generally with the Indicative (Simple Condition), more 
rarely with the Subjunctive ; as, Brutum cum convener^, perscrl- 
bdm omnia, if (when) I meet Brutus, I will write a full account 
of everything. 

Remark S. — The Correlatives cum — turn in the sense of both 
. . . and, take the Indicative ; the c^m-clause presents a general 
fact, the £#m-clause follows and presents a special fact. But if 
cum is used in a Causal or Concessive sense (whereas, although), 
the Verb in the first clause is in the Subjunctive; as, cum pluri- 
mas commodities amicilia contmeat, turn ilia praestat omnibus, 
etc., although friendship possesses many advantages, yet this sur- 
passes all, etc. 

§ 221. Rule LXVIIL— (II.) Cum Inversum.— After 
a leading clause fixing the point or period of time, cum 
(= when) follows with the Indicative Aorist or Historical 
Present, introducing the main fact of the Sentence. In 
this inversion the Temporal (Subordinate) Clause becomes 
substantially the Main Clause. This is called Cum Inver- 
sum; as, Vlx ad te d$d$ram litt&ras, cum Postumus rS- 



320 SYNTAX. 

pente advenit, Scarcely had I sent off my letter to you 
when Postumus suddenly arrived. 

Remark. — The Verb in the leading clause is the Imperf. or 
Plup. Indie., often preceded by the Adverbs jam, vlx, etc. As 
the event in the c#w-clause is usually sudden or unexpected, we 
often find the Adverbs subito and repente used in that clause (see 
example above). 

§222. Rule LXIX.— (III.) (Mm Historical— Cum 
(= when) is # used in Historical Narrative with the Im- 
perfect and Pluperfect Subjunctive ; as, Caesdrl ciim \d 
nuntiatum essgt, maturat ab urb8 prdficisci, When this 
had been announced to Caesar, he hastened to set out 
from the city. 

Remark. — Often a notion of Cause intrudes. In the above 
example cum nuntiatum essU points out both the Time and the 
Cause of Caesar's setting out. Usually the c#m-clause comes first. 

§223. Rule LXX.— (IV.) Cam Causal and Cam 
Concessive. — Cam Causal (= since) and Cum Concessive 
(== although) take the Subjunctive (any tense); as, 

Quae cum ita siiit, CdUlind, perge quo coepistl, Since 
these things are so, Catiline, proceed whither you have 
begun. 

Phocion full perpelub pauper, cum dltissimus ess& pos- 
s&t, Phocion remained steadily poor, although he could 
have been very rich. 

For cum in Sentences of Repeated or Customary Action, see \ 227. 

§ 224. Rule LXXI. — Temporal Clauses with Post- 
qudm, etc. — The Temporal Conjunctions postqudm 
(posted qudm), tit, tibi, tit prxmiim, tibi primtim, cum pri- 
rniim, simul ac (slmul atque), are used in Historical Narra- 
tive with the Indicative Aorist or Historical Present ; as, 



TEMPORAL PROPOSITIONS. 321 

Postquam \d animadvertit copids suds Caesar in prox- 
\mum coll&ni subducit, After Caesar had observed this, he 
withdrew his forces to the nearest hill. 

Remark. — Less commonly these particles take the Indicative 
Imperfect of Description and the Indicative Pluperfect denoting 
the result of completed action. 

§ 225. Rule LXXII. — AntZquam and Priusqudm are 
used with any tense of the Indicative, except the Imper- 
fect and Pluperfect, to express the simple priority of one 
actual occurrence to another ; as, Fllios convdcdvit antg- 
quam mortuus est, He called together his sons before he 
died. 

Remark. — The Indicative Aorist is especially common after a 
leading Negative Clause containing an Historical Tense ; as, non 
ante dimisit eum quam fidem dedit, He did not let him go until 
he pledged his word (observe that the parts of antiquum and 
prius quam are often separated, as in this example, ante 1 stand- 
ing in the Leading Clause and quam introducing the Dependent 
Clause). 

§ 226. Rule LXXIII. — Antequam and Priusqudm 
are used with the Subjunctive (1) when the action is one 
purposed or desired, by the Subject of the leading clause ; 
(2) when the non-occurrence of the action is implied; (3) 
when the action is future or doubtful, as, 

Haerens %n tergo Romdnus priusquam fores portdrum 
objic$r£ntur velut agmine una irrumplt, The Roman hang- 
ing on his rear, burst in as it were in one body before the 
doors of the gates could be shut {purposing that they 
should not be, in order that they should not be, too soon 
for them to be, shut). 

Remark 1. — Sometimes the Imperfect and Pluperfect Subjunc- 
tive are used with antequam and priusqudm, just as with cum His- 



322 SYNTAX. 

torical, to express mere priority of time; as, Faucis ante" diebus 
quam Syrdcusae caperentur, Otacilius In Africdm transmlsit, A 
fey/ days before Syracuse was taken, Otacilius crossed over into 
Africa. 

Remark 2. — The Subjunctive also occurs with these Particles 
in the statement of a General Truth; as, Tempestds rninatur, ant6- 
quam surgat, The tempest threatens before it rises. 

Remark 3. — Especially common is the Subjunctive of the Sec- 
ond Person with Indefinite Subject [you = one, any one) ; as, 
Priusquam incipias, consult o ; ubi consiliums, mature facto opus est, 
Before you (i. e. any one) begin, there is need of deliberation; 
when you have deliberated, there is need of speedy action. So 
in all Temporal Clauses ; cf. ubi consulu&ris in this example. 

§ 227. Rule LXXIV .—Repeated or Customary Ac- 
tion. — The Temporal Conjunctions cum (= whenever), ubl y 
simul ac, and the General Relatives qulcumque', qudtiens, 
and the like, are used with the Indicative to express Re- 
peated or Customary Action. When one action precedes 
the other, the tenses in the Temporal Clause (Protasis) are 
those of completed action (Perfect, Pluperfect, and Fut. 
Perf.), answering respectively to the corresponding tenses 
of incomplete action (Indicative Present, Imperfect, and 
Future) in the Main Clause (Apodosis); as, 

(1) Cum se inter turmds insinufiverunt, ex essZdis desi- 
liunt (Perf. — Pres.). 

Whenever they have worked their way in among the 
squadrons, they (are wont to) leap down from their 
chariots. 

(2) Hostes ubi dliquos ex navl egredientes conspex&rant, 
adoriebantur (Plup. — Imperf.). 

The enemy whenever they saw (had seen) any of them 
disembarking, used to attack them. 

(3) Hie puer quotienscumque' me viderit, ingemesc^t 
(Fut. Perf. — Fut.). 



TEMPORAL PROPOSITIONS. 323 

This lad whenever he sees (shall have seen) nie, will 
sigh. 

Remark. — So (more rarely) si = if ever, whenever; as, Si ab per- 
stquendo hostes deterrere nequiverant, disjectos ab tergo circuin- 
veniebant (PI up.— Imperf.), Whenever they proved unable to keep 
the enemy from pursuing, they used [moving -by -the- flank-) to-at- 
tack them in rear while scattered. 

Livy and late writers use the Subjunctive in such sentences, 

& 228. Rule LXXV. — Dum, donZe, quoted, and quam- 
dm (= while, as long as), take the Indicative (any tense) ; 
as, Hoc feci, dum licuit ; intermlsl, quoad non licuit, I 
did this as long as I was allowed; I stopped it as long as 
I was not allowed. 

Remark 1. — Dum in the sense of while (in the time that) almost 
always takes the Present Indicative in narrative, though the 
action is past ; as, Dum haec zn colloquio geruntur, Caesari nun- 
tiatum est Ignites Ariovistl lapides in nostros conjicere, While these 
things were (lit. are) going on in the conference, it was announced 
to Caesar that the horsemen of Ariovistus were hurling stones 
at our men. 

Remark 2. — But in Livy and late prose writers dum (while) is 
construed with the Imperfect Subjunctive like cum Historical; as, 
Rex quattuor milia armdtorum, dum recens terror, essU, Scotussdm, 
mrn^, The king sent four thousand armed men to Scotussa, while 
the panic was fresh. (The Mood, however, is usually explained 
as Partial Oblique Narration — representing here the idea in the 
king's mind.) 

§ 229. Rule LXXVL — Dum, donee, and quoad (= 
until) take — 

(1) The Indicative in simple statement of a fact; 

(2) The Subjunctive, when Purpose is to be expressed, 
or the action is future or doubtful; as, 

31 llo in sVnatu fiut eo die, quoad sendtus dimissus est, 
Milo was in the senate on that day until it adjourned. 



324 SYNTAX. 

Hdratius Codes impetum hostium sustmuit, quoad cet&ri 
pontem interrumperent, Horatius Codes withstood the 
onset of the enemy, until the rest (of his comrades) could 
tea?* down the bridge (in order that they might, etc.). 

For dum used Conditionally, see \ 204, 2, Rem. %. 



EXEKCISE LXVII. 
Vocabulary. 

aries, -etis, ram. pavor, -or-is, fright. 

infirinus, -a, -iim,. weak. se recipere, to recover one's self. 

scapha, -ae, boat. exspecta-re duin, to wait for anything 

Commius, -I, Commius. to happen. 

Atrebas, -at-is, Atrebatian. periculum f acere, to make a trial. 

mandatum, -I, order. fulguratiS, -on-is, lightning. 

ver, ver-is, spring. sonus, -I, sound. 

acerbus, -a, -um, bitter. rusticus, -a, -um, rustic. 

Phocion, -on- is, Phocion. Suessiones, -um, Suessiones. 

perpetuo, continually. Boeotii, -orum, Boeotians. 

Epamlnondas, -ae, Epaminondas dementia, -ae, madness. 

(App. I.). Verres, -is, Verres. 

obsidift, -on-is, siege. rosa, -ae, rose. 

siim-o, -e-re, sumps-I, silmpt-um, to take. 

dif-fer-o, -fer-re, dis-tul-i, di-Iat-um, to put off, defer. 

in-cip-i-o, -e-re, incep-i, incept-uin, to begin. 

in-cid-o, -e-re, incld-i, incas-um, to fall upon. 

con-sperg-o, -e-re, spers-T, -spers-um, to sprinkle. 

prae-sto, -a-re, praestit-i, praestlt-um and praestat-um, to stand before, be 

superior. 
at-ting-o, -e-re, attig-i, attact-um, to toucJi, reach. 
de-sist-o, -e-re, destit-i, destit-tim, to leave off, cease. 
bell-o, -a-re, -av-i, -at-um, to make war. 
claud-o, -e-re, claus-i, claus-um, to shut up),. 
ex-pon-o, -e-re, exposu-I, exposit-urn, to set forth, explain. 
de-fervesc-o, -e-re, deferv-i, to subside. 

inter-ced-o, -e-re, -cess-i, -cess-uin, to come between, intervene. 
de-liber-o, -a-re, -av-I, -at-um, to deliberate. 
de-flu-o, -e-re, de-flux-i, deflux-iim, to flow away. 
com-ple-o, -e-re, coinplev-I, cornplet-um, to Jill. 



TEMPORAL PROPOSITIONS. 325 

Translate into English. 

1. Com, when, since, although, whereas, 

Caesar cum id nuntiatum esset, matiiravit ab urbe profi- 
cisci. 1 Quod 2 cum animadvertisset Caesar, scaphas longartim 
naviiim mllitlbus 3 compleri 4 jussit. Britanni Commium 
Atrebatem, cum ad eos Caesaris mandata deferret, 5 comprg- 
hen derail t, et in vincula conjecerant. Cum rosam vlderat* 
turn inciperg 7 ver arbitrabatur. O acerbam mihi 8 memori- 
ain 9 temporis illms £t loci, cum hie in me incidit, 10 cum corn- 
plexus est, conspersitque lacrimis, n£c loqui prae moerore po- 
tuit. Cum primi ordines hostiiini transfix! pills concidissent, 11 
tamen acerrime reliqui resistebant. Vix epistolam tuam 
legerdm, cum ad me Curtius venit. 12 Hannibal jam sublbdt 
muros, cum repente in eiim patefacta porta erumpunt u Ro- 
man!. Homines, cum multis rebtis infirmiores sint, 11 hac re 13 
maxime bestiis praestant, quod loqui possunt. Aedui cum 
se suaque ab Helvetiis defender^ non possint, 11 legatos ad 
Caesarem mittunt rogattim 14 auxilium. Cum vita sine ami- 
cis metiis 15 plena sit, 11 ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare. 
Quae cum ita sint, ad urbem proficiscamur. 1 



16 



2. Postquam; Antequam ; Priusquam. 

Ea postquam Romae audita sunt, 11 timor omnes invasit. 
Decern post diebiis 18 qudm Caesar in Italiam pervenit, le- 
giones duae grant conscriptae. 

(Rule LXXIL) Ante decimilm diem 18 qudm vita T9 dis- 
cessit, llbSros omnes convocavit. Haec omnia ante facta 



M181. 


8 § 144. 


» ? 135 (a). 


2 \ 129, Bern. 9. 


9 1 156. 


16 § 189, I. (6). 


3 § 160, Bern. 2. 


10 I 220. 


17 I 224. 


4 1 194, Bern. 2 (a). 


11 \ 223. 


18 ? 164, Bern. 3 (a). 


5 g 222. 


12 g 221. 


19 ? 160. 


6 I 227. 


13 1 162. 




7 1 194. 


11 J 186. 





326 SYNTAX. 

sunt qudm Verres Italiam attigit. Epaminondas non prius 
bellare' destitit qudm Lacedaernonem obsidione 1 clausit. 

(Rule LXXIII.) Cives prius se dediderunt qudm aries 
muruni attigisset Antequam de re publica dlcdm, exponam 
breviter consilium meum. Caesar priusquam hostes se ex 
pavore et fuga recwerent, in fines Suessionum exercitum 
duxit. Ad haec cognoscenda 2 priusquam pe riculum fdceret, 
Caium praemittit. Ante videmiis fulgurationem qudm soniim 
audiamus. 

3. Dum ; Donee; Quoad. 

Dum haec geruntur, 3 Caesari nuntiatum est hostes propiiis 
accedere. 4 Lucius, quoad potuit, pontem defendit. Epanri- 
nondas, cum animadverteret 5 mortifgrum se vulnus acce- 
piss£, 4 ferrum in corpora continuit quoad renuntidtum est 6 
vicisse 4 Boeotios. Irati rogandi sunt* ut vim differant, dum 
defervescdt 7 Ira. Caesar, ut spatium intercedere posset 8 dum 
milites convmirent? legatis respondit diem (time) se ad deli- 
berandum sumpturum. Dum vivimus vivamus. 9 Caesar 
summae dementiae 10 esse judicabat, exspectare dum hostium 
copiae augerentur. Rusticus exspectat dum defludt 7 amnis. 

RELATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 

§ 230. Relative Propositions are introduced by Rel- 
ative Adjectives and Adverbs. (For the construction of 
simple Relative, see § 129.) 

§231. Rule LXXVIL — 1. Relative Propositions 
take the Indicative when a fact is stated and the Ante- 
cedent of the Relative is definite; as, Caesar equates quos 



1 3 167. 


5 \ 222. 


9 \ 189, I. (6). 


2 g 184. 


6 8 229(1). 


10 \ 133. 


3 I 228, Bern. 1. 


7 g 229 (2). 




4 1 194. 


8 I 200. 
* Ought to be asked. 





EELAT1VE PROPOSITIONS. 



327 



Labieniis aclduxerat praemlsit, Caesar sent ahead the cav- 
alry which Labienus had brought up. 

§ 232. Rule LXXVIIL— The General Relatives 
quisquis, quicumqug, ubtcumque, and the like, take the In- 
dicative; as, Quidquid est, ubicumque est, quodcumque' 
agit renldet Egnatius, Whatever may happen, wherever he 
may be, whatever he may be doing, Egnatius wears a smile. 

Remark. — Observe that, in translating, the English idiom often 
employs the Subjunctive. Of course, the Subjunctive will be 
employed in Latin, if required by the general conception of the 
sentence. 

§233. Rule LXXIX. — Relative Adjectives and 
Adverbs take the Subjunctive to express Purpose and 
Result, and to introduce Causal, Concessive, and other 
relations; as, 



1. To express Purpose (qui= ut is) : 



2. To express Result (qui = ut Is) : 



To express Cause {qui — cum Is — 
the Relative being often preceded 
by ut, utpote, and quippe) : 



Legdtos miserunt qui (= ut ii) po- 
cem peterent, They sent am- 
bassadors to (in order that they 
might) sue for peace. 

Non Is sum qui (= ut ego) hoc f a- 
ciam, I am not such a one as to 
do this. 

Miseret tin me qui (= cum tii) hunc 
tantum hominem facias inlmi- 
cum tilt, I pity you in that you 
make so great a man as this in- 
imical to you. 



But quippe' qui sometimes takes the Indicative. (So in Sallust.) 



4. To express Concession (qui = cum 

is) : 



5. To express Condition (qui = si is) 



Absohite Verrem qui (= cum is) 
se fateatur pecu.iids cepisse, Ac- 
quit Verres, although he con- 
fesses that he has taken bribes. 

Nulla est tarn fdcllis res quln dijfi- 
cilis sit quam (= si earn) iiivltus 
facias, There is nothing so easy 
as not to prove difficult if you 
do it against your will. 



328 SYNTAX. 

Remark. — The Subjunctive with qui expresses a Purpose with 
reference to the Object of the Sentence (chiefly with Verbs of 
Sending, Giving, and Choosing) ; a Purpose with reference to the 
Subject being expressed by ut. Thus, in the example (under 
1) above, qui pdcem peterent refers to the Object, legdtos. If 
the construction be Passive, then, of course, qui will refer to 
the Subject; e. g. we can say Legdtl missl sunt qui pactm pa- 
rent, the Object of the Active Verb becoming the Subject of the 
Passive. 

§ 234. The Relative with the Subjunctive of Result 
occurs — 

1. Very frequently after Indefinite General Expressions 
(Positive and Negative) to express a Characteristic of the 
Antecedent; as, 

Sunt qui dlcanty There are some who say. 
NemO est qui non cupiat, There is no one who does not 
wish. 

(The Negative is often contained in a Rhetorical Question, Qais est 
qui, Who is there who = neinu est qui.) 

Remark 1. — The poets and some late prose-writers use the In- 
dicative after sunt qui, Zrant qui, etc. The Indicative will of 
course be used when a definite Subject is introduced or a defi- 
nite fact stated (here est qui = nonnemo, some body ; sunt qui = 
nbnnuUl, some persons ; est ubi = nonnumqudm, sometimes) ; as, 
Sunt qui dicunt imperid Pisonis superbd barbdros nequlsse' pdtl, 
Some people do assert {I know people who assert) that the barba- 
rians could not stand the tyrannical orders of Piso. 

Remark 2. — To the Subjunctive of Result must be referred the 
Subjunctive with the Relative in such restrictive phrases as quod 
scidm = as far as I know; quod intellegdm, as far as I see; quod 
meminerim, as far as I remember, etc. 

2. After die/nils, indignus, ydoneus, unus, and solus; as, 
Hi honiines digni own sunt quibuseilm dissSratur, These 
fellows are not ivorth arguing with (i. e. such that it 
should be argued with them). 



RELATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 329 

3. After quean following a Comparative ; as, Mdjores 
arbdres caedebant quam quas jerre 1 miles possgt, They 
were cutting down trees too large for a soldier to carry 
(larger than such as a soldier could carry). 

§ 235. Rule LXXX.— The Relative takes the Sub- 
junctive in such clauses as express the words or opinions 
of some one else and not of the narrator; as, nuntiatum est 
equites qui praemissi essent revertisse, Word was brought 
that the horsemen who had been sent in advance had re- 
turned. 

Remark 1. — The Subjunctive is used in a Relative Clause in- 
cluded in another Dependent (Subjunctive or Infinitive) Clame 
expressing a conception rather than a fact. In such cases the 
Relative Clause takes the Subjective complexion of the Sentence 
and the Mood is attracted into the Subjunctive ; as, Tarda rerum 
commutdtio facta est, ut nostrl eiiam qui vulneribus confectl procu- 
buissent, proelium rediniegrdrent, So great a change of affairs was 
brought about that our men, even those ivho had fallen worn out 
with wounds, renewed the battle. (Here the Relative Clause qui 
— procubuissent is attracted into the Subjunctive because it is in- 
cluded in the Dependent (Subjunctive) Clause, ut nostrl — redinte- 
grdrent). But — 

Remark 2. — Relative Clauses included in Dependent (Subjunc- 
tive or Infinitive) Propositions take the Indicative if they con- 
tain a mere explanation of the narrator, or if a fact is to be em- 
phasized; as, Caesar jSer explordtores certior f actus est, ex ed parte" 
vlcl quam Gallis concesserat, omnes noctu discessisse, Caesar was 
informed through his scouts that all of them had withdrawn 
during the night from that quarter of the village which he 
had assigned to the Gauls. (Here the Relative Clause quam — 
concesserat, though included in the Dependent (Infin.) clause 
ex ed parte omnes — discessisse, is in the Indicative because it 
is the explanation given by the narrator (Caesar) to the 
reader.) 

Remark 3. — A Relative Proposition is an Adjective, limiting 
the Antecedent ; e. g. Puer qui legit = the reading boy. 
2S* 






330 



SYNTAX, 



EXERCISE LXVIII. 
§ 236. Vocabulary. 

divlnus, -a, -urn, pertaining to the adulatio, -on-is, flattery. 



gods. 
quo (Adv.), whither, 
rudis, -e, uncivilized. 
argutus, -a, -urn, sagacious. 
fortunatus, -a, -iim, fortunate. 
praeco, -on-is, herald, crier. 
pecca-re, to do wrong, to sin. 
coinpliires, -a and -ia, very many, 

quite a number. 
phalanx, phalang-is (Gr. Ace. pha- 

langa, PL phalangas), phalanx. 



fortuna, -ae, fortune. 

natus (Part, of nascor), a son. 

aut — aut, either — or. 

Druides, -um, Druids. 

fama, -ae, fame, report. 

praeditus, -a, um, endowed. 

esuriens, -ent-is (Part, of esurire\ 

hungry. 
quam (Relative Adv.), as. 
una (parte understood, § 170), to- 

gether. 



Homerus, -I, Homer. 

com-mitt-o, -e-re, commis-T, commiss-um, to commit. 

ad-veni-5, -I-re, adven-i, advent-um, to arrive. 

prae-sum, prae-esse, prae-fui, prae-f utilrQs, to preside over. 

di-lig-o, -e-re, dilex-i, dllect-um, to choose, to love. 

vide-o, -e-re, vid-I, vis-um, to see. 

vide-o-r, -e-ri, vis-us sum, to be seen (hence, to seem, appear). 

cense-o, -e-re, censu-i, cens-um, to be of opinion. 

re-peri-o, -i-re, reper-I, repert-uin, to find. 

insili-o", -i-re, insilu-i, , to leap upon. 

re-vell-o, -e-re, revell-I, revuls-um, to tear off. 
prae-pon-o, -e-re, praeposu-i, praeposit-uin, to prefer. 
fall-o, -e-re, fefell-i, fals-um, to deceive. 
occid-o, -e-re, occid-i, occas-um, to fall, die. 



EXAMPLES. 

(a) Dignus est qui ainetur (§ 234, 2), He is worthy of being loved (that he 

be loved). 

(b) Idoneus est cui res mandetur He is fit to have the business in- 

(§234,2), trusted to him (that the business 

be intrusted). 

(c) Doctior sum quam qui a te docear I am too learned to be taught by you 

(g 234, 3), (than that I be taught). 

(d) Quod sciam (§ 234, 1, Bern. 2), As far as I know. 



Quod memmerim, 
(e) Legdtus, ut imperatum erat, 
fliu><A*i transilt. 



As far as I remember. 
The lieutenant crossed the river, at 
had been ordered. 



RELATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 331 

(/) Alteri ut coeperant, se recepe- The other party retreated as (in the 
runt. manner in ichieh) they had begun. 

( Ut in the sense of as is a Relative, in example (e) equivalent tc 
quod, and the Subject of impevdtum erat; in example (/) equivalent 
to quo modo, and limiting coepgrant.) 

(g) Nemo est qui putet (§ 234, 1), There is no one who thinks. 

Nemo est quin putet ($ 201, Rem. There is no one who does not think 
3), (but thinks), 

(h) An quisquam est? ( = Nemo est), Is there any one? (stronger than 

numquis). 

Translate into English. 

1. Purpose, Kule LXXIX., 1. — Britanni Druides ha- 
bent, qui rebus 1 divinis praesint. Aedui legatos Eomam 2 
niiserunt qui auxilium a senatu. 3 peterent. Legati missi erant 
qui 4 " nuntiarent oppidiim expugnatum esse. 5 Galli locum 
non babebant quo se reciperent. Caesar equitatum praemi 
sit qui 6 h ostium itinera explbrarent. 

2. Kesult, Rule LXXIX., 2 (and § 234, 1, 2, and 3). 
— Nemo 1 tarn riidis est ad quern fama sapientiae tuae non 
pervenerit. Socrates dignus erat qui ab omnibus dlligeretur. 
Caiiis non satis idoneus visus est cul tantiim negotium man- 
daretur. Non sumus ii quibus nihil yerum esse 7 videatur. 
Non is sum qui tan turn scelus committam. Major siim quam 
cul 8 possit fortuna nocerg. Argutior fuit Jugurtha quam 
qui Micipsae verbis falleretur. 

# 3. Cause, LXXIX., 3. — fortunate' adulescens, qui tiiae 
virtutis Homerum praeconem^ inveneris! Peccavissg 10 mihl 
videor qui a te dlscesserim. Omnes laudabant fortunes meas, 
qui 11 natum tali ingenio 12 praeditum haberem. 

4. § 234, 1. — Sunt qui censeant una animum £t corpus 

M143. 5 § 194. 9 § 151 (6). 

2 \ 154. 6 \ 129, Rem. 7. 10 § 181. 

3 1 151, Rem. 2. 7 § 181, Rem. 7. u \ 129, Rem. 7. 

4 I 233, Rem. 8 \ 142. 12 \ 160, Rem. 4. 



332 SYNTAX. 

occidere. 1 Reperti sunt complures qui in phalangas in 
sillrent, et scuta manibiis reveller ent. Nihil est quod homines 
tarn miseros 2 fdcidt quam impietas et senilis. An quisquain 
est qui libertati servitutem praepondt f NemO est quln* Bal- 
bum stultum 2 existimet. 

5. Rule LXXX. — Ariovisttis dixit se obsides quos ab 
Aeduis haberet non reddituriim. 1 Caesar negavit 4 se Hel- 
vetiis quod postuldrent dare 5 posse. 1 

Translate into Latin. 

The Britons sent ambassadors to say (§ 233, 1) that they 
would return the prisoners whom they had taken (§ 235, 
Hem. 1). No one of the soldiers, as far as I know, has 
left his post. This boy has never, as far as I recollect, deceived 
me. Is Caius (a) suitable (person) to commit your daughter 
to ? Kings are not too wise to be conquered by flattery, nor 
too sagacious to be deceived. Some say (there are who say) 
that the consul is both (et) a liar and a thief. Some thought 
that the enemy would not besiege the city. Is there any one 
who doubts that (§ 201, Bern. 2) God rules the world? Is 
there any one who thinks that a robber will return the booty 
which he has taken f The townsmen will send the noblest of 
the state to sue for (ask) peace. The general is worthy of 
being loved by all the soldiers. The lieutenant, as was or- 
dered, sent forward the cavalry to sustain the attack of the 
enemy till the footmen should arrive (§ 229, 2). 

INTERROGATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 

§ 237. Interrogative Propositions are generally intro- 
duced by some Interrogative word, and contain a Ques- 
tion; as, Quts v$riit? Who comes? 

1 § 194. 3 I 201, Rem. 3. 5 \ 181. 

2 §151 (6). * 1 196 Ex. (/). 



INTERROGATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 333 

Remark. — Questions may be Real or they may be Rhetorical. 
A Real Question expects an answer. A Rhetorical Question does 
not expect an Answer, but, under the guise of a Question, contains 
an Assertion. Thus, Have you seen that famous general f is a Real 
Question. What is baser than to betray one's country f is a Rhetori- 
cal Question, expecting no Answer, but conveying the Assertion 
that Nothing is baser than to betray one's country. 

§ 238. Questions are divided into — 

I. The Direct Question. 

(a) Simple. 

(b) Double or Alternative. 

II. The Indirect Question. 

I. § 239. Rule LXXXL— The Direct Simple Ques- 
tion is usually introduced by an Interrogative word, and, 
as a rule, takes the Indicative ; as, Quls hoc fecit? Who 
did this? 

Review the use of the Interrogative Particles -ne, nonne, and num, 
I 81, 2, 3, and 4. 

For Interrogative words, see \\ 88, 91. 

Remark. — Sometimes no Interrogative word is used. An 
Affirmative Question then often expects a Negative Answer ; a 
Negative Question, an Affirmative Answer. The omission is 
common in Rhetorical Questions (especially with the Negative) 
expressing Surprise, Irony, Impatience, etc. ; as, Patere tua consilid 
non sentis? Do you not see (you must surely see) that your 
designs are laid bare? 

§ 240. Rule LXXXIL— The Direct Simple Question 
takes the Subjunctive when (1) Doubt or Deliberation is 
to be indicated, or (2) a Negative Answer is Implied; as, 

(1) Quid again f What am I to do? 

(2) Quls hoc dabUetf Who would doubt this ? (Rhe- 
torical Question) = NemS hoc dtibWt, No one would 
doubt it. 



34 SYNTAX, 



§241. Eule LXXXIIL— The Direct Double Ques- 
tion takes the same Mood as the Simple Question, and is 
introduced by the Particles utrum or -n& in the First 
clause, followed by an (annZ) or -ne in the Second; as, 
Vosn% Lucium Dbmitium, an vos Lucius Domitius des%- 
ruitf Have you deserted Lucius Dornitius, or has Lu- 
cius Domitius deserted you? 

fgg^ Sometimes the Interrogative Particles are omitted in the first 
clause. Usage is fairly presented thus : 

utrum an 

-n& an 

an 

( -ne : generally in Indirect Questions.) 

The consideration of other combinations belongs to more elaborate 
grammars. 

II. § 242. Rule LXXXIV.— The Indirect Question 
is the same in form as the Direct, except that it always 
takes its Verb in the Subjunctive; e.g. 

Quid agisf What is it that you are doing? 

QuaerO quid tig as? I ask what it is that you are 
doing ? 

Observe that in the Indirect Question — 

1. Num loses its peculiar force and means whether ; 

2. Si is used in the sense of whether after expressions 
of Endeavor and Expectation; as, Nonnunquam inter diu, 
saepius noetic, si perrump$r& possent, conatl sunt, some- 
times in the day-time, (but) oftener at night, they endeav- 
ored (to see) whether they could break through. 

3. The combinations of Particles in Indirect Double 
Questions are the same as in Direct Double Questions 
(see §241, ffSg 2 *); e. g. I ask whether it is true or false 
may be expressed : 



INTERROGATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 335 

(1) Quaero utrum veriim an falsum sit. 

(2) Quaero \erum-ne an falsum sit. 

(3) Quaero veriim an falsum sit. 

(4) Quaero veriim falsum-?i6 sit. 

4. Or not is generally necn$ (in Direct Question gen- 
erally annon) ; as, Is-n% est quern quaerd, annon ? Is that 
the man Fni looking for or not? Nondum de EumenZ 
statuZrat AnUgbnus, conservdret eum necng, Antigonus 
had not yet determined in the case of Eurnenes whether 
he should save him or not. 

5. The early writers often use the Indicative in the 
Indirect Question, especially after die rrilhi, responde, Id- 
quh% and other conversational phrases. 

Remark 1. — The forms of the Interrogative quis and qui com- 
bine with nescw and are equivalent to an Indefinite Pronoun ; 
nescio quis, nescio quid = dliquis, aliquid = somebody or other (I 
don't know who), something or other. Used as Indefinites, they 
do not, of course, require the Subjunctive ; as, Nescio quis ex me, 
quaesivit, somebody or other inquired of me. In the same way we 
find the Indicative after nescio quBmodo = I know not how, mirum 
quantum (qudm) = it is wonderful how much (how) = wonderfully, 
and other like indefinite expressions. 

Remark 2. — An often introduces the second clause of a Double 
Question, the first clause being understood ; as, Cujum ptcus est 
hoc ? an Meliboei? Whose flock is this? (Is it somebody else's) 
or is it that of Meliboeus f 

For Questions in Ordtiu Obliqua, see \ 245, 3 sq. 



EXEKCISE LXIX. 
§ 243. Vocabulary. 

quo? whither? Delphi, -oium, Delphi (a city of 
permultum (Adv.), very much. Greece). 

consultum, -I, a thing determined ; patina, -ae, dish. 

Abl. on purpose. Morini, -orum, the Morini. 



336 



SYNTAX, 



incertus, -a, -urn, uncertain, 
"vitreus, -a, -um, of glass. 
concavus, -a, -um, hollow. 



siti-re, to be thirsty. 

Apollo, -In-is, Apollo. 

ab Apolline petere, to inquir 
Apollo. 
maims concava, the hollow of the infans, -ant-is, infant. 

hand. providentia, -ae, providence. 

unde ? whence ? praestantia, -ae, excellence. 

cur ? why f catinus or -um, -1, bowl. 

deorsum (Adv.), down-hill. fictilis, -e, earthen. 

interroga-re, to ask. casus, -us, chance. 

ab-do, -e-re, abdid-i, abdit-iim, to run for concealment. 
af-fer-o, affer-re, attul-i, allat-uin, to bring forward. 
causam afferre, to bring forward a reason, to explain. 
irasc-o-r, -I, irat-us sum, to be angry. 
iratus, -a, -um (as an Adjective), angry. 



of 



EXAMPLES. 

Quid (jj 135 (e) Rem. 4) interest? 
Nihil (g 135 (e) Rem. 4) refert or 

interest, 
Ubl gentium (§134)? 



Nescio quis cldmdvit (% 242, Rem. 

i), 



What difference does it maize ? 
It makes no difference. 



{In what place 



Where in the world? 

of the nations ?) 
Somebody or other (I don't know who) 

shouted. 



Translate into English. 

Quisnam in borto ambiilat ? Nescio quis in horto ambii- 
let. Puer dicerS non potuit quo latrones sese abdidissent. 
Saepe non utile 1 est scire 2 quid fiiturum sit. Qualis 1 sit 
animus, ips£ animus nescit. Permultum interest utrum casu 
an consulto fiat injuria. Caii nepos-ne es, an f ilius ? In- 
certum est Caii nepos-ne sim, an f ilius. Si sitis, 3 nihil in- 
terest utrum aquam bXbas an vlnum, nee refert utrum sit 
aureum 1 pociilum, 4 an vitreum, an mantis concava. Nonn^ 
canis liipo 5 similis est? Puer patrem interrogavit nonne 
canes ltipis similes essent. Puer interrogates est utrum 



1 2 128, B. 

2 § 180. 



3 I 206. 

4 i 130, 1. 



5 § 144, Bern. 



INTERROGATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 337 

pluris 1 patrgm an matrem fdceret. Numquis 2 infantibus 3 
lrascitiir ? Interrogat Caius num quis infantibus irascatur. 
Quo itis, pueri ? In hortum ? Ariovisto mirum visum est 
quid in ejtis Gallia Caesarl 4 negotii 5 esset Menthi 6 honest- 
um-nS sit factii 7 an turpe, nem5 dxibitat. Uade legati venis- 
sent rex nunquam reperire potuit. An quisquam diibitat 
casu-?i6 an Dei providentia mundus regdtur f Dum in his 
locis Caesar navium parandarum 8 causa morabatur, ex mag- 
na parte Morinorum ad eiim legati venerunt, qui causas 
afferent 9 cur civitas populo Romano belliim intulisset. Nes- 
ci5 quis in horto ambulabat 



Translate into Latin. 

Does any man doubt concerning the excellence of virtue ? 
The poet asks whether any one doubts concerning the excel- 
lence of virtue. Can you explain, my son, why water al- 
ways floivs down hill ? The king sent messengers to Delphi 
(§ 154) to inquire (§ 233, 1) of Apollo whether he should 
give his daughter in marriage to Clodius or Glaucus. What 
difference does it make to a hungry man whether he eats his 
food out of a golden dish or an earthen bowl ? It makes no 
difference to the dead wdiether the king is a wise man or a 
fool. It is uncertain whether the girl thinks more of (§ 137) 
her father or mother. It is uncertain whether Balbus values 
life or honor most (pluris). It seems wonderful to me what 
business either you or your father has (§ 146) in my garden. 
Did Caius kill his brother by chance, or on purpose ? I 
have not been able to find out whether the injury was done 
by chance or on purpose. No one knows where in the world 
Glaucus is wandering. 



1 1 137. 


4 \ 146. 


7 § 186, B. 


2 §89. 


5 1 134. 


8 1 184. 


3 1 142. 


6 1 180. 


9 I 233, 1. 


29 







338 



SYNTAX, 



ORATIO OBLIQUA. 
§ 244. In narrating the words or opinions of another 
the writer may give either — 

(a) The exact words of the original speaker or writer ; 
as, Ariovistus respondit: " Transii Rhenum non meet 
spontZ." Ariovistus replied: "I crossed the Rhine not 
of my own accord." 

This is called OrdtiS Redd or Direct Discourse; ; 

or he may give — 

(b) The substance of what was said or written, but not 
the exact words; as, Ariovistus respondit transissS Rhenum 
sese non sua spontg, Ariovistus replied that he had crossed 
the Rhine not of his own accord. 

This is called Oratio Obliquti or Indirect Discourse, and 
always depends on some Verb of Saying or Thinking ex- 
pressed or implied. 

§ 245. In changing the OrdtiS Recta to the OrdtiS Ob- 
liquti, the following rules are to be observed : 

1. (a) Principal Clauses, which are in the Indicative in 
Oratio Recta, are changed to the Infinitive (with Subject 
Accusatwe) in OrdtiS Obliquti. 

(b) All Dependent Clauses (§ 187, 3) in Oratio Redd 
take the Subjunctive in Oratio Obliquti; as, 



Oratw RectH. 
"Obsides quos ab Aeduis habeo," 
inquit Ariovistus, " non reddam." 



" Id faciam" inquit 
" quod in Nerviis feci." 



Caesar, 



Oratio Obliquti. 
Ariovistus respondit se obsides 
quos ab Aeduis huberet non red- 
diturum esse. 

Caesar respondit se id quod in 
Nerviis fecisset facturum esse. 



Observe (1) that the Verbs of the Principal Clauses are 
changed to the Infinitive with the Subject- Accusative — reddam becomes 
se redditurum ess& and faciam becomes se facturum ess$; and (2) that 
the Verbs of the Dependent Clauses are changed to the Subjunctive— 



ORATlS OBLIQUA. 



339 



quos . . . h&bed becomes quos . . . hdberet; qudd feci becomes quod 
fecissZt. The Subject of the Principal Clause is regularly expressed in 
Oratio Obliqua (e. g. se in both examples), though formally lacking in 
OratiU Recta. 

Remark 1. — Sometimes Relative Clauses are put in the Accu- 
sative and Infinitive in Oratio Obliqua. This occurs when the 
Relative = U Is or nam is, in which case the Clause has the force 
of a Principal Clause and is Dependent only in form ; as, Unum- 
quemquS nostrum censent phil6s6phi mundi esse* partem, ex quo 
( = et ex eo) illud natura consequi, etc., Philosophers maintain 
that each one of us is a part of the universe and that it naturally 
follows from this, etc. 

The same construction occurs occasionally in other Dependent 
Clauses, and is the regular one after a Comparative with qudm; 
as, Addit Pompeius se pritis occisum in a Clbdib quam me vi6la- 
ttim irl, Pompey adds that he will be slain by Clodius before I 
shall be hurt (see also \ 201, Rem. l,f). 

Remark 2. — The Indicative is found in such Dependent Clauses 
in Oratiu Obliqua as convey an explanation of the narrator or em- 
phasize a fact (See $ 235, Rem. 2) ; also in mere circumlocu- 
tions. 

2. An Imperative in OratiS Recta becomes a Sub- 
junctive in Oratio Obliqua; as, 



Oratio Recta. 
Praesta quod recepistl. 
Perform what you have under- 
taken. 



Oratio Obtiquft. 

Omnes clamant praestdret quod 
recepisset. 

They all cry out that he should 
perform what he had undertaken. 

3. Interrogative Sentences containing Direct Real 
Questions in Oratio Recta become Indirect in Oratiu 
Obliqutt, and take the Subjunctive (§242); as, 



OrdtiU Reetd. 
Quid de praeda faciendum cense- 
tis ? What do you think ought to be 
done in regard to the booty ? (Pres, 
Indie). 



Oratio Obliqua. 
Litteras ad senatum misit, quid 
de praeda faciendum censerent. He 
wrote to the senate (asking) what 
they thought ought to be done in re- 
gard to the booty. (Imp erf. Subj.) 



340 SYNTAX. 

Remark 1. — Bhetorical Questions (§ 237, Rem.) that are in the 
Indicative in Gratia Recta are changed into the Accusative with 
the Infinitive in Ordtio Obliqud if the Subject is of the First or 
Third Person; into the Subjunctive, if the Subject is of the Sec- 
ond Person; e. g., 

SI vStSris contumeliae oblivisci veil St, num Stiani r&centium 
injuriaruni mgmoriam deponerS^ossgJ' (Si — v6lo, nilm possum? — 
Subject 1st Per s.). 

Quid esse* turpius quam auctore hoste de summis rebus capere 
consilium? ( Quid est turpius? = Nihil est turpius — Subj. SdPers.). 

Quid tandSm vtrerentur aut cur de sua virtute desperarent? 
( Quid vtremini aut cur desperatis? Subjunctive, because the Sub- 
ject is in the 2d Person in Ordtio Recta). 

Remark 2. — Subjunctive Rhetorical Questions in Ordtio Recta 
(§ 240) remain as a rule in the Subjunctive in Ordtio Obllqua. 
Questions of Deliberation invariably retain the Subjunctive. 

4. In Conditional Sentences the following changes 
occur : 

(a) The Protasis (Supposition), being a Dependent 
Clause, is changed into the Subjunctive. 

(6) The Apodosis (Conclusion), being the Main Clause, 
is changed into the Accusative with the Infinitive. 

fg^ Of course, if the Conclusion is an Imperative, it becomes Sub- 
junctive in O. O. (§245, 2). 

(1) In the Simple Condition (§206) the tenses of the 
Infinitive are Present, Past, or Future, according as the 
tense of the Apodosis is Present, Past, or Future in 
OratW Recta. 

The tense of the Protasis in the Subjunctive depends 
upon the tense of the leading Verb of Saying, etc. 

(1) Simple Condition : O. R. Si hoc dicis, errds, If you 
say this, you are mistaken. 

(Present) O. O. Dicit te si hoc dicds, errdre. 
(Past) O. O. Dixit te si hoc diceres, errdre. 



ORATIO OBLIQUA. 341 

(2) In the Condition of Possibility (§ 207), the Present 
and Perf. Subjunctive of the Apodosis are changed to 
the Future Infinitive (or the periphrase for% ut, etc.). 

If the leading Verb of Saying be a Principal Tense, 
the tenses in the Protasis remain unchanged ; if it be a 
Historical Tense, the Present and Perfect Subjunctive may 
be changed respectively to the Imperfect and Pluperfect. 

(2) Condition of Possibility : O. R. Si hoc dicas, erres, If 
you were to say this, you would be mistaken. 

(Present) O. 0. Dicit te si hoc dicas erraturum esse. 
(Past) O. O. Dixit te si hoc dicer es; erraturum esse. 

(3) In the Condition of Unreality (§ 208), the Imper- 
fect and Pluperfect Subjunctive of the Apodosis, when 
active, are changed respectively into the Periphrastic In- 
finitives -rus ess%, -rus fuisse'; when Passive, they are 
expressed respectively by the periphrases futurum ess& ut, 
futurum fuisse ut, with the Imperfect Subjunctive (and 
this periphrase must be used in the Active if the Verb in 
the Apodosis has no -rus form). 

The tenses in the Protasis remain unchanged no mat- 
ter what the time of the leading Verb. 
Thus : 

(3) Condition of Unreality : O. R. Si hoc diceres, errares, 
If you said this, you would be mistaken. 

O. O. Dicit (dixit) te si hoc diceres, erraturum esse. 

O. R. Si hoc dixisses, errasses, If you had said this, you 
would have been mistaken. 

O. O. Dicit (dixit) te si hoc dixisses, erraturum fuisse. 

When the Apodosis of the Past Condition of Unreality 
is in the Indicative (§ 208, Rems. 2 and 3) in Oratid Recta, 
it is generally changed into the Perfect Infinitive in Ord- 

29* 



342 SYNTAX. 

tifi Obllqud. Thus, in the two examples given under 
§208, Remark 3: 

(1) O. R. Praeclare vlc&r amies, nisi fugient&n L£pi- 
dus rgcepissgt Antoniuni. 

O. O. Dixerunt se praeclare vicissZ, nisi fugientem 
L^pidus rgcepiss&t Antonium. 

(2) O. R. Caecina eircumveniebdtur ni primS legio se 
opposuissgt. 

0. O. Dixerunt Caecinam circumventum esse* ni prima* 
lSgio se opposuiss&t. 

5. Pronouns in Oratio ObliqtjX. 

Pronouns of the First and Second Persons in OrdtiS 
Redd are regularly changed to Pronouns of the Third 
Person in Ordtw Obllqua. Thus : 

(a) Personal: tgo (nos) is changed to forms of the Kefiexive 

se (sometimes ips%). 
til is changed to forms of UU (is). 

(b) Possessive : meus (nosttr) is changed to forms of suits (some- 

times Gen. of ips$). 
twits (vestZr) is changed to forms of suits (some- 
times Gen. of is). 

(c) Demonstrative: hie J are chaQged tQ forms of m (fa) _ 

So nunc becomes turn. 

(d) Intensive ipse 1 is retained as an emphatic Kefiexive (espe- 
cially in Contrasts). 

6. General Observations. 

1. The tenses of the Infinitive and Subjunctive follow 
the rules already given. (See §§ 190 sq., 195 sq.) In or- 
dinary Historical Narrative the leading Verb of Saying 
is Past, and the tenses of the dependent Subjunctive are 
consequently the Imperfect and Pluperfect. But often 
for liveliness of narration the Present and Perfect Sub- 



ORATIO OBLIQUA. 343 

junctive are found even after a leading Historical Tense. 
In long passages we sometimes find the sequence changed 
from Past (Imperf. and Plup. Subjunctive) to Present 
(Present and Perf. Subj.) even in the same speech. (For 
examples, see Caesar, B. 6r., L, chs. xiv. and xxxi.) 

2. OrdtiS Recta is commonly introduced by the proper 
tense of inquam, inserted after one or more words of the 
quotation. If the Subject of inquam is expressed, it 
generally follows the Verb. (See examples, § 245, 1.) 
Sometimes ut a\t, ut censet, etc., are used like inquU. 
Oralid Obllqud is introduced by the proper tense of 
dtOy dico, censeo, or any Verb of Saying or Thinking. 

EXERCISE LXX. 
Vocabulary. 

supera-re, to overcome. plus (Adv.) posse, to be more power- 

invictus, -a, -urn, invincible. ful. (See £ 150, Remark 2.) 

suspica-ri, to suspect. stipendiarius, -a, -um, tributary. 

opulentus, -a, -urn, powerful. propterea quod, for the reason that 

because. 

sub-eo, -l-re, subi-i, subit-um (§ 111, 9), to go under. 
intelleg-S 1 , -e-re, intellex-i, intellect-iim, to find out y to know. 



Translate into English. 

Ariovistus respondit, 'Aeduos, quonidm belli fortunam 
tentassent* 1 £t armis superati essent, stipendiaries 2 esse 
factos : neminem sectim sine sua pernicie contendisse : cum 
Caesar vellet, 3 congrederetur: 41 intellectiirum 5 quid invicti 
German!, qui int£r annos quattuord£cim tectum non subiis- 



1 \ 198 (6). 

2 \ 128, B. 


s / l 220, Rem. 2. 
t§ 245,1 (ft). 

* For tentdviasent. 


* g 245, 2. 
*?245, 1(a). 



344 SYNTAX. 

sent, virtute' (facere) possent.' 1 Divitiaciis dixit ' pejus 2 
vlctoribus Sequanis 3 quam Aeduis vlctis accidisse, 4 proptered 
quod Ariovistiis in eorum f inibus consedisset, tertiamque par- 
tem Egri Sequanl, qui esset optiinus totms Galliae, 5 occupd- 
visseV Consul pollicitus est 'se, postquam rex finem 16- 
quendi fecisset, 6 legatos auditurum esse.' Imperator respon- 
dit ' se, etsi nondum principum consilia cognovisset, 6 tamen, 
conjuration em fieri* suspicari/ Philosophus respondit 'n6- 
gaii 7 non posse quin homines mortales essent.' 8 Rex dixit, 
'qui 9 opiilentior esset, etiamsl injuriam acciperet, 6 tamen, 
quid plus posset, 6 facere 7 videri.' 

Translate into Latin. 

Caesar said (negavit) that he could not give the Helvetii 
a way through the province, because he feared that (§ 200, 
Rem. 6) they would do injury to his allies. The scouts an- 
nounced to Caesar that the cavalry which he had sent for- 
ward (§ 245, 1, (&)) had been routed by the enemy; that the 
skirmishers had not been able to cross the river ; that the 
forces which the Germans had collected would arrive in 
three days. Word was brought that the footmen, the flight 
of the horsemen having been seen, had retreated to the 
mountain. 

(Change the examples in the Latin exercise from OrdtiS 
Obliqud to Ordtiu JRectd.) 



1 § 242. 4 g 245, 1 (a). 

2 \ 128, Rem. 6. 5 \ 134. 

3 1 142. 6 I 245, 1 (b). 

* Depends on se suspicari. 


7 §181. 

8 § 201, Rem. 2. 

9 1 129, Rem. 2. 



APPENDICES 



APPENDIX I. 

GREEK NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION. 

§ 246. 1. Nouns of this Declension transferred from 
the Greek end in e (fern.); as and es (masc). 







PARADIGM. 




Nom. 


Penelope, 


Aeneas, 




Anchises, 


Gen. 


Penelopes, 


Aeneae, 




Anchisae, 


Dat. 


Penelopae, 


Aeneae, 




Anchlsae, 


Ace. 


Penelopen, 


Aeneam 


or -an, 


Anchisen, 


Voc. 


Penelope, 


Aenea, 




Anchlse or -a, 


Abl. 


Penelopa. 


Aenea. 




Anchisa. 



2. Nouns in a transferred from the Greek sometimes have d?i 
in the Accusative. 

3. Those Greek Nouns which have a Plural are declined in 
that number, like mensd. 

4. The Genitive Plural of Patronymics in es, and of some 
compounds in -gend and -cold, has -urn instead of -drum. 

APPENDIX II. 

GREEK NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION. 

§ 247. 1. Greek Nouns of the Second Declension end 
in os (masc. and fern.), and dn (neut.), commonly changed 
in Latin into us and um. 







PAKADIGM 








Barbiton, a lyre. 




Singular. 


Singular. Plural. 


Nom. 


Delos, 


Androgeos, 


barbiton, barbita, 


Gen. 


Deli, 


Androgeo or -I, 


barbiti, barbiton, 


Dat. 


Delo, 


Androgeo, [-ona, 


barbito, barbitls, 


Ace. 


Delon, 


Androgeo or -on, or 


barbiton, barbita, 


Voc. 


Dele, 


Androgeos, 


barbiton, barbita, 


Abl. 


Delo. 


Androgeo. 


barbito ; barbitls. 

345 



346 



APPENDICES III. AND IV, 



2. The Plural of Greek Nouns in os is declined like the Plu- 
ral of dominus, except that they sometimes have -on instead of 
-drum in the Genitive. 

3. Greek Proper names in -eus are declined like dominus, ex- 
cept that they have the Vocative in -eu. They sometimes retain 
the Greek forms in the other cases, viz. Genitive -eos, Dative -el 
(contracted -el), Accusative -e&, and are of the Third Declension. 

4. P&lage is found as the Accusative Plural of pUagm. 

APPENDIX III. 

GREEK NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 

§ 248. The following paradigms show the most usual 
forms of Greek Nouns of the Third Declension : 



Nom. 



Lampas, 

-ades, 
Heros, 

-oes, 
Chelys, 
Poesis, 

Achilles, 

Orpheus, 

Aer, 

Did5, 



Gen. 



f -adis, 
( -ados, 

-adum, 



-oum, 

•yis, 

-yos, 

•is, -ios, 

■e5s, 

•is, -el, -I, 

■eos, 
■eos, 
•eris, 
-us, 



Dot. 



-ad*, 
-adibus, 
-oi, 
■oibus, 

•yi, 

■i, 
■i» 

■e-ri, 
-o, 



Ace. 



■adem, \ 

•ada, 

-ades, 

•adas, 

-oem, 

•oa, 

■oes, 

■6as, 

-ym» 

■yn, 

•im, 

•in, ) 

{ -em, ) 
l-ea, -en, J 

-ea, 

•era, 

■5-, 



Voc. 



-adgs, 

-os, 

-oes, 

-y, 
-t 



-eu, 
-er, 
-6, 



Abl. 



-ade. 

-adibus. 

-6e. 

-oibus. 

-ye or -y. 

-i. 

-e or -I. 

See §247,3. 

-ere. 

-o. 



§249. APPENDIX IV. 

PERSONAL ENDINGS. 



Singular. 


Plural. 


Person. 


1st. 


2d. 


3d. 


1st. 


2d. 


3d. 


Active. 


-m, 


-s, 
Indie. Per/, -sti, 


-t. 
-tur. 


-mus, 


-tis, 

Indie. Per/. 

-stis, 


-nt. 

Indie. Per/. 

-runt or -re. 


Passive. 


-r, 


-ris or -re, 


•mur, 


-mini, 


-ntur. 



PERSONAL ENDINGS. 347 

Note I. — As we have seen (p. 22), the Personal Endings are 
Pronominal forms, the stems of which are respectively -me or 
-mi (cf. met, miht); -tve or -te or -ti (cf. tu, te, ttbt); -to or -te (cf. 
is-ifr) — originally ma, tva, ta. 

1. ACTIVE. 

(a) The ending of the 1st Pers. Sing, is -m, shortened from 
original -me or -mi, which is dropped in the following tenses of 
the Indicative : Present, Perfect Future (only in First and Sec- 
ond Conjugations), and Future-Perfect, where the ending is -o. 

Remark. — The -m is preserved in the 1st Pers. Sing. Present of two 
Verbs: sum (and its compounds) and in inquam. Cf. Sanskr. as-rai; 
Greek (Dor.) ep-fii (ka-fii). In addition to the First and Second Con- 
jugations, -m is dropped in the Future of a few stems in -I (e. g. ibu). 

In the Present Indicative of the First Conjugation the -D represents 
a blending of -m with the characteristic ; as, ama-m, amU. In the other 
Vowel Conjugations the characteristic is preserved; as, mdne-U, audi-6. 

(b) The ending of the 2d Pers. Sing, is -s, shortened from 
original -si (-si weakened from -ti; as, ov (Attic) from rv (Doric) ; 
cf. Latin tu); in Sanskr. -si; e.g. bhara-sz (fer-s) ; in Greek -at 
(ka-ai) and C {7ri-ti?]-g). 

(c) The ending of the 3d Pers. Sing, is -t, shortened from 
original -ti (-te). Cf. Sanskr. -ti in as-ti; Greek -ti in ka-rL 

(d) The ending of the 1st Pers. Plural is -mils (original ma + 
si = I and thou = we). Cf. Sanskr. -masi and -mas; e. g. bhar- 
SL-mas (i&r-i-mus); Greek (Dor.) jueg ((j>£p-o-/j,eg). 

(e) The ending of the 2d Pers. Plur. is -Ms (ti) + si = thou 
and thou = ye). Cf. Sanskr. -tha, e. g. bhar-a-^a (fev-tis) ; 
Greek re ((pep-e-re). 

(f) The ending of the 3d Pers. Plur. is -nt, shortened from 
original -nti (an (old demonstr. root) + ti = he and he = they). 
Cf. Sanskr. -nti, e. g. bhar-a-w^ (f&T-u-nt) ; Greek -vn (<pep-o-vn). 

2. ENDINGS OF THE PERFECT INDICATIVE. 

(a) The apparent ending -I belongs really to the stem. 

(b) In the endings of the 2d Pers. Sing, and Plur., -s-tl and 
-s-tts, the -s is probably to be traced to esse 1 (cf. the ending of 



348 * APPENDIX IV. 

the 3d Pers. Plur. -runt, which clearly arises from sunt) ; the -ti 
in the Sing, is the earlier pronominal form, weakened into -si 
(-s) in the other tenses ; the -tis in the Plural is regular. 

(c) For ending -runt, see above (b). Instead of this, the end- 
ing -rl is common in the poets (especially the earlier poets) and 
in poetical prose-writers, but rare in best prose. 

The e before -runt and -re is sometimes shortened in the poets. 

Note II. — The Latin Passive is originally and in reality a 
Reflexive. Its distinctive sign is r, which arises from s (the 
Reflexive Pronoun se, which originally was not confined to the 
Third Person). 

1. PASSIVE. 

(a) In the 1st Person Sing, the ending is -r. It is added di- 
rectly to -o in such tenses as have that ending; reg-o, rlg-ti-r ; 
or it substitutes -m in such tenses as retain the regular ending ; 
rtg-e-ba-m, rZg-e-ba-r. 

(b) In the 2d Person Sing, the ending is -ris (-rg) / r&g-e'-ri-s 
(arising from rVg-i-si-se, rlg-i-si-s, reg-e-ri-s, the connecting vowel 
i changing into e, and s between two vowels becoming r). The 
si is the original pronominal form seen in the Active, and the 
final -s is the Reflexive se. 

(c) In the 3d Person Sing, the ending is -Mr; rtg-Vt, r&g-i-t&r 
(the -t is same as in the Active, u connecting vowel, -r repre- 
senting Reflexive -s (se)). 

(d) In the 1st Pers. Plural the ending is -mur, the -s of the Active 
ending being dropped and substituted by Reflexive -r (for se). 

(e) In the 2d Person Plural the ending is -mini, which is re- 
garded as the Plural (Masc.) Passive Participle to which forms 
of esse 1 are to be supplied ; r&g-i-mini, sc. estis (cf. Greek tctv/i- 
fXEvoi elm) ; r&g-H-mini, sc. sitis. 

(/) In the 3d Person Plur. the ending is -ntur, the nt as seen 
in the Active, u the connecting vowel, -r the Reflexive (se). 

Of course these endings belong only to tenses for incomplete 
action. 

2. IMPERATIVE. 

Note III. — (a) The endings of the Present Imperative are 
shortened forms of those of the Present Indicative. 

In the Consonant Conjugation, -s of the 2d Person (Sing, and 



PECULIARITIES OF TENSE-FORMATION. 349 

Plur.) is dropped and the vowel -i goes into -8/ r%g-i-s, rkg-l; 
reg-i-tis, reg-i-te. So in the Passive Sing.; rlg-V-ris, r&g-^-re. 

In the Vowel Conjugations, the -s is simply dropped in the 
Sing., and the Imperative is identical with the Present stem; 
dma-s, dmd; but in the Plural, amd-tis, dmd-tl. 

Remark. — Four Verbs in the Consonant Conjugation drop the end- 
ing -2/ died, die; ducd, due; faciu, fae; ferd, fer. 

(b) In the Future Imperative Active the ancient ending in 2d 
and 3d Person Sing, was -od. This -d is a softening of the orig- 
inal -t, but was very early dropped, leaving simply -b (adding to 
the Present Indicative forms, 3d Pers. Sing, and Plural) ; rtg-i-t, 
reg-i-t-o y r%g-u-nt, rtg-u-nt-b ("The use of this form (t-o) for the 
2d Pers. Sing, was probably due to -t being a characteristic of 
the Second Personal Pronoun." — Roby). 

In the 2d Person Plural of the Active, the ending -to-te is 
simply a doubling of the pronominal form. 

(c) In the Present Imperative Passive the ending for the 2d 
Person is -r%, representing the Eeflexive se. 

The ending of the 2d Pers. Plur. is the same as that of the 
Indicative. 

In the Future Imperative Passive the -d of the ancient ending 
-od is substituted by -r (Reflexive se) ; reg-i-t-o(d), reg-i-t-or; reg- 
u-nt-o(d), rlg-u-nt-or. 

(d) The 2d and 3d Pers. Sing. Imperative of Deponent Verbs 
sometimes ends in -mind (cf. Note II., e) in early writers, but 
this is rare. So in early inscriptions and in early writers we 
find the Active (Future) Imperative forms used in Deponents; 
arbitrato instead of arbitrator. 

APPENDIX V. 

PECULIARITIES OF TENSE-FORMATION. 

Tenses formed on the Present-stem. 

\ 250. 1. The tense-sign of the Indicative Future in Verbs of 
the Fourth Conjugation (-1 stems) seems anciently to have been 
-b, as in a and e stems ; as, vestl-b-o, scl-b-o, instead of vestiam, 
scidm. The same contraction also occurs in the Imperfect ; as, 
vesU-bdm. The forms Ibdm and ibo of eo are still retained. 
30 






350 APPENDIX VI. 

2. The endings -?m, -is, etc., in the Subjunctive Present 
(mood-sign -i) are sometimes found in the earlier writers and 
in the poets; as, bdwi, bdis, bdlt, bdimtis, etc., for Mam, etc. The 
same mood-sign is always found in the forms shn, sis, etc., vblim, 
vblis, etc., and their compounds. 

Tenses formed on the Perfect-stem. 

§ 251. The letter v of the Perfect-stem is frequently elided 
and the first vowel of the ending is absorbed; as, &md-{v)-isti, 
amdsti; fle-{v)-brdm, fieram. When I precedes v, there is usu- 
ally no contraction. This is especially the case in compounds 
of eo; as, rMii, fibril, subii, etc. 

3. When the Perfect-stem ends in s, the syllables -is, -iss, im- 
mediately following it, are sometimes omitted ; as, evdsti, evdssem, 
evastis, for evds-i-sti, evds-isshn, evas-i-stis. 

4. An ancient Future-Perfect in -so sometimes occurs, from 
which Subjunctive forms in -sbm and -sim are formed ; as, rb- 
cepso, rbcepsim. Sometimes this Future is formed on the Pres- 
ent-stem ; as, habesso. 

The forms ausim, faxim, and faxo are retained by the classic 
writers. 

COMPOUND VERBS. 

5. Compound Verbs generally form their Perfect- and Su- 
pine-stems like the simple Verbs from which they are derived. 
Sometimes, however, there is a change of the stem-vowel ; as, 
hdbe-o, pro-hibe-o ; fdc-i-o, con-fic-i-U; scand-o, de-scend-o. A 
reduplication in the Perfect is omitted in compound Verbs ; as, 
caed-o, cb-cld-l; oc-cld-o, oc-cid-i; but the compounds of do, sto, 
disco, and posco, and some of those of curro, retain it. 

APPENDIX VI. 

THE VARIOUS FORMATIONS OF THE PERFECT AND SUPINE 

STEMS. 

§ 252. First Conjugation. 

1. The Perfect and Supine stems are formed, in the First Con- 
jugation, by adding respectively -v and -t to the Present-stem of 
the Verb ; as, dmd-, amd-v-, dmd-t-. 



PERFECT AND SUPINE STEMS. 



351 



2. But— 

(a) The characteristic vowel a is elided in the Perfect tenses 
of a few Verbs (-v passing into -u after a Consonant), and in 
such cases is usually changed into % in the Supine; as, crZpo, 
crep-u-i, crZp-i-tum. 

(b) The Perfect-stem is formed by reduplicating the initial 
Consonant with t; as, d-ar% y ded-l. 

(c) Some Verbs seem originally to have reduplicated, but the 
reduplication has been dropped, the first two syllables blending 
into one, and the short stem- vowel becoming long; as, l&v-o, 
lav-i, for la-la-vl. 

3. The following list contains the Verbs which vary from the 
usual mode of formation : 



Crepo, crepare, crepui, crepitum, to 
creak ; increpo, -avi or -ui, -atum 



or -itum j discrepo, -ui, 



re- 



crepo, -are, 



Cubo, cubui, cubituni, to lie down. 
Incubo has rarely -avi. Some of 
the compounds insert m, and are 
of the Third Conjugation. 

Do, dare, dedi, datum, to give. Com- 
pounds with monosyllabic Preposi- 
tions are of the Third Conjugation. 

Domo, domui, domitum, to tame. 

Frico, fricui, fricatum or frictum, to 
rub; confrico, confricavi, confri- 
catum. 

Juvo, juyi, jutum, juvatiirus, to help. 

Lavo (-are and -ere), lavi and lavavi, 
lotiim, lautum, and lavatum, lava- 
turus, to toash. 

Mico, niicui, , to quiver; dimico, 

-avi, rarely -u-i, -at-urn; emico, 
-ui, -atuui. 



Neco, necavi, rarely necui, necatum, 
rarely nectum, to kill. 

Plico, plicavi and plicui, plicatiim 
and plicitum, to fold. Applico, 
complico, explico, implico, in the 
same way. The other compounds 
have -av-i, -at-um. 

Poto, potavi, potum and potatum, 
to drink. 

Scco, secui, sectiim and secatum, to 
cut. So also praeseco, reseco. The 
other compounds have only sec- 
tion. 

Sono, sonui, somtum, sonitiirus, to 
sound; consono, exsono, insono, 
praesono, -ui, ; resono, -avi. 

Sto, steti (for sesti), statum, to 
stand. 

Tono, tonui, , to thunder; at- 

tono, -ui, -itum. 

Veto, vetui, vetitum, to forbid. 



§ 253. Second Conjugation. 

1. The Perfect-stem is formed, in the Second Conjugation, — 
(a) By adding v to the Present-stem of the Verb, as in the 
First Conjugation ; as, fle-o, fle-flcv-l. 



352 



APPENDIX VI. 



(b) But in most Verbs the characteristic -e is elided, -v pass- 
ing into -u, and, as in the First Conjugation, the characteristic 
passing into l in the Supine; as, mone-u, mdnu-i, monit-um. 

(c) In many Verbs e is elided, and -s, instead of -v, added, 
with such Consonant changes as euphony may require; as, 
arde-U, ar-s-i, for ard-si; auge-o, aux-i, for augs-l. 

(d) A few Verbs reduplicate the initial Consonant and drop 
the characteristic -I; as, morde-o, mo-mord-i. 

(e) Some Verbs preserve a trace of the reduplication in the 
lengthening of the stem-vowel in the Perfect, the characteristic, 
as in the last class, being elided ; as, move-d, mov-i, — perhaps for 
mb-mov-i; or perhaps the original form was mbvt-v-l, syncopated 
into movl to avoid having two successive syllables begin with v. 
All Verbs of the First and Second Conjugations which lengthen 
the stem-vowel in the Perfect have stems ending in v, except 
video and sMeo. 

2. The following list contains the Verbs of the Second Con- 
jugation which form the Perfect and Supine stems otherwise 
than according to £ 253, 1 (b), that being considered the regular 
formation, as it is the one which most commonly occurs : 



Aboleo, abolivi, abolitum, to destroy. 
The other comjwunds of the obso- 
lete oleo are adoleo, adolui {rarely 
adolevi), adultum ; exolesco {in- 
ceptive from exoleo), exolevi, ex- 
oleturu ; deleo, delevi, deletum. 

Algeo, alsi, , to be cold. 

Arceo, arcui, arctuni, to keep off. 

Ardeo, arsi, arsum, to burn. 

Audeo, ausus sum (rarely ausi, from 
which ausim), to dare. 

Augeo, auxl, auctiim, to increase. 

Caveo, cavi, cautum, to beware. 

Censeo, censui, censum, to be of 
oirinion. Percenseo, percensui; 
recenseo, recensui, recensum and 
recensituin. 

Cieo, civi, cituni, to arouse. The 
compounds with ex and ad are of 
the Fourth Conjugation. The pen- 



ult of excitus is common, and that 
of concitus is rarely long. 

Conniveo, connivi or connixi, , 

to shut the eyes. 

Denseo, dcnsetura, to be dense. 

Doceo, docui, doctiim, to teach. 

Faveo, fayi, fautum, to favor. 

Ferveo, ferbui, or fervo, fervi, to 
boil. 

Fleo, flcvi, fletiim, to weep. 

Foveo, fovi, fotuin, to warm. 

Fulgeo, fulsi (anteclassical and po- 
etic, fulgo, fulsi), to flash. 

GaudeO, gavisus, to rejoice. 

Haereo, haesi, baesum, to stick; ob- 

haereo, -e-re, , ; so, also, 

subbaereo. 

Indulgeo, indulsi, indultiim, to in- 
dulge. 

Jubeo, jussl, jussum, to order. 



PERFECT AND STTPINE STEMS. 



353 



Luceo, luxl, , to shine ; polluceo, 

polluxl, polluctum. 

Lugeo, luxl, luctum, to mourn. 

Maneo, mansl, mansum, to stay. 

Misceo, miscul, mistum or mixtum, 
misturus, to mix. 

Mordeo, moinordi, morsum, to bite. 

Moveo, movi, motum, to move. 

Mulceo, mulsl, mulsum, rarely mulc- 
tum, to stroke. 

Mulgeo, mulsi, mulsiim or mulctum, 

to milk; emulgeo, -ere, , ernul- 

sum. 

"Neo, nevi, netum, to spin. 

Paveo, pa vi, , to fear. 

Pendeo, pependl, , to hang ; im- 
pended, -e-re. 

Pleo (obsolete), plevl, pletum, to fill. 

Prandeo, prandl, pransum, to break- 
fast. 

Hideo, risi, risuni, to laugh. 



Sedeo, sedi, sessum, to sit; praesi- 

deo, praesedi, . 

Soleo, solitus sum, to be accustomed, 
Sorbeo, sorbul, , to suck up; re- 

sorbeo, -e-re, ,* absorbed, ab- 

sorbui, rarely absorpsi, absorptiiia. 
Spondeo, spopondi, sponsum, to 

pledge. 
Strideo, stridi, to creak. 
Suadeo, suasi, sua sum, to advise. 
Teneo, tenui, tentiim, to hold; per- 

tlneo, pertinui, . 

Tergeo or tergo, tersi, tersiim, to wipe, 
Tondeo, totondi, tonsum, to shear. 
Torqueo, torsi, tortum, to twist. 
Torre5, torrui, tostum, to roast, 

Turgeo, tursi, , to swell. 

Urged or urgueo, ursl, , to press. 

Video, vidi, visum, to see. 

Vieo, , vietum, to plait. 

Yoveo, vovi, votum, to vow. 



1 254. To these may be added the following Impersonal and 
Deponent Verbs of the Second Conjugation: 



Decet, decuit, it becomes. 

Libet, libuit or libitum est, it pleases. 

Licet, lieuit or llcitum est, it is al- 
lowed. 

Liquet, Kquit or lieuit, it is clear. 

Miseret, miseruit, sometimes misere- 
tur, miseritum or misertum est, it 
pities. 

Oportet, oportuit, it behooves. 

Piget, piguit or pigltum est, it 
grieves. 

Paenitet, paenituit, it repents. 



Pudet, piiduit or puditum est, it 
shames. 

Taedet, taeduit or taesiim est, it dis- 
gusts. 

Fateor, fassiis, to confess ; difflteor, 
diffiteri, . 

Medeor, , to cure, 

Misereor, miseritus or misertus, to 
pity. 

Reor, ratus, to think. 

Tueor, tuitus or tutus (the latter 
Passive), to behold, to gaze at. 



§ 255. The following have the Perfect in -ul, but want the 
Supine : 

Aceo, to be sour ; candeS, to be white ; caneo, to be hoary ; egeo, to want ; 

emineo, to rise up ; floreo, to flower ; horreo, to bristle ; lateo, to lie hid ; 

muceo, to be mouldy ; nigreo, to be black ; oleo, to smell; palleo, to be pale ; 
30 * 



354 APPENDIX VI. 

pateo, to be open; sileo, to be silent; strideo, to creak; studeo (studivi once) 
to be eager ; stupeo, to be stunned; timeo, to /ear, 

\ 256. The following have neither Perfect- nor Supine- stems, 
though from some of them Perfect tenses are formed with an 
inceptive force: 

Aegre5, to be sick; albeo, to be white; areo, to be dry; aveo, to covet; 
calleS, to be hard; calveo, to be bald; ceveo, to fawn; clareo, to be 
bright; clueo, to be famous ; flacceo, to droop; flaveo, to be yellow ; feteo, 
to stink; frigeo, to be cold; frondeo, to bear leaves; hebeo, to be dull; 
lacteo, to suck; langueo, to be faint ; lenteo, to be slow ; Hveo, to be livid ; 
maceo, to be lean; maereo, to grieve; niteo, to shine; oleo, to smell; pol- 
leo, to be powerful; puteo, to stink; renideo, to glitter ; rigeo, to be stiff; 
rubeo, to be red; ecateo, to gush out; seneo, to be old; sordeo, to be filthy ; 
splendeo, to shine; squaleS, to befoul; sueo, to be wont; tepeo, to be warm; 
torpeo, to be stiff ; tumeo, to swell; iimeo, to be moist; vegeo, to arouse; 
vigeo, to flourish; vireo^ to be green. 



VARIOUS FORMATIONS OF THE PERFECT- AND SUPINE- 

STEMS. 

Third Conjugation. 

\ 257. 1. The Perfect-stem is formed, in the Third Conjuga- 
tion, — 

(a) By adding -s to the Present-stem, which in this Conjuga- 
tion is the crude form of the Verb ; as, carp-o, carps-i. 

(b) By adding -v to the crude form of the Verb, which has 
been strengthened by adding -n or -sc. 

These are all originally Vowel Verbs; as, cre-sc-o, crev-i; 
pa-sc-o, pav-l; no-sc-o, nov-l; si-n-o y siv-i; sper-n-o (sp&r-o by 
metathesis for spre-o), sprev-i. 

(c) By adding -u (the form which the Perfect-sign -v assumes 
after a Consonant) ; as, &l-o, dlu-l. 

(d) By adding -Iv to the Present-stem ; as, arcess-o, arcess-iv-i. 

(e) By reduplicating the initial Consonant; as, curr-o, cu~ 
curr-o. 

{/) By lengthening the Present-stem, with or without Vowel 
change; as, £ra-o, em-l; ag-o, eg-l. 

(g) In a number of Verbs (especially Vowel Verbs in -w) the 
Perfect-stem is like the Present-stem ; as, acu-o, acic-i. 



INCEPTIVE VERBS, 



355 



2. The Supine-stem is usually formed in the Third Conjuga- 
tion by adding -t, frequently by adding -s, to the Present-stem. 



INCEPTIVE VERBS. 
1 258. Very few Inceptive Verbs have a Supine-stem, and 
these take it from the simple Verb; the Perfect-stem, when 
used, is also adopted from the simple Verb. In many Incep- 
tives, especially those derived from Nouns and Adjectives, the 
intermediate Verb in eo is not used ; as, grdvesco, from gravis. 



Acesco, acui, to grow sour. 

Aegresco, , to grow sick. 

Albesco, , to grow white. 

Alesco, , to grow ; coalesco, -alui, 

-alitum. 
Ardesco, arsi, to take fire. 
ArescS, , to grow dry ; exaresco, 

-arui; so inaresco, peraresco. 

Augesco, , to begin to grow. 

CalescS, - 
Calvesco, 



-, to grow warm. 
—, to grow bald. 

Candesco, candui, to grow white. 

Canesco, , to grow gray. 

Claresco, clarui, to become bright. 

Condormisco, -dormivi, to grow 
sleepy. 

Conticesco, -ticui, to become silent. 

Crebresco, crebui and crebrui, to in- 
crease. 

Criidesco, crudui, to become cruel. 

Ditesco, , to grow rich. 

Dulcesco, dulcui, to grow sweet. 

Duresco, durui, to grow hard. 

Evilesco, evilui, to grow vile. 

Extimesco, extimui, to fear greatly. 

Fatisco, , to gape. 

Ferveseo, , to boil. 

Flaccesco, flaccui, to toilt. 

Floresco, florui, to begin to flourish. 

Fracesco, fracui, to groxo rancid. 

Frigesco, frlxi, to grow cold. 

Frondesco, frondui, to grow leafy. 



Fruticesco, 
Gelasco, — 
Gemisco, — 
Gemmasco, 
Gemmesco, 
Generasco, 
Grandesco, 
Gravesco, - 
Haeresco, - 
Hebesco, — 



, to begin to shoot. 

-, to freeze. 

-, to begin to sigh. 

, to begin to bud. 

, to become a gem. 

, to be produced. 

, to grow large. 

— , to grow heavy. 
— , to adhere. 
-, to grow dull. 



Horresc5, horrui, to grow rough. 

Ignesco, , to become inflamed. 

Indolesco, -dolui, to be grieved. 

Insolesco, , to be haughty. 

Integrasco, , to grow fresh. 

Juvenesco, , to grow young. 

Languesco, langui, to grow languid. 

Lapidesco, , to become stone. 

Latesco, , to grow broad. 

Latesco, , to lie hid; delitescd 

and oblitesco have -litui. 
Lentesco, to become soft. 
Liquesco, Hcui, to become liquid. 

Lucesco, , to grow light. 

Lutesco, , to grow muddy. 

Macesco, — 



J 



to grow lean. 



Macresco, macrui, 

Madesco, madui, to grow wet. 

Marcesco, , to pine away. 

Maturesco, maturui, to ripen. 

Miseresco, , to pity. 

Mitesco, , to grow mild. 



356 



APPENDIX VI. 



Mollesco, , to grow soft. 

Mutesco, , to grow dumb ; obmu- 



tesco, obmutui. 

Nigresco, nigrui, to grow black. 

Nitesco, nitul, to grow bright. 

Kotesco, notui, to become known. 

Obbrutesco, , to become brutish. 

Obdormisco, , to fall asleep. 

Obsurdesco, obsurdul, to grow deaf. 

Occallesco, , -callui, to grow cal- 
lous. 

Olesco (rarely used), adolesco, ad- 
olevi, adultum, to groxo up; ex- 
olesco, -olevi, -oletuin, to grow 
obsolete; so obsolesc5; inSlesco, 
, -olevi, olitum. 

Pallesco, pallui, to groxo pale. 

Patesco, patul, to be opened. 

Pavesco, , to groxo fearfxd. 

Pertiinesco, -tiinui, to fear greatly. 

Pinguesco, , to groxo fat. 

Pubesco, pubui, to groxo to matu- 
rity- 

Puerasco, , to attain the age of 

boyhood. 

PutescS, putui, 

Putresco, 

Raresco, , to become thin. 

ResIpiscS, -sipivl, -sipil and -sipui, 
to come to one's self. 

Rigesco, rigui, to groxo cold. 



> 



become rotten. 



Riibesco, rubui, to groxo red. 
Sanesco, , to become soxind; con. 

sanesco, -sanui. 
Senesco, senui, to groxo old. 

Sentesco, , to perceive. 

Siccesco, , to become dry. 

Silesco, , to groxo silexit. 

Solidesco, , to groxo solid. 

Sordesco, sordui, to groxo filthy. 
Splendesco, splendul, to groxo bright, 

Spumesco, , to begin to foam. 

Sterilesco, , to become barren. 

Stupesco, , to be astonished. 

Suesco, suevl, suetuin, to become ac- 

cxistomed. 
Tiibesco, tabul, to xoaste away. 
Teneresco and -asco, , to groio 

tender. 
Tepesco, tepul, to groxo xoarm. 
Torpisco 1 , torpul, to groxo torpid. 

Tremisco, , to groxo tremxdoxis. 

Tumesco, tumui, 

Turgesco, , 

Uinesco, , to groxo moist. 

Uvesco, , to grow moist. 

Valesco, to groxo stroxxg. 

Vanesco, , to vanish; e vanesco, 

evani. 
Veterasco, -avi, to groxo old. 

Viresco, , to groxo green. 

Vivesco, vixi, to become alive. 



begin to sxoell. 



§ 259. Deponent Verbs of the Third Conjugation. 



Apiscor, aptus, to get. 
Expergiscor, -perrectus, to wake 

up. 
Fatiscor, to gape; defetiscor, de- 

fessus. So the other compoxmds. 
Fruor, fructiis, frultus, fruiturus, to 

exxjoy. 
Fungor, functus, to perform. 
Gradior, gressus, to walk; aggre- 



dior, aggredi and aggrediri, ag« 
gressus ; so progredior. 

Irascor, lratiis, to be angry. 

Labor, lapsus, to fall. 

Liquor, liqul, to flow. 

Loquor, lociitus, to speak. 

Miniscor (obs.), coniininiscor, corn- 
men tus, to invent; reminiscor, to 
remember. 



DEPONENT VERBS. 



357 



Morior, morl, rarely morirl, mortu- 
iis, moriturus, to die. 

Nanciscor, nactus or nanctus, to ob- 
tain. 

Nascor, natus, nasciturus, to be born. 

Nltor, nisus or nixus, nisurus, to 
strive. 

Obliviscor, oblltus, to forget. 

Paciscor, pactus, to bargain. 



Patior, passus, to suffer. 
Prof Iciscor, profectus, to set out. 
Queror, questus, to complain, 
Ringor, rinctus, to snarl. 
Sequor, secutus, to follow. 
Tuor, tutus, to protect. 
Ulciscor, ultus, to avenge. 
Utor, usus, to use. 
Vescor, to eat. 



Fourth Conjugation. 

§ 260. 1. Verbs of the Fourth Conjugation are Vowel- Verbs, 
the characteristic Vowel being -i. The Perfect-stem is formed — 

(a) By adding -v; as, audio, audi-audiv-i. 

(b) The characteristic Vowel is dropped in some Verbs, and 
then -v passes into -u; as, sdli-o, sal-u-i. 

(c) By dropping the characteristic and lengthening the stem- 
Vowel ; as, vlni-o, ven~i. 

2. The Supine-stem is formed by adding -t. In many Verbs v 
of the Perfect-stem is elided. 

3. In the following list will be found those Verbs which form 
the Perfect-stem according to the last three methods mentioned 
above : 



Amicio, ■ 

clothe. 
Balbutio, 
Caecutio, 



ui or -xi, amictum, to 



to stammer, 
to be blind. 



Cambio (cainpsi), to exchange. 

Dementio, , , to be mad. 

EffHtio, , eflutitum, to prate. 

Eo, Ivi, ltum, to go. The compounds 
almost always elide v of the Per- 
fect-stem, redii, etc. ; anteeo, -ivi 

or -il, . Contraeo and posteo 

have no Perfect or Supine. 

Farcio, farsl, fartiim and farcturu, 
to pack. The compounds change a 
into e ; refercio, -fersl, -fertum ; 

confercio, , confertum; effar- 

cio or -fercio, , effertiim. 



FeriS, 



to strike. 



Ferocio, -Ivi and il, to be fierce. 
Fulcio, fulsl, fultum, to pro]?. Ful- 

citus occurs. 
Gannio, , , to bark. 

, to cluck (as a hen). 

-, , to make great. 



Glocio, , 

Grandio, 

Haurio, hausi, hausum (hausiirus, 
haustnrus). 

Hinnio, , , to neigh. 

Ineptio, , , to trifle. 

Pario is of the Third Conjugation, 
but its compounds are of the 
Fourth; as, aperio, aperul, aper- 
tum; .so opperio ; reperio, reperi, 
repertum; so comperio, rarely de- 
ponent. 



358 



APPENDIX VII, 



-, to itch. 



Prurio, 1 

Queo (like eo), quivi, quitum, to be 
able. 

Raucio, , rausum, to be hoarse. 

Rugio, , , to roar. 

Saevio, saevii, -itum, to rage. 

Sagi§, , , to perceive keenly. 

Salio, salui or salii, saltum, to leap ; 
as- and de- silio, -ui, -sultum ; 
pro- and trans- silio, -ui, -ivi, -iij 
ab-, in-, sub- silio, -ii, -ui; dis-, 
ex-, re- silio", -ui; circum- and 
praesilio have no Perfect or Su- 
pine. 

Salio, , salitum, to salt. 

Sancio", sanxi, sanctum, and sanci- 
tum, to ratify. 



SarciS, sarsi, sartum, to patch. 

Sarrio, -ivi, -ui, -itum, to hoe. 

Scaturio, , , to gush out. 

Sentio, sensi, sensiim, to feel. 

Sepelio, -ivi and -ii, rarely sepeli, 
sepultum, rarely -Itum, to bury. 

Sepio, sepsi, septum, to hedge. 

Singultio, , ; also singulto, 

, -atum, to hiccup. 

Sitio, -ivi and -ii, , to be thirsty. 

Sum5, -ivi and -ii, -itum, to fumi- 
gate, to scent. 

Tussio", , , to cough. 

Vagio, -Ivi or -ii, to cry. 

VeniS, veni, ventum, to come. 

Vincio, vinxi, vinctum, to bind. 



Deponent Verbs of the Fourth Conjugation. 



Metior, mensus and nietitus, to 
measure. 

Ordior, orsus, to begin. 

OriSr, ortus, oriturus, to rise. Of 
the Third Conjugation, except In- 
fill. Pres. 

Perior (obs. whence peritus); expe- 



rior, expertus, to try; opperior, 
oppertus and opperitus, to wait 
for. 

Potior, potitus, to obtain. 

The poets sometimes use an Indica- 
tive Present and Subjunctive Im- 
perfect of the Third Conjugation. 



APPENDIX VII. 

ROMAN MODE OF RECKONING TIME. 

\ 261. 1. The Romans divided the natural day (from sunrise 
to sunset) into twelve equal hours of varying length according 
to the time of year. The night was also divided in the same 
way into four equal watches. 

2. The year, according to the calendar of Julius Caesar, was 
divided into twelve months, as follows: 



Januarius, 31 days. 

Februarius, 28 " 

Martius, 31 " 

Aprilis, 30 " 



Maius, 31 days. 

Junius, 30 " 

Quintilis, 31 " 

Sextilis, 31 " 



September, 30 days. 

October, 31 " 

November, 30 " 

December, 31 " 



PROSODY. 359 

3. In early times the year began in March : hence the names, 
Quintilis, Sextilis, September, etc. Quintilis and SextUis were after- 
ward changed to Julius and Augustus, in honor of the first two 
Caesars. 

4. The day of the month was reckoned from three points, 
Kalends, Nones, and Ides, which fell respectively on the first, 
fifth, and thirteenth of each month ; except March, May, July, 
and October, when the Nones fell on the seventh, and the Ides 
on the fifteenth. 

5. Any given date was reckoned, not backward from the first 
day of the month, as with us, but forward to the next Kalends, 
Nones, or Ides, inclusive. Thus, the 2d of March was called the 
"sixth before the Nones of March ;" sextus [ante) Nonas Mar- 
tids, or ante dvtm sextum Nonas Martids; the 16th of March was 
called the " 17th before the Kalends of April," septimus de'cimus 
(ante) Kdlendds Apriles, or ante ditm septimum dleimum Kdlen* 
das Apriles. The 2d of June was called quartus Nonas Juntas, 
or ante diem quartum Nonas Junids, etc. 

6. In leap-year February had 29 days, the 24th (sextus Kal. 
Mar.) being doubled and called bisextus Kal. Mar. — Hence leap- 
year was called bisexfilis. 

7. Therefore, to reduce the Eoman calendar to our own, — 
(a) For a date before the Nones or Ides, subtract the number 

of days from the day of the month on which the Nones or Ides 
fell, and add one to the remainder. Thus, a. d. VIII, Idus Maids, 
(15 -8) + 1 = 8; May 8th. 

(6) For a date before the Kalends, subtract the number of days 
from the number of days in the month, and add two to the remain- 
der. Thus, a. d. XVII, Kal. Jun., (31 - 17) + 2 = 16 ; May 16th. 

8. To reduce our calendar to the Roman, the process will be 
reversed. 

9. The week of seven days (hebdomds) was not used in Rome 
till after the introduction of Christianity. 

APPENDIX VIIL PROSODY. 

Prosody is the science of versification, and belongs 
rather to poetry than to grammar. 



360 APPENDIX VIII. 

QUANTITY. 

§262. 1. The quantity of a syllable is the relative 
time occupied in pronouncing it, a long syllable requir- 
ing twice as much time as a short one. 

2. A Vowel is long by nature, as duco; or by posi- 
tion, as resttti. A syllable that is sometimes long and 
sometimes short is said to be common. 

§ 263. Rule I. — A Vowel before another Vowel is 
short. 

So also when h comes between two Vowels, it being 
only a breathing. 

Exc. 1. Flo has i long except before -8r; as, fiunt, flam, 
fierM. 

Exc. 2. E between two i's is long in the Genitive and Dative 
of the Fifth Declension ; as, faciei. 

Exc. 3. A is long in the penult of old Genitives in ai; as, • 
aulai. 

Exc. 4. A and e are long in the endings -dius, -eitis, -eiti. 

Exc. 5. / is common in Genitives in ius, but in alttrius it is 
almost always short; in alius, long, contracted for aluus. 

Exc. 6. The first Vowel of eheu is common ; so that of Diana 
and ohe. 

§ 264. Rule II. — Diphthongs are long. 

Exc. 1. Prae, in composition, is short before a Vowel. 
Exc. 2. A Diphthong at the end of a word is sometimes made 
short when the next word begins with a Vowel. 

§ 265. Rule III. — Contracted syllables are long. 
§ 266. Rule IV. — A Vowel before two Consonants, 
a double Consonant, or the letter j, is long by position. 

Note. — A Vowel, other than i f really combines with j, to form a 
Diphthong. 

Remark 1. — The Vow T el is long by position when one or both 
the Consonants are in the same word with it; but when both 
stand at the beginning of the following word, it is common. 



PROSODY. 361 

Remark 2. — A short Vowel at the end of a word before a 
double Consonant or j beginning the next word is not length- 
ened. 

Remark 3. — The law of position is frequently disregarded by 
the comic poets. 

Exc. 1. / is short before j in the compounds of jugum; as, 
bijiigus, 

Exc. 2. A Vowel naturally short, before a mute followed by a 
liquid, is common. 

Remark 4- — A Vowel is made long by position in compound 
words where the former part ends with a mute and the latter 
part begins with a liquid; as, ab-luo. 

Remark 5. — A short Vowel at the end of a word, before a 
mute and a liquid in the next word, is rarely lengthened, ex- 
cept in the arsis of a foot. 

Remark 6. — In Latin words only I and r following a mute 
lengthen a preceding short Vowel. 

§ 267. Rule V. — Derivatives retain the quantity of 
their primitives. 

Exc. 1. Frequentatives from Verbs of the First Conjugation 
change -a long into -4 short; as, clamat-um, clamit-o. 

Exc. 2. (a) Some derivatives lengthen a short Vowel ; such 
as denl from decern, persona from sono, humanus from homo, 
secius from seeus, laternd from lateo, sedes from sedeo, llterd from 
lino, teguld from ttgfi, suspicio from susptcor. 

(b) Some shorten a long Vowel; as, dicax from dlco, dux 
{duels) from duco, fides from fido, labo from labor, lucernd from 
luceU, molestus from moles, nato from ndtum, noto from noium, 
odium from bdl, sop>6r from sopio, vadum from vado, voco from 
vocis. 

§ 268. Rule VI. — Words introduced from the Greek 
or other languages retain their original quantity; so, 
also, Latin stems have the same quantity as the cognate 
Greek ones; as, Dareus (Greek dapscoz); viciis (Greek 
olxoz, digammated). 

31 



362 APPENDIX VIII. 

§ 269. Rule VII. — Compound words retain the quan- 
tity of their components. 

Exc. 1. Agiiitus and cognitus from notus, dejero saidpejero from 
juro; hodie from hoc die; compounds in -die us from died; innuba, 
prbnubd, subnubd, from nubo (but conniibium has u common) ; im- 
be'cillus from bdellium; ambit um from itum, but i is short in am- 
bitus and ambitio. 

Exc. 2. Pro is short in procelld, procul, prbfdniis, profarl, 
profestus, proficiscdr, prbfiteor, profugw, profundus, pronepos, 
proneptis, and protervus. It is common in procilro, prof undo y 
propago, propello, and proplno. The Greek prd is nearly al- 
ways short. 

Remark 1. — The inseparable Prepositions dis and re" are short; 
di, se, and ve are long. 

Remark 2. — A ending the former part of a compound word is 
long ; the other Vowels short. 

Exc. 1. E is long in se for sex or semi, and common in some 
compounds of fdcio. 

Exc. 2. / is long when the first part of a compound is de- 
clined, or may be separated without altering the sense; as, 
quldd?n, agrlculturd ; also in the former part of compounds of 
dies (blduum, merldies, etc.), in iblquZ, utroblque', and ibidem, and 
in idhn when masculine. 

Exc. 3. is long in compounds of contro- t intro-, rEtro-, 
quando- (except quandoquidtm), and in dlioqul. 

INCREMENTS. 

§270. 1. A Noun is said to increase when in any of 
its cases it has more syllables than in the Nominative- 
Singular. A Plural increment is one which belongs to 
the endings of the Plural number ; while a Singular in- 
crement always belongs to the stem. 

2. If a word has but one increment, it is the penult ; 
if two, the antepenult is called the first increment, and 
the penult the second ; if three, the syllable before the 



PROSODY. 363 

antepenult is called the first, the antepenult the second, 
and the penult the third; as, 

1 12 12 8 

sermo, ser-mon-is, ser-mon-i-bus, lt-m-er-i-bus. 



SINGULAR INCREMENTS. 

§ 271. Rule VIII.— Increments of the Third De- 
clension in a and o are long; in e } i, and u, short. 

Remarh 1. — There are no singular increments in the Second 
Declension, stems in r merely dropping the Nominative-ending. 
Those of the First, Fourth, and Fifth Declensions belong to 
£263. 

A - 

Exc. 1. Masculines in -dl and -dr (except -car and -nar), 
with anas, mas, vds (vddis), baccdr, hepdr, jubdr, lar, nectar, 
par, fax, and sal, increase short. 

Exc. 2. Nouns in -s preceded by a Consonant increase short 
in a and o; as, daps, ddpis; scrobs, scrobis. 

O. 

Exc. 3. in the increment of neuters is short ; but os [oris), 
and neuter Comparatives have o long. The increment of ador 
is common. 

Exc. 4. Arbor, memor, bos, compos, impos, Upus, and praecox 
increase short. 

E. 
Exc. 5. Nouns in -en, -ems (except Hymen) with Anio and 
Nerio, increase long ; also haeres, locuples, mansues, merces, qicies, 
Iber, ver, allec or dllex, lex, rex, vervex, plebs, and seps. 

I. 

Exc. 6. Nouns and Adjectives in -ix increase long ; but cdlix, 
coxendix, filix, fornix, larix, nix, pix, sdlix, and strix, increase 
short. 

Exc. 7. Dls, glis, lis, vis, Nesls, Quirls, Samriis, and vlbex, in- 
crease long. 



364 APPENDIX VIII. 

XL 

Exc. 8. Nouns in -us (Gen. -uris, -udis, -utis), with fur, frux, 
lux, Pollux, increase long ; but intercus, Ligus, and plcus increase 
short. 

Bemark 2. — Increments in y belong to Greek Nouns. 

PLURAL INCREMENTS. 

§ 272. Kule IX. — Plural increments in a, e, and o 
are long; in i and u, short. 

INCREMENT OF VERBS. 

§ 273. 1. A Verb is said to increase when any of its 
forms has more syllables than the Second Person Singu- 
lar of the Indicative Present Active. 

2. The number of the increment is reckoned as in 
Nouns (§270, 2); as, 

1 12 12 3 12 3 4 

audis, aud-i-tis, aud-i-e-bas, aud-i-e-ba-tis, aud-i-e-bam-i-ni. 

§ 274. Rule X. — In the increment of Verbs, a, e, 
and o are long, i and u are short. 

A. 
Exc. 1. The first increment of do is short. 

E. 

Exc. 2. E is short before -r in the first increment of the 
Present and Imperfect of the Third Conjugation, and in the 
second increment in -beris and -ber%. 

Exc. 3. E is short before -ram, -rim, and -ro, and the persons 
formed from them. 

I. 
Exc. 4. / is long before -v or -s in the Perfect-stem. 
Exc. 5. / is long in the Supine-stem of gaudeo, divido, peto, 
quaero, rZcenseo, obliviscor, and Intensives in -sso. 

Exc. 6. / is long in the first increment of the Fourth Con- 



PROSODY. 365 

j ligation, except -Imiis of the Perfect ; also in simus, sitis, veil- 
mus, velltis, nolito, nollte, nblltote'. 

Exc. 7. / is common in -ris, -rimus, -riUs, of the Indicative 
Future-Perfect and Subjunctive Perfect. 

U. 

Exc. 8. U is long in the Supine-stem and Future Participle 
Active. 

PENULTS. 

§275. Rule XI. — Monosyllabic Perfect- and Supine- 
stems are long (§ 251, 2 c) ; as ; movi, motum (perhaps syn- 
copated from movitiun). 

Exc. (a) Seven Perfect-stems are short: bib-l, dld-l^ fid-i 
(from findo), scid-i, stet-l, stit-i, tul-l. 

Note. — A reduplication is always short : hence the short stems of 
bibi, dedi, sieti (for sesti), and stitl (for sistl). 

(b) Ten Supine-stems are short : cit-um, ddt-um, it-Urn, lit-um, 
quit-um, rat-um, rut-icm, sdt-um, sit-um, stat-um. 
So, also, the obsolete futum, whence futtirus. 

§ 276. Rule XII. — (a) Words in -dbrum, -acritm, 
-cdrum, -ubrum, -osus, -dtum, -Hum, -utum, -udus, -dr^is, 
and -elus, lengthen the penult. 

Exc. Gelus, gelum, and scelus; defrutum, pulpitum, pltbritum, 
lutum. 

(b) Words in -ca, -dd, -gd, -go, -ma, -tus, -le, -les, -Us, 
-na, -ne, -ni, -nis, -dex, -dix, -mex, -mix, -lex, and -rex, 
lengthen the penult. 

Exc. In -CA, brassicd, died, fulicd, manticd, pMicd, perticd, 
scuticd, turned, vomica; in -DO, cado, divido, Mo (to eat), solido, 
spado, trepido; in -GA and -GO, caligd, fuga, pldgd, toga, ego, 
ligo ; in -MA, dnimd, lacrima, vict/tmd; in -tus, catus, latus 
(-%ris), me 1 tus, vegltus, anhelitus, digitus, grdtuitus, halitus, ser- 
vitus, splritus, notus, quotus, arbutus, pittas, inclutus; in -le, 
male; in -lis, Yerbals in -ilis and -bills; Adjectives in -atilis, 
31* 



366 APPENDIX VIII. 

dapsilis, gracilis, humilis, pdrilis, mugilis, similis, sUrilis, stri- 
gilts; in -ne and -NTS, sint, cams, cinis, jiivhiis ; in -NA, buccind, 
fiscind, femind, fuscind, lamina, pagind, patina, sarcind, dpinae, 
nundinae; in -lex, cuttx, siUx; in -mex, rumtx. 

(c) ^4 ; e, o, and i£ ; before -mus, -mum, -nus, -num, are 
long. 

Exc. Glomus, humus, postumus, ri&mus; anus (an old woman), 
mdnus, oceaniis, pZnus, tenils, VZnus, onus, bonus, sonus, lagdnum. 

(d) Words in -dies, -itis, -otis, -did, -eta, -otd, -via, 
lengthen the penult, except sitls, potts, ndtd, rota. 

(e) A penultimate Vowel before v is long. 

Exc. Avis, br$vis, gravis, levis, ovis; juvo, Idvo, dvo ; (ivies, 
cdvus, fdvus, novils, favor, pdvor, ndv&m. 

§ 277. Rule XIII. — (a) Words in -dcus, -Iciis, -tdus, 
-llus, -imtis; -bet, -bS, -pd, -po; -etas, -Wis, and -ltd, 
shorten the penult. 

Exc. Ddcus, mlrdcus, dpdeus; dmiciis, aprlcils, fictis, mendl- 
cus, picus, posticus, pudlcus, spicus, umbilicus; Idas, fidus, in- 
f idics, nidus; asllus, blmus, limits, opimiis, patrlmus, mdtrlmus, 
quadrlmus, trlmus, and the Superlatives Imus and primus; glebd, 
bubo, glubo, Ubo, nubo, scrlbo, rlpd, cupd, papa, pupa, sebpd, repo, 
pitultd. 

(b) Diminutives and Polysyllables in -ulus, with Verbs 
in -inS, -indr, shorten the penult. 

Exc. Festlno, sdgino, prdplno, dplnor, and compounds of cllno. 

§ 278. Rule XIV. — Words in -inus, except Adjec- 
tives expressing time or material, lengthen the penult. 

Exc. But mdtutlnus, r&pentinus, and vespertlnus lengthen the 
penult, and the following shorten it: acciniis, dsinus, dbminus, 
f acinus, sinus, terminus, geminus, circinus, minus. 

§ 279. Rule XV. — Before final -ru and -tot, a and e 
are short ; the other Vowels, long. 



PROSODY. 367 

Exc. Peru, splru, fdro, sdror, vorU, fiiro. 

§ 280. Rule XVI. — Before final -rus, -ra, -rum, e is 
short ; the other Vowels long. 

Exc. Austlrus, gdllrus, plerus, procerus, series, severus, virus, 
stater a; barbdrus, nurus, pirus, scdrus, spdrus, torus, hard, mora, 
pdrum, suppdrum, 

§281. Rule XVII. — Adverbs in -Urn lengthen the 
penult; those in -iter and -itus shorten it. But stdtim 
(immediately) is short. 

Remark 1. — Many apparent exceptions to the foregoing rules 
are covered by $§267, 268, 269. The masculine only of Adjec- 
tival terminations is given, the quantity of the feminine and the 
neuter being of course that of the masculine. 

Remark 2. — Patronymics (Greek) in -ddls and -ides shorten 
the penult, while those in -ais, -lis, and ois lengthen it. Nouns 
in -eus form Patronymics in -ides, 

ANTEPENULTS. 

§ 282. Rule XVIII.— The connecting Vowels i, o, 
and u are short ; a is long ; as, vlndlentus, fraitdulentus, 
tilvmentum, airdmentum. 

§ 283. Rule XIX. — A Vowel before -nea, -neo y -ni&, 
-nw, -nius, -nium is long. 

Exc. Castdned, tined, mdneo, mineo, mdneo, tlneU, ignominid, 
lusclnid, venid, lanio, vtnio, and words in -cinium. 

FINAL SYLLABLES. 
MONOSYLLABLES. 

§ 284. Rule XX. — (a) Monosyllables ending in a 
Vowel are long. 

(b) Monosyllabic Nouns ending in a Consonant are 
long ; all other monosyllables ending in a Consonant are 
short. 



368 APPENDIX VIII. 

Exc. 1. Cdr,fll, mU,pdl, vir, os (ossis), vds (vddts), are short. 

Exc. 2. En, ndn, eras, plus, cur, par, are long. So, also, mon- 
osyllables in c, except nee (short), and luc and hoc (common). 

Exc. 3. Monosyllabic Plural cases and Verb-forms in -as, -Is, 
and -is are long ; but es from sum is short. 

POLYSYLLABLES. 
A final. 

§285. Rule XXI. — A final, in words declined, is 
short, and long in words undeclined. 

Exc. 1. A final is long in the Ablative Singular of the First 
Declension, and in the Vocative Singular of Greek Nouns in -as 
and -es, 

Exc. 2. A final is short in eid, itd, quid, and putd, when used 
Adverbially ; sometimes also in contra and numerals in -ginta. 
In postea it is common. 

E final. 

§ 286. Rule XXII.— E final is short in words of 
two or more syllables. 

Exc. 1. E final is long in the First and Fifth Declensions. 

Exc. 2. Final e in the Imperative Active Second Person Sin- 
gular of the Second Conjugation is a contraction; but it is some- 
times short in cave, vale, vide. 

Exc. 3. Final e is long in fere, ferme, ohe, and in Adverbs 
derived from Adjectives of the Second Declension; but it is 
short in bhxt, male, infemz', saepl, and supernZ. 

I final. 

§ 287. Rule XXIII.— I final is long. 

Exc. / final is common in mihi, tibi, sibt, ibi, ub~i; short in 
nisi, quasi, and cut (when a dissyllable). 

O final. 

§288. Rule XXIV. — final, in words of more 
than one syllable, is common. 



PROSODY. 369 

Exc. 1. final is long in the Dative and the Ablative, and in 
the local Adverbs quo, eo, eddem, etc. ; also in omnlno and id. 

Exc. 2. final is short in elto, duo, illtcd, oeto, profecto, and 
mbdo, and generally in ego and homo. 

U final. 

§ 290. Eule XXV.— U final is long. 

J>. Ii. X, S, T, final. 

§291. Rule XXVI.— A Vowel before d, I, n, r, t, 
final, is short. 

Exc. E is long in lien, Ib'er, and Celtiber. 

€ final. 

§ 292. Rule XXVII.— A Vowel before c final is 
long; but e in donZc is short. 

As, Es, Os, final. 

§ 293. Rule XXVIII. — As, es, and os, final, are 
long. 

Exc. 1. As is short in anas, and in Greek Nouns in -as, -adts. 

Exc. 2. Es is short in Nouns of the Third Declension, Class 
III. (§ 35); in paries; and in compounds of es [potts, etc.). 

Exc. 3. Os is short in compos, impos, and os (ossts) ; also in 
Greek words in os. 

Is, Us, Ys, final. 

§ 294. Rule XXIX. — Is, us, and ys, final, are short. 

Exc. 1. Is and us are long ^n Plural cases, and in the Nom- 
inative of Nouns having a long stem-vowel ; as, miosis, fructils, 
tellus, jSamnis. But -bits of the Dative and the Ablative is short. 

Exc. 2. (Contracted final syllables in us and is are of course 
long ; as, audls for audi-is, fructus for fructu-is. 

Exc. 3. -ris in the Indicative Future-Perfect and Subjunctive 
Perfect is common. * 

Rimarh. — The last syllable of a verse (except the anapaestic 
and Ionic a mhiore) may be long or short. 



370 



APPENDIX VIII. 



VERSIFICATION. 

§ 295. 1. A foot is a combination of two or more syl- 
lables. A compound foot consists of two simple feet 
united. 

2. The simple feet of two syllables are the — 
Spondee, two long, ; as, sese. 
Pyrrhic, two short, w w ; as, bone". 
Trochee, long and short, ~~ w ; as, gaudU. 
Iambus, short and long, w ~~~ ; as, dW. 

3. The simple feet of three syllables are the — 



Dactyl, 

Anapaest, 

Tribrach, 

Molossus, 

Amphibrach, 

Amphimacer, 

or Cretic, 
Bacchlus, 
Antibacchlus, 



one long and two short, 

two short and one long, 

three short, 

three long, 

short, long, and short, 

> long, short, and long, 

one short, two long, 
two long, one short, 

4. The compound feet are the — 

Dispondee, double Spondee, 

Proceleusmatic, double Pyrrhic, 
Ditrochee, double Trochee, 

Diiambus, double Iambus, 

Ionic a majore, Spondee and Pyrrhic, 
Ionic a niinore, Pyrrhic and Spondee. 
Choriambus, Trochee and Iambus, 
Antispast, Iambus and Trocjaee, 

First epitrit, Iambus and Spondee, 
Second epitrit, Trochee and Spondee, 
Third epitrit, Spondee and Iambus, 
Fourth epitrit, Spondee and Trochee, 
First paeon, Trochee and Pyrrhic, 
Second paeon, Iambus and Pyrrhic, 
Third paeon, Pyrrhic and Trochee, 
Fourth paeon, Pyrrhic and Iambus, 



as, corpdra. 
as, bonltds. 
as, citptre. 
as, mlraru 
as, pZritiis. 

as, ceptrant. 

; as, dmabas. 
; 2L$,fecl88&. 



as, dccepissent. 
as, cUeritkr. 
as, erudltus. 
as, amdve'ras. 
as, cbnfectrdm, 
as, ddolescens. 
as, credulitas. 
as, vZreciindus. 
as, dmaverunt. 
SLS^impe'rdvi. 
as, dlictoritds. 
as, feclssetis. 
as, ddmomtus. 
as, dmabilis. 
as, puer'dis. 
as, celeritds. 



PROSODY. 371 

5. Isochronous feet are those whose average quantity 
is equal. Thus, a Dactyl is isochronous with a Spondee ; 
a Trochee, with an Iambus, etc. 

METRE AND VERSES. 

§ 296. 1. Metre is the arrangement of syllables and 
feet into verses. 

2. There are six kinds of metre, named from the 
fundamental foot employed in each : to wit, Dac- 
tylic, Anapaestic, Iambic, Trochaic, Chor iambic, and 
Ionic. 

3. A verse is a number of feet arranged in a certain 
order, constituting a line of poetry. Two verses are 
called a Distich; half a verse, a Hemistich. 

4. Verses are sometimes named from the author who 
used them principally; as, Anacreontic, from Anacreon; 
Asclepiadic, from Asclepiades; Sajophic, from Sappho, 
etc., — sometimes from the number of feet or measures 
which they contain ; as, Pentameter, containing five feet ; 
Hexameter, containing six feet, — sometimes from the foot 
chiefly used; as, Dactylic, consisting chiefly of Dactyls; 
Spondaic, consisting chiefly of Spondees. 

5. A verse wanting one syllable at the end is called 
catalectic; a verse wanting a whole foot at the end is 
called brachy catalectic ; a complete verse is called aca- 
talectic; a verse wanting a syllable at the beginning is 
called acephalous; a verse having a redundant syllable 
or foot is called hypercatcdectic or hypermeter. 

6. A verse or part of a verse consisting of a foot and 
a half (three half-feet) is called trihemlmZris ; consisting 
of two feet and a half (five half-feet), penthemtmeris ; 
consisting of three feet and a half (seven half-feet), hept- 



372 APPENDIX VIII. 

heniimeris; consisting of four feet and a half (nine half- 
feet), ennZhemimerXs. 

7. Scanning is dividing a verse into the feet of which 
it is composed, or reading it metrically. 

FIGURES OF PROSODY. 

§ 297. The figures of Prosody are — 

(a) Synalaepha, or the elision of a final Vowel or 
Diphthong when the next word begins with a Vowel. 
Thus, si omnes is read s'omnes; illi inter se is read UP 
inter se, etc. 

Remark 1. — 0, heu, ah, proh, vae y and vah are not elided. Other 
long Vowels and Diphthongs sometimes stand unelided, and, if 
so, they are generally short in the thesis of a foot. 

(b) Ecthlipsis, or the elision of a final m with the 
preceding Vowel, when the next word begins with a 
Vowel; as, 

Monstr-(itm), horrend-(wm), inform-(e), ingens, cui lumen ademptum. 

Final s was sometimes elided in the same way by the 
earlier poets. 

Remark 2. — M final, when unelided, is short before a Vowel. 

(c) SynaerVsis, or the contraction of two separate Vow- 
els into one syllable ; as, deindg, fluviorum, tenuis, pro- 
nounced dine-de, fluv-yorum, ten-wis. 

(d) Diaeresis, or the separation of one syllable into 
two; as, silua for silvd; su-adent for siladent. 

(e) Systole, or the shortening of a syllable naturally or 
by position long ; as, 

Obstupui, stetZrunt comae; vox faucibus haesit. 
(/) Diastole, or lengthening a syllable naturally short. 
iff) Synotpheia, or such a connection between the last 



PROSODY. 373 

syllable of one verse and the first of the next, that 
the former is made long by position, or cut off by 
synalaepha or ecthlipsis. 

RHYTHM. 

§ 298. 1. Rhythm is the alternate elevation (arsis) or 
depression (thesis) of the voice in pronouncing the sylla- 
bles of a verse. The terms arsis and thesis are also ap- 
plied to the part of the foot on which this elevation or 
depression takes place. The arsis of a foot is on the 
long syllable, and is determined by the fundamental foot 
of any measure. Thus, in Dactylic measure the arsis is 
on the first syllable, while in Iambic it is on the last ; 
therefore a Spondee in Dactylic measure has the arsis on 
the first syllable, and in Iambic on the last. 

2. The ictus is the stress of voice in pronouncing the 
arsis of a foot. A short syllable in the arsis of a foot is 
sometimes lengthened by the ictus. 

3. The caesura of the verse is such a division of 
the line by the ending of a word as affords a conve- 
nient and harmonious pause. 

DACTYLIC METRE. 

§ 299. I. 1. An Hexameter or Heroic verse consists of 
six feet, the last of which is a Spondee, and the fifth a 
Dactyl ; but the fifth foot is sometimes a Spondee, and 
then the verse is called Spondaic: 

Lu.dere' | quae vel- 1 lem || cala- 1 mo per- 1 misit a- ' gresti. Verg. Ae., 1, 10. 
In nova fert Sni-|mus || mu-|tatas | dfeerS | formas. Ov. 31., 1, 1. 
Cara de-|uin s5bo-lles || mag- 1 mini Jovis | mere- j mentum. Verg. 

2. The caesura in Hexameter usually occurs after the 
arsis of the third foot, as above ; frequently, however, it 

Z2 



■ 

374 APPENDIX VIII. 

occurs after the arsis of the fourth foot, and there is then 
a slighter one after the arsis of the second ; as, 

Inde tS-jro || pater | Aene-|as || sic | orsiis ab | alto. 
3. A rapid and spirited movement is produced by the 
recurrence of Dactyls ; a slow and heavy one, by that of 
Spondees : 

Atque" l8-|vem stipu-jlam || crepi- 1 tanti | ur&re" | flamma. 
Ill-(i) in- 1 terse | mag-|na vi | brachia | tollunt. 

IT. 1. A Pentameter verse consists of five feet, ef 
which the first and second may each be a Dactyl or a 
Spondee ; the third is always a Spondee ; and the fourth 
and fifth are Anapaests (i, e. two short and one long) : 

Sub qua | nunc recti- 1 bas || arb-6r6 vlr- 1 ga fuit. 
QuaquS vS- 1 nit mult-as || ac- 1 cipit | am- j nis aquas. 

2. It is generally, however, divided into two Hernia 
stichs, the first containing two Dactyls, two Spondees, or 
a Dactyl and a Spondee, followed by a long syllable; the 
second, two Dactyls, followed by another long syllable. 
The caesura occurs at the close of the first Hemistich : 

Sub qua | nunc r6cu- 1 bas || arbore | virga fu- 1 it. 
Quaque ve- j nit mult- 1 as || accipit | amnls a- 1 quas. 

3. This verse usually alternates with Hexameter, 
forming what is called elegiac verse. 

III. Aeolic Pentameter consists of five feet, the first 
being a Spondee, a Trochee, or an Iambus, and the rest 
Dactyls : 



IV. Phalaecian Pentameter consists of the first half 
of a Pentameter, followed by a Dactyl and a Spondee : 



PROSODY. 375 

V. Tetrameter a priori consists of the first four feet 
of an Hexameter, the fourth being a Dactyl : 

Garrula | per ra- 1 mos, avis | obstrepit. 

Tetrameter catalectic wants the last two syllables of 
the fourth foot. 

VI. Tetrameter a posteriori consists of the last four 
feet of an Hexameter, the third foot being either a Dac- 
tyl or a Spondee : 

Mobili- 1 bus p5- ] maria | livis. 
Menso- 1 rem cohi- j bent Ar- 1 chy ta. 

VII. Tetrameter Meiurus, or Faliscan, is the same as 
Tetrameter a posteriori, except that the last foot is an 
Iambus instead of a Spondee: 



VIII. Dactylic Trimeter consists of the last three feet 
of an Hexameter : 

Nigiis | aequora | ventis. 

IX. Archilochian Trimeter catalectic consists of the 
first half of a Pentameter : 

Arbori- j biisque co- 1 mae. 

X. Dactylic Dimeter, or Adonic, consists of a Dactyl 
and a Spondee: 

More pal- ! aestrae. 

ANAPAESTIC METRE. 

§ 300. I. Anapaestic Monometer consists of two Ana- 
paests : 



376 APPENDIX VIII. 

II. Anapaestic Dimeter consists of four Anapaests 



IAMBIC METRE. 

§ 301. I. Iambic Trimeter, or Sendrius, consists of six 
Iambic feet ; but the Iambus is often replaced by a Spon- 
dee in the first, third, and fifth feet. A Tribrach is used 
instead of an Iambus in any foot except the last ; and 
the Spondee is replaced by its equivalents, the Dactyl or 
Anapaest, and sometimes by a double Pyrrhic, in the 
first foot. 

6. 



2. 3. 4. 5. 

V-/ N-/ — 

"W V *W V— / ^^ »W 



There is generally a caesura in the third or fourth 
foot. 

II. The Choliambus, or axd^wv, also called Hippo- 
nactean, from its inventor, Hipponax, is Iambic Tri- 
meter, or Sendrius, with a Spondee or a Trochee in the 
last foot. 

III. Iambic Tetrameter, or Octdiidrius, consists of 
eight Iambic feet, varied as in Iambic Trimeter, the 
caesura usually falling on the arsis of the fourth 
foot. 

IV. Iambic Tetrameter catalectic is an Iambic Tetra- 
meter without the last syllable of the last foot, and in 
the seventh place there is always an Iambus. 

V. Iambic Trimeter catalectic, or Archilochian, is 
Iambic Trimeter without the last syllable of the last 



PROSODY. 



377 



foot, but it does not admit of a Spondee in the fifth 
place : 

Locas | sub Ip- 1 sum fu- 1 nus et I sSpul- 1 cri. 

VI. Iambic Dimeter, or Archilochian Dimeter ', consists 
of four Iambic feet, with the same variations as Iambic 
Trimeter. This measure is acephalous when it wants the 
first syllable, and Jiypermeier when a syllable is added at 
the end : 

Qui ma-|j5r ab-[sentes | habet. 
Acephalous, At | fides | et In-|g8ni. 

Hypermeter, BSde- ] git In | veros | timo- ] res. 

VII. Iambic Dimeter catalectic, or Anacreontic, is Iam- 
bic Dimeter without the final syllable, and with the third 
foot always an Iambus : 



VIII. The Galliambus consists of two Iambic Di- 
meters catalectic, the caesura occurring at the end of the 
first Dimeter. 

TROCHAIC METRE. 

§ 302. I. Trochaic Tetrameter catalectic consists of 
seven Trochees and a catalectic syllable. The first five 
Trochees, and sometimes the sixth, are replaced by Tri- 
brachs ; and the second, fourth, and sixth, by a Spondee 
or its equivalent : 
1. 



2. 

— s_/ 

S-/ *w/ S_/ 

W S-^ 

>w> S^ 


3. 


4. 

>w/ W 


5. 


«w/ \~S S.^ 
>«-• >S 

V v»/ 


7. 



The caesura falls upon the thesis of the fourth foot. 

32* 



378 APPENDIX VIII. 

. II. Sapphic verse, so called from the poetess Sappho, 
consists of five feet, — the first, fourth, and fifth being 
Trochees, the Second a Spondee, and the third a Dactyl. 
The second foot is sometimes a Trochee : 

Audi- ] et ci- 1 ves acii- 1 issS | f errum. 

The caesura falls upon the arsis of the third foot. 

III. Phalaecian verse, so called from the old Greek 
poet Phalaecus, consists of five feet, — a Spondee, a Dac- 
tyl, and three Trochees : 



IV. Trochaic Dimeter catalectic consists of three Tro- 
chees — the second being sometimes replaced by a Spondee 
or Dactyl — and a catalectic syllable. This measure may 
also be scanned as Iambic Dimeter acephalous (§ 301, 
VI.): 

At f l- 1 des St | IngS- 1 ni ; 
At | fides | St in- 1 geni. 

CHORIAMBIC METRE. 

§ 303. I. Choriambic Pentameter consists of a Spondee, 
three Choriambi, and an Iambus : 

Tenta- 1 ris nume- 1 ros. | Ut melms | quidquid erit | pati. 

II. Choriambic Tetrameter consists of three Choriambi 
and a Bacchius. The Iambus of the first foot is some- 
times replaced by a Spondee : 

Saepe' trans fin- 1 em jacul5 | nobilis ex- 1 pgdito. 

III. Asclepiadic Tetrameter, so called from the poet 
Asclepiades, consists of a Spondee, two Choriambi, and 



PROSODY. 37S 

an Iambus, the caesura occurring at the end of the first 
Choriambus : 

Maece- 1 nas, atavis || edite 1 reg- 1 lbus. 

This verse is sometimes scanned as Dactylic Pentame- 
ter catalectic (§ 299, II.) : 

Maece- 1 nas, ata-|vis || edits | regibus. 

IV. Choriambic Trimeter, or Glyconic, so called from 
the poet Glyco, is composed of a Spondee, a Choriambus, 
and an Iambus, the Spondee being sometimes replaced by 
a Trochee or an Iambus : 

111! [ rSbiir et aes | triplex. 

V. Choriambic Trimeter catalectic, or Pherecratie (from 
the poet Pherecrates), is composed of a Spondee, a Cho- 
riambus, and a catalectic syllable; in other words, it is a 
catalectic Gly conic. The Spondee is sometimes replaced 
by a Trochee, Anapaest, or Iambus : 

ISIgris | aequ5ra ven- [ tis. 

VI. A combination of Glyconic and Pherecratie pro- 
duces Priajiean verse : 



VII. Choriambic Dimeter consists of a Choriambus 
and a Bacchius : 

Sanguine* vip- 1 enno. 



IONIC METRE. 

§ 304. I. Ionic a major%, or Sotddic (from the poet 
Sotades), is composed of three Greater Ionics and a 
Spondee. The Ionics are often replaced by Ditrochees, 



380 APPENDIX VIII. 

and the long syllable of the Trochees by two short 
ones: 

1. 2. 3. 4. 



II. Ionic a minor8 is composed entirely of Lesser 
Ionics : 

Simiil unctos I Tiberinis I humeros la- 1 vit in undis. 



COMPOUND METRES. 

§ 305. I. Greater Alcaic is composed of two Iambi 
and a catalectic syllable, followed by a Choriambus and 
an Iambus which may be scanned as two Dactyls. The 
first Iambus is frequently replaced by a Spondee. The 
caesura occurs after the catalectic syllable : 

Vides | ut al- 1 ta || stet nivS can- [ didum. 

II. Dactylico-trochaic Tetrameter, or Lesser Alcaic, con- 
sists of two Dactyls followed by two Trochees : 



III. Dactylico-trochaic, or Archilochian Heptameter, 
consists of the Dactylic Tetrameter a prwre (§ 299, 
V.), followed by three Trochees ; the caesura after the 
fourth foot: 

Solvitur | acris hi- 1 ems gra-jta vice || veris | et Fa-j voni. 

IV. Dactylico-iambic, or Elegiambus, is composed of 
two and a half Dactylic feet, followed by an Iambic Di- 
meter (§ 301, VI.) : 

ScriberS | versicu-jlos || amo- 1 re* per- 1 cussum | gravi. 



PEOSODY. 381 

The caesura occurs after the. penthemimeris, as in Hex- 
ameter. 

V. Iambico-dactylie verse, or Iambelegus, consists of 
an Iambic Dimeter (§ 301, VI.) followed by a Dactylic 
penthemimeris; the caesura occurring after the fourth 
foot: 

Tu vi- 1 na Tor- ] quato ] mSve || consuls | pressa me- 1 5. 

STANZAS. 

§ 306. 1. A combination of verses recurring in a cer- 
tain order is called a Stanza or Strophe. A poem con- 
taining stanzas of two lines is called Distrophon; of 
three lines, Tristrophon; of four lines, Tetrastrophon. 

2. A poem consisting of only one kind of metre is 
called Monocolon; of two kinds, Dicolon; of three 
kinds, Tricolon. 

HORATIAN METRES. 

§ 307. In the lyric poems of Horace there are twenty 
different species of metre, used in nineteen different com- 
binations, which are arranged below according to the 
frequency of their use: 

1. Two Greater Alcaics (§ 305, 1.), one Iambic Dimeter Hyper- 
meter (§ 301, VI.), and one Lesser Alcaic (§ 305, II.). 

2. Three Sapphics (§302, II.) and one Adonic (§299, X.). 

3. One Glyconic (§303, IV.) and one Asclepiadic (§303, III.). 

4. One Iambic Trimeter (§301, II.) and one Iambic Dimeter 
(§301, VI.). 

5. Three Asclepiadics (§303, III.) and one Glyconic (§303, 
IV.). 

6. Two Asclepiadics (§303, III.), one Pherecratic (§303, V.), 
and one Glyconic (§303, IV.). 

7. Asclepiadic (303, III.). 



382 APPENDIX VIII. 

8. One Hexameter (299, I.) and one Dactylic Tetrameter d 
posteriori (§ 299, VI.). 

9. Choriambic Pentameter (§303, I.). 

10. One Hexameter (§299, 1.) and one Iambic Dimeter (§301, 
VI.). 

11. Iambic Trimeter (§301, I.). 

12. One Choriambic Dimeter (§303, VII.) and one Choriam- 
bic Tetrameter (§303, II. ). 

13. One Hexameter (§ 299, I.) and one Iambic Trimeter 
(§301, I.). 

14. One Hexameter (299, I.) and one Dactylic Trimeter cata- 
lectic(§299, IX.). 

15. One Iambic Trimeter (§ 301, I.), one Dactylic Trimeter 
catalectic (§299, IX.), and one Iambic Dimeter (§301, VI.). 
The last two frequently constitute an Elegiambus (§305, IV.). 

16. One Hexameter (§299, I.), one Iambic Dimeter (§301, 
VI.), and one Dactylic Trimeter catalectic (§299, IX.). The 
last two frequently constitute an Iambelegus (§305, V.). 

17. One Archilochian Heptameter (§305, III.), and one Iam- 
bic Trimeter catalectic (§ 301, V.). 

18. One Iambic Dimeter acephalous (§301, VI.) and one Iam- 
bic Trimeter catalectic (§ 301, V.). 

19. Ionic a minorl (§304, II.). 

METRICAL KEY TO THE ODES OF HORACE. 

§ 308. The following is an alphabetical list of the first 
words of the Odes, with the number in the preceding 
section annexed, where the metre is explained : 



Aeli, vetusto No. 1 

Aequam memento 1 

Albi, ne doleas 5 

Altera jam teritur 13 

Angustam, amice 1 

At, deorum 4 

Audivere, Lyce 6 

Bacchum in remotis 1 

Beatus ille 4 

Coelo supinas 1 



Coelo tonantem No. 1 

Cum tu, Lydia 3 

Cur me querelis 1 

Delicta majorum 1 

Descende coelo 1 

Dianam, tenerae '6 

Diffugere nives 14 

Dive, quern proles 2 

Divis orte bonis 5 

Donarem pateras 7 



KEY TO THE ODES OF HORACE. 



383 



Donee gratus eram No. 3 

Eheu ! fugaces 1 

Est mihi nonum .» 2 

Et thure et fidibus 3 

Exegi momimentum 7 

Extrenium Tanaim ...... 5 

Eaune, nympharum 2 

Festo quid potius die 3 

Herculis ritu 2 

Horrida tempestas 16 

Ibis Liburnis 4 

Icci, beatis 1 

Ille et nefasto 1 

Impios parrae 2 

Inclusam Danaen 5 

In tact is opulentior 3 

Integer vitae 2 

Intermissa, Venus, diu 3 

Jam jam efficaci 11 

Jam pauca aratro ....... 1 

Jam satis terris 2 

Jam veris comites 5 

Justum et tenacein 1 

Laudabunt alii 8 

Lupis et agnis 4 

Lydia, die, per omnes 12 

Maecenas atavis 7 

Mala soluta . . . . # 4 

Martiis caelebs 2 

Mater saeva Cupidinum .... 3 

Mercuri, facunde 2 

Mercuri, nam te 2 

Miserarum est 19 

Mollis inertia 10 

Montium custos 2 

Motum ex Metello 1 

Musis amicus 1 

Natis in usum 1 

Ne forte credas 1 

Ne sit ancillae 2 

Nolis longa ferae 5 

Nondum subacta 1 

Non ebur neque aureum .... 18 



Non semper imbres No. 1 

Non usitata 1 

Non vides, quanto 2 

Nox erat 10 

Nullam, Vare, sacra ...... 9 

Nullus argento 2 

Nunc est bibendum 1 

crudelis adhuc 9 

diva, gratum 1 

fons Bandusiae 6 

matre pulchra 1 

nata mecum 1 

navis, referent 6 

saepe mecum 1 

Venus, regina 2 

Odi profanum 1 

Otium Divos 2 

Parciiis junctas 2 

Parous Deorum 1 

Parentis olim 4 

Pastor quum traheret 5 

Persicos odi, puer 2 

Petti, nihil me 15 

Phoebe, silvarumque 2 

Phoebus volentem 1 

Pindarum quisquis 2 

Poscimur : si quid 2 

Quae cura Patrum 1 

Qualem ministrum 1 

Quando repostum 4 

Quantum distet ab Inacho ... 3 

Quern tu, Melpomene 3 

Quern virum aut heroa 2 

Quid bellicosus 1 

Quid dedicatum 1 

Quid fles, Asterie 6 

Quid immerentes 4 

Quid obseratis 11 

Quid tibi vis 8 

Quis desiderio 5 

Quis multa gracilis 6 

Quo me, Bacche 3 

Quo, quo, scelesti ruitls .... 4 



384 



APPENDIX IX, 



Rectius vives No. 2 

Rogare longo 4 

Scriberis Vario 5 

Septirni, Gades 2 

Sic te Diva potens 3 

Solvitur acris hiems 17 

Te maris et terrae 8 

Tu ne quaesieris 9 



Tyrrhena regum No. I 

Ulla si juris 2 

Uxor pauperis Ibyci 3 

Velox amoenum 1 

Vides, ut alta 1 

Vile potabis 2 

Vitas hinnuleo 6 

Vixi puellis 1 



APPENDIX IX. 

FIGURES. 

§ 309. Figures of Etymology. 

1. Prosthesis is prefixing a letter or syllable to a word; 
as, gVghio, gl-gnfi, for genu. 

2. Paragoge is affixing a letter or syllable to a word ; 



as, amarier for amarl, 



3. EpentMsis is the insertion of a letter or syllable in 
the middle of a word ; as, cer-n-8 for c$r-o. 

4. AphaerZsis is cutting off a letter or syllable from 
the beginning of a word ; as, 'st for est. 

5. Apocope is cutting off a letter or syllable from the 
end of a word ; as, vl for vU. 

6. Syncdpe is taking away a letter or syllable from the 
middle of a word ; as, fer-rl for fer-l-r%. 

7. Crasis is the blending of two Vowels into one ; as, 
cogd for cd-cigo. 

8. Antithesis is putting one letter in the place of an- 
other; as, void for veW; olll for illl. 

9. Metathesis is changing the order of letters ; as, certus 
for cretas. 

§ 310. Figures of Syntax. 
1. Ellipsis is the omission of one or more words in a 
sentence. It includes — 



FIGURES OF SYNTAX. 385 

(a) Asyndeton, or the omission of Copulative Con- 
junctions in animated discourse; as, copias educit, aciem 
instrutt 

(b) Zeugma, or the connection of a word with two 
constructions while it is properly applicable to only one ; 
as, pollicentur se imp&raM facturos; se nunqudm contra 
pdpulum Romanum conjurdss&. (Here the second Infin- 
itive Proposition depends not on pollieentur, but on dlcunt 
implied in it.) 

(c) Syllepsis, or the agreement of an Adjective or Verb 
with one of several different words, to all of which it 
equally belongs ; as, mens emrn, et ratio, %t consilium m 
senibiis est. Sdciis et reg$ recepto. 

(d) Prdlepsis, or placing the parts after the whole 
without repeating the Verb; as, comities discedunt, 
aitgr ad urbem, alter in Niimidi&m. 

2. Pleonasm is using more words than are necessary. 
It iu eludes — 

(«) Polysyndeton, or redundancy of Conjunctions ; as, 
et pater, tit mater, et liberri. 

(b) Hendiddys (one-by-two), or the connection of two 
words by et when one is an attributive of the other ; as, 
pat&ris U aurd for afiirels pdteris. 

(c) Periphrasis, or a roundabout mode of expression ; 
as, reglna noctis for luna. 

3. Enallage is a change of construction, or a departure 
from the established usage. It includes — 

(a) SynZsis, or a referring to the sense rather than the 
form; as, plebs clamant; ZqiCttCdus qui praemissi grant; 
mea ipsius causa. 

(b) Andcbluthon, or beginning a sentence in one way 

33 



386 APPENDIX X. 

and ending it in another, so that the harmony of its 
parts is destroyed. 

(c) Antiptosis, or using one case for another; as, nomen 
rnihi Arcturo est, — instead of Areturus. 

4. Hyperbdton is a change in the usual order of words 
or propositions. It includes — 

(a) Anastrophe, or inversion of the natural order of 
words ; as, mrbem circum. 

(b) Hysteron proUron (hind-part-before), or inverting 
the natural order of the sense; as, p&t&r tuus vaM-n%? 
vwitnef 

(c) Hypallage, or an interchange of constructions ; as, 

In ri5v& fert anlmtis mutatas (Ector <& for mas 
CorpftrH, 

instead of corpdrd \n novas for mas mutata. 

(d) Tmesis, or the separation by intervening words of 
the parts of a compound ; as, prius advenit qu&m visus est. 

APPENDIX X. 

MODELS OF ANALYSIS. 

(As these models are intended for permanent use, they include der- 
ivation, of which beginners know nothing.) 

1. To analyze a Noun, state — 

(1) What kind of Noun. 

(2) Gender. 

(3) Declension, and Class, if of the 3d Declension. 

(4) Decline it. 

(5) Derivation. 

(6) What case, and why. 

(7) The rule. 

Example. — Imperator venit. Imperator is a common 



MODELS OF ANALYSIS. 387 

Noun, masc, Third, fifth Class ; imperator, imperatoris, im- 
peratori, etc. (throughout) ; derived from impero by adding 
the ending -or, which denotes the Doer, to the Supine-stem ; 
and imperU from in and paru ; found in the Nominative 
Singular, Subject of venit The Subject of a Finite Verb is 
in the Nominative. 

2. To analyze an Adjective, state — 

(1) What part of speech. 

(2) Class. 

(3) Decline it. 

(4) Degree. 

(5) Compare it. 

(6) Derivation. 

(7) Case, number, and gender, and why. 

(8) Rule. 

Example. — Pastor est prudens. Prudens is an Adjec- 
tive of the Third Class; prudens, prudens; prudentis, pru- 
dentis, etc. (throughout) ; Positive Degree ; prudens, pru- 
dentior, prudentissimus ; contracted form of providens, Pres- 
ent Participle of provided, compounded of pro and video; 
found in the Nominative Singular masculine, agreeing with 
pastor, and forming part of the Predicate. An Adjective in 
the Predicate agrees with the Subject 

3. To analyze a Substantive-Personal Pronoun, state — 

(1) What kind of Pronoun. 

(2) What person. 

(3) Decline it. 

(4) What case, and why. 

(5) Rule. 

Example. — Mihl librum dedit. Mihi is a Substantive- 
Personal Pronoun of the first person ; ego mel, etc. (through- 
out); found in the Dative Singular, Indirect Object of dedit 
The Indirect Object of a Verb is in the Dative. 



388 APPENDIX X. 

4. To analyze a Possessive Pronoun, state — 

(1) What kind of Pronoun. 

(2) Person (and number of Primitive). 

(3) Decline it. 

(4) Derivation. 

(5) Where found, and why. 

(6) Eule. 

Example. — Pater noster. Noster is a Possessive Pro- 
noun of the first person Plural ; noster, nostra, nostrum, etc. 
(throughout); derived from nos; found in the Nom. Sing, 
masc, agreeing with pater. Adjective words agree with the 
Nouns which they limit, in gender, number, and case. 

5. To analyze a Relative or Demonstrative, state — 

(1) What kind of Pronoun. 

(2) Decline it. 

(3) Derivation, if derived. 

(4) Antecedent. 

(5) Where found, and why. 

(6) Rule. 

Example. — Puella quam vidi. Quam is a Relative Pro- 
noun; qui, quae, quod, etc. (throughout); referring to puella 
as its Antecedent, with which it agrees in number and per- 
son; found in the Ace. Sing, fern., Direct Object of vldi. 
The Relative Pronoun agrees, etc. 

6. To analyze a Regular Verb, state — 

(1) What part of speech. 

(2) Transitive or Intransitive. 

(3) What Conjugation. 

(4) Give the principal parts. 

(5) Derivation. 

(6) Where found (mood, tense> voice, person, and 

number), and why. 

(7) Rule. 



MODELS OF ANALYSIS. 389 

Example. — Imperator centuriones convocavit. Convocavtt 
is a Verb, Transitive, First ; convocu, convocare, convocavl, con- 
vocation; compounded of con for cum, and voco ; found in the 
Indicative Present-Perfect Active, third person Singular, 
agreeing with imperator as its Subject. The Verb agrees ivith 
its Subject in number and person. 

7. To analyze an Irregular Verb, state the same, with the 
addition of the fact that it is Irregular. 

Example. — Vita brevis est. Est is a Verb, Intransitive, 
Irregular ; sum, esse, ful, etc. 

8. To analyze an Adverb, state— 

(1) What sort of Adverb. 

(2) What Degree, and compare it. 

(3) Derivation and formation. 

(4) What it limits. 

Example. — Milltes fortiter pugnabant. Fortiter is a 
Modal Adverb, Positive Degree; fortiter, fortius, fortissime; 
derived from fortis by adding -ter to the stem ; and limits 
pugnabant, expressing the manner of the fighting, and an- 
swering the question " How ?" 

9. To analyze a Preposition, state — 

(1) What part of speech. 

(2) What case follows it. 

(3) Derivation. 

(4) Object. 

(5) What the adjunct limits, and what question it 

answers. 
Example. — Aedui citra Rhenum habitant. Citra is a 
Preposition followed by the Accusative; originally the Abl. 
Sing. fern, of the Adjective citer; having Rhenum as its Ob- 
ject. The adjunct citra Rhenum limits habitant, and answers 
the question " Where ?" — a local limitation. 

33* 



390 APPENDIX X. 

10. To analyze a Conjunction, stat< 

(1) What sort of Conjunction. 

(2) Derivation. 

(3) What it connects. 

(4) What sort of Proposition it introduces. 

11. To analyze a Proposition, state — 

(1) Whether Principal or Dependent. 

(2) Class. 

(3) Subject and Predicate. 

(4) W 7 hat part of speech, if dependent. 

(5) What it limits, and how. 

(6) What question it answers. 

Example. — Veni ut viderem. Ut viderem is a Depend- 
ent Final Proposition ; ego Subject, viderem Predicate ; a 
Noun, Dative of Purpose limiting veni and expressing the 
purpose of the coming. It answers the question "Why?" 
"To what end?" 






LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 



A or AB 

A. 

a or ab (Prep.), from, by ; § 120, 2. 

ab-do, -ere, abdidi, abditum, to run 
for concealment, to hide, 

ab-eo, -ire, abii, abltum, to go away. 

absens, -entis (absurn), absent. 

ab-solv5, -ere, -solvi, soluturn, to 
free from, clear, absolve, acquit. 

ab-sum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, to be 
away from, to be absent. Mini- 
mum abfuit, he lacked very little, 
was very near. 

ab-undo, -are, -avi, -atum, to abound. 

ab-utor, -I, -usus, to abuse, 

ac (Cop. Conj., § 123, Bern. 8), and. 

ac-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, to ap- 
proach. 

ac-cendo, -ere, accendi, accenstim (ad 
and cando), to set on fire. 

ac-cido, -ere, accidi (ad and cado), 
to happen. 

ac-clpio, -ere, -cepl, -ceptuni (ad 
and capio), to receive. 

ac-curro, -ere, -curri, seldom -cu- 
curri, -cursiim (ad and curro), to 
run to. 

ac-ciiso, -are, -avi, -atum (ad and 
causa), to bring to trial, accuse, re- 
proach. • 

acer or acris, -is, -e (§ 59, Rem. 3), 
sharp. 

acerbus, -a, -urn, bitter. 

Achaia, -ae, Achaia. 

acies, -el, edge, point, line of battle. 



AEDIFICIUM 

acriter (Adv. acer), sharply ; §119. 

ad (Prep., § 120, 1), to, at, towards. 

ad-do, -ere, addidi, additum, to add. 

ad-duco, -ere, -duxl, -ductum, to lead 
to or against, to prompt, excite. 

adeo (Adv.), s£ 

Adherbal, -alls, a Numidian prince, 
son of Micipsa and half-brother to 
Jugurtha. 

ad-hibeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to bring to, 
apply, employ. 

ad-hiic (Adv.), as yet. 

ad-itfis, -us, approach. 

ad-miror, -ari, -atus, to wonder. 

ad-mitto, -ere, -misi, missum, to 
send forth. Equo admisso, with 
his horse at full speed. 

ad-moneo, -ere, -monui, -inonitum, 
to remind. 

ad-spicio, -ere, -spexi, -spectum, to 
look at, behold. 

adiilatiO, -onis, flattery. 

ad-ulescens, -entis, young, a young 
man. 

ad-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventum, to ar- 
rive. 

ad-ventus, -us, arrival, approach. 

adversor, -ari, -atiis, to object, op- 
pose. 

ad-versus, adversum (Prep.), against. 

ad-verto, -ere, -vertT, -v'ersum, to 

turn towards. Participle, adver- 

sus, adversum, used as Preposition. 

aedificium, -I, building. From 
391 



AEDIFICO 



392 



ANTIOCHIA 



aedlf Ico, -are, -avi, -atum, to build. 

Aeduus, -I, an Aeduan. 

aeger, -gra, -grum, sick, lame. 

Aegimurum, -I, Aegimurum. 

aequor, -oris, a level surface, the sea. 
From 

aequus, -a, -iim, level, even, just. 

aer, -is, air. 

aestas, -talis, summer. 

aestimo, -are, -avi, -atum, to value, 
esteem. 

aetiis, -talis, age, life. 

af-fero, -ferre, attull, allatuin, to 
bring to. 

Africa, -ae, Africa. Hence 

Africanus, -a, -urn, African : a sur- 
name of Scipio on account of his 
exploits in Africa. 

ager, agri, field, land, territory. 

Agesilaiis, -T, Agesilaiis, a distin- 
guished Spartan king. 

ag-gredior, -I, -grcssiis, to rjo to, ap- 
proach, attack. 

agilis, -e, active. 

agmen, -Inis, an army on the march. 

agnus, -I, lamb. 

ago, -ere, egl, actum, to lead, drive; 
(of time), to spend. 

agricola, -ae, farmer. 

ala, -ae, wing. 

alacer or -cris, -e, cheerful; whence 

alacrltas, -tatis, eagerness, prompt- 
ness. 

Alexander, -dri, Alexander, king of 
Macedonia. 

alieniis, -a, -iim, belonging to another, 
foreign. 

aliquando, at some time. 

aliquantiis, -a, -iim, somewhat great, 
considerable ; aliquantiini agri, a 
considerable piece of ground. 

aliquis, -qua, -quod or -quid, some, 
any, some one; $89. 

aliter, otherwise. 



alius, -a, -iid ($ 56, Rem. 1 and 2\ 

another (of many). 
Allobrox, -brog-is, an Allobrogian. 
alo, -ere, alui, alitiim. and altum, to 

support. 
Alpes, -ium, the Alps. 
alter, -a, -urn ($ 56), another (of two), 

second. 
altitude, -Inis, height, depth. 
altiis, -a, -um, high, dee}). 
amans, -antis, fond; (as Noun), 

lover. 
ambul§, -are, -avi, atum, to walk. 
a mens, -entis, mad. 
amicitia, -ae, friendship ; from 
amicus, -I, friend. 

a-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missiim, to lose. 
amnis, -is ($33, Rem. 5, Exc. 2), 

river. 
amo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to love. 
amor, -oris, love. 

amplector, -I, -plexus, to embrace. 
ampliis, -a, -iim, large, ample ; am- 

plius, more. 
an (Interrog. Disjunc. Conj.), or. 
ancilla, -ae, maidservant. 
ancora, -ae, anchor. [7i'o?;?e. 

Anciis Martius, -T, fourth king of 
angustiis, -a, -um, narrow. 
am ma, -ae, breath, life. 
animadvert^, -ere, -verti, -versum, 

to turn the mind to, to perceive. 
animal, -alls ($39), animal. 
animus, -i, mind, soul. 
annus, -I, year. 
anser, -eris, goose. 
ante (§120, 1), before. 
antea, aforetime, before. 
antenna, -ae, sail-yard. * 
antequam (often separated; Temp. 

Conj.), before. 
Antigonus, -I, Antigonus. 
Antiochia, -ae, Antioch, a city of 

Syria. 



ANTIOCHUS 



393 



BELLO 



Antiochus, -I, Antiochus. 

anxiiis, -a, -um, anxious, uneasy. 

aper, -pri, wild boar. 

aperio, -ire, aperui, apertum, to open. 

Apollo, -inis, Apollo; ab Apolline 

petere, to inquire of Apollo. 
appellO, -are, -avi, -atum, to call. 
appetens, -entis, eager for. 
ap-propinquo, -are, -avi, -atum, to 

approach. 
aptus, -a, -um, fit, suitable. 
apud, with, among ; (of persons), at 

the house of, in the icorks of. 
aqua, -ae, water. 
aquila, -ae, eagle. 
ara, -ae, altar. 
Arar or Araris, -is (§ 33, Bern. 1), the 

Saone, a river of Gaul, 
aratrum, -i, plough. 
arbitror, -arl, -atus, to think, sup- 

pose. 
arbor, -oris (§38, Exc. 1), tree. 
arcesso, -ere, -ivi, -itum, to call, 

bring. 
Arcturiis, -I, Arctnrus. 
arcus, -us, bow; §48, Rem. If.. 
arduus, -a, um, high, difficult. 
argent.um, -I, silver. 
argutus, -a, -urn, sagacious. 
aries, -etis, ram, battering-ram. 
Ariovistus, -i, a German king. 
Aristides, -is, an Athenian, surnamed 

the Just, from his integrity, 
arma, -orum, arms. 
arm5, -are, -avi, -atum, to arm. 
aro, -are, -avi, -atum, to plough. 
ar-ripio, -ere, -ripui, -reptum, to 

seize, snatch up. 
ars, art-is, skill, art. 
arx, arc-is, citadel. 
as, assis, a pound of copper (about 

sixteen and two-third cents of our 

money); in general, a thing of 

small value. 



ascendo, - ere, -cendi, -censum, to 
ascend. 

asinus, -i, ass. 

asper, -a, -urn (§ 55, Rem. 3), rough. 

aspicio, -ere, -spexi, -spectum, to be- 
hold, see. 

Athenae, -arum, Athens. 

Atheniensis, -is, Athenian. 

atque or ac (Cop. Conj.), and (§123, 
Rem. 3), as, than (§123, 11). 

Atrebas, -atis, an Atrebatian. 

atrox, -ocis, savage, cruel, fierce. 

attingo, -ere, attigi, attactum, to 
touch. 

auctoritas, -tatis, authority, influence. 

audacter (Adv.), boldly. 

audax, -acis, bold, daring. 

audeO, -ere, ausiis, to dare. 

audiens (Participial Adj.), hearing, 
attentive; audiens dicto, attentive 
to orders, obedient. 

audio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to hear, 

augeo, -e-re, auxi, auctum, to in- 
crease, swell. 

aureus, -a, -um, golden. From 

aurum, -i, gold. 

aut, or ; aut — aut, eithei or. 

auxiliurn, -i, aid, help. 

avaritia, -ae, covetousness. 

avarus, -a, -um, greedy, covetous. 

avicle (Adv.), eagerly. 

avidiis, -a, um, desirous, eager. 

avis, -is, bird ; § 33, Rem. //.. 

avoco, -are, -avi, -atum, to call 
away, separate. 

B. 

Babylon, -onis, Babylon. 

Balbus, -i, Balbus (stammerer). 

barbarus, -a, -um, foreign, barbarous. 

beate, happily. 

beatiis, -a, -um, happy. 

Belga, -ae, a Belgian. 

bello, -are, -avi, -atum, to war. 



BELLUM 



394 



CERVUS 



bell iim, -I, war. 
bene (melius, optime), ivell. 
benef icium, -l, benefit. 
benignus, -a, -una, kind. 
bestia, -ae, brute, beast. 
bibu, -ere, bibi, bibitum, to drink. 
Bibrax, -actis, a town in Gaul. 
biduum, -I, two days' time. 
biennium, -i, two years' time. 
bipartito (Adv.), in two divisions. 
bland us, -a, -urn, flattering. 
Bocchus, -I, Bocchus. 
Boeotia, -ae, Boeotia. 
Boeotii, -orum, the Boeotians. 
bonus, -a, -urn, good. 
bos, bovis, ox or cow. 
brevis, -e, short. 
breviter (Adv.), shortly. 
Britannia, -ae, Britain. 
Britannus, a, -iim, British; (as a 
Noun), a Briton. 

C. 

cadaver, -eris, corpse. 

Cadmus, -i, Cadmus. 

cado, -ere, cecidi, casum, to fall. 

caeciis, -a, -iim, blind. 

caedo, -ere, cecidi, caesum,io cut, kill. 

caelum, -i, heaven. 

Caesar, -aris, Caesar. 

caespes, -itis, turf. 

Caiiis, -i, Cains. 

calamitas, -tatis, misfortune. 

calcar, -aris, spur. From 

calx, calc-is, heel. 

campester, level. From 

campus, -i, plain. 

canis, -is, dog. 

canto, -are, -avi, -atum, to sing. 

cantus, -iis, singing. [roomy, large. 

capax, -acis, capable of receiving, 

capio, -ere, cepi, captiim, to take. 

capitalis, -e, of the head, capital. 

captiviis, -i, prisoner, captive. 



Capua, -ae, Capua. 

caput, capitis, head. 

career, -eris, prison. 

carmen, -inis, song, poem. 

caro, carnis, flesh. 

carpo, -ere, carpsi, carptiim, to pinch. 

Carthaginiensis, -is, Carthaginian. 

Carthago (or Karthago), -inis, Car- 
thage. 

carus, -a, -iim, dear. 

Cassiiis, -i, Cassius. 

castellum, -i, tower, fort. 

Casticiis, -i, Casticus. 

castigo, -are, -avi, -atuni, to chastise. 

castra, -orum, cam}). 

casus, -us, a falling, chance. 

catena, -ae, chain, fetter. 

Catilina, -ae, Catiline. 

catinus or -iim, -i, bowl, dish. 

Cato, -onis, Cato. 

causa, -ae, reason, cause; Abl., for 
the sake of (always placed after 
the limiting word). 

caveo, -ere, cavi, cautiim, to beware. 

Cecrops, Cecropis, Cecrops. 

cedo, -ere, cessi, cessiim, to yield. 

celer or -is, -e, swift. Hence 

celeritas, -tatis, swiftness. 

celeriter (Adv.), sioiftly. 

celo, -are, -avi, -alum, to conceal. 

ceno, -are, -avi, -atum, to dine, to sup. 

censeo, -ere, censui, censiim, to be of 
opinion, to think. 

censor, -oris, censor, a Roman magis- 
trate. 

centum, hundred; §63. 

centiirio, -5nis, centurion, captain of 
a hundred men. 

Ceres, Cereris, Ceres. 

cerno, -ere, crevi, cretiim, to per- 
ceive, see. 

certam&n, -inis, contest, strife. 

certiis, -a, -iim, certain. 

cerviis, -i, stag. 



CETERA 



395 



COMPLURES 



cetera, -um (Nom. Sing. masc. not 

wed), the rest {of a thing). 
chart a, -ae, paper. 
cibus, -I, food. 
Cicero, -onis, Cicero. 
Cirnon, -onis, Cimon. 
Cingetorix, -igis, Cingetorix. 
cingo, -ere, cinxi, einctum, to gird. 
cinis, -eris, ashes. 
circiter, about. 
circuin, around. 
circum-do, -dare, -dedi, -datum, to 

2?ut around, to surround. 
cireum-fundo, -ere, fudi, -fusum, to 

pour around, to surround. 
eircuni-venio, -ire, -venl, -ventum, 

to surround. 
eis, cttra, on this side of. 
civilis, of citizens, civil. 
civis, -is, citizen. 
civltas, -tatis, state. 
clamito, -are, -avi, -atum, to cry out 

violently. 
clarno, -are, -avi, -atum, to shout. 
clamor, -oris, shouting. 
clarus, -a, -urn, famous, renowned. 
classis, -is, fleet. 
Claudius, -1, Claudius. 
claudo, -ere, clausi, clausum, to shut. 
clavis, -is, hey. 
dementia, -ae, mildness. 
cliens, -entis, client, dependant. 
Clodius, -l, Clodius. 
coepi (g 113, Rem. 1), I begin. 
cogito, -are, -avi, -atum, to think, 

reflect. 
cognomen, -Inis, surname. 
cognosco, -ere, -novi, cognitum, to 

find out, learn. 
cogo, -ere, coegi, coactiim, to collect, 

bring together, compel. 
cohors, -hortis, cohort. 
cobortor, -Firi, -atiis, to encourage. 
collega, -ae, colleague. 



colligo, -ere, -legi, -lectuin, to as- 
semble, gather, collect. 

collis, -is, hill. 

colloco, -are, -avi, -atum, to put, sta- 
tion, place, set up. 

colloquium, conversation, conference. 

colloquor, -locutus, to converse. 

colo, -ere, colui, cultu.ni, to cultivate ; 
(of the gods), to worship. 

color, -oris, color. 

columba, -ae, dove. 

com-edo, -onis, glutton. 

com-es, -Itis, companion. 

comitium, -I, a place of assembling ; 
PL elections. 

commemoro, -are, -avi, -atum, to re- 
late. 

com-meo, -are, -avi, -atum, to come 
and go. 

com-missum, -I {Part, o/com-mitto), 
a thing done, crime. 

com-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missiim, to 
bring or send together, to commence 
{battle), to commit. 

Commius, -l, Commius. 

commoduin, -I, convenience. 

com-moveo, -ere, -movi, motum, to 
move, disturb, disquiet. 

communicatio, -onis, communication. 

commiinio, -ire, -ivi, -ltum, to fortify. 

communis, -e, common. 

commutatio, -onis, change. 

comparo, -are, -avi, -atum, to bring 
together, acquire. 

coni-pello, -are, -avi, -atum, to re- 
proach, upbraid. 

com-pello, -ere, -piili, -pulsiim, to 
drive together. 

com-perio, -ire, -peri, -pertiim, to 
find out, ascertain. 

com-plector, -i, -plexus, to embrace. 

eompled, -ere, -plevi, -pletum, to fill. 

com-pliires, -iuui (£ 72, 7), a great 
many. 



COMPOS 



396 



CONTRA 



com-pos, -otis, having control of. 

comprehendo, -ere, -prehendi, -pre- 
hensum, to catch hold of. 

compulses, -a, -urn (Part, compello). 

conatus, -us, attempt. 

con-cavils, -a, -uin, hollow; manus 
concava, the hollow of the hand. 

con-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, to 
yield. 

con-cldo, -ere, -cidi, fall in battle, 
perish. 

con-cilium, -I, council. 

con-cito, -are, -avi, -atum, to rouse, 
excite, urge on, raise. 

con-cordia, -ae, agreement, concord. 

con-curro, -ere, -curri, -cursum, to 
run together. 

con-cursus, -us, running together. 

con-cutio, -ere, -cussi, -cussum, to 
shake violently. 

con-dernno, -are, -aTi, -atuin, to con- 
demn. 

con-do, -ere, -didi, -ditum, to found, 
build. 

condono, -are, -avi, -atiim, to pre- 
sent, give away. 

con-duco, -ere, -duxi, -diictum, to 
bring or lead together. 

con-fero, -ferre, contuli, collatum, to 
bring together, compare. 

con-ficio, -ere, feci, -feetum,to finish . 

con-fido, -ere, -fisus, to trust. 

con-nrnio, -are, -avi, -atum, to as- 
sert, establish. 

con-fiteor, -eri, -fessus, to confess. 

con-gredior, -I, -gressus-, to meet with 
(in a friendly or hostile sense). 

con-jicio, -ere, -jeci, -jectuin, to 
throw, hurl. 

con-junctio, -onis, union, friendship), 
intimacy. 

con-jungo, -ere, -junxi, -junctum, to 
unite, 

con-juratio, -onis, conspiracy. 



con-jiiro, -are, -avi, -atum, to swear 
together, conspire. 

con-jux, -jiigls, husband or wife. 

Conor, -ari, -atiis, to attemjrt. 

conscius, -a, -iim, conscious. 

con-scribo, -ere, -scrips!, -scriptum, 
to levy, enroll. 

con-sector, -ari, -atus, to p> ur8ue 
eagerly and overtake. 

con-sequor, -i, seciitus, to pursue, at- 
tain. 

con-servo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to pre- 
serve, save. 

Considiiis, -i, Considius. 

con-sido, -ere, -sedi, -sessiim, to en- 
camp, settle. 

con-silium, -i, counsel, advice. 

con-spergo, -ere, -spersi, -spersiim, 
to 8])r inkle. 

efm-stanter, firmly, persistently. 

con-stat, constabat, constitit, it is 
evident. 

con-stituo, -ere, -stitui, stitiitum, to 
determine, put, fix. 

con-suesco, -ere, -suevi, -suetum, to 
accustom. 

con-suetudo, -Inis, custom. 

consul, -is, consul. 

consiilo, -ere, -sului, -sultum, to 
counsel, reflect, consult. 

consultum, -i (Part.), a thing reflected 
on; Abl., on purpose. 

con-sumo, -ere, -sumpsi, -sumptuin, 
to consume. 

con-temno, -ere, -tempsi, -temptum, 
to despise. 

con-tendo, -ere, -tendi, -tentiim, to 
strive r contend, hasten. 

con-tinens, -entis (Part. Pres.), hold- 
ing together, continens. 

con-tinenter (Adv.), continually. 

con-tineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentiim, ta 
hold on all sides, keep in. 

contra, against* 



CONTRAIIO 



397 



DEJICIO 



con-traho, -ere, -traxi, -tractum, to 

draw together, 
contunielia, -ae, insult, 
con-venio, -ire, -vein, -ventum, to 

come together, assemble. 
con-voco, -are, -avi, -atum, to call 

together. 
copia, -ae, abundance; PL, forces. 
coquo, -ere, coxi, coctum, to cook, 
cor, cordis, heart. 
Corintims, -i, Corinth. 
corniger, -a, -um, horned. 
cornu, -us, horn. 
corona, -ae, crown. 
corpus, -oris, body. 
cor-rigo, -ere, -rexi, -rectum, to set 

straight, correct. 
cor-rumpo, -ere, -rupi, -ruptum, to 

destroy, corrupt. 
cotidie, daily. 
eras (Adv.), to-morrow. 
Crassus, -I, Craszus. 
creber, -bra, -brum, frequent. 
crebro (Adv.), frequently. 
credo, -ere, -didi, -cLitum, to believe. 
cremo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to burn. 
creo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to create, make. 
cresco, -ere, crevi, cretiim, to grow. 
crinis, -is, hair. 
cruciatiis, -us, torture. 
crudelis, -e, cruel. 
crudelitas, -tatis, cruelty. 
ciibiciiliim, -I, bedchamber. 
cubile, -Is, couch. 
eujiis, -a, -um, whose (£ 88, 3). 
culpa, -ae, fault. 
culter, -l, knife. 
cum, with. 

cum, lohen, since, although. 
ciipiditas, -tatis, longing, lust. 
cupidiis, -a, -iim, desirous, eager. 
eiipio, -ere, -Ivi, -itiim, to desire, 
cur, why. 
cura, -ae, care. 



euro, -are, -avi, -atiim, to care for, 

attend to. 
curro, -ere, ciicurri, cursum, to run. 
currus, -us, chariot. 
cursiis, -us, running, course. [tinel. 
custos, -odis, keep>er, guardian, sen* 

D. 

dainno, -are, -avi, -atiim, to condemn. 

Davus, -I, Davus. 

de (Prep, with Abl.), down from, 

concerning, of. 
dea, -ae (§18, Mem. 5), goddess. 
debeo, -ere, debui, debltuni, to owe, 

ought. 
de-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessiim, to de- 
part. 
decern, ten ; § 63. • 

decet, decebat, decuit (§ 114), it be- 

comes, it is right. 
decimiis, -a, -iim, tenth. 
de-clivis, -e, sloping doionward. 
decoro, -are, -avi, -atiim, to adorn. 
decorus, -a, -um, becoming. 
deciis, -oris, honor, dignity. 
de-decus, -oris, disgrace. 
de-ditio, -onis, surrender. [render. 
de-do, -ere, dedidi, deditum, to sur- 
de-fettd&, -ere, -fendi, -fensum, to 

defend. 
de-fenso, -are, -avi, -atum, to defend 

diligently, 
de-f ero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, to bring 

or carry (from one place or person 

to another), to report, to tell. 
de-fervesco, -ere, -fervi and -ferbui, 

to boil down, subside. 
defessiis, -a, -iim, weary. 
de-flagro, -are, -avi, -atum, to burn 

down. 
de-fluo, -ere, -fluxi, -fluxum, to flow 

down or away. 
de-jicio, -ere, -jeci, -jectum, to throw 

down. 



DELECTO 



398 - 



DOMINA 



delecto, -are, -avi, -atum, to delight. 

deleo, -ere, -evi, -etuin, to destroy. 

de-libero, -are, -avi, -atum, to delib- 
erate. 

de-lictura, -I, fault, crime. 

de-ligo, -ere, -legi, -lectum, to choose. 

Delphi, -orurn, Delphi, a town of 
Greece. 

Demaratus, -I, Demaratus. 

dementia, -ae, madness. 

de-inonstro, -are, -avi, -atum, to show. 

Demosthenes, -is, Demosthenes. 

deni, ten at a time ; $ 63. 

dens, dentis, tooth. 

densus, a, -um, thick, dense. 

denuntio, -are, -avi, -atum, to de- 
nounce, threaten. 

■deorsum (Adv.), down-hill, [aside. 

depono, -ere, -posui, -itum, to lay 

de-silio, -ire, -silui, -sultum, to leap 
down. 

de-sisto, -ere, destiti, destitum, to 
cease. 

de-spero, -are, -avi, -atum, to de- 
spair. 

destino, -are, -avi, -atum, to fasten. 

dc-stituo, -ere, -stitui, -stitutum, to 
desert. 

de-stringo, -ere, -strinxi, -strictiim, 
to draw. 

de-super (Adv.), from above, 

de-terreo, -ere, -terrui, -territum, to 
scare off, deter. 

deiis, -I (§ 24, Rem. 3), a god. 

de-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventum, to 
come down. 

de-voro, -are, -avi, -atum, to gulp 
down. 

dexter, -tera, -terum or -tra, -trum, 
on the right, right. 

Diana, -ae, Diana. 

dico, -are, -avi, -atum, to dedicate. 

dico, -ere, dixi, dictum, to say. 

dictator, -oris, dictator. 



dictum, -I, word, 

dies, el, day. 

dif-fero, -ferre, dis-tuli, di-latum, to 

put off, defer. 
dif-ficilis, -e, difficult. 
dif-fido, -ere, fisus, to distrust. 
dignus, -a, -um, worthy. 
di-labor, -I, -lapsus, to fall to pieces. 
diligentia, -ae, diligence. 
di-ligo, -ere, -lexi, -lectum, to love. 
dimidium, -T, half. 
di-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missiim, to send 

out. 
Dionysius, -I, Dionysius. 
di-ripio, -ere, -ripui, -reptum, to tear 

asunder, plunder, pillage. 
dis-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessiim, to de- 
part. 
discipuliis, -I, pupil, learner. 
disco, -ere, didici, to learn. 
dis-cordia, -ae, disagreement. 
dis-pliceo, e-re, -plieui, -plicitum, to 

displease. 
dis-pono, -ere, -posui, -positum, to 

arrange. 
dis-piito, -are, -avi, -atum, to discuss, 

dispute. 
dis-sentio, -ire, -sensi, -sensum, to 

differ in opinion, dissent. 
dis-similis, -e, unlike. 
diu, -utiiis, -utissime (Adv.), long. 
diuturniis, -a, -iim, lasting. 
dives, -itis, rich. 

divido, -ere, -visi, -visum, to divide. 
divinus, -a, -um, divine. 
Divitiacus, -i, an Aeduan chief. 
divitiae, -arum, riches. 
do, dare, dedi, datum, to give. 
doceo, -ere, docui, doctiim, to teach. 
doctrina, -ae, teaching, doctrine. 
doctus, -a, -um, learned. 
doleo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to grieve, 
dolor, -oris, pain, grief. 
domina, -ae, mistress. 



DOMINUS 



399 



EXPONO 



dommiis, -I, master. 

domo, -are, -ui, -Itum, to tame. 

domus (§48, Rem. 5), house. 

donee, until (Temp. Conj.). 

don iim, -l, gift. 

dormio, -ire, -Ivi, -itum, to sleep. 

dormito, -are, -avi, -atiim, to fall 

asleep. 
Druides, -um, the Druids. 
dubitatio, -onis, doubt. 
dubito, -are, -avi, -atiim, to doubt. 
dubiiis, -a, -um, doubtful. 
diieewti, -ae, -a (§63), two hundred. 
diico, -ere, diixi, ductiim, to lead, 

deem, consider, regard. 
dulcis, -e, sweet. 

dum, while, as long as, until. [cus. 
Duinnorix, -igis, brother of Divitia- 
duo, -ae, -o, two. 
duplex, -ids, double. 
dfiplico, -are, -avi, -atiim, to double. 
duriis, -a, -um, hard. 
dux, duels, leader. 

E. 

E or ex, out of, from, in consequence 

°f, «fter. 
e-dico, -ere, -dixi, -dictum, to issue 

an edict. 
edo, -ere, edi, estim (§ 111, 8), to eat. 
e-doceo, -ere, -docui, -doctum, to 

teach thoroughly, educate. 
e-diic-o, -ere, -diixi, -diictum, to lead 

out. 
effigies, -ei, image, likeness. 
egens, -entis, needy. 
egeo, -ere, egui, to need. 
egestas, -tatis, poverty. 
ego (§78),/. 

egredior, -I, egressus, to go out. 
egregiiis, -a, -iim, remarkable. 
e-jieio, -ere, -jecl, -jectum, to cast out. 
elegans, -antis, luxurious, elegant. 
eloqueus, -entis, eloquent. 



eloquentia, -ae, eloquence. 

emo, -ere, emi, emptum, to buy. 

emolumentum, -I, advantage. 

eo, ire, ivi, itum, to go. 

Epammondas, -ae ( App. I.), the great 

Theban general. 
Ephesius, -a, -iim, Ephesian. 
Ephesiis, -l, a city of Asia Minor. 
epistola, -ae, letter, epistle. 
eques, -itis, horseman. 
equester or -tris, -e, of a horse. 
equitatus, -us, cavalry. 
equitO, -are, -avi, -atiim, to be a 

horseman, to ride on horseback. 
equiis, -I, horse. 

erga (Prep, with Ace.), towards. 
e-ripio, -ere, -ripui, -reptiim, to res- 
cue. 
erro, -are, -avi, -atiim, to err. 
error, -oris, error. 
esiiriens, -entis, hungry. 
et, and; et — et, both — and. 
etiain, also. 
Etmria, -ae, Etruvia. 
ex (Prep, with Abl.), out of. [tire. 
ex-ced§, -ere, -cessi, -cessiim, to re- 
exempliim, -I, example. 
ex-eo, -ire, exii, exitum, to go out. 
exerceo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to exercise. 
exercitiis, -us, army. 
exigo, -ere, -egi, -actum, to demand. 
exiguus, -a, -iim, slight, small. 
existimo, -are, -avi, -atum, to judge, 

think. 
exitiiim, -l, destruction. [out. 

ex-pello, -ere, -pu.11, -pulsum, to drive 
expers, -pertis, destitute. 
expleo, -ere, -plevi, -pletiim, to fill 

out, satisfy. 
ex-plorator, -oris, scout. 
ex-ploro, -are, -avi, -atiim, to search 

out. 
ex-pono, -ere, -posul, -positum,. to 

explain. 



EXPUGXO 



400 



FRUOB 



ex-pugno, -are, -avi, -atum, to storm. 
ex-sisto, -ere, exstiti, exstltuni, to 

stand out. 
ex-specto, -are, -avi, -atum, to await, 

look for. 
ex-uro, -ere, -ussl, -ustum, to burn up. 



fades, -el, form, face. 
facile, easily. From 
facilis, -e, easy. 

faciniis, -oris, deed, crime. From 
facio, -ere, feci, factum, to do, make, 
esteem, value. — pliiris, to think more 

"/■ 

facultas, -tatis, means, power. 

fallo, -ere, fefelli, falsiiin, to deceive. 

farna, -na, fame, reputation. 

fame 8, -is, hunger, famine. 

familia, -ae, family. 

familiaris, -e, pertaining to the fam- 
ily ; res fam., property. 

fateor, -eii, fassus, to confess. 

fiitigo, -are, -avi, -atum, to weary. 

faveo, -ere, favl, fautum, to favor. 

febris, -is, fever. 

femina, -ae, woman. 

femur, -oris and -Inis, thigh. 

ferax, -acis, fertile. 

fere (Adv.), almost. 

fero, ferre, tulT, latum, to bear, carry, 
acquire. 

f erox, -ocis, fierce. 

ferreiis, -a, -uin, made of iron. 

ferrum, -I, iron. 

ferus, -a, -um, wild, savage. 

fessiis, -a, -um, wearied. 

festlno, -are, -avi, -atum, to hasten. 

fictllls, -c, earthen. 

fides, -el, faith, promise. 

fides, -ium, strings, a lute, lyre. 

f Ido, -ere, f isus, to trust. 

fidus, -a, -um, faithful. 

f igo, -ere, fixl, fixuui, to fix, fasten. 



figura, -ae, figure, shape. 

filia, -ae, daughter. 
films, -I, son. [feign 

fingo, -ere, finxi, fictum, to make, 
finis, -is, end, limit, boundary. 
finitimus, -a, -um, neighboring. 
f lo, fieri, factus, to become, to be made. 
firmus, -a, -um, strong, firm. 
flagito, -are, -avi, -atum, to demand 

(earnestly). 
flatus, -us, blast. 

flecto, -ere, flexl, flexiim, to bend. 
fleo, flere, flevi, fletum, to xoeepm 
fletus, -us, weeping. 
floccus, a lock of wool (anything of 

small value). 
flos, fldris, fiower. 
fluctus, -us, wave. 
fliimen, -Inis, river. 
fluo, -ere, fluxi, fluxum, to flow. 
foedus, -eris, league, treaty. 
folium, -l, leaf. 
fons, fontis, fountain. 
forma, -ae, form, shape. 
formido, -are, -avi, -atum, to dread. 
forsltan (Adv.), perhaps. 

fortlS, -C, brave. 

fortlter (Adv.), bravely. 

fortitude, -inis, fortitude, firmness. 

fort una, -ae, fortune. 

fortunatus, -a, -um, fortunate. 

fossa, -ae, ditch. 

frater, -trls, brother. 

fratricida, -ae, fratricide. 

fraus, fraudis, deceit. [mur, rage. 

fremo, -ere, fremui, fremitum, to mur- 

frenum, -I, PI. -I and -a, bit, bridle. 

fretus, -a, -um, trusting. 

frons, frontis, forehead. 

fructus, -us, fruit. 

frumentarius, -a, -um, of corn. 

frumentor, -ari, -iitus, to forage. 

frumentum, -I, corn, grain. 

fruor, -I, fructus, fruitus, to enjoy. 



FRUSTRA 



401 



ILLE 



frustra (Adv.), in vain, 

f uga, -ae, flight. 

f ugio, -ere, f iigi, fugitura, to flee. 

fugo, -are, -avi, -atum, to put to 

flight, rout. 
fulguratio, -onis, lightning. 
funditor, -oris, slinger. 
fun g or, -I, functus, to perform, 
fur, furls, thief. 
furfur, -uris, bran. 
furor, -oris, rage, fury. 
futiirus -a, -urn, about to be. 

Q. 

Galba, -ae, Galba. 

Gallia, -ae, Gaul. 

Gallicus, -a, -uin, Gallic, 

gallina, -ae, hen. 

Gallus, -I, a Gaul. 

gaudeo, -ere, gavisus, to rejoice, 

gener, -I, son-in-law, 

generatini (Adv.), by tribes. 

gens, gentis, r ace , family. 

genus, -eris, kind, race. 

Gerinania, -ae, Germany. 

Gerrnanus, -i, a German, [carry on. 

gero, -ere, gessi, gestum, to wage, 

gladius, -I, sword. 

glans, glandls, acorn. 

Glauciis, -I, Glaucus. 

gloria, -ae, glory. 

Graecia, -ae, Gree'ce. 

Graecus, -I, a Greek. 

grammatica, -ae > grammar. 

gratus, -a, -um, acceptable, pleasant. 

gravis, -e, heavy, severe. 

graviter, heavily, severely. 

gregatim, in flocks, herds. 

grex, gregis, flock, herd, 

H. 

habeo, -ere, habul, habitum, to have, 

hold. 
habito, to have frequently, dwell. 



haedus, -I, kid. 

haereo, -ere, haesi, haesum, to stick. 

Hannibal, -alls, Hannibal. 

Harudes, -um, Harudians. 

hasta, -ae, spear. 

haud, not. 

Helvetius, -T, a Helvetian, 

Hercules, -is, Hercules. 

Herrninius, -l, Herminius. 

her us, -l, master. 

hiberna (castra), winter quarters. 

Hibernia, -ae, Ireland. 

hie, baec, hoc, this. 

hiemo, -are, -avi, -atum, to winter, 

hiems, -is, winter. 

Hilotae, -arum, Helots. 

hodie, to-day. 

Hoinerus, -I, Homer, 

homo, -Inis, man. 

honeste, honorably. 

honestus, honorable. 

honor, -oris, honor, 

hora, -ae, hour. 

horreum, -I, granary. 

hortor, -ari, -at us, to encourage, 

hortiis, -I, garden. 

hospes, -ltis, guest. 

hostilis, -e, of an enemy, hostile, 

hostis, -is, enemy. 

humanitas, -tatis, refinement. 

humanus, -a, -um, human. 

humerus, -I, shoulder. 

humllis, -e, low. 

humus, -i, ground. 



ibi, there. 

idem, eadem, idem, same. 

idoneus, -a, -um, ^zf, suitable. 

ig.nar.us, -a, -um, ignorant. 

ignis, -is, fire. [give 

ignosco, -ere, -novi, -notum, to for- 

ignotus, -a, -um, unknown. 

ille, -a, -ud, that, the former, he, 



ILLICIO 



402 



INSUETUS 



illicio, -ere, -lexl, -lectuni, to decoy. 
imber, -bris, rain, shower. 
Imitor, art, -atiis, to imitate. 
imrnanls, -e, immense, huge. 
immemor, -oris, unmindful. 
immortalis, -is, -e, immortal. 
immortalltas, -tatis, immortality. 
impatiens, -entis, not able or willing 

to bear, impatient. 
impedimentum, -I, hindrance. 
impedio, -ire, -Ivi, -Itum, to hinder. 
impello, -ere, -pull, -pulsuni, to drive 

on. 
imperator, -oris, general, emperor. 
iinperatuin, -I, order. [skilled. 

iinperitus, -a, -um, ignorant, un- 
imperiuni, -I, command, government. 
impero, -are, -avi, -atum, to order. 
imputro, -are, -avi, -atuin, to obtain. 
impetus, -us, attack. 
impietas, -tatis, undutifulness. 
impiger, -gra, -gruin, active. 
impleo, -ere, -plevi, -pletura, to fill. 
impono, -ere, posui, -posittiui, to put 

upon. 
importo, -are, -avi, -atum, to bring 

in, import. 
impotens, -entis, unable to restrain. 
improbus, -a, -urn, wicked. 
imprudens, -entis, imprudent. 
Imus, -a, -um. See inferiis. 
in (with Ace.), into, upon; (with 

Abl.), in, among. 
incendium, a burning, conflagration. 
incerido, -ere, -cendi, -censum, to set 

on fire, to burn up. 
incertus, -a, -um, uncertain. [pen. 
incido, -ere, incidi, -casum, to hap- 
incipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptum, to begin. 
incito, -are, -avi, -atum, to set in mo- 
tion, arouse, excite. 
incola, -ae, inhabitant. 
incolo, -ere, -colui, to inhabit, dwell, 

lice. 



incolumis, -e, unhurt, safe. 

inconditus, -a, -um, rude, uncouth. 

incredibilis, -e, incredible. 

incuso, -are, -avi, -atum, to blame, 
censure, find fault with, accuse. 

indigniis, -a, -um, umoorthy. [on. 

in-duco, -ere, -duxi, diictum, to lead 

indulgeo, -ere, -dulsi, -dultum, to in- 
dulge. 

infans, -antis, infant. 

infelix, -icis, unfruitful, unhappy. 

infero, -ferre, intuli, illatum, to bring 
upon, wage uj)on, inflict. 

inferus, -a, -um, low (£ 72, 4). 

infinitus, -a, -um, boundless. 

infirmus, -a, -um, weak. 

in-fluo, -ere, -fluxi, -fluxum, to flow 
into. 

infreno, -are, -avi, -atum, to bridle. 

ingenium, -i, intellect, natural dispo- 
sition. 

ingens, -entis, huge. [grateful. 

ingratus, -a, -um, disagreeable, un- 

Inimicitia, -ae, enmity. 

inimicus, -i, enemy. 

iniquus, -a, -iim, unjust. 

initium, -i, beginning. 

injuria, -ae, injury. 

in-nascor, -i, -natus, to spring up. 

innocens, -entis, innocent. 

innocentia, -ae, innocence, purity. 

inopia, -ae, want, 'scarcity. 

inquam ($ 113, 4), I say (used only 
after one or more words of a quo- 
tation). 

insidiae, -arum, ambush, snares. 

in-silio, -ire, -sllil and silui, to leap 
upon. 

instigo, -are, -avi, -atum, to stir up. 

in-stituo, -ere, -stitui, -stitutum, to 
arrange, instruct. 

in-struo, -ere, -struxi, -structuin, to 
set in order, draw up, build. 

in-suetus, -a, -um, unaccustomed. 



INSULA 



403 



LABOR 



insula, -ae, island. 

integer, -gra, -grum, sound, unhurt. 

integratio, -onis, renewal. 

intelligo, -ere, -lexi, -lectum, to un- 
derstand. 

inter, between, among, in the midst 
of; inter se, with or against one 
another ; inter spoliandum, in the 
act of despoiling. 

inter-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, to 
come between, intervene. 

inter-dico, -ere, -dixi, -dictum, to 
forbid. 

interdum, sometimes. 

intereo, -ire, intern, interitum, to 
die, perish. 

interest. See intersum. 

interf icio, -ere, -feci, -fectum, to kill. 

inter-rogo, -are, -avi, -atum, to ash. 

intersum, -esse, -fui, to be of import- 
ance, to be between ; nihil interest, 
it makes no difference. 

interus, -a, -um, inward. 

introduco, -ere, -duxi, -ductum, to 
introduce. 

in-utilis, -e, useless. [tack, invade. 

in-vado, -ere, -vagi, -vasum, to at- 

in-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventum, to come 
upon, find, invent. 

in-ventor, -oris, inventor. [out. 

in-vestigo, -are, -avi, -atum, to search 

in-victus, -a, -um, invincible. 

invidia, -ae, envy. 

invito, -are, -avi, -atum, to invite. 

in Vitus, -a, -um, unwilling. 

ipse, -a, -um, self. 

ira, -ae, anger. 

iracundia, -ae, hasty temper. 

irascor, -i, to be angry. 

iratus, -a, -um, angry. 

is, ea, id, this, that; § 82. 

iste, -a, -ud, that (of yours). 

ita, thus, so. 

Italia, -ae, Italy. 



Italic!, the Italians. 

Italicus, -a, -um, Italian. 

itaque, and so, therefore, 

item, likewise. 

iter, Itineris, journey, march, way. 



jacio, -e-re, jeci, j actum, to throw. 

jacto, -are, -avi, -atum, to throw 
about, discuss. 

jam, now, already. 

jecur (§45), the liver, 

jubar, -aris, sunshine. 

jubeo, -ere, jussi, jussum, to order. 

jucund&s, -a, -um, delightful. 

judex, -icis, judge. 

judicS, -are, -avi, -atum, to judge. 

jugum, -I, a yoke. Two spears set 
upright, with a third laid across the 
top, were called jugum. 

Jugurtha, -ae, king of Numidia. 

jumentum, -I, beast of bur den, work- 
horse or ox. 

Juppiter, Jo vis, Jupiter. 

Jura, -ae, Jura, a mountain. 

jus, juris, law, right (usually un- 
written law, as opposed to lex, 
statute law). 

jtisjuranduin ($45), oath. 

Justus, -a, -um, just, 

juvat, -abat, juvit, it pleases. 

juvenis, -is, young man. 

jiiventus, -tiitis, young. 

juvo, -are, ju.vi, jutuin, juvaturus, 
to help, please. 

K. 

Karthago, -inis, Carthage. 
Kalendae, -arum, the Calends, or first 
day of the month. 

L. 

Labienus, -I, a lieutenant of Caesar* 
labor, -oris, labor. 



LAC 



404 



MARITIMUS 



lac, laetis, milk. 

Lacedaemon, -onis, Sparta. 

lacesso, -ere, -Ivi, -itum, to provoke ; 
injuria lacessere, to injure. 

lacrima, -ae, tear. 

lacus, -us, lake. 

laetus, -a, -urn, joyful. 

lanio, -are, -avi, -atiim, to tear to 
pieces. 

lapis, -idis, stone. 

largior, -iri, -itus, to bribe. 

lateo, -ere, latui, to lie hid. 

la.titu.do, -inis, breadth. 

latro, -onis, robber. 

latus, -a, -iim, wide, broad. 

latus, -eris, side, flank. 

laudo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to praise. 

laus, laudis, praise, glory. 

lavo, -are, lavi, lotum, lautuni, lava- 
tum, to bathe. 

legatio, -onis, embassy. 

legatus, -i, ambassador t lieutenant. 

legio, -onis, legion. 

lego, -ere, legi, lectum, to read. 

Lemannus, -i, the lake of Geneva. 

leo, -onis, lion. 

lepus, -oris, hare. 

levis, -e, light, slight. 

levo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to lighten, re- 
lieve. 

lex, legis, law. 

libenter (Adv.), willingly, gladly. 

liber, -a, -iim, free. 

liber, -bri, book. 

liberi, -orurn, children. 

libero, -are, -avi, -atiim, to free. 

libertas, -tatis, liberty. 

licet, licuit, it is allowed, permitted, 
right, lawful. 

lignum, -i, icood. 

lingua, -ae, tongue, language. 

linter, -tris, boat. 

Lisciis, -i, an Aeduan chief. 

littera, -ae, a letter (of the alphabet). 



litus, -Sris, shore. 
locuples, -etis, rich. 
locus, -i, PI. -i and -a, place. 
longe (Adv.), by far. 
longitudo, -inis, length. 
longus, -a, -iim, long. 
loquor, -i, locutiis, to speak. 
Lucius, -i, Lucius. 
ludus, -I, game, play. 
lumen, -inis, light. 
liina, -ae, moon. 
lupus, -i, wolf. 
lux, lucis, light. 

M. 
Macedonia, -ae, Macedonia. 
macto, -are, -avi, -atiim, to sacrifice. 
maeror, -oris, grief ; prae maerore, 

for grief (a Preventing Cause), 
magis, maxirne, more, most. 
magister, -i, master {of a school, etG.). 
magnanimus, -a, -iim, great-souled, 

magnanimous. 
magnitiido, -inis, greatness. 
magnus, -a, -iim (major, maximiis), 

great. 
male (pejus, pessime), badly. 
maledico, -ere, -dixi, -dictum, to be 

abusive, revile, curse. 
nialo, malle, malui, to prefer. 
malum, -i, apple. 
malus, -a, -um, (pejor, pessimiis), 

bad, wicked, evil. 
malus, -i, mast of a ship. [rnand. 
mandatiim, -i, a thing entrusted, com- 
mando, -are, -avi, -atum, to entrust. 
inaneo, -ere, mansi, niansiim, to re* 

main. 
Miinilius, -a, -iim, of Manilius. 
Manliiis, -T, Manlius. 
maniis, -iis, hand. 
Marcus, -i, Mark. \ 
mare, -is, sea. 
maritimiis, bordering on the sea. 



MAEIUS 



405 



MUTO 



Mariiis, -I, Marius. 

marnior, -oris, marble, 

ma'ter, -tris, mother. 

materfamilias, matron ($45). 

mature (Adv.), quickly, soon. 

maturo, -are, -avi, -atum, to hasten. 

matunis, -a, -um, ripe. 

medicamentiim, -I, drug, dose. 

inedicina, -ae, medicine. 

medicus, -I, 2 jn y s ^ c ^ an ' 

raediiis, -a, -um, middle. 

melior, -us, better. 

membrum, -I, limb. 

meminl ($ 113), / remember. 

memor, -oris, mindful. 

memoria, -ae, memory, recollection. 

mendacium, -l, falsehood, lie. 

mendax, -acis, false, lying. 

mens, mentis, mind. 

mensa, -ae, table. 

meneis, -is, month. 

mentior, -Iri, -Itus, to lie. 

mercator, -oris, merchant. 

Mereurius, -I, Mercury. 

merges, -Itis, sheaf. 

merldies, -el, mid-day. 

meritus, -a, -iim, deserving. 

Messalla, -ae, Messala. 

metior, -Iri, mensus, to measure. 

meto, -ere, messui, messiim, to reap. 

metu5, -ere, metui, rarely metutiim, 

to fear, be apprehensive. 
metiis, -us, apprehension, fear. 
meus, -a, -urn, my, mine. 
Micipsa, -ae, Micipsa. 
miles, -Itis, soldier. 
Miletus, -l, Miletus, a city of Asia. 
militaris, -e, military. 
militia, -ae, military service. 
mille (£ 64, Bern. 9), thousand. 
minime, least, not at all. 
minor, -ari, -atiis, to threaten. 
minor, -us, less. [less, weaken. 

niinuS, -ere, minul, minutiim, to make 



mlror, -ari, -atiis, to wonder. 
minis, -a, -iim, ivonderful. 
miser, -a, -iim, wretched. 
misereo, -ere, -ui, to pity (generally 

used impersonally, $ 135, c). 
miseresco, -ere, to pity. 
mitto, -ere, misi, missiim, to send. 
modus, -l, manner, measure, limit; 

praeter modiiin, beyond measure, 

tin duly. 
moenia, -iiim, etc., walls. 
mollis, -e, soft. 

moneo, -ere, monui, momtiim, to ad- 
vise, remind. 
monlle, -is, necklace. 
mons, mont-is, mountain. 
monstro, -are, -avi, -atum, to show. 
mordeo, -ere, momordi, morsiim, to 

champ, bite. 
Morini, -oriim, the Morini. 
morior, -I and -Iri, mortuiis, morltii- 

riis, to die. 
moror, -ari, -atiis, to delay. 
mors, mortis, death. 
morsiis, -iis, biting. 
mortalis, -e, mortal. 
morti-fer, -a, -iim, death-bearing, 

mortal ($ 55, Rem. 2). 
mortuiis, -a, -iim, dead. 
inos, moris, manner, custom. 
motiis, -us, moving, insurrection. 
moveo, -ere, movi, motum, to move. 
miilier, -eris, icoman. 
multitude), -inis, multitude. 
multiis (plus, plurimus), much ; 

many. 
mundiis, -I, world. 
miiniS, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to fortify. 
mantis, -eris, duty, present. 
muriis, -i, wall. 
mus, miiris, mouse. 
miisa, -ae, muse. 
miisica, -ae, music. 
mlito, -are, -avi, -atiim, to change. 



NACTUS 



406 



OBSIDIO 



N. 

nactiis, Participle from nanciscor. 

nam, for (Cory.). 

namque, for indeed. Qjref. 

nanciscor, -I, nactiis and nanctus, to 

narro, -are, -avi, -atiim, to tell, relate. 

nascor, -I, natus, to be born. 

natiira, -ae, nature. 

natus, -us, birth. 

nauta, -ae, sailor. 

navale, -is, dock-yard. 

navigatiS, -onis, navigation. 

navigS, -are, -avi, -atum, to sail. 

navis, -is, ship. 

ne (Final Conj.), that — not, lest. 

nee (Conj.), neither, nor, and not. 

necessarius, -a, -urn, critical, neces- 
sary. 

necS, -are, -avi, -atiim, to murder, 
kill. 

neglegens, -entis, negligent; Part. 
Adj. 

neglego, -ere, -lexi, -lectiim, to neg- 
lect. 

nego, -are, -avi, -atiim, to deny. 

negotiiim, -1, business. 

nemo", -ini, inem, no man, no one. 

nemiis, -oris, grove. 

nepos, -otis, grandson. 

Neptiinus, -i, Neptune, god of the sea. 

neque, and not, neither, nor. 

ne — quidein, not, even. 

Nerviiis, -a, -um, Nervian. 

nescio, -ire, -ivi, -itiim, not to know. 

neuter, -a, -iim, neither {of two). 

neve, neu, and — not, nor (Neg. Fin. 
Conj.). 

nidif ic5, -are, -avi, -atiim, to build a 
nest. 

nidus, -i, nest. 

niger, -a, -iim, black. 

nihil (indecl.) or nihilum, -i, nothing. 

nlmius, -a, -iim, too much, excessive. 

nisi (Cond. Conj.), unless, if not. 



nitor, -i, nisiis or nixiis, to strive. 

nobilis, -e, noble. 

nobiHtas, -atis, nobility. 

noceo, -ere, -ui, -itiim, to hurt, harm. 

nolo, nolle, nolui, to be unwilling. 

nomen, -inis, name. 

non, not. 

nondiim, not yet. 

nonne (in Direct Questions, £81, 4; 

in Indirect Questions), or not. 
nonus, -a, -um ($ 63), ninth. 
nos, I 78. 

nosco, -ere, novi, notum, to know. 
noster, -a, -iim, our, ours. 
novem (§ 63), nine. 
noviis, -a, -iim, new, late. 
nox, noctis, night. 
noxiiis, hurtful. 
niibes, -is, cloud. 
nud§, -are, -avi, -atiim, to strip. 
nudiis, -a, -iim, naked. 
nulliis -a, -iim (§ 56), none, not any. 
num, £ 81, 3. 
Niima, -ae, Numa. 
Numantiniis, -a, -iim, Numantian. 
niimero, -are, -avi, -atiim, to count. 
numeriis, -i, number. 
Numlda, -ae, a Numidian. 
Niimidia, -ae, Numidia. 
numquis, § 89. 
nunc, now. 

nuntio, -are, -avi, -atiim, to announce. 
nuntius, -i, messenger. 
nunquam or numquam, never. 



ob, for, on account of. 

obliviscor, oblitus, to forget. 

obsciiro, -are, -avi, -atiim, to obscure. 

ob-secrO, -are, -avi, -atiim, to beseech. 

obses, -idis, hostage. ' 

ob-sideo, -ere, -sedi, -sessilm, to be- 

siege. 
obsidio, -onis, siege. 



OBSTO 



407 



ob-sto, -are, -stitl, -statum, to stand 
before, hinder, prevent. 

ob-trunco, -are, -avi, -atiim, to slay. 

occasus, -us, going down, setting. 

oc-cido (ob — caedo), -cidi, -cisiiin, 
to cut down, kill. 

oc-cido (ob — cado), -ere, -cidi, -ca- 
siim, to fall, set. 

occulto, -are, -avi, -atiim, to hide. 

oc-cultus, -a, -iim, hidden. 

occiipo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to seize, 
take possession of. 

oceanus, -I, ocean. 

octavus, -a, -iim (§ 63), eighth. 

octingeutl, -ae, -a (§ 63), eight hun- 
dred. 

octo (§63), eight. 

oculiis, -I, eye. 

odi (§ 113, Rem. 1), I hate. 

odium, -l, hatred. 

offendo, -ere, offendi, offensum, to of- 
fend. 

officium, -l, duty, service. 

olim (Adv.), formerly, anciently ; (of 
the future), some time or other. 

omnino, altogether, wholly, at all. 

omnis, -e, all, every. 

onerarius, -a, -iim, of burden. 

onero, -are, -avi, -atiim, to load, lade. 

oniis, -eris, burden. 

opera, -ae, pains, work, labor. 

opinio, -onis, opinion, belief. 

opinor, -ari, -atiis, to be of opinion. 

opis (Gen.), of help, strength (£ 51); 
summa ope, with all one's might. 

oportet, -uit, it is necessary , proper, 
it behooves. 

oppidaniis, -a, -iim, of a town. 



oppidiim, -I, town. 



\_ness. 



opportunitas, -atis, fitness, suitable- 
opportuniis, -a, -iim, fit, favorable. 
opprimo, -ere, -press!, -pressiim, to 

joress down, put down, supypress, 

overcome, crush, oj>press. 



PABMENIO 

■avi, -atiim, to as- 



■are, 



oppugno, 

sault. 
optimiis, -a, -iim (bonus), best. 
opiilens or opiilentus, -a, -iim, p>oio- . 

erf ul. 
opus, -eris, work. 
opus (indecl.), need, necessity ; opus 

est, it is necessary, there is need. 
oraculum, -I, oracle. 
oratio, -onis, speech, oration. 
orator, -oris, orator. 
orbis, -is, circle; orbis terrariim, the 

world. 
ordo, -Inis, rank, order. 
Orgetorix, -igis, a Helvetian chief. 
origo, -inis, origin. 
orior, -Iri, ortiis, orituriis, to rise. 
os, oris, mouth, face. 
os, ossis, bone. 
otium, -I, leisure, ease. 
Ovidiiis, -I, Ovid. 
ovis, -is, sheep. 
ovum, -I, egg. 
Oxiis, -I, the Oxus. 

P. 

paco, -are, -avi, -atiim, to subdue. 
paenitet, -uit, it repents; paenit-et 

me peccati, / repent of my sin. 
pagus, -i, canton. 
paliis, -udis, marsh, bog. 
paluster, -tris, -tre, marshy. 
panis, -is, bread. 
par, paris, equal. 

paratiis, -a, -um, ready, prepared. 
parco, -ere, peperci, parsi, parcitiim 

and parsiim, to spare. 
parens, -entis, parent. 
pareo, -ere, -ui, -itiim, to obey, be 

obedient. 
paries, -etls, wall (of a house). 
pario, -ere, peperi, partiim, to beget, 

bring forth. 
Parmenio, -onis, Parmenio. 



PARO 



408 



PERVENIO 



paro, -are, -avi, -atum, to prepare. 
parricida, -ae, killer of a father, par - 

^icicle. 
pars, partis, part; una ex parte, on 

one side. 
partim (Ace. of pars), partly. 
parum, minus, minime, little. 
parvus, -a, -iim, small, little. 
passus, -us, pace; niille passus, a 

mile. 
pastor, -oris, shepherd. 
patefacio, -feci, -factum, to lay open, 

§ 107, Rem. 1. 
pateo, -ere, patui, to lie open. 
pater, patris, father. [t7y. 

paterfamilias, §45, father of a fam- 
patiens, -entis, capable of enduring, 

patient. 
patienter, patiently. 
patientia, -ae, patience. 
patina, -ae, dish. 
patior, -l, passus, to suffer, endure, 

permit. 
patria, -ae, country. 
paucl, -ae, -a, few. 
paulatim, by degrees. 
paulus, -a, -iim, little ; usually in the 

Ace. and Abl. neuter, 
pauper, -is, poor. 
paupertas, -atis, poverty. 
paver, -oris, trembling. 
pax, pacis, peace. 
peccatum, -I, fault, sin. 
pecco, -are, -avi, -atum, to do wrong, 

sin. 
pectus, -oris, breast. 
pecunia, -ae, sum of money. 
pecus, -oris, cattle, flock, herd. 
pedes, -itis, footman. 
pedester, -Ms, -tre, on foot. 
pejor, -us (malus), worse. 
pellis, -is, skin, hide. 
pello, -ere, pepu.li, pulsiim, to beat, 

drive, rout. 



pendo, -ere, pependi, pensiim, to 

cause to hang, to weigh, pay. 
penes (Prep, with Ace), in the power 

of. 
pensiim, -I, weight. 
pentis, -us, -I, -oris, storehouse. 
per, through. 
per-cutio, -ere, -cussT, -cussum, to 

strike through, kill. 
perdo, -ere, -didi, -ditum, to destroy, 

lose. 
per-duco, -ere, -diixi, -ductiim, to 

lead through, extend. 
per-eo, -ire, -ii, -itiim, to perish. 
per-facilis, -e, very easy. 
per-fringo, -ere, -fregi, -fractiim, to 

break through. 
perfiiga, -ae, deserter. [ceed. 

pergo, -ere, perrexi, -rectum, to pro- 
perlcfilosus, -a, -um, dangerous. 
periculiim, -i, trial, danger; peri- 

culiim faecre, to make a trial. 
perinde (Adv.), exactly, precisely. 
peritus, skilled. 

permagnus, -a, -iim, very great. 
per-moveo, -ere, -movi, -motiim, to 

move thoroughly, alarm. 
permultus, -a, -um, very much. 
pernicies, -ei, destruction. 
perpetuo (Adv.), continually. 
perpetuus, -a, -iim, unending. 
Persa, -ae, Persian. 
per-sequor, -i, seciitus, to follow per- 

severingly, overtake. 
per-suadeo, -ere, -suasi, -suasiim, to 

persuade. 
per-terreo, -ere, -terrui, -territum, to 

frighten thoroughly, terrify. 
per-tineo, -ere, -tinui, to reach, ex- 
tend, pertain, belong. 
per-turbo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to con- 
found. 
per-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventiim, to 

come through, arrive. 



PES 



409 



PRAESTO 



pes, pedis, foot. 

pessimus, -a, -urn (malus), tcorst. 

peto, -ere, -ivi, -itum, to seek, ask. 

phalanx, -gis, phalanx ; Ace. Sing., 
-em and -a; Ace. PL, -es and -as. 

Pnilippus, -I, Philip. 

philosophus, -I, philosopher. 

Phocion, -onis, Phocion. 

pietas, -atis, duti fulness. 

piger, -gra, -grum, slow, lazy. 

piget, piguit and pigitum est, it dis- 
gusts, irks, troubles ; piget me tin, 
/ am disgusted with you. 

pilum, -I, javelin. 

pirata, -ae, pirate. 

piscis, -is, fish. 

Pis§, -onis, Piso. 

pius, -a, -iim, dutiful, pious. 

placeo, -ere, -ui, itum, to please. 

Plato, -onis, a Grecian philosopher . 

plebes, -ei and -is, and plebs, plebis, 
common people. 

pleniis, -a, -iim, full. 

plerumque (Adv.), for the most part. 

pluma, -ae, feather. 

plus, pluris (§ 72, 7), more. 

poculiim, -I, drinking-cup. 

poema, -atis, poem. 

Poeni, Carthaginians. 

poeta, -ae, poet. 

polliceor, -eri, -ltiis, to promise. 

pollicitation -onis, promise. 

Pompeiiis, -I, Pompey. 

pomum, -i, fruit. 

pondiis, -eris, weight. 

pono, -ere, posui, positiim, to put, 
place. 

pons, pontis, bridge. 

popiilor, -ari, -atus, to lay waste. 

populus, -i, ])eo2)le. 

porrigo, -ere, porrexi, porrectiim, to 
stretch out. 

porta, -ae, gate of a city. 

porto, -are, -avi, -atum, to carry. 
35 



portiis, -us, harbor. 

posco, -ere, poposei, to demand. 

possum, posse, potui, to be able. 

post, after, behind. 

postea, afterwards. 

posterus, posterior, postremiis or 
postumus, coming after; Comp., 
of less account, inferior. 

postquam (Temp. Conj.), after. 

postulo^ -are, -avi, -atum, to demand. 

potens, -entis, powerful. 

potentia, -ae, power, ability. 

potestas, -atis, power, right. 

potior, -iri, -itiis, to get possession of, 
acquire. 

prae, before, in comparison %oith,for ; 
prae maerore, for grief. 

praebeo, -ere, -ui, itum, to furnish. 

prae-ceptiim, -i, precept. From 

praecipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptum, to in- 
struct, order, command. 

praecipito, -are, -avi, -atum, to hurry 
forward. 

praecipue, especially. 

praeciputis, -a, -iim, especial. 

praeclariis, -a, -iim, very distin- 
guished. 

praeco, -onis, crier, herald. 

praeda, -ae, booty. 

prae-dico, -are, -avi, -atiim, to boast. 

prae-ditiis, -a, -iim, endowed. 

praedor, -ari, -atiis, to plunder. 

prae-f icio, -ere, -feci, -fectiim, to put 
over. 

prae-mitt§, -ere, -misi, -missiim, to 
send forward. 

praemium, -i, reward. 

prae-pono, -posui, -positiim, to place 
before, to prefer. 

praesens, -entis, present. 

praesidiiim, -i, garrison. [guished. 

praestans, -antis, excellent, disiin- 

prae-sto, -are, -stiti, -stitiim and 
statfi.nl, to excel. 



PKAESUM 



410 



QUAM 



prae-siim, -esse, -ful, to be over. 
praeter, past, besides, beyond. 
praeter-eo, -ire, -Ivi, -ltiim, to pass by. 
praeter-niitto, -ere, -inisi, -missum, 

to let slip. 
praeter modiim, beyond measure, un- 
duly. 
praetor, -oris, praetor, chief. 
praviis, -a, -inn, crooked, depraved. 
preinO, -ere, press!, pressum, to press. 
pretium, -I, price, value. 
Priainus, -I, Priam. 
primus, -a, -um, first. 
princeps, -Ipis, chief. 
prior, primus, former, sooner. 
pristinus, -a, -um, former. 
priusquam, before. 
privatus, a, -um, private. 
pro, for, before. 

probitas, -atis, honesty. [forward. 
pro-cedo, -ere, -cessl, -cessum, to go 
prociil, at a distance. 
pro-curro, -ere, -cucurri and -curii, 

-cursum, to run forward. 
proditio, -onis, treachery. 
proditor, -oris, traitor. 
proeliuni, -I, battle. 
profectio, -onis, departure. 
pro-f iciscor, -I, -fectiis, to set out. 
pro-fligo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to dash 

in pieces. 
pro-fugio, -ere, -fugl, -fugitum, to 

flee, run away, escape. 
progenies, -el, offspring. 
progredior, -I, -gressiis, to go forth 

or forward. 
pro-hibeo, -ere, -ul, -ltiim, to prevent, 

keep off. 
promissiim, -I, promise. 
promptus, -a, -iim, ready, quick. 
pronus, -a, -iim, headlong, bending 

over. 
prope, -iiis, proxime, near, nearer, 

next. 



propero, -are, -avi, -atiim, to hasten, 

propinquiis, -a, -um, near. 

propior, proximus, nearer, next. 

pro-pono, -ere, -posui, -positum, to 
set up. 

propositum, -I, purpose. 

propter, on account of. 

propterea, on this account. 

pro-pulso, -are, -avi, -atiim, to repel. 

pro-sequor, -I, secutiis, to pursue, 

pro-siim, prodesse, profui, to benefit, 
to do good. 

procidentia, -ae, foresight, provi- 
dence. 

provincia, -ae, province. 

proxime (Adv.), nearest, next. 

proximiis, -a, -iim, nearest, next. 

prudens, -entis, prudent. 

priidentia, -ae, prudence. 

publicus, -a, -um, public. 

piidet, piiduit, it shames. 

pudor, -oris, shame, modesty. 

puella, -ae, girl. 

puer, -I, boy. 

pugna, -ae, fight. 

pugno, -are, -avi, -atiim, to fight. 

pulcher, -a, -iim, beautiful ($ 55, 
Bern. 2). 

pulchritudo, -inis, beauty. 

pulvis, -eris, dust. 

Piinicus, -a, -iim, Carthaginian. 

piinio, -ire, -Ivi, -ltiim, to punish. 

purgo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to cleanse, 
excuse. 

piito, -are, -avi, -atiim, to think. 

Pythagoras, -ae (§ 247), Pythagoras. 

Q. 

quadragesimiis, -a, -iim, fortieth. 

quadraginta (§ 63), forty. 

quaero, -ere, quaesivi, quaesitiim, to 

seek, ask. 
quails, of what kind, as. 
quam, than, as. 



QUAMQUAM 



411 



REPREHENDO 



quamquain, although. 

quamvis, however much, although. 

quantus, -a, -urn, how great, as ; tan- 

tiis — quantus, as great — as. 
quasi, as if. 

quatriduum, -I, four days. 
quattuor (§ 63), four. 
queror, -I, questus, to complain. 
qui, quae, quod, who, which. 
quia (Conj.), because. 
quicuinque, whoever. 
quidam (§89), a certain, a certain 

one, some one, some. 
quidem, indeed. 
quln, but that, that, but. 
quindecim (§ 63), fifteen. 
quingentl, -ae, -a (§ 63), five hundred. 
quippe, surely, since. 
quis, § 89 ; quis, § 88. 
quisnam, § 88. 
quispiam, ") 
quisquam, I £ 89. 
quis que, J 
quisquis, § 87, 4. 
quivis, quilibet, § 89. 
quo, whither. 

quo-ad, to what point, as long as, until. 
quod, because. 

quo-minus {by which the less), from. 
quoniam, since, because. 
quoque, also. 
quot, how many, as. 
quotannis, yearly. 
quotldie, daily. 
quotiens, as often as. 
quum. See ciiin. 

R. 

ramus, -I, branch, bough. 

rapina, -ae, plunder, pillage. 

rapio, -ere, rapui, raptum, to snatch, 
seize, carry off. 

rapto, -are, -avi, -atuin, to seize vio- 
lently. 



ratio, -onis, plan, reasoning, cause. 

Rauraci, -orum, a tribe of Gauls. 

rebellio, -onis, rebellion. 

recens, -entis, recent. 

receptus, -us, retreat. 

recipio, -cepi, -ceptum, to take bach, 
regain, recover ; se recipere, to re- 
treat, to recover one's self. 

rectus, -a, -iim, straight, right. 

reciipero, -are, -avi, -atum, to recover. 

reciiso, -are, -avi, -atum, to object, re- 
pudiate. 

red-do, -ere, -didi, -ditum, to give 
bach, render, mahe. 

red-eo, -ire, redii, reditum, to return. 

redigo, -ere, -egi, -actum, to reduce. 

red-integro, -are, -avi, -atum, to re- 
new. 

reditus, -us, return. 

re-duco, -ere, -duxl, -diictum, to lead 
bach. 

re-fero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, to with- 
draw. 

re-fert, retulit, it concerns. 

ref icio, -ere, -feci, -fectum, to repair. 

regina, -ae, queen. 

regio, -onis, region, tract. 

regnum, -I, kingdom. 

rego, -ere, rexi, rectum, to ride. 

Regulus, -I, Regulus. 

religio, -onis, vow, religion. 

re-linquo, -ere, -liqui, -lictum, to 
leave. 

reliquiis, -a, -um, the rest. 

renuntiatio, -onis, report. 

re-nuncio, -are, -avi, -atum, to carry 
bach word. 

re or, reri, ratus, to siqipose. 

repens, -entis, sudden. 

repente, suddenly. 

repentnms, a, -iim, sudden. [out. 

reperio, -ire, reperi, repertum, to find 

repeto, -ere, -ivi, -itum, to seek bach. 

reprehendo, -ere, -di, -sum, to rebuke. 



EEPTJDIO 



412 



SERPENS 



repiidio, -are, -avi, -atum, to refuse. 

res, rel, thing. 

re-scindo, -ere, -scidi, -scissum, to 
cut down. 

re-sisto, -ere, -stiti, to resist. 

re-sponde§, -ere, -spondi, -sponsion, 
to answer. 

res publica ($ 49, Rem. 6), common- 
wealth. 

rete, -is, net. 

retineo, -ere, -ui, -tentum, to hold 
back, restrain. 

re-vello, -ere, -velli, -vulsum, to tear 

re-vereor, -eri, -Itiis, to reverence. 

re-voco, -are, -avi, -atum, to recall. 

rex, regis, king. 

Rhenus, -l, the Rhine. 

Rhodanus, -l, the Rhone. 

robilr, -oris, heart of oak, strength. 

rogo, -are, -avi, -atum, to ask. 

Boma, -ae, Rome. 

Romanus, -a, -uin, Roman. 

rosa, -ae, ro.se. 

ruber, -a, -um, red. 

rudens, -entis, rope, cable. 

rudis, -e, rude, uncivilized. 

rumpo, -ere, rupi, ruptuni, to break. 

riipes, -is, rock. 

rursiis, again. 

rus, riiris, country. [£ry, rustic. 

rusticus, -a, -urn, living in the coun- 

S. 
Sabini, -orum, Sabines. 
sacer, -a, -iim, sacred. 
sacerdos, -otis, priest. 
saepe, often. 

saevus, -a, -um, savage, fierce. 
sagitta, -ae, arrow. 
Sagittarius, -I, archer. 
salar, -aris, trout. 
salto, -are, -avi, -atum, to dance. 
saluber, -bris, -bre, wholesome. 



salus, -utis, safety, health. 

sanctus, -a, -um, sacred, pure. 

sanguis, -Inis, blood. 

sanus, sound, healthy. 

sapiens, -entis, wise. 

sapientia, -ae, wisdom. 

satis, enough, sufficient, sufficiently. 

saueius, -a, -um, wounded. 

saxum, -I, rock. 

scapha, -ae, boat, skiff. 

sceliis, -eris, crime, wickedness. 

scio, -ire, -Ivi, -Itum, to know. 

Scipio, -onis, Scipio. [write. 

scrlbo, -ere, scrips!, scriptiim, to 

scriptor, -oris, writer. 

scutum, -I, shield. [cede. 

se-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, to se- 

se-cerno, -ere, -crevi, -cretiim, to sep- 
arate. 

sec<5, -are, secui, sectum, secaturus, 
to cut. 

seciiin, \ 79, 2. 

secundum, following, according to. 

secundus, -a, -iim, following, second, 
favorable. 

seciiris, -is, axe. 

sed, but. 

sedeo, -ere, sedi, scssum, to sit. 

sedes, -is, seat, settlement. 

sedile, -is, seat. 

seditio, -onis, sedition. 

semper (Adv.), ahvays. 

sempiterniis, -a, -iim, everlasting. 

senatus, -us and -I, senate. 

senex, senis, old. 

sensiis, -us, feeling. 

sententia, -ae, opinion; ex sententia, 
satisfactorily. 

sentio, -ire, sensi, sensiim, to perceive. 

Sequaniis, -a, -iim, Sequan. As a 
Noun, a Sequanian. 

sequor, -T, secutiis, to follow. 

sermo, -onis, conversation, talk. 

serpens, -entis, serpent. 



SEKVIO 



413 



SUPERO 



servio, -ire, -Ivi, -Itum, to be a slave, 

serve. 
servitus, -tutis, slavery. 
servo, -are, -avi, -atum, to preserve. 
serviis, -I, slave. 
sex ($63), six. 

sibilo, -are, -avi, -atum, to hiss. 
sic, thus. 

sicut or sicuti, as, just as. 
sidiis, -eris, star, constellation. 
signum, -I, sign, signal. 
silentium, -I, silence. 
silva, -ae, wood, forest. 
silvestris or -ter, -e, woody. 
slmllis, -e, like. 
simul, at the same time. 
simiil ac, as soon as. 
sin, but if. 
sine, without. 

singuli, -ae, -a, single, one at a time. 
sino, -ere, sivi, situm, to put, permit. 
sinus, -us, gulf, bay. 
6itio, -ire, -Ivi, to be thirsty. 
sitis, -is, thirst. 
situs, -a, -iim (Part. sino). 
socer, -I, father-in-law. 
socius, -I, companion. 
Socrates, -is, Socrates. 
sol, soils, sun. 

soleo,-ere, solitus, to be used, wont. 
solus, -a, -urn, only, alone. 
solvo, -ere, solvi, solutiim, to loose. 
somniis, -I, sleep. 
sonus, -I, sound. 
soror, -oris, sister, 
sors, sortis, lot. 
spatium, -I, room, space, time. 
spectatus, -a, -iim, looked at, aj)- 

proved. 

specto, -are, -avi, -atum, to look at. 

speculator, -oris, scout. 

speciis, -us, den, cave, grotto. 

spelunca, -ae, cave. 

spero, -are, -avi, -atum, to hope. 
3d * 



spes, -ei, hope. 

spolio, -are, -avi, -atum, to spoil, rob, 

plunder. 
stabulum, -I, fold. 
statirn, immediately. 
statuo, -ere, statui, statutum, to 

place, put, determine. 
statura, -ae, stature, size, height. 
stella, -ae, star. 

stimiilo, -are, -avi, -atum, to goad. 
stimulus, -I, goad. 
stipendiaries, -a, -iim, tributary. 
stipendium, -I, tax, tribute. 
sto, stare, steti, statiim, to stand. 
strenuus, -a, -iim, nimble, active. 
studeo, -ere, -ui, to attend to, be eager 

for. 
studiiim, zeal, desire; PI. studies. 
stultitia, -ae, folly. 
stultiis, -a, -iim, foolish. 
suadeo, -ere, suasi, suasiim, to advise. 
subeo, -ire, -ii, itiim, to go under, ap- 
proach. 
stibigo, -ere,-egi, -actum, to subdue. 
subito (Adv.), suddenly. 
subitiis, -a, -iim, sudden. 
sub-levo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to relieve. 
subsequor, -i, seciitus, to follow 

closely. 
subsidium, -i, reserve, support, help. 
sub-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventiim, to 

come to one's assistance, help. 
succe"do, -ere, -cessi, -cessiim, to come 

close up. 
Suessiones, -iim, the Suessiones. 
sui, I 78. 

sum, esse, fui, futuriis, to be. 
suinmus, -a, -iim, the highest, the top, 

§72, 4; §128, Rem. 9. 
sumo, -ere, sumpsi, sumptum,£o take. 
supellex, -lectilis, furniture. 
superbia, -ae, pride. 
siiperbus, -a, -iim, proud. 
supero, -are, -avi, -atum, to overcome. 



SUPEESTITIO 



414 



TRIENNITJM 



superstitio, -onis, superstition. 

superiis, -a, -iim, \ 72, 4. 

supplicium, -I, punishment. [rise. 

surgo, -ere, surrexl, surrectum, to 

sus-clpio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptum, to un- 
dertake. 

suspicor, -an, -atus, to suspect. 

sustineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentum, to sus- 
tain. 

suus, -a, -um, his, her, its, their, $ 80, 
Bern. 2. 

Syphax, -acis, Syphax. 

Syracusae, -arum, Syracuse. 



taceo, -ere, -ui, -ltum, to be silent. 

taedet, -uit, it wearies, disgusts. 

talentum, -I, talent. 

talis, -e, such. 

tain, so. 

tamen, nevertheless. 

tametsi, although. 

tandem, at length. 

tango, -ere, tetigi, tactum, to touch. 

tan qua m or tamquam, as if. 

tantus, -a, -iim, so much, so great. 

tantus-dera, -adein, -undem, just as 
much. 

tardo, -are, -avi, -atum, to delay, re- 
tard. 

tardus, -a, -iim, slow. 

Tarquinii, -oriiin, Tarquinii. 

Tarquinius, -I, Tarquin. 

taurus, -I, bull. 

tectum, -I, roof. 

telJus, -uris, earth. 

teliim, -I, dart. 

temere (Adv.), rashly. [ance. 

temperantia, -ae, self-control, temper- 

tempestas, -tatis, time, weather {good 
or bad), tempest. 

templum, -I, temple. 

tempiis, -oris, time. 

tenax, -acis, tenacious. 



teneo, -ere, tenui, tentum, to hold. 

tento, -are, -avi, -atiim, to attempt, 

tenuis, -e, slender. 

tergiim, -I, back. 

terminus, -I, end, limit. 

terra, -ae, earth, ground, land. 

terre5, -ere, -ui, -ltiiin, to frighten. 

terror, -oris, terror, fright. 

tertiiis, -a, -iim ($ 63), third. 

testis, -is, witness. 

Thebae, -arum, Thebes. 

Thrax, -acis, Thracian. 

throniis, -l, throne. 

Tiberis, -is, the Tiber. 

tiineo, -ere, timui, to fear. 

timidus, -a, -iim, cowardly. 

tinior, -oris, fear, panic. 

Titus, -I, Titus. 

tolero, -are, -avi, -atiim, to endure. 

tondeo, -ere, totondi, tonsum, to 

shear. 
tonitriis, -us, thunder. 
tot, so many. 
totiis, -a, -iim, ichole. 
tra-do, -ere, -didi, -ditiim, to deliver 

over, hand down. 
tra-jicio, -ere, -jeci, -jeotiim, to ship 

over. 
trames, -Itis, bypath. [across. 

tra-no, -are, -avi, -atiim, to swim 
trans, across, beyond. 
trans-duco, -ere, -duxl, -ductiim, to 

lead over. 
trans-eo, -ire, transii, transitiim, to 

go across, p>ass over, pass away, to 

spend. 
transjicio. See trajicio. 
tres, tria ($ 63), three. 
tribuniis, -I, tribune. 
tribuo,- ere, -hi, -utiim, to give, as- 
sign. 
tribiis, -iis, tribe. 
triduiim, -I, three days' time. 
trienniiim, -i, three years' time. 



TRIGINTA 



415 



VENENUM 



triginta (£ 63), thirty. 

tripartita, in three divisions. 

triplex, -Icis, triple. 

tristis, -e, sad. 

Troja, -ae, Troy. 

trucidS, -are, -avi, -atum, to slay, 
butcher. 

tuba, -ae, trumpet. 

tueor, -eri, tuitmPemc? tutus, to pro- 
tect. 

Tullia, -ae, Tullia. 

Tullianum, -1, a jyinson at Rome, 
built by King Servius Tullius. 

Tullius, -I, Tully. 

tu.ni, then. 

tumultus, -us, tumult, uproar. 

tumulus, -I, mound. 

tunc, then. 

turba, -ae, crowd. 

turbidus, -a, -iim, disordered, muddy. 

turb§, -are, -avi, -atum, to throw into 
confusion. 

turbo, -Inis, whirlwind. 

turpis, -e, base. 

turns, -is, tower. 

tutor, -ail, -atus, to defend, protect. 

tutus, -a, -um, safe. 

tuus, -a, -um ($ 80), thy, thine, your, 
yours. 

tyrannus, -I, tyrant. 



iibT, where, when. 
ubique, everywhere. 
uleiscor, -I, ultus, to avenge. 
ulliis, -a, -um ($ 56, 1), any. 
ulterior, -us ($ 74, 1), farther. 
ultimus, -a, -um (g 74, 1), farthest, 

last. 
uliilo, -are, -avi, -atum, to howl. 
umbra, -ae, shadow, shade. 
umquam or unquam, ever. 
una (parte), in one place, together. 
unda, -ae, wave. 



unde, whence, from which. 
undique, on all sides. 
universus, -a, -um, all, universal. 
unquam (Adv.), ever. 



unus, -a, -um, one. 



unusquisque, each (§ 89, 8). 

urbs, urbis, city. 

uro, -ere, ussi, ustiim, to burn. 

usus, -us, using, use, practice. 

ut or uti, that, in order that. 

uter? -a? -um ? ichich of the two ? 

uterque, -aque, -umque, both. 

utilis, -e, useful. 

utmam, that! 

utrimque (Adv.), on both sides. 

utor, -I, usus, to use. 

uxor, -oris, wife. 

V. 



vaco, -are, -avi, -atum, to be unoc- 
cupied. 

vacuus, -a, -iim, empty. 

vadum, -I, ford. 

vagor, -ari, -atus, to wander about. 

valeo, -ere, -ui, to be strong, well. 

vail is, -is, valley. 

vallum, -l, rampart. 

variiis, -a, -iim, various. 

Varro, -onis, Varro. 

vastitas, -atis, devastation. 

vasto, -are, -avi, -atiim, to lay waste. 

vates, -is, prophet. 

vectigal, -alls, tax. 

vehementer, excessively. 

veho, -ere, vexi, vectiim, to carry. 

vel, or, even. 

veles, -Itis, skirmisher. 

velox, -ocis, swift. 

velum, -I, sail. 

veluti, just as, lil-e. 

venator, -oris, hunter. 

vendo, -ere, vendidi, venditum, to 
sell. 

veneniim, -T, poison. 



VENETI 



416 



VULTUS 



Venetl, -orum, the Veneti. 

veni5, -ire, veni, ventum, to come. 

venter, -tris, belly. 

ventus, -I, wind. 

ver, veris, spring. 

verbum, -i, xoord. 

vereor, -eri, -Itus, to reverence, fear. 

vergo, -ere, versi, to turn, incline. 

Veritas, -atis, truth. 

Verres, -is, Verres (boar). 

versus, -us, verse. 

verto, -ere, verti, versum, to turn. 

veriis, -a, -um, true. 

verutuin, -I, javelin. 

vescor, -I, to eat. 

vesper, -i and -is, evening. 

vester, -a, -um, § 80. 

vestigium, -I, footprint. 

vestis, -is, clothinrj. 

vetus, -eris, old, ancient. 

vexillum, -i, flag, ensign, 

vexS, -are, -avi, -atiim, to vex, harass, 
annoy. 

via, -ae, way. 

vicesimus, -a, -um, twentieth. 

victor, -oris, conqueror. 

victoria, -ae, victory. 

viciis, -I, village. 

video 1 , -ere, vidi, visum, to see ; Pas- 
sive, to seem. 

vigilia, -ae, watch. 

vigilo, -are, -avi, -atum, to watch. 

viginti (£ C3), twenty. 

vincio, -ire, vinxi, vinctiim, to bind. 



vinco, -ere, vici, victum, to con- 
quer. 

vinculum, -i, chain. 

vinuin, -i, wine. 

violS, -are, -avi, -atiim, to injure, mal- 
treat ; (of a law), to break. 

vir, viri, man, husband. 

Vergilius, -i, Vergil. 

virgo, -inis, virginM 

viridis, -e, green. 

virtus, -tutis, courage, virtue. 

vis, strength, $ 45. 

vita, -ae, life. 

vitiiim, -i, vice. 

vito, -are, -avi, -atum, to shim, es- 
cape. 

vitreus, -a, -Um, made of glass. 

vivo, -ere, vixi, victum, to live. 

viviis, -a, -um, alive. 

vix (Adv.), scarcely. 

voco, -are, -avi, -atiim, to call. 

volo, -are, -avi, -atum, to fly. 

volo, velle, volui, to will. 

voluptas, -tatis, ])leasure. 

volvo, -ere, volvi, volutum, to roll. 

voro, -are, -avi, -atum, to devour. 

votum, -i, vow. 

voveo, -ere, vovi, votum, to vow. 

vox, vocis, voice. 

vulgus, -i, common people. 

vulncro, -are, -avi, -atum, wound. 

vulniis, -eris, wound. 

vultur, -uris, vulture. 

vultus, -us, countenance. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 



ABILITY 

A. 

ability, potestas. 

able (to be), possum. 

abound, abundo. 

about, circiter, de. 

above, super, supra. 

absent, absens ; to be absent, abesse. 

abuse, abutl (use amiss)', maledicere 
(speak amiss). 

abusive (to be), maledico. 

access, aditiis. 

accomplish, conf icio ; for the accom- 
plishment of those things, ad eas 
res conficiendas. 

account (on account of), ob. 

accuse, arguo, acciiso. 

accustom, consuesco. 

accustomed (to be), soleo. 

acquire, comparo. 

acquit, absolvo. 

across, trans. 

active, agilis. 

add, addo. 

address, appellare. 

Adherbal, Adherbal, -alls. 

admire, miror. 

admonish, mone§. 

adorn, decoro. 

advance, pTogredior, procedo. 

advantage, coinuioduin. 

advice, consilium. 

advise, moneo. 

Aednan, Aeduus. 

affair, res. 



ANGRY 

afford, praebeo. 

afraid (to be), timeo, metuo, vereor. 

after (Prep.), post; (Conj.), post- 

quam, posteaquam. 
afterwards, postea. 
against, contra, ad, adversus. 
age, aetas. 

agreeable, acceptus, gratus. [-us. 
agreement, pactum, -i; conventus, 
agriculture, agricultural 
ah! heu. 

aid (N.)j auxilium. 
aid ( V.), subvenio, auxilium fero. 
air, aer. 

alarm, perturbo, permoveo. 
Alexander, Alexander. 
all, omnis. 
allege (as you allege, etc.), by the 

Subjunctive (cf. § 197, b)', to allege, 

dico, praedico. 

allure, illicit). 

almost, fere. 

already, jam. 

also, etiam, quoque. 

altar, ara. [etsi, etc. 

although, licet, quamvis, quamquam, 

ahoays, semper. 

ambassador, legatus. 

ambassy, legatio. 

ambush, insidiae. [Spud. 

among (of things), inter ; (of persons, 

ancient, vetus, antiquus. 

auger, Ira. 

angry, lracundiis, iratus. 
417 



ANGRY 



418 



BIG 



angry (to be), Irascor. 

animal, animal. 

announce, nuntio. 

annoy, vexo. 

another (of two), alter; (of many), 
alius. 

answer, respondeo. 

any, § 89. 

apiece, expressed by distributive nu- 
merals ($ 63, 1, c). 

Apollo, Apollo, -mis. 

approach ( F.), aggredior, accedo; 
(iV.), adventus. 

archer, Sagittarius. 

Ariovistus, Ariovistus, -I. 

arise, orior. 

Aristides, Aristides. 

arm ( V.), armo. 

arms, arma. 

army, exercitiis. 

around, circum. 

arrange, constituo. 

arrival, adventus. 

arrow, sagitta. 

art, ars. 

as (Conj.), quam; as great — as,tan- 
tus — quantus ; as many — as, tot 
— quot; just as much — as, tantus- 
dem — quantusdem; such — as, ta- 
lis — qualis. 

ascend, ascendo. 

ascertain, cognosco. 

ashamed (to be), pudet, $ 135, c. 

ask, rogo, peto, interrogo. 

asleep (to fall), dormito. 

assault, oppugnS. 

assert, confirmo. 

assistance, auxilium ; to come to one's 
assistance, subvenio. 

atrocious, atrox. 

attack (N.), impetus. 

attack ( V.), oppugno, aggredior. 

attempt, tento, conor. 

authority, auctoritas. 



auxiliaries, auxilia, -orum. 

avarice, avaritia. 

avenge, ulciscor. 

avoid, vito. 

await, exspecto. 

aware (all are), constat inter omnes. 



Babylon, Babylon, -onis. 

back, tergum. 

bad, inalus. 

badly, male, 

Balbus, Balbus. 

banish, patria pello. 

barba7-ian, barbarus. 

base, turpis. 

bathe, lavo. 

battle, proelium. 

be, esse. 

bear, fero, tolero. 

beat (defeat), pello, vinco. 

beautiful, pulcher. 

beauty, pulchritudo. 

because, quod, quia (cum). 

become, fio; it becomes, decet. 

bedchamber, ciibiculuin. 

bee, apis. 

before (Prep.), ante; (Conj.), ante- 

quam, priusquam. 
beg, rogo, peto. 
begin, coepi, incipio. 
behold, conspicio, aspicio. 
behoove, it behooves, oportet. 
Belgian, Belga. 
believe, credo. 
benefit, benef icium. 
beseech, obsecro. 
besiege, obsideo. 
best, optimus. 

bestow (labor, jxzins), operam dare. 
between, inter. 
beware, caveo. 
Bibrax, Bibrax, -actis. 
big, magnus, amplus. 



BIND 



419 



CHAMP 



bind, vincio. 

bird, avis. 

birth, natus, -us; before one's birth, 

ante aliquein natum. 
bite, mordeo. 
biting, morsus. 
blame, reprehends, incuso. 
blind,, caecus. 
blood, sanguis. 
boar, aper. 
boast, praedico. 
boat, scapha, linter. 
Bocchus, Bocchus, -I. 
body, corpus ; nobody, nemo, nullus ; 

anybody, $ 89. 
bold, audax. 

boldly, audaolter, audacter. 
book, liber. 
booty, praeda. 
born [to be), nascor. 
both, ambo [both together)', uterque 

(both separately); on both sides, 

utrimque; by both parties, ab 

utrisque. 
boundary, finis. 
boundless, infinitus. 
bow, arcus. 
bowl, catiniis or -urn. 
boy, puer. 
brave, fortis. 
bravely, fortiter. 
bread, panis. 
break (a law), violo. 
break through, perfringo. 
bribe (i^.), largiti<5, pecunia. 
bribe ( V.), largior. 
bridge, pons. 

bridle ( V.), infreno ; (iV.), frenum. 
bring, f er5 ; bring word, nuntio ; bring 

back word, renuntio. 
Britain, Britannia. 
Briton, Britannus. 
broad, latus, 
brother, fruter. 



build, aedificare, condo; build nest, 

nidifico. 
bull, taurus. 
burden, onus. 
burn, incendo, exuro,* bum down, be 

burnt down, deflagro. 
business, negotium, res (PL), 
but, sed, veriim, vero. 
buy, erno. 

by, a or ab, with Abl. ; per, with Ace. 
by far, longe. 
bypath, trames. 



Cadmus, Cadmus. 

Caesar, Caesar. 

Caius, Cams. 

calamity, calamitas. 

call, vocare ; call together, convo- 

care ; call back, revoeare. 
camp, castra. 
can, possum. 
canton, pagus. 
capital, caput. 
captive, captives. 
care, cura. 

cares not a straio, flocci non facit. 
carry, porto, f er5. 
Carthage, CarthagO or Karthago. 
Carthaginian, Poeniis, Carthagini- 

ensis. 
case (this is the), res ita se habet. 
Catiline, Catilina. 
Cato, Cato. 
cause, causa. 
cavalry, equitatus. 
cave, spelunca. 
cease, desisto. 
centurion, centurio. 
certain, certus ; a certain one, quidam. 
certainly (he will certainly come), fieri 

non potest quln. 
chain, vinculum. 
champ, mordeo. 



CHANCE 



420 



DEAD 



chance, casus, fors. 

change, muto. 

characteristic (it is characteristic of 

a poor man), pauperis est. 
chariot, currus. 
chief, princeps. 
children, liberi. 
choose, deligo. 
citizen, civis. 
city, urbs, 
civil, civilis. 

civilization, cultus, hiimanitas. 
claim ( V.), postulo. 
cloud, nubes. 
colleague, collega. 
collect, colligo, compare. 
combatant, pugnans, -antis. 
come, venio. 

command, jubeo, impero. 
commander, imperator, praefectus. 
commence (battle), committo. 
commit (to any one), mando. 
common, communis; common people, 

plebs. 
commonwealth, res publlca. 
companion, comes, socius. 
compel, co go. 
complain, queror. 
conceal, celo. 
concerning, de. 
concerns, refert, interest. 
concord, coneordia. 
condemn, condemno. 
confer, colloquor. 
conference, colloquium. 
confess, conf iteor. 
conquer, vinco. 
conscious, conscius. 
conspiracy, conjiiratio. 
conspire, conjure. 
consul, consul. 
consult, consulo. 
contend, contendo, cert5. 
contest, certamen.. 



continual, perpetuus. [Gen, 

control (unable to), impotens, with 
convenience, commodum. 
conversation, sermo. 
converse, colloquor. 
cook, coquo 1 . 
corn, frumentum. 
coipse, cadaver. 
correct, corrigS. 
corrupt, corrumpo. 
cost, stare aliqua re. 
council, concilium. 
count, numero. 
countenance, vultus. 
country, terra, rcgiS ; fines, PL 
courage, virtus, fortitude". 
course, cursus. 
covetous, avarus. 
cow, bos, vacca. 
cowardly, coward, timidus. 
Crassus, Crassiis. 
create, creo. 
crime, scelus. 
cross, transeo. 
crown, corona. 
cruel, criidelis, atrox. 
cruelty, criidelitas. 
cultivate, colo. 
cup, poculum. 

custom, consuetude 1 ; according to cus- 
tom, ex consuetiidine. 
cut, seco. 

cut down, rescindo. 
cut off, interdict, interdico. 

D. 

daily, cotidie. 

dance, salto. 

danger, periciilum. 

dare, audeo. 

dart, telum. 

daughter, filia. 

day, dies ; to-day, kodie. 

dead, mortuus.. 



BEAR 



421 



ELOQUENCE 



dear, carus. 

death, mors. 

debate, disputo". 

deceive, fallo. 

declare, confirmo, praedico. 

decoy, illicio. 

dedicate, dico. 

deem, existimo, diico, habeo. 

deep, altus. 

defend, defendo, defenso, tueor. 

defer, differo. 

delay, moror. 

delight, delecto, juvo. 

Delphi, Delphi, -orum. 

demand, posco, postulo, flagito. 

dense, densus. 

deny, nego. 

depart, disced§. 

depraved, pravus. 

deprive, privo, spolio. 

depth, altitiido. 

design, consilium, consultum. 

desire (V,), cupio; (N.), cupiditas, 

cupido. 
desirous, avidus, cupidus. 
despair, despero. 
destitute, expers, inops. 
destroy, deleo. 

destruction (Part, of deleo, £ 191, 3, e). 
determine, constituo. 
devoid, vacuus, expers. 
devour, voro, devoro. 
dictator, dictator. 
die, morior. 

differ (in opinion), dissentio. 
difference (what difference does it 

make?), quid interest? 
difficult, difficilis. 
diligence, diligentia. 
diligent, diligens. 
disagreeable, ingratus. 
disagreement, dissensio, discordia. 
disaster, calamitas. 
discuss, jacto. 
oG 



disgrace, dedecus. 

disgusts, piget, taedet. 

dish, catinus, catinum. 

dismiss, dimitto. 

displease, displiceo. 

dispute, disputo. 

distant (to be), absum. 

distinguished, praestans, praeclarus. 

ditch, fossa. 

divide, divido. 

do, facio. 

do good, prosum. 

dock-yard, navale. 

dog, cams. 

double, duplex; to double, duplico. 

doubt, dubitatio; to doubt, dubito. 

doubtful, dubius. 

dove, columba. 

doion-hill, deorsum. 

draw iqi, instruo. 

dread, formido\ 

drink, bibo. 

drive, pello. 

Druids, Druides. 

Dumnorix, Dumnorix, -lgis. 

dust, pulvis. 

duty, officium, niiinus; it is the king's 

duty, my duty, $ 133. 
dwell, habito, incolo. 

E. 

each, quisque, iinusquisque. 

eager, avidus, cupiens. 

eagle, aquila. 

earth, terra, telliis. 

earthen, fictilis. 

easy, f acilis ; easily, facile ; very 

easy, perfacilis. 
eat, edo, vescor. 

edict, edictum; to issue an edict, edico. 
egg, ovum. 
eight, octo, $ 63. 

eithei or, aut — aut. 

eloquence, eloquentia. 



ELOQUENT 



422 



FOLLY 



eloquent, eloquens. 

embassy, legatio. 

encamp, castra, pono, consid§. 

encourage, hortor, cohortor. 

end, finis. 

endeavor, conor. 

endure, fero, patior, tolero. 

enemy, hostis. 

enjoy, fruor. 

enmity, inimicitia. 

enough, satis. 

err, erro. 

especial, praecipuus. 

especially, praeclpue. 

establish, confirms, constituo. 

esteem, aestiino. 

even, etiam ; not even, ne quldem, 

every, omnis. 

evil (Adj.), malus; (A 7 .), malum. 

excellence, praestantia. 

excellent, praestans. 

exchange, miito. 

excite, concito, excito, instigo. 

excuse, purgo. 

exercise, excrceo. 

exhort, hortor, cohortor. 

expect, exspecto. 

expel, pello, expello. 

explain, causain afferre. 

P. 

face, facies. 
fact (in fact), re. 
faith, fides. 
faithful, fidus, fidelis. 
fall, cado. 
fame, fama. 
family, familia. 
famous, clarus. 
far (Adv.), longe. 
farmer, agricola. 
farthing, as, assis. 
fasten, f Igo, destino. 
father, pater. 



father-in-latc, socer. 

fault, culpa, delictum, peccatum; it 

is my fault, per me stat. 
favor, faveo. 
favorable, secundus. 
fear, timor, metus; to fear, timeo, 

metuo, vereor. 
feather, pluma. 
feeling, sensus. 

fellow (that felloic), iste homo. 
fertile, ferax. 
fever, febris. 
few, pauci. 
field, ager. 
fierce, acer, atrox. 
fiercely, acriter. 
fifa, i 03. 

fight ( V.), pugno; (N.), pugna. 
fijnre, figr.ra. 

fill, compleo, expleo, impleS. 
find, invenio, reperio. 
fine ( V.), condeinno, mulcto". 
finish, conf icio. 
fire, ignis; with fire and sword, 

ferro ignique. 
first, primus. 
fish, piscis. 
fit, aptus, idoneiis. 
five, I 63. 
flag, vexillum. 

flank, latiis; on the flank, ab latere- 
flattering, blandiis. 
flattery, adulatio. 
flee, fugio, perfiigiS. 
fleet, classis. 
flesh, caro. 
flight, f uga. 
flock, grex. 
flog, verbero. 

flow, fluo; flow into, influo. 
flower, flos. 
fly, volo. 
follow, sequor. 
folly, stultitia. 



FOND 



423 



HATRED 



fond, amans, cupidiis. 

food, cibus. 

fool, foolish, stultiis. 

foot, pes ; at the foot of a mountain, 

sub monte. 
footman, pedes. 
for (Conj.)j nam, enim, etc, 
for grief {Preventing Cause), prae 

maerore. 
for the purpose, causa. 
for these things, ob has res. 
forbid, prohibeo, interdico. 
force, vis. 
forces, copiae. 
forest, silva. 
forget, obliviscor. 
form, forma, f Igura. 
form a design, consilium capere. 
fortify, communio, munio. 
fortitude, aequiis animus, fortltudo. 
fortune, fortuna. 
four, $ 63. 

fratricide, fratricida. 
free {Adj.), liber; ( V.), Hbero. 
frequently, saepe. 
fresh, integer. 
friend, amicus. 
friendship, amicitia. 
frigid, pavor, timor, terror. 
frighten, terreo. 
from, a or ab. 
fruit, fructus. 
full, plenus. 
furnish, praebeo. 
furniture, supellex. 

G. 

Galba, Galba, -ae. 

garden, hortus. 

gate, porta. 

Gaul, Gallia; a Gaul, Gallus. 

general, imp era-tor. 

German, Germanus. 

Germany, Germania. 



gift, donum. 

gird, cingo. 

girl, puella. 

give, do. 

glory, gloria. 

glutton, comedo. 

go, eo, proficiscor; go out, exeo. 

goad, stimulus. 

God, deus. 

goddess, dea. 

gold, aurum. 

golden, aureus. 

good, bonus ; to do good, prosum. 

goose, anser. 

govern, rego, impero. 

government, iniperium. 

grammar, grammatica. 

grandson, nepos. 

great, magnus. 

greatness, magnitude 1 . 

Greece, Graecia. 

green, viridis. 

grief, dolor, maeror. 

ground, terra, humus. 

grove, nemus. 

grow, cresco. 

guard, praesidium, custos. 

guest, hospes. 

guidance (e. g. of nature), natura 

diice. 
guide, dux. 
gulp down, devoro. 

H. 

half, dimidiiim. 

hand, manus. 

happily, beate. 

happy, beatus. 

harbor, portus. 

hard, durus. 

haste, properatio. 

hasten, propeio, festlno, maturS. 

hasty temper, iracundia. 

hatred, oditiin. 



HAVE 



424 



ISSUE 



have, habeo, esse icith Dative. 

he, him, is, § 83, 1. 

head, caput. 

hear, audio. 

heart, cor. 

heavy, gravis; heavily, graviter. 

heel, calx. 

height, altitudo, statura. 

help, auxilium. 

Helvetian, Helvetius. 

hide, abdo, lateo. 

high, altus. 

highly {at a high price), rnagni, $ 137. 

hill, collis. 

himself, se, ipsum. 

hinder, iinpedio, obsto. 

hindrance, iinpedimentum. 

hold, teneo, habeo; hold in, contineo. 

home, domiis. 

honesty, probitas. 

honor, honor. 

honorable, honestus. 

hope, spes; to hope, spero. 

horn, cornu. 

homed, corniger. [ex equls. 

horse, equus; on horseback, ex equo, 

horseman, eques. 

hostage, obses. 

hour, hora. 

house, domiis. 

howl, uliilo. 

huge, ingens. 

human, humanus. 

hunger, fames. 

hungry, esiiriens. 

hunter, venator. 

hurl, conjicio. * 

hurt, noceo. 

hurtful, noxiiis. 



J, ego. 

if, si. 

ignorant, ignariis, insciiis, imperitus. 



image, effigies. 

imitate, imitor. 

immediately, statim. 

immortal, immortalis. 

immortality , immortalitas. 

impatient, impatiens. • 

implore, obsecro. 

import, importo. 

important (it is), interest. 

impossible (it is), fieri non potest. 

in, into, in. 

incapable of restraining, impotens. 

increase, augeo, cresco. 

incredible, incredibilis. 

indulge, indulgeo. 

infant, in fans. 

infantry, pedites. 

inferior (of less account), inferior. 

infinite, inf initus. 

inflict, inferre. 

inform, certiorem facere. 

inhabit, incolo. 

inhabitant, incola. 

injure, noceO, injuria lacesso. 

injury, injuria. 

innocent, insons, innocuiis. 

insolence, insolentia. 

instigate, incito, instigo. 

instruct, instituo, praecipio. [est. 

instructions were given, praeeeptum 

integrity, probitas. 

intellect, ingenium. 

intimacy, conjunctio. 

into, in. 

introduce, introduco. 

intrust, man do. 

invade, invado. 

inventor, inventor. 

invincible, invictus. 

invite, invito. 

Ireland, Hibernia. 

iron, ferriim. 

island, insula. 

issue (an edict), Gdico. 



JAVELIN 



425 



MAID-SERVANT 



J. 

javelin, pllum. 
journey, Iter. 
joyful, laetus, jucundiis. 
judge, judex. 
Jugurtha, Jugurtha, -ae. 
Jupiter, $ 45. 
Jura, Jura. 

just, Justus, aequus ; just as, tan- 
quam; just as if, perinde quasi. 

K. 

keep, servo ; keep in, contmeo ; keep 

off, prohibeo. 
key, clavis. 
kid, haediis. 

kill, occido, tmcido, neco. 
kind, benignus. 
kindness, benef icium. 
king, rex. 
kingdom,, regnum. 
knife, culter. 
know, nosco, scio; not to know, nescio. 



Labienus, Labienus. 

labor, labor. 

lake, lacus. 

lamb, agnus. 

lame, aeger, pedibus. 

land, terra, ager. 

language, lingua. 

last, ultimus. 

law, lex, jus. 

lawful (it is), licet. 

lay waste, vasto. 

lazy, piger. 

lead, duco ; to lead on, addiico, in- 
duco; to lead over, transduco ; to 
lead against, addiico; to lead back, 
reduco. 

leaf, folium. 

leap ( V.), salio; leap upon, insilio. 

learn, disco. 
36* 



learned, doctus. 

leave, relinquo. 

legion, legi§. 

Leman, Lemanniis. 

length, longitudo. 

less, minor. 

let (him), third person, Imperative. 

let (us), first person Plural, Subjunc- 
tive, £ 189, Remark 1. 

letter (of the alphabet), littera; (epis- 
tle), epistola. 

levy, conscribo. 

liar, mendax. 

liberty, iibertas. [mentior. 

lie (falsehood), mendacium; to lie, 

lie (to lie hid), lateo. 

lieutenant, legatus. 

life, vita, anima. 

light (Adj.), levis; (N.), lux. 

like, similis. 

limbs, rnenibra. 

line of battle, acies. 

lion, leo. 

Liscus, Lisciis, -I. 

little, parvus. 

live, vivo, habito. 

liver, jeciir. 

load, onus: to load, onero. 

lock (of wool), flocciis. 

long (Adj.), longus; (Adv.), diu. 

look at, aspicio. 

look to, consulo {with Dative), 

lose, amittO. 

love, amor; to love, amo. 

lover, amans. 

low, humllis. 

lurk, lateo. 

lust, cupido, HbidS. 

lute, fides, -iiim. 

Lycurgus, Lycurgus, -I. 

M. 
magnanimous, magnanimus. 
maid-servant, ancilla. 



MAKE 



426 



OFTEN 



make, facio, reddo. 

maltreat, violo. 

man, homS, vir. 

Manlius, Manlius. 

manner, modus. 

many, multl; hoio many, quot. 

marble, marnior. 

Mark, Marcus. 

marriage, matrimonium. 

marry, in matrimonium diicere. 

m ast, malus. 

master, magister, dominils. 

means, facultas. 

measure, metior. 

medicine, medicina. 

memory, memoria. 

merchant, niercator. 

Mercury, Mercurius. 

messenger, nuntius. 

Micipsa, Micipsa, -ae. 

mile, mille passus. 

Miletus, Miletus. 

milk, lac. 

mind, animus, mens. 

mindful, memor. 

miserable, miser. 

money, pecunia, nummus. 

month, mensis. 

moon, luna. 

morals, mores. 

more, plus, ampliiis, magis. [milias. 

mother, mater ; of a family, materf a- 

mouniain, mons. 

move, moveo. 

much, multus. 

mullet, mugilis. 

multitude, multitiido. 

murder, neco, occido. 

music, miisica. 

must, § 185. 

my, meiis. 

N. 
naked, nudiis. 
name, nomen. 



nation, natis, gens. 

nature, natura. 

navigation, navigati5. [quiis. 

near (Prep.), prope ; ( Adj.), propin- 

necklace, monile. 

need, opus. 

neglect, neglego. 

neighboring, finitimus. 

neither (of two), neuter. 

neither — nor, neque — neque, nee — 

neque. 
Neptune, Neptunus. 
nest, nidus; to build a nest, nidifico. 
net, rete. 

never, nunquam, ne unquam. 
new, novus. 
next, proximiis. 
night, nox. 
nine, % 63. 
no, nullus. 

no one, nemo, ne — quisquam. 
nobility, nobilitas. 
noble, nobilis. 
noise, clamor, strepitus. 
none, nullus. 
not, non. 
nothing, nihil. 
Numantian, Numantinus. 
number, numerus. 
Numidia, Numidia. 
Numidian, Numida. 

O. 

0! 0! oh! 

that! utinam. 

oath, jiisjurandum. 

obedient, dicto audiens. 

obey, pareo. 

obscure, obscuro. 

obtain, potior, nanciscor. 

occupy, occupo. 

off, — two miles off, a duobiis, mili- 

biis. 
often, saepe. 



OLD 



427 



PRODUCTIVE 



old, senex; five years old, quinque 
annos natus. 

oldest, maximus natu. 

on, in. 

on horseback, ex equo or equls. 

one, unus ; one of two, alter; one of 
many, alius {when followed by an- 
other). 

opinion, sententia. 

opportunity, facultas, potestas. 

oppress, opprimo. 

or, vel, ve, aut, § 123, 2. 

oracle, oraculuni. 

oration, oratio. 

orator, orator. 

order, impero, jubeo. 

origin, origo. [$ 184. 

ought, oportet, Gerundive toith esse, 

our, noster; our men, nostri. 

out of, e, ex. 

over, trans. 

overcome, supero, vinco 1 . 

overtake, consequor. 

ox, bos. 



pace, passus. 

pain, dolor. 

pains, opera. 

panic, tinior. 

paper, charta. 

parent, parens. 

parricide, parricida. 

part, pars ; for the most part, pie- 
rum que. 

parties (by both), ab utrisque. 

partly, partim. 

pass away, transeo. 

pass by, praetereo. 

patiently, aequo ammo. 

pay, pendo. 

peace, pax. 

people, pdpulus; common people, 
plcbs, plebes. 



perceive, intellego, animadverto. 

perish, pereo. 

persuade, persuadeo. 

philosopher, philosophus. 

pirate, pirata. 

pitch camp, castra ponere. 

pity, misereor, miseret, $ 135, c. 

place, locus. 

plan, consilium. 

play ( V.), ludo. 

pleasant, gratus. 

please, placeo. 

pleasure, voluptas. 

plough, aro. 

plunder ( V.), praedor, diripio ; (iV.), 

praeda. 
poet, poeta. 
point, acies. 
poison, venenum. 
Pompey, Pompeius. 
poor, pauper. 
post, locus. 

poverty, paupertas, egestas. 
power, potestas, vis. 
powerful, potens. 
praise (V.), laudo; (iV.), laus. 
pray (who, pray?), quisnam? 
precept, praeceptiim. 
prefer, praepono. 
prepare, paro. 
presence (in the presence of many), 

multis praesentibus. 
present, praesens. 
preserve, servo, conservo. 
prevent, impedio, obsto, deterred. 
prey, praeda. 
Priam, Priamus. 
price, pretiuin. 
pride, superbia. 
priest, sacerdos. 
prison, career. 
prisoner, captivus. 
private, privatus. 
productive, ferax. 



PROMISE 



428 



RUN FORWARD 



promise {V.), polliceor; (N.), pro- 

missiim, fides. 
property (wealth), res famlliaris. 
protect, tutari. 
proud, siiperbus. 
providence, providentia. 
province, provincia. 
provoke, lacesso. 
prudence, prudentia. 
prudent, prudens. 
public, piiblicus. 
punish, puni6\ 
punishment, supplicium. 
purpose, propositum ; on purpose, 

consults. 
pursue, persequor, consequor. 
put, pon5; put into winter quarters, 

in hiberna collocare. 
put over, praef icio. 
Pythagoras, Pythagoras. 

Q. 

queen, regina. 
quickly, celeriter. 

R. 

race, cursiis. 

rain, imber. 

ram, aries. 

rampart, vallum. 

rank, ordo. 

reach, ad locum pervenire. 

read, lego. 

ready, promptus, paratus. 

reason (mental faculty), ratio. . 

rebellion rebellio. 

rebuke, reprehendo. 

recall, revoco. 

receipe, accipio. 

recent, recens. 

recollect, memini. • 

redress (to ask), res repetere. 

refinement, humanitas. 

refrain from, sibi temperare quin. 

region, regio. 



reign (in the reign of), aliquo reg« 

reject, repudio. [nante. 

rejoice, gaudeo. 

relieve, levo. 

religion, religio 

remain, maneo. 

remember, memini, ruemoria, teneS. 

remind, moneo, admoneo. 

render, reddo. 

renew, redintegro. 

repair, ref icio. 

repent, paenitet, J 135. 

reply, respondeo. 

report, renuntiatio. 

reproach, compello. 

reprove, reprehendo. 

republic, res publica. 

resolve, statuo. 

respect, revereor. 

rest, reliquus, $ 128, Bern. 9, 

retard, tardo". 

retire, excedo, se recipere. 

retreat, recipio. 

return, redeo, reddo. 

reverence, revereor. 

reward, praemium. 

Rhine, Rhenus. 

Rhone, Rhodanus. 

rich, dives. 

riches, divitiae. 

ride, equito. 

river, flumen, amnis. 

road, via, iter. 

robber, praedo, latro. 

rock, rupes, saxuin. 

Roman, Romanus. 

Rome, Roma. 

rope, rudens. 

rose, rosa. 

rough, asper. 

rout, fugo, profligo. 

rule, rego. 

run, currS. 

run forward, procurro. 



SACRED 



429 



SPEECH 



S. 

sacred, sacer, sanctus. 

sacrifice, mact§. 

safe, tutus. 

safety, saliis. 

sagacious, argutus. 

sail, velum; to sail, navlgo 1 . 

sailor, nauta. 

sail-yard, antenna. 

sake, causa. 

same, idem. 

satisfactorily, ex sententia. 

satisfy, expleo, satisfacio. 

savage, atrox, ferus. 

save, servo. 

say, dico, inquam. 

scout, explorator. 

sea, mare. 

search out, exploro, investigo. 

seat, sedile. 

secede, secedo. 

second, secundus. 

see, video. 

seek, peto, quaero. 

seem, videor. 

seize, occupo, rapio, arripio. 

select, deligo. 

self, ipse. 

sell, vendo. 

senate, senatiis. 

send, mitto ; send forward, praemitto. 

sense, sensus. 

separate, divid5, secerno. 

Sequan, Sequantis. 

serpent, serpens. 

servant, serviis. 

serve, serviS. 

service, officium. 

set, pono 1 ; set up, colloco proponS. 

seven, § 63. 

severe, gravis. 

severely, graviter. 

shade, umbra. 

shame, piiddr. 



sharp, acer, aciitus. 

sheaf, merges. 

shear, tondeo. 

sheep, ovis. 

shepherd, pastor. 

shield, scutum. 

ship, navis. 

shore, litiis. 

short, brevis. 

shortness, brevitas. 

shout, clamor; to shout, clamo. 

show, monstro. 

side, latus, pars. 

signal, signum. 

silver, argentum. 

sin, peccatum. 

since, cum, quoniam. 

sing, cants. 

singing, cantus. 

sister, soror. 

sit, sedeo. 

six, $ 63. 

size, magnitudo. 

skirmisher, veles. 

slave, servus. 

slavery, servitus. 

slay, trucido, occido. 

sleep, dormio 1 . 

slight, levis. 

slinger, funditor. 

slow, tardus, piger. 

small, parvus, exiguus. 

snares, insidiae. 

snatch up, arripi5. 

soldier, miles. 

some, aliquis, qmdam, etc., $ 89. 

son, f llius. 

son-in-law, gener. 

soon, mature. 

soul, animus. 

space, spatium. 

spare, parco. 

speak, lSquor. 

speech, oratio. 



SPEND 



430 



THROW 



sperA, ctinsumo; to spend time, ago. 
spring, ver. 
spoil (booty), praeda. 
spur, calcar. 
stag, cervus. 

stand, sto ; to stand out, existo. 
state, civitas. 
stature, statura. 
stay, maneo. 
still (as yet), adhiic. 
stir up, excito, concito. 
stone, lapis. 

storm, tempestas ; to storm, expugnS. 
strength, robur, vis. 
stretch (out), porrig<5. 
strike, percutio. 
strip, nfido. 

strong, firmus, validus. 
strongly, veil em enter. 
studies, stiidia, PL 
subdue, pac5, dome. 
subjugate, siibigo. 
such, talis. 

sudden, subitus, repentmus. 
suddenly, repente, subit<5. 
sue for, peto. 
suffer, patior. 
sufficiently, satis. 
suitable, aptus, idoneus. 
summer, aestas. 
sun, sol. 

sunset, soils occasus. 
sup, cen5. 

superior, praestantior. 
superstition, superstitio. 
support, sustmeS. 

suppose, arbitror, oplnor, existimS. 
suppress, opprim5. 
surr en der, deditio; to surrender, tra- 
do, dedo. 
surround, circumdo, circumfundo. 
suspect, suspicor. 
sustain, sustineo. 
sweet, dulcis. 



swell, augeo. 

swift, celer, velox. 

sioiftly, celeriter. 

swiftness, celeritas. 

swim across, trano. 

sword, gladius ; the sword, ferrum. 

T. 

table, mensa. [occiipS-. 

take, suino, eapi8; take possession of, 

talent, talentum. 

talk, loquor, colloquor. 

tame, domo\ 

teach, doceS. 

teacher, doctor, magister. 

teaching, doctrina. 

tear, lacrima. 

tear to pieces, lanio 1 . 

temper (hasty), iracundia. 

tempest, tempestas. 

temple, templiim. 

ten, $ 63. 

tenacious, tenax. 

tenth, decimiis, § 63. 

terrible, atrox, terribilis. 

terrify, perterreo. 

than, quam. 

their, suiis, eorum, $ 83, 2. 

then, turn. 

thick, densus. 

thief, fiir. 

thing, res. [more of, pliiris facio. 

think, reor, cogito, existimS, putS; 

third, tertius, $ 63. 

thirst, sitis ; to thirst, sitiS. 

thirty, $ 63. 

this, hie. 

though, 1 123, 9. 

thousand, mille. 

Thracian, Thrax. 

threaten, minor. 

three, tres, § 63. 

through, per. [transjici5. 

throw, jaci5, jacto; throw across, 



THBUST 



431 



WALK 



thrust through, transf Igo. 

thunder, tonitru. 

till, dum, donee, quoad. 

time, temp Us. 

to, ad, in. 

together, una, con-. 

too, $ 68, Bern. 3. 

too much, murium. 

tooth, dens. 

top, summus (mons, etc.), 

torture, cruciatiis. 

towards, ad, adversus. 

tower, turris. 

toxmx, oppldum. 

townsman, oppldanus. 

traitor, proditor. 

transport, transports. 

treachery, proditio. 

treaty, foedus. 

tree, arbor. 

tribune, tribuniis. 

tribute, stipendium. 

triple, triplex. 

trouble, opera, labor. 

true, verus. 

trumpet, tuba. 

trust, conf ido. 

trusting, fretiis. 

truth, Veritas. 

Tullia, Tullia. 

Txdly, Tulliiis. 

tumult, tumultiis. 

turf, caepes. 

turn, verto. 

tioelve, twelfth, $ 63. 

twenty, two, etc., § 63. 

U. 

unable, impotens ; to be unable, non 

posse. 
unaccustomed, insuetiis. 
unarmed, inermis. 
uncertain, incertus. 
under, sub. 



understand, intellegS. 

undertake, suscipiS. 

unduly, praeter modiim. 

undutif ulness, impietas. 

uneasy, anxius, sollicitiis. 

unfortunate, infelix. 

ungrateful, ingratiis. 

unhurt, integer. 

unjust, mlquus. 

unknown, ignotus. 

unless, nisi. 

unlike, dissimilis. 

unmindful, immemor. 

until, dum, donee, quoad. [nolo. 

unwilling, invitus ; to be unioilling, 

upbraid, compello. 

uproar, tumultus. 

urge on, concito, incito. 

use, usiis. 

useful, utilis. 

useless, inutilis. 



vacant (to be), vaco. 

valor, virtus, fortitiido. 

value, pretium. 

vast, ingens, immanis. 

very, valde, maxime [Superlative), 

vex, vexo. 

vice, vitium. 

victory, victoria. 

village, vicus. 

violate, violo. 

violence, vis. 

virgin, virgo. 

virtue, virtus, probitas. 

voice, vox. 



vow, votiim. 
vulture, vultiir. 



W. 



wage, gero; wage upon, infero. 
to ait for, exspecto. 
walk, ambul5. 



WALL 



432 



YOUTH 



wall, murus. 

wander, erro, vagor. 

want (to be in want of), egeo. 

ivar, bellum. 

warlike, ferox, acer. 

warn, moneo, admoneo. 

watch, vigilia; to watch, vigilo. 

water, aqua. 

wave, fluctuS. 

way, via, iter. 

weak, infirmus. 

weary, fessus, defessus. 

weep, lacrimo, fleo. 

weight, pondus. 

well, bene ; to be well, valeo. 

what? quid? qui? what, ([add. 

when, cum. 

whence, unde. 

where, ubi. 

where in the world, ubi gentium. 

whether, nura, utrum, an. 

which? quis? liter (of two). 

whirlwind, turb3. 

white, alb us. 



■hith 



quo. 



who ? qui ? quis ? 
whole, totus. 
why? cur? quiire? 
wicked, improbus. 
wide, liitus. 
wife, uxor, conjux. 
wild boar, aper. 
willing (to be), volo. 
wind, ventiis. 
wine, vinum. 
wing, ala. 

winter, hiems ; to winter (spend the 
winter, hiemo. 



winter quarters, hlberna. 

wisdom, sapientia. 

ivise, sapiens. 

wish, volo. 

with, cum (Prep, with Abl.). 

without, sine. 

witness, testis. 

wolf, lupus. 

woman, mulier. 

wonder, miror. 

wonderful, minis. 

wood, silva. 

word, verbum ; bring word, nuntio 1 . 

work, opus. 

toork-horse, jumentGm. 

world, mundus, orbis terrarum. 

worse, worst, pejor, pessiinils. 

worship, colo. 

iDorthy, dignus. 

toound, vulnus ; to wound, vulnerS*. 

wrath, Ira. 

loretched, miser. 

write, scribo. 

icriter, scriptor. 

wrong (to do), peccS, male faci6\ 

y. 

yard, antenna. 

year, annus. 

yearly, quotannis. 

yesterday, heri. 

yet, tamen. 

yield, ced5, concedo. 

yoke, jugum. 

you, tu, vos. 

young, juvenis, adulescens. 

your, tuus, vester. 

youth, juventiis. 



THE END. 



■if 



4: 06 




A 






<i> 












N ^ 
^ ,0° 






°( 








\°°. 






; % 



& «ft 



-/ s 



; >. ' 







o N 



$%. 



^ 






•v I S 

- 






a Y 






V * ' 



^ >ti 



^ ^ 






. . . ** 



s>^ 



vX> ^ 






«V 



^ -%. 






-J^ * O, 

sy 



v * 



v 

^ * ^ 










v 



v 












- 



\* 



o5 c> 



- 






-V 



/• ... . 







4 .v^ 






*< % 






+ 






<y 









